PANJAB UNIVERSITY, CHANDIGARH

(Estd. under the Panjab University Act VII of 1947



STRUCTURAL OUTLINE
B.A. & B.Sc. GENERAL FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 20



© The Registrar, Panjab University, Chandigarh.
All Rights Reserved.



PANJAB UNIVERSITY, CHANDIGARH-160014 (INDIA)
(Estd. under the Panjab University Act VII of 1947—enacted by the Govt. of India)
SYLLABI
AND THE
STRUCTURAL OUTLINE
FOR
B.A. & B.Sc. GENERAL FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011


--:⋇:--


© The Registrar, Panjab University, Chandigarh.
160014 (INDIA)
enacted by the Govt. of India)
Sr. No. Particulars Page No.
1. Structural Outline (i)
2. English (Compulsory) (for B.A. candidates) 1
3. Panjabi (Compulsory) (for B.A. and B.Sc. candidates) 2
4. History and Culture of Punjab (for B.A. and B.Sc. candidates) 6
5. Environment Education 8
6. English (Elective) 11
7. Hindi (Elective) 13
8. Panjabi (Elective) 22
9. Sanskrit (Elective) 25
10. Urdu (Elective) 27
11. Persian (Elective) 28
12. Arabic (Elective) 29
13. French (Elective) 30
14. German (Elective) 32
15. Russian (Elective) 34
16. Bengali (Elective) 35
17. Tamil (Elective) 36
18. Telugu (Elective) 37
19. Kannada (Elective) 38
20. Malayalam (Elective) 39
21. Physical Education 40
22. Education 50
23. Adult Education 54
24. Music (Vocal) 57
25. Music (Instrumental ) 60
26. Tabla (Instrumental) 63
27. Indian Classical Dance 66
28. Fine Arts 69
29. History of Art 73
30. Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaeology 77
31. Defence and Strategic Studies 80
32. History 84
33. Political Science 88
34. Economics 92
35. Sociology 97
36. Public Administration 101
37. Philosophy 105
38. Psychology 109
39. Geography 112
40. Gandhian Studies 120
41. Journalism & Mass Communication. 125
42. Police Administration 129
43. Women’s Studies 134
44. Human Rights and Duties 139
45. Home Science 143
46. Agriculture 149
47. Mathematics 153
48. Computer Science 159
49. Statistics 163
50. Applied Statistics 167
51. Physics 169
52. Chemistry 180
53. Botany 192
54. Zoology 198
55. Bio-Chemistry 206
56. Introduction to Computer Science 213
57. Microbiology 220
58. Electronics 225

STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF THE B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL AND HONOURS) DEGREE COURSE IN THE
10+2+3 SYSTEM OF EDUCATION FOR FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

The admissions to the B.A./B.Sc. (General and Honours) Course (At +3 stage) in the 10+2+3
System of Education for First Year for the session 2010-2011 (2011 examination) shall be as under :

B.A. (GENERAL) :
The B.A. (General) programme of study shall consist of 24 credits (each year of 8 credits), each
credit having a value of 100 marks. A subject studied for the whole academic year shall carry 2 credits. All
the theory papers and practicals, irrespective of their credit value, shall be studied throughout the academic
year.

The detail of the subjects to be studied in B.A. (General) First Year Examination, 2011 shall be as
under :
COMPULSORY
(a) Punjabi – Two Papers
OR
*History & Culture of Punjab–One Paper
1 Credit

1 Credit


These papers constitute
one subject in each year.
(b) English 1 Credit
ELECTIVE
+ Any three elective subjects of 2 credits each
including languages and Elective Vocational subject
(TO BE STUDIED IN SELECTED COLLEGES)
6 Credits
Total : 8 Credits
** Environment Education : 50 marks
Notes :
1. In subjects having practicals, the theory papers and practicals together will be of 2 credits
value. The candidate will have to pass in theory and practical/s separately.
2. Each paper of one credit shall be allocated 3 hours of teaching per week during each
academic year. However, for subjects having practicals, three hours of teaching will be
allocated to each theory paper and two hours for a practical per week, or as per
requirement of the subject concerned.
ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL
*** Introduction to Computer Science
* The following categories of the students shall be entitled to take the option of History & Culture of
Punjab in lieu of Punjabi as compulsory subject :
(i) The students who have not studied Punjabi upto class 10
th
.
(ii) Wards of/and Defence Personnel and Central Government employee/employees who are
transferable on all India basis.
(iii) Foreigners.
** This is a compulsory qualifying paper, which the students have to study in the B.A./B.Sc. 1
st
year.
The students are required to qualify this paper either in the 1
st
year/2
nd
year/3
rd
year of the course.
The examination will be conducted by the University.

*** This is an Additional Optional Subject. The students may clear the examination for this course during
their stay of three years in the College. In the case of those who qualify this course, the marks obtained
will be mentioned in the Detailed Marks Card, but these marks will not be counted towards the aggregate
marks.
(ii) STRUCTURAL OUTLINE : B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL/HONOURS) DEGREE COURSE FOR FIRST YEAR
EXAMINATION, 2011

3. B.A. (General) degree holders shall be eligible for admission to the Master’s course in any of
the elective subjects studied by them during all the three years of the programme of study,
earning six credits in each, provided they fulfil the eligibility conditions.
4. A student would offer any science subject, including Mathematics, only if he has passed that
subject in the qualifying examination or qualifies in the subject as a deficient/additional
subject from the concerned Board/University/Council in the Supplementary Examination
subsequent to the admission.

Provided further that a student can offer –

(a) Statistics only if he takes up Mathematics.
(b) Applied Statistics only if he takes up other subject(s), excluding Mathematics.
A student may offer Honours in Second Year in any one of the elective subjects, to be studied by him
in all the three years of the course.
Provided that he has obtained at least 50% marks in the subject of Honours in the First Year of the
B.A. (General) Course
B.Sc. (GENERAL) :
The B.Sc. (General) programme of study shall consist of 20 credits (1
st
year and 2
nd
year 7 credits
each and 3
rd
year 6 credits), each credit having a value of 100 marks. All the theory papers and practicals,
irrespective of their credit value, shall be studied throughout the academic year.
The detail of the subjects to be studied in B. Sc. (General) First Year Examination, 2011 shall be as
under :
COMPULSORY SUBJECTS
Punjabi/History & Culture of Punjab
+ Three elective subjects of 2 credits each including an Elective Vocational subject
(TO BE STUDIED IN SELECTED COLLEGES)
1 Credit
6 Credits
Total : 7 Credits
Environment Education : 50 marks
Note :
1. In subjects having practicals the theory papers and practicals together will be of 2 credits value. The
candidate will have to pass in theory and practical/s separately.

NOTE : 1. A person who has passed B.A./B.Sc. 1
st
year or 2
nd
year examination from other Universities in India may be
allowed to migrate to this University subject to the condition that he shall have to clear the deficient subject/s but
the total number of credits required to be earned shall remain the same.
2. Instruction through audio and /or video cassettes may form a part of languages course.
STRUCTURAL OUTLINE : B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL/HONOURS) DEGREE COURSE FOR FIRST YEAR ( iii)
EXAMINATION, 2011

2. Each paper of one credit shall be allocated 3 hours of teaching per week during each academic year.
However, for subjects having practicals, three hours of teaching will be allocated to each theory paper
and two hours for a practical per week, or as per requirement of the subject concerned.

3. B.A. (General) degree holders shall be eligible for admission to the master’s course in any of the
elective subjects studied by them during all the three years of the programme of study, earning six
credits in each, provided they fulfil the eligibility conditions.

4. A student would offer any Science subject, including Mathematics, only if he has passed the subject in
the qualifying examination or qualifies in the subject as a deficient/additional subject from the
concerned Board/University/Council in the Supplementary Examination subsequent to the admission.


Provided further that a student can offer :
(a) Statistics only if he takes up Mathematics.
(b) Applied Statistics only if he takes up other subject(s), excluding Mathematics.

5. A student may offer Honours in Second Year in any one of the elective subjects, to be studied by
him in all the three years of the course.


Provided that he has obtained at least 50% marks in the subject of Honours in the First Year of the
B.Sc. (General) Course.
SCHEME FOR OPTING SUBJECTS
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
SESSION 2010-2011
B.A. (General) 1
st
Year study programme consists of three compulsory subjects and three
elective subjects :
Compulsory subjects :

(a) Punjabi – Two Papers (1 credit)
OR
History & Culture of Punjab –One Paper (1 credit)
(b) English – One Paper (1 credit)

Elective Subjects : A student is required to take up 3 elective subjects in all, selecting not more than
one subject from any of the following sets of combinations, subject to the conditions
given in the Structural Outlines at Page (ii) :

1. English, Hindi, Punjabi, Bengali, Urdu, Persian, Tamil, French, Arabic, Russian, German, Kannada,
Malayalam, Telugu.

2. Economics, Defence & Strategic Studies, Fine Arts, Education, Adult Education, History of Art.

3. History, Mathematics.

4. Music (Tabla), Sociology.

5. Public Administration, Home Science, Gandhian Studies, Philosophy.

6. Political Science, * Statistics, Applied Statistics.

7. Sanskrit, Physical Education, Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaeology, Psychology,
Geography.

8. Computer Science, Agriculture.

9. Music (Instrumental), Women’s Studies.

10. Music (Vocal)

11. Indian Classical Dance, Human Rights & Duties.

12. Journalism & Mass Communication.

13. Police Administration.


Note : The students can opt. only two elective subjects from the following :
Music (Instrumental), Music (Vocal), Music (Tabla) and Indian Classical Dance.
______________________________________________________________________________________
* Statistics can be opted only with Mathematics.

(iv)
14. ** Elective Vocational Subject (one of the following) : Pre-requisite subject at +2 level

1. Mass Communication –Video Production Any

2. Functional English English

3. Advertising, Sales Promotion & Sales Management

Any
4. Foreign Trade, Practices and Procedures

Preferably with Economics
or Commerce

5. Office Management & Secretarial Practice

Any
6. Computer Applications

Preferably Computer

7. Functional Hindi

Hindi
8. Tax Procedures & Practices Accountancy/Business
Studies

9. Principles and Practice of Insurance Any

10. Information Technology Any

11. Fashion Designing Any

12. Early Childhood Care & Education Any




______________________________________________________________________________________

**A student who opts for Computer Science as an Elective subject shall not take up Computer
Applications/Information Technology as Elective Vocational subject and vice-versa.


(v)


FOR B.SC. (GENERAL) CANDIDATES :

(Besides the compulsory subject, a student shall offer any three elective subjects)


A Elective Vocational Subject Other Two Elective Subjects Pre-requisite subjects
at +2 level

1. Clinical Nutrition Dietetics

Chemistry, Physics & Botany PCB*
2. Bio-Technology

Chemistry, Botany or Zoology PCB
3. Seed Technology

Botany, Chemistry PCB
4. Industrial Fish & Fishery

Zoology, Chemistry PCB
5. Instrumentation

Physics, Mathematics PCM
6. Mass Communication Video Production

Any two Science Subjects Any
7. Electronic Equipment Maintenance

Physics, Chemistry/Maths. PCM
8. Computer Applications

Any two Science subjects Preferably Computer
9. Industrial Chemistry

Chem., Maths./Botany/Zoology PCM/B
10. Industrial Microbiology

Chemistry and Botany or Zoology PCB
11. Food Science & Quality Control

Chemistry and Botany/Zoology PCB
12. Information Technology Any Any


B
13. Bioinformatics, **Botany/Zoology*** and any one of the following : PCM/PCB
Mathematics/Physics/Chemistry/Computer Science

14. Biotechnology, **Botany/Zoology*** and any one of the following : PCM/PCB
Mathematics/Physics/Chemistry/Computer Science

15. Electronics : Physics + Electronics +Mathematics : PCM

OR

Chemistry + Electronics + Computer Science

16. 1. Agriculture, Botany & Zoology

: PCB
2. Agriculture, Biotechnology, Botany/Zoology

: PCB
3. Agriculture, Microbiology, Chemistry/Botany/Zoology

: PCB
4. Agriculture, Chemistry, Physics/Botany/Zoology

: PCB
* P stands for Physics, C stands for Chemistry, B for Biology and M for Mathematics.
** B for Botany.
*** Z for Zoology
(vi)
------------------

GUIDELINES REGARDING CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT OF REGULAR STUDENTS
OF B.A./B.SC./B.COM./B.C.A. COURSES
IMPORTANT NOTE
(i) In order to incorporate an element of continuous assessment of students, the Colleges will conduct
two mandatory House Tests in theory papers – one in the month of September/October and the
other in December/January every year.

(ii) (a) For September Test, there will be only one paper of one hour’s duration in each subject, and
for December Test, there will be paper/s on the pattern of annual examination conducted by
the University.

There will be a Special Test for those students who could not fulfil the conditions of
eligibility. It will not be held to provide an opportunity to all students to improve their earlier
score. Those students who are exempted by the Principal of the College from appearing in the
House Test/s in September and/or December/January will also be allowed to appear in the
Special Test; this Test will determine their eligibility for admission to the examination as
well as their score for Internal Assessment.

(b) With a view to meet the grievance of students, if any, on account of scores obtained by them,
the answer-books will be shown to them. Difference of opinion on the issue, if any, will be
sorted out with the help of respective Heads of departments as well as the Principal of the
College.

(iii) Whereas the September House Test will carry weightage of 40 per cent, the December House Test
will have weightage of 60 per cent in each subject/paper. The total weightage for both the Tests
taken together shall be10 per cent of the total marks in each theory subject/paper. The weightage of
10 per cent marks shall be added to each paper of B.A./B.Sc./B.Com./B.C.A. I, II and III Year
which will, henceforth, carry weightage of maximum marks allotted to each paper. A candidate
will have to pass in theory and practical/s separately.

(iv) The record of marks secured by the students in the two House Tests will be sent by the respective
Colleges so as to reach the office of Controller of Examinations latest by 15
th
March, failing which
the result of the students shall be shown as ‘RLA’ and the entire responsibility for this would lie
with the Principal/s of the College/s.

(v) The Colleges will continue to forward the internal assessment of the students for Practicals.
Projects and similar other activities, wherever applicable, to the Controller of Examinations, as
usual, so as to reach his office latest by 15
th
March.

SPECIAL NOTE :
(i) Each theory question paper will be set out of the marks allotted to each theory paper and 10%
marks of the maximum marks of each paper will be internal assessment.
(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
(iii)

It will not be mandatory for the students to separately pass in the internal assessment.
(vii)
PANJAB UNIVERSITY, CHANDIGARH


OUTLINES OF TESTS, SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING IN VARIOUS SUBJECTS
FOR B.A. (GENERAL) AND B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

ENGLISH (Compulsory)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Note : 1. Maximum number of questions to be set-7.
2. The candidates are required to attempt all the questions.
3. Minimum six periods a week for study of the subject. For composition, there should be
groups of 25-30 students.

TEXT : Slice of Life, ed. by Prof. Meera Malik, Published by Publication Bureau, P.U.,
Chandigarh.

TESTING : There will be one annual examination at the end of the year related to the objective of
the course.

PROSE/STORIES

Q. I (a) One out of two questions from prose essays (about 150 words) of
factual or inferential type.
10 marks
(b) One out of two questions from stories based on theme, character or
events (about 150 words).
10 marks
(c) Explanation with reference to the context from essays (one out of two
extracts).
5 marks
POETRY

Q. II (a) Summary (one out of two). 5 marks
(b) Short answers (four out of six, 20-30 words each). 10 marks
(c) Explanation with reference to context (one out of two extracts). 5 marks
Q. III GRAMMAR
(Voice, Narration, Determiners, Modals and Non-finites)
20 marks
Q. IV Translation from M.I.L. into English (isolated sentences 6 out of 8)
OR
Expansion of Proverbs (for foreign students). A paragraph on any one of the
three given proverbs.
6 marks
Q. V Letter Writing (Personal) 7 marks
Q. VI Paragraph Writing (Descriptive/Narrative) 6 marks
Q. VII Comprehension of an Unseen Passage 6 marks
----------------------
2 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

u ¬¯8l .Y¯˜ul) u ¬¯8l .Y¯˜ul) u ¬¯8l .Y¯˜ul) u ¬¯8l .Y¯˜ul)

8l8 m3 8l8 m3 8l8 m3 8l8 m3 8lm HHl J¯T ulJY¯ 2u11 ÷ l8ul3J¯¹ Y8l 8lm HHl J¯T ulJY¯ 2u11 ÷ l8ul3J¯¹ Y8l 8lm HHl J¯T ulJY¯ 2u11 ÷ l8ul3J¯¹ Y8l 8lm HHl J¯T ulJY¯ 2u11 ÷ l8ul3J¯¹ Y8l

.8l8 m3 8l m H Hl ÷ l=l÷m¯ëulm¯ Y8l) .8l8 m3 8l m H Hl ÷ l=l÷m¯ëulm¯ Y8l) .8l8 m3 8l m H Hl ÷ l=l÷m¯ëulm¯ Y8l) .8l8 m3 8l m H Hl ÷ l=l÷m¯ëulm¯ Y8l)

u uë 8 u uë 8 u uë 8 u uë 8
=¯Y m= 5u
lY¤3l 45
l8cë¹Y mHHuc 5
Hu¯ 3 ¤c


u¯õ= u u¯õ= u u¯õ= u u¯õ= u
1 m¯¤l¹= u¬¯8l =l=3¯ ÷¯ ml¤m¹ 1u m=
2 u¬¯8l =J¯ðlm¯ ÷¯ ml¤m¹ 1u m=
3 H=-¬l=¹l ÷¯ ml¤m¹ 1u m=
4 Uuë=3 l3¹¯ uH3=¯ ÷ m¯¤¯ë U¯3 Y¤ U¯3ë¯ =¯Y uH¹ 15 m=
= ëH = ëH = ëH = ëH

1.
m¯¤ l¹= m¯¤ l¹= m¯¤ l¹= m¯¤ l¹= =¯l= =¯l= =¯l= =¯l=- -- -H Tu H Tu H Tu H Tu, .Hu¯÷=) J¯ Hl3÷ë lH¤ ¹ë, u8Yl=H¹ l8Uë, u¬¯8
H¹l=ëlHcl, 6JlT=

2.
=u¯ =J¯ðl =u¯ =J¯ðl =u¯ =J¯ðl =u¯ =J¯ðl, .Hu¯÷=) J¯ ¤¹=3 =ë, u8Yl=H¹ l8Uë, u¬¯8 H¹l=ëlHcl, 6JlT=

3.
u ël ¬l=¹ T¯u¯ u ël ¬l=¹ T¯u¯ u ël ¬l=¹ T¯u¯ u ël ¬l=¹ T¯u¯, ÷l=¯¹ lH¤, =H3ël Y¯Y mJ H¹˜, mlu3Hë

4.
1, 2 m3 3 uH3=¯ 3 m¯¤¯ë3 Y¤ U¯3ë¯ =¯Y uH¹



B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 3

H l¹c m3 ulu H l¹c m3 ulu H l¹c m3 ulu H l¹c m3 ulu

1.
=¯l= HTlJ l=6 uHT HlJ3 l=m¯l¤m¯ .÷ l=6 l8=) 5 m=

2.
=l=3¯ ÷¯ H¯ë ¬¯ =÷ël J¯= .÷ l=6 l8=) 5 m=


3.
=J¯ðl-HTlJ l=6 l=H l8= =J¯ðl ÷¯ l=H¯ ÷¯H = H¯ë
.l3¹ l=6 l8=)

4+6 = 1u m=
4.
H=-¬l=¹l uH3= l=6 l=H l8= ¤c¹¯/=¯J ÷¯ H¯ë .l3¹ l=6 l8=) 1u m=

5.
Y¤ uH¹¯ ÷ H¤u U¯3ë .U¯3ë l8= 3 l3¹ H3ë¯ l=6)



.U) =¯l=-HTlJ l=6 .m¯õ uH¹¯ l=6 u¬ ÷ U¯3ë l÷U) 5 ×1 = 5 m=


.m) =J¯ðl-HTlJ l=6 .m¯õ l=6 u¬ ÷ U¯3ë l÷U) 5 ×1 = 5 m=


.8) H=-¬l=¹l l=6 .m¯õ uH¹¯ l=6 u¬ ÷ U¯3ë l÷U) 5 ×1 = 5 m=

¹ c ¹ c ¹ c ¹ c- uuë Hcë Y8l .ë6¹¯ ÷ Y¤=, ë6¹¯ ÷l l=6¯ë¤¯ë¯, u¯3ë m3
¤c¹¯=¯ ¬¯ 3¯u¯ ¹¯Y H8l¤3 H=¯Y Jl u¯ë ¬¯ð)








4 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


u uë u uë u uë u uë 8l 8l 8l 8l =¯Y m= 5u
lY¤3l 45
l8cë¹Y mHHuc 5
Hu¯ 3 ¤c

u¯õ= u u¯õ= u u¯õ= u u¯õ= u

1.
Y¤=¯ ÷¯ ¬l=¹, ë6¹¯ m3 HT÷¯¹ 5 m=
2.
Y¤ ë6¹¯ 1u m=
3.
H¤u ë6¹¯ 2+6 = 8 m=
4.
H¯lJ3= uë ÷¯ m¹=¯÷ .mTë˜l 3 u¬¯8l) 5 m=
5.
H6¹¯ lJ¯3 ¹lcH 5 m=
6.
l=Hë¯u l6¹ 4 m=
7.
l=m¯=ëð 8 m=


H l¹c m3 ulu H l¹c m3 ulu H l¹c m3 ulu H l¹c m3 ulu
1.
l¹ë¤¯ë3 Y¤=¯ l=6 l=H l8= ÷¯ ¬l=¹, ë6¹¯ m3 H¯lJ3= HT÷¯¹
.÷ ==l m3 ÷ =J¯ðl=¯ë J¯= 6¯ë l=6 l8= lY¤ð¯ J1 Y¤=
uë¹lH¤, uJ¹ lH¤, J¯8l =lë lH¤, lH= =u¯ë 8c¯Y=l, Hë¬l3 u¯3ë,
Të8ıH lH¤ ul3Y=l, H¬¯¹ lH¤, =Y=3 lH¤ l=ë=, H¤=3 =ë u¯¹,
uJ¹ JJ¯ël)

5 m=
2.
Y¤ .5uu H8÷¯ l=6) 6Y3 u¯ulYm¯, Hu¯¬= uHlYm¯, J¯H¯ m3
u¬¯8l HlJm¯6¯ë ¹¯Y H8¤3 .6¯ë l=6 l8= =빯 J)
1u m=


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 5

3.
H¤u ë6¹¯ .uHl) 2+6=8 m=
4.
mTë˜l 3 u¬¯8l l=6 m¹=¯÷ .H¯lJ3= uë ÷ YTJT 1uu H8÷) 5 m=
5.
H6¹¯ lJ3 ¹lcH lY¤ð¯ .H¯lJ3=, HlJm¯6¯ë= m3 ¤J ¤3ë ¹¯Y H8¤3
=¯Y¬ ÷lm¯ Jë T3ll=¤lm¯ 8¯ë)
5 m=
6.
l=Hë¯u l6¹ 4 m=
7.
H¯¤-mH¯¤, mT3ë luë3ë 2+2 =4 m=
8.
uJ¯=ë m3 m¤¯ð .ë l=6 6¯ë =¯= l8H u=¯ë 8ð¯U l= mëu HuHc
J ¬¯ð)
4 m=

HJ¯l8= u H3=¯ HJ¯l8= u H3=¯ HJ¯l8= u H3=¯ HJ¯l8= u H3=¯
1.
u¬¯8l H6¯ë HT3¯ mlJm¯H, u¬¯8 Hcc H¹l=ëlHcl c=Hc 8¯= 8ëJ, 6JlT=1

2.
=¯Y¬ u¬¯8l l=m¯=ëð, J¯ Jë=lë3 lH¤ m3 lTm¯¹l Y¯Y lH¤, u¬¯8 Hcc H¹l=ëlHcl
c=Hc 8¯= 8ëJ, 6JlT=1


¹c 1 c=Hc Y8l J=3 ÷ ë ulëlmJ
2 =u¬lH¹ Y8l 25-3u l=l÷m¯ëulm¯ ÷¯ Të¯u m3 J=3 ÷ l3¹ Jë ulëlmJ
3 J=3 ÷ 6+3 = 9 ulëlmJ



----------------------
[
6 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

HISTORY AND CULTURE OF PUNJAB

B.A. (GENERAL) AND B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

(For B.Sc. Candidates also)

One Paper

General Instructions :

1. In all, nine questions will be set. Each question will carry 18 marks.

2. First question shall be short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the whole
syllabus. Candidates will attempt 9 out of fifteen questions in about 25 to 30 words each. It shall
carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory.

3. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay type questions and the
candidate shall attempt one question from each unit – 4 in all.

4. Each essay type question will be set on half of the topic and not on a single sub-topic.

5. For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the
paper in lieu of internal assessment.

The paper setter must put note (5) in the question paper.

HISTORY AND CULTURE OF PUNJAB FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO 1200 A.D.

Objectives : To introduce the students to the early history of Punjab and its culture.

Pedagogy : Lectures, library work and discussion.

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours



Unit-I

1. Physical features of the Punjab and their impact on history.

2. Harappan Culture : Principal places, town planning; features of social, economic and religious life;
causes of disappearance.

3. The Indo-Aryans : Original home and settlement in Punjab; Social, Economic and Religious life
during the Rigvedic Age.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 7


Unit-II

4. Origin and evolution of the caste system, its merits and demerits.

5. The Ramayana and Mahabharta and their historical importance.

6. The teachings of Buddhism and Jainism and their impact on the Punjab.



Unit-III


7. Impact of Alexander’s invasion on Punjab.

8. Social, economic and religious life in Punjab under the Mauryas.

9. Social and cultural life in Punjab under the Guptas.



Unit-IV

10. Punjab under the Vardhans.

11. Society and culture in Punjab on the eve of Turkish invasion.

12. Salient developments in art, literature and education in Punjab (with special reference to Taxila).



Suggested Readings :

1. Joshi, L.M. (ed.) : History and Culture of the Punjab, Part I, Publication Bureau,
Punjabi University, Patiala, 1989 (3
rd
edn.)

N.B. : The required detail and depth would conform to the treatment of the subject in the above
survey. (This book will also form the basis of the short answer questions).

2. Joshi, L.M. and Singh, Fauja
(ed.)
: History and Culture of the Punjab, Vol. I, Punjabi University,
Patiala, 1977.

3. Prakash, Buddha : Glimpses of Ancient Punjab, P.U., Patiala, 1983.

4. Thapar, Romila : A History of India, Vol. I, Penguin Books, 1966.

5. Basham, A.L. : The Wonder That was India, Rupa Books, Calcutta (18
th
rep.),
1992.

6. Sharma, B.N. : Life in Northern India, Munshiram Manohar Lal, Delhi, 1966.

Note : The following categories of the students shall be entitled to take the option of History & Culture of
Punjab in lieu of Punjabi as compulsory subject :
(a) That the students who have not studied Punjabi upto class 10
th
.
(b) Ward of/and Defence Personnel and Central Government employee/employees who are
transferable on all India basis.
(c) Foreigners.

----------------------
8 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION


B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION
(25 Hrs. course)

1. Environment Concept :
Introduction, concept of biosphere – lithosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere; Natural resources –
their need and types; Principles and scope of Ecology; concepts of ecosystem, population,
community, biotic interactions, biomes, ecological succession.

2. Atmosphere :
Parts of atmosphere, components of air; pollution, pollutants, their sources, permissible limits,
risks and possible control measures.

3. Hydrosphere :
Types of aquatic systems; Major sources (including ground water) and uses of water, problems of
the hydrosphere, fresh water shortage; pollution and pollutants of water, permissible limits, risks
and possible control measures.

4. Lithosphere :
Earth crust, soil – a life support system, its texture, types, components, pollution and pollutants,
reasons of soil erosion and possible control measures.

5. Forests :
Concept of forests and plantations, types of vegetation and forests, factors governing vegetation,
role of trees and forests in environment, various forestry programmes of the Govt. of india, Urban
Forests, Chipko Andolan.

6. Conservation of Environment :
The concepts of conservation and sustainable development, why to conserve, aims and objectives
of conservation, policies of conservation; conservation of life support systems – soil, water , air,
wildlife, forests.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 9

7. Management of Solid Waste :
Merits and demerits of different ways of solid waste management – open dumping, landfill,
incineration, resource reduction, recycling and reuse, vermicomposting and vermiculture, organic
farming.

8. Indoor Environment :
Pollutants and contaminants of the in-house environment; problems of the environment linked to
urban and rural lifestyles; possible adulterants of the food; uses and harms of plastics and
polythene; hazardous chemicals, solvents and cosmetics.

9. Global Environmental Issues :
Global concern, creation of UNEP; Conventions on climate change, Convention on biodiversity;
Stratospheric ozone depletion, dangers associated and possible solutions.

10. Indian Laws on Environment :
Indian laws pertaining to Environmental protection : Environment (Protection) Act, 1986; General
information about laws relating to control of air, water and noise pollution. What to do to seek
redressal.

11. Biodiversity :
What is biodiversity, levels and types of biodiversity, importance of biodiversity, causes of its
loss, how to check its loss; Hotspot zones of the world and India, Biodiversity Act, 2002.

12. Noise and Microbial Pollution :
Pollution due to noise and microbes and their effects.

13. Human Population and Environment :

Population growth and family welfare programme, Human Health. HIV AIDS. Human Rights.

14. Social Issues :

Environmental Ethics : Issues and possible solutions, problems related to lifestyle, sustainable
development; Consumerisms and waste generation.


10 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



15. Local Environmental Issues :
Environmental problems in rural and urban areas. Problem of Congress Grass & other weeds,
problems arising from the use of pesticides and weedicides, smoking etc.



Practicals :

Depending on the available facility in the college, a visit to vermicomposting units or any other

such non-polluting eco-friendly site or planting/caring of vegetation/trees could be taken.




Note : Above 15 topics to be covered in 25 hour lectures in total, with 2 lectures in each topics from 2 to
11and one each for the topics 1 and 12 to 15.

• Examination Pattern :

Fifty multiple choice questions (with one correct and three incorrect alternatives and no

deduction of marks for wrong answer or un-attempted question)

• All questions are to be attempted.

• Qualifying marks 33 per cent i.e. 17 marks out of 50.

• Total marks : 50.

• Duration of Examination : 60 minutes.


• Spread of questions : Minimum of 2 questions from each of the topics 1 and 12 to 15.
Minimum of 4 questions from topics 2 to 11.

• The paper setter is requested to set the questions strictly according to the syllabus.



-----------------------



B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 11

ENGLISH (Elective)
B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Note : The candidates are required to attempt all the questions.

Books/Texts :

1. Poetry : An Introduction to Poetry, ed. by A.G. Xavier (Macmillan, Chennai).

2. Fiction : 12 Short Stories, ed. by C.M. Sharma (O.U.P., Delhi).

3. Plays : Before the Footlights, ed. by R.M. Sharma, B.L. Sethi and Uday Chandra
Naval, P.U. Publication Bureau, Chandigarh.


Testing Scheme

Paper-A

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Q. 1 Explanation of given passages with reference to the context from all the three
books (Three out of six passages to be attempted by the students).

5 X 3 = 15marks
Q. 2 Poetry : An Introduction to Poetry

(a) Central Idea of a Poem (one out of two)
(b) Essay–type question (one out of two)


5 marks
15 marks
Q. 3 Fiction : 12 Short Stories.
Two essay-type questions (two out of three)


10 × 2 = 20 marks
Q. 4



Plays : Before the Footlights. One essay-type question (one out of two) 20 marks
Q. 5 Comprehension (Unseen passage) 15 marks

12 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Paper-B
Max. Marks

: 100
Theory

: 90 marks
Internal Assessment

: 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Q. 1 Paragraph Writing :
(Based on an outline, a situation, string of questions etc. : 150-200 words)

15 marks


Q. 2 Letter Writing (personal/social).

15 marks
Q. 3 Applied Grammar :
(a) Voice, Narration, Transformation of Sentences (all types).
(b) Articles, Prepositions, Conjunctions.

15 marks
15 marks

Q. 4 Vocabulary :
(i) (a) Use of words/phrase in sentences (b) Match the columns.
(ii) Antonyms & Synonyms, Use of the same word as different parts of speech.


10 marks
10 marks
Q. 5 Translation from the Vernacular into English (10 sentences only)

OR

(For foreign students, a paragraph on any one of the two given topics).
10 marks

Note : Allotment of Periods.
Paper–A : 6 per week in a class of 60 students.
Paper–B : 3 per week in a class of 30 students.





-----------------------

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 13


lr·(i (¤l·s¬) lr·(i (¤l·s¬) lr·(i (¤l·s¬) lr·(i (¤l·s¬)

(i (i (i (i. .. . ¤ ¤¤ ¤. .. . (¬i-i·¤) ¤·i- (·i (¬i-i·¤) ¤·i- (·i (¬i-i·¤) ¤·i- (·i (¬i-i·¤) ¤·i- (·i ¤ºi·ii zo·· ¤ºi·ii zo·· ¤ºi·ii zo·· ¤ºi·ii zo··

¤¤÷¤¬ ¤¤÷¤¬ ¤¤÷¤¬ ¤¤÷¤¬
¤ºii¬ so÷·o ¤ºii¬ so÷·o ¤ºii¬ so÷·o ¤ºii¬ so÷·o = ·oo ·oo ·oo ·oo
¬-¤ s ·iº- ¬-¤ s ·iº- ¬-¤ s ·iº- ¬-¤ s ·iº-

·. ¬l(ni¬i¬ ¬l(ni¬i¬ ¬l(ni¬i¬ ¬l(ni¬i¬

¬¬ z·

¬o ·i. lºi(¬-iº ºi-i ¤l·¬¬ºi· ·¤ ºi ¤¬i( l(º(l(ni¬¤ ¤º·in« riºi ¤¬ilºin+

:· ¬in ¬l(¤i ¬i º¤·i¤ ¤i-¤¬- - l··iilºn ¬i n: r÷

¬(iº º(i¬ nª·i·¬ (( ¬º(i¬ -iºi(i: n¬¬i(i¬ ¬iº lnlº·iº ¬l(ºi¤+

(¬) sr÷sr ¬¬i ¬i (i ¬(·i ¬lrn ·¤iª¤i¤ ¬º·i ri ni+ ¬¬ « ¬(·i ¤s ¬i¤n+


(ªi) s ¬¬i ¬i ¤¬ ¬-i·ii--¬ ¤º· ¬º·i rini+ ¬¬ z ¤º· ¤s ¬i¤ n+


:¬ ªi· - ¬ ¬l(÷¤lº¤¤ ¬l(ni÷¬iº n·ii ¬ªº¤ ¬(·ii ¤º· ¤s ¬i¤ n+ ¬-iºi ¬i ºi·(÷¬i-i zoo rini+


z. ¬¬i( ¬ril·¤i ¬¬i( ¬ril·¤i ¬¬i( ¬ril·¤i ¬¬i( ¬ril·¤i ¬¬ z·

¬o ·i. ¬·-i¤·( ªiºi·i ¤l·¬¬ºi· ·¤ºi ¤¬i( l(º(l(ni¬¤ ¤º·in« riºi ¤¬ilºin+ l·-·l¬lªin ¬in ¬ril·¤i ¤i-¬-
- r ÷


ºinº¬ ¬ lªi¬i·i --ni ¬lºil·in ¬i z(¤ -in ¬ - ¡r - ·¤i¤ -¤i n¬i( ¬·¤÷¬¬·¤+

(¬) sr÷sr ¬¬i ¬i (i ¬(·i ¬lrn ·¤iª¤i¤ ¬º·i ri ni+ ¬¬ « ·¤iª¤i¤ ¤si ¬i¤ ni+

(ªi) s ¬¬i ¬i ¤¬ ¬-i·ii--¬ ¤º· ¬º·i rini+ :¬ ªi· - ¬·ii(-n ¤lº¤÷l¤¤ºi ¤( ¬ªº¤ ¬ ¬(l·in ¬¬ (i
¤º· ¤s ¬i¤ n+ ¤-¤¬ ¬-iº ¬i ºi·(÷¬i-i zoo n¬ rini+


s. ni·÷ni· ¬¬i ¬ ¤iº ¬·i÷¬-iºi¤·ii ¤º· ¬º· rin+ ¬¬ ·z

¬¬ s ¤º· ¤s ¬i¤ n+ ¤-¤ ¬ ¬-iº ¬i ¬i-i ro ºi·(i n¬ rini+ ¤ ¤º· :¬ ¤¤ ¬ ¤(i·n (i ªi·i (¬l(ni¬i¬ ¤(
¬¬i( ¬ril·¤i ) ¤º ¬i·iilºn rin+

14 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



«. lr·(i÷¬ilr-¤ ¬i :lnri¬ lr·(i÷¬ilr-¤ ¬i :lnri¬ lr·(i÷¬ilr-¤ ¬i :lnri¬ lr·(i÷¬ilr-¤ ¬i :lnri¬ ¬¬ ·c

¬il(¬i¬ (¬¤·iºi ¬ilr-¤ ¬i si·¬º) n·ii ·il·n¬i¬ ¬ l·-·l¬lªin ºii·i ¬i ¤º ¬i·iilºn ¤º· ¤s ¬i¤ n+

(¬) ¬il(¬i¬ ¬i ·i-¬ººi ¬i¬÷¬i-i ¤lºl-·iln¤i ¤(ln¤i ¬iº ¤·(iºi¬ ºi¬i n·ii (i¬¬(( ºi¬i ¬i ¤lº¤¤+


(ªi) ·il·n¬i¬ ¬i ¤lºl-·iln¤i ¬n¬i·¤ ¤-iª¤i·¬¬i·¤ ºi-¬i·¤ ¬iº ¬·ºi¬i·¤ ¬i l(ºi·ini¤ ¬(iº ¬i¤¬i
n¬¬i ¬iº ¬º(i¬+

(i·i ¬i¬i ¬ ¬(l·in ¬¬ « ¤º· ¤ s ¬i¤ n l¬·- ¬ s÷s ¬¬i ¬ (i ¤º· ¬º· ri n+

r. (-nl··- ¤º· (-nl··- ¤º· (-nl··- ¤º· (-nl··- ¤º· ¬¬ zo

:¬ ¤¤ ¬ ¤(i·n ni·i ªi·i ¬ ¬(·i - z ¬¬ ¬ (¬ (-nl··- ¤º·i ¬ ¬-iº (· ri n+

c. ¬inlº¬ -~¤i¬· ¬inlº¬ -~¤i¬· ¬inlº¬ -~¤i¬· ¬inlº¬ -~¤i¬· ¬¬ ·o


¬ri¤¬ ¤-n¬ ¬ri¤¬ ¤-n¬ ¬ri¤¬ ¤-n¬ ¬ri¤¬ ¤-n¬


lr·(i ¬ilr-¤ ¬i :lnri¬ ¬¬ - (-i






B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 15

¤¤÷(i ¤¤÷(i ¤¤÷(i ¤¤÷(i
¤ºii¬ so÷·o ¤ºii¬ so÷·o ¤ºii¬ so÷·o ¤ºii¬ so÷·o = ·oo ·oo ·oo ·oo
¬-¤ s ·iº- ¬-¤ s ·iº- ¬-¤ s ·iº- ¬-¤ s ·iº-
·. ¬-i·ii l¬-i·n ¬-i·ii l¬-i·n ¬-i·ii l¬-i·n ¬-i·ii l¬-i·n ¬¬ ·c

(¬(¬ ¬¤·¤i¬ ¬iº ¬ri·i)


(¬) ¬¤·¤i¬ ¬i ¤lº·ii·ii n-( ¬iº (ni¬ººi ¬(·ii (i ¤º· ¤s ¬i¤ n+ s ¬¬i ¬i ¬(¬ ¤¬ ¤º· ¬º·i ri ni+

(ªi) ¬ri·i ¬i ¤lº·ii·ii n-( ¬iº (ni¬ººi ¬(·ii (i ¤º· ¤s ¬i¤ n+ s ¬¬i ¬i ¬(¬ ¤¬ ¤º· ¬º·i rini+

z. ni¬i ¬i ºi·i ni¬i ¬i ºi·i ni¬i ¬i ºi·i ni¬i ¬i ºi·i÷ (·(i(· ¬i¬ (-i÷-¤º ¤¬iºi· ni¬i ¬¬ ·c

·i-¬ººi ¬·ii(-n ¤lº¤ ¬ªº¤ ¬ ¬i·iiº ¤º ¤iº ¬-i·ii--¬ ¤º· ¤s ¬i¤n l¬·- ¬ s÷s ¬¬i ¬ ¬i: (i ¤º· ¬º·
rin+ :¬ ªi· - ¬ ¬(·i÷¬lrn ·¤iª¤i ·ri ¤si ¬i¤ni+

s. ·¤i(rilº¬ ·¤i¬ººi ·¤i(rilº¬ ·¤i¬ººi ·¤i(rilº¬ ·¤i¬ººi ·¤i(rilº¬ ·¤i¬ººi ¬¬ zo


(¬) l(¤ºini·i¬ ºi·( « ¬¬


(ªi) ¬-i·i·i¬ ºi·( « ¬¬


(n) ºi·(÷ºii·i· ¬iº (i·¤÷ºii·i· s ¬¬


(·i) (i·¤iºi ¬ l¬¤ ºi·( « ¬¬

«. -ri(º ¬iº ¬i¬il·n¤i

¬¬ ·o
r. l··iilºn l(·i¤ ¤º ¬··s(÷¬ªi·

¬¬ ·o
c. l·¬i ¤¤÷¬ªi·

¬¬ s
/. ¤lº·iil·i¬ ºi·(i(¬i (¬¤i ¬¬·· r)

¬¬ ·o
s. ¬inlº¬ -~¤i¬· ¬inlº¬ -~¤i¬· ¬inlº¬ -~¤i¬· ¬inlº¬ -~¤i¬·

¬¬ ·o
·i- ·i- ·i- ·i- ¤¤ (i - ·ii·ii÷lºi·iºi ¬ ·¤i(rilº¬ ¤¤in ¬iº si¤i ¤º ·¤l·nnn ·¤i· (· ¬i ¬l·(i¤ni ¬ ¬iººi ¬·ii÷¬··iin ¬i
si¤÷¬ª¤i so÷«o ¬ (i¤ ¬il-n ri ni+



16 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS




¤ilº·iil·i¬ ºi·(i(¬i ¤ilº·iil·i¬ ºi·(i(¬i ¤ilº·iil·i¬ ºi·(i(¬i ¤ilº·iil·i¬ ºi·(i(¬i
A


1. Abbreviation
¬·i¤ ¬¬ni·iiº

2. Absence
¬·¤l-·iln nºril¬ºi

3. Accommodation
¬i(i¬

4. Advice
¤ºi-ºi ¬¬ir ¬¤·i ¬ni¤·

5. Allegiance
l··-i

6. Alteration
¤lº(n· rº÷¤º

7. Amendment
¬ºii·i·

8. Appendix
¤lºlºi·-

9. Assistant
¬ri¤¬

10. Attendance
¬¤l-·iln ril¬ºi

B


11. Basic pay
-¬ (n·

12. Birth Date
¬·- lnl·i ¬·- ¬i niºiªi

13. Block
ªi· ·¬i¬

14. Board
(i· -·¬

15. Break in Service
¬(i - ·¤(·ii·

16. By Hand
(-ni

C


17. Cancel
º(( ¬º·i

18. Clarification
-¤·-i¬ººi

19. Closing Balance
¬n÷ºi·i ºi¬· (i¬i

20. Committee
-l-ln

21. Competence
¬·i-ni

22. Conference
¬--¬·

23. Confirmation
¤l·-

24. Consolidated fund
¬-l¬n l·l·i

25. Conveyance allowance
(ir· ·i-ii

26. Corruption
·i·-i¤iº

27. Covering letter
¬r¤¤

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 17

D


28. Dealing Assistant
¬(l·in ¬ri¤¬

29. Dearness Allowance
-rni: ·i-ii

30. Department
l(·iin

31. Deputy Secretary
¬¤¬l¤(

32. Dissent
(¬--ln l(-ln ¬r¬-ln

33. Duplicate
¬·l¬l¤ (¬ºi ¤ln

34. Duration
¬(l·i

35. Duty
·¤-i ¬i- ¬i¤ ¬-i·¤ ·iiº ºi~¬

E


36. Encashment
·i·i·i n·i·i

37. Entry
¤l(l·- :(ºi¬ ¤(ºi

38. Evidence
¬i·¤ n(iri ¤-iºi

39. Expert
l(ºi·in

40. Export
l·¤in

41. Extract
¬-ººi

F


42. Fitness Certificate
-(-·ini ¤-iºi¤¤ ¤i·¤ni ¤-iºi¤¤

43. Fresh Receipt (F.R.)
·: ¬i(ni

44. Further Action
¬in ¬i ¬iº(i: ¬n¬i ¬i¤(iri

G


45. General Manager
¤·ii· ¤(·i¬ -ri¤ (·i¬

46. General Meeting
¬i·iiººi ¬·ii ¬i·iiººi (-¬

47. Grant-in-aid
¬ri¤ni÷¬·(i·

48. Guidance
-in(ºi· l·( ºi·

H


49. Head Clerk
¤·ii· l¬l¤¬ r· ¬¬¬

50. Head of Account
¬ªii÷ºii·i

51. Head office
¤·ii· ¬i¤i¬¤

52. Head Quarter
-ª¤i¬¤

53. Holiday
¬(¬iºi s--i

18 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

I


54. Immediate officer
¬i¬·· ¬l·i¬iºi

55. Import
¬i¤in

56. Increment
(n·÷(l-

57. Inquiry
¤snis ¬i¤

58. Inspector
l·ºi·i¬

59. Instruction
¬·(ºi lr(i¤n

60. Instructor
¬·(ºi¬

61. Interpretation
l·(¤· ·¤iª¤i

62. Intimation ¤ni¤· ¬¤·i :lÙi¬i

63. Investigation
¬·(·iºi n¤niºi ¬i¤÷¤·ni¬

64. Irrelevant
¬¬(- l(¬ nn

65. Issue
(¬ni) l·n- ¤º· -¬¬i (l¬¤i) ¬iºi ¬º·i ·i¬·i (·i

J


66. Job
·i¬ºi ¬i¤ ¬i¤
67. Joining Date
¬i¤nrºi÷niºiªi ¬i¤iº-·i÷niºiªi
68. Joint Secretary
¬¤·n ¬l¤(

K


69. Labour Welfare
¬-÷¬~¤iºi

70. Leave Salary
s--i ¬i (n·

71. Leave Vacancy
¬(¬iºi÷lºl·n s--i÷lºl·n

72. Length of Service
¬(i¬i¬

M

73. Management
¤(·i

74. Medical
l¤l¬-¬i

75. Medical Leave
l¤l¬-¬i÷s--i

76. Medical Officer
l¤l¬-¬i÷¬l·i¬iºi

77. Messenger ¬('i(ir¬

78. Ministry
-¤i¬¤ -l¤-·¬

79. Modification
¬ºii·i· ª¤inº

80. Most Immediate
¬ln÷ni-¬il¬¬


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 19

N


81. Nationality
ºi·-i¤ni

82. Necessary Action
¬i(º¤¬ ¬iº(i:

83. Negligence
¬¤·ii ¤ -i( n¤¬n

84. Non- Objection
¬·i¤l-i

85. Non-Official
nº÷¬º¬iºi ¬ºii¬¬i¤

O


86. Obedience
¬ini¤i¬· ¬ini·(n·

87. Objection
¬i¤l-i

88. Offence
¬¤ºi·i

89. Offer
l·¤l·n÷¤-ni(

90. Office
¬i¤i¬¤ (¤nº ¤(

91. Office Copy
¬i¤i¬¤÷¤ln (¤nº ¬i ¤ln

92. Office Hours
¬i¤i¬¤÷¬-¤

93. Office Order
¬i¤i¬¤÷¬i(ºi

94. Officer
¬l·i¬iºi ¬¤¬º

95. Officer-in-charge
¤·iiºi ¬l·i¬iºi

96. Officiating
-·ii·i¤··

97. Option
l(¬~¤

98. Original Copy
-¬ ¤ln

99. Outstanding
(¬i¤i ¬-¬·-

100. Overtime
¬lnlº·n ¬-¤

P


101. Part Time
¬ºi¬il¬¬

102. Pay
(n·

103. Payment
¬(i¤ni

104. Penalty
(· ¬·i÷(· ¬ -i·i
105. Pending
¬l·ºiin ¤·i r¬i ª¬i r¬i ¬l(n

106. Pension
¤ºi·

107. Planning
¤i¬·i ¤i¬·i (·i·i

108. Proceedings
¬i¤(iri

109. Proposal
¤-ni(

20 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

110. Publicity
¤¤iº

111. Postpone
-¬n(i ¬º·i

Q


112. Qualification
¬rni ¤i·¤ni

103. Quarterly
¤ -il¬¬

R


114. Rectification
¤lººii·i·

115. Reference
¬(·i l·( ºi r(i¬i

116. Remark
l(¤iº ¬·¤l·n

117. Remuneration
¤ilº¬l-¬ -r·ni·i

118. Renewal
·(i·i¬ººi

119. Revenue
ºi¬-(

S


120. Satisfactory
¬ni·i¬·¬

121. Scrutiny
¬(i·ii si·(i·

122. Seal
-(i -irº

123. Secret
n·n n·n (in

124. Security
¤ln·iln ¬º·ii

125. Seniority
(lº·-ni

126. State Government
ºi·¤ ¬º¬iº

127. Stores
¬i-i· ¬i-ni ·i·iº

128. Summary
¬iºiºi ¬·i¤

129. Superintendent
¬·ii·i¬

130. Supervisor
¤((·i¬ ¬¤º(i:¬º

T


131. Target
¬·¤

132. Technical
n¬·i¬i

133. Testimonial
ºi¬i¤¤

134 Tour
(iºi

135. Training
¤lºi·iºi -l·n

136. Translation
¬·(i(


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 21


137. Travelling Allowance
¤i¤i÷·i-ii

U


138. Under Secretary
¬(º÷¬l¤(

139. Unemployment
(¬iºi (ºi¬niºi

140. Unofficial Letter
¬ºii¬¬i¤ ¤¤

141. Up-to-date
¬nn·

V


142. Verification
¬-¤i¤·

143. Violation
¬ln¬-ºi

144. Waiting list
¤ni·ii ¬¤i

145. Warning
·ni(·i

146. Working days
¬i¤÷l((¬ ¬i- ¬ l(·

147. Working Hours
¬i¤÷¬-¤ ¬i- ¬ ·i-

148. Working Knowledge
¬i¤÷¬i·i¬÷ni·

149. Write off
(--÷ªiin ·i¬·i

Z


150. Zone
¬i· ¬¤¬





-------------------






22 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


u ¬¯8l . u ¬¯8l . u ¬¯8l . u ¬¯8l .l8Y =lc=) l8Y =lc=) l8Y =lc=) l8Y =lc=)

8l8 ¬¹ëY J¯T ulJY¯ 2u11 ÷ l8ul3J¯¹ Y8l 8l8 ¬¹ëY J¯T ulJY¯ 2u11 ÷ l8ul3J¯¹ Y8l 8l8 ¬¹ëY J¯T ulJY¯ 2u11 ÷ l8ul3J¯¹ Y8l 8l8 ¬¹ëY J¯T ulJY¯ 2u11 ÷ l8ul3J¯¹ Y8l

u uë u uë u uë u uë 8 8 8 8 =¯Y m= 1uu

lY¤3l 9u

l8cë¹Y mHHuc 1u

Hu¯ 3 ¤c

u¯õ= u u¯õ= u u¯õ= u u¯õ= u
1 uë¯3¹ u¬¯8l =¯l= 4u m=
2 u¬¯8l ¹¯=Y 25 m=
3 u¬¯8l l8=¯Tl 25 m=

= ëH = ëH = ëH = ëH
1 m¯¤ë ¹¯÷, .Hu¯) u ¬T¬l3 lH¤, u8Yl=H¹ l8U ë, u¬¯8 H¹l=ëlHcl, 6JlT=
2 33¯ =¯Y¯ ¤J, HJð lH¤ Hl3Y, Y¯Jë 8¯= H¯u, Yl¤m¯ð¯
3 ë ÷ëH¹, H3 lH¤ H¤, .l8=¯Tl “l¹H¯3 8¯T l=6” ¹ ë¯J =), u8Yl=H¹ l8Uë, u¬¯8 H¹l=ëlHcl,
6JlT=

H l¹c H l¹c H l¹c H l¹c m3 ulu m3 ulu m3 ulu m3 ulu
1 m¯¤ë ¹¯÷ uH3= l=6 uHT HlJ3 l=m¯l¤m¯ .6¯ë l=6 ÷) 2u m=
2 .U) l3¹ =l=3¯=¯ l=6 l=H l8= ÷¯ =÷ël J¯= 1u m=
.m) l3¹ =l=3¯=¯ l=6 l=H l8= ÷¯ H¯ë 1u m=
3 ¹¯=Y l=6 Y¤ U¯3ë¯ =¯Y uH¹ .m¯õ l=6 u¬) 5×3 =15 m=
4 ¹¯=Y l=H¯, uY¯c, u¯3ë l63ë¹ m3 H¯lJ3= m¯Y6¹¯ .÷ l=6 l8=) 1u m=
5 l8=¯Tlm¯ l=6 Y¤ U¯3ë¯ =¯Y uH¹ .m¯õ l=6 u¬) 5×3 =15 m=
6 l8=¯Tl l=H¯, u¯3ë, H¯lJ3= uë¤ .÷ l=6 l8=) 1u m=


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 23


u uë 8l u uë 8l u uë 8l u uë 8l =¯Y m= 1uu

lY¤3l 9u

l8cë¹Y mHHuc 1u

Hu¯ 3 ¤c

u¯õ= u u¯õ= u u¯õ= u u¯õ= u

1 u ¬¯8l H¯lJ3 ÷¯ l8l3J¯H .17uu 8l 3¯=) u ¬¯8l H¯lJ3 ÷¯ l8l3J¯H .17uu 8l 3¯=) u ¬¯8l H¯lJ3 ÷¯ l8l3J¯H .17uu 8l 3¯=) u ¬¯8l H¯lJ3 ÷¯ l8l3J¯H .17uu 8l 3¯=)
.U) Hsl, l=¯H¯, Tëu3, =¯ë m3 =¯ë3= H¯lJ3 l=6 l8l3J¯Hu Y= m3
ul=ë3luY= uH¹ .÷ l=6 l8=)

15 m=
¹c uuë Hcë =Y l8= H=¯Y l8l3J¯HuY= 3 l8= ul=ë3lu Y= u¯lëm¯ ¬¯=1
.m) 17uu 8l 3¯= ÷ u¬¯8l H¯lJ3 ÷ l8l3J¯H l=6 ÷ l3¹ H3ë¯ l=6 Y¤
U¯3ë¯ =¯Y uH¹ .=lJ l=6 u÷ë¯)

15×1= 15 m=
2 J¯H¯ 3 H¯lJ3 J¯H¯ 3 H¯lJ3 J¯H¯ 3 H¯lJ3 J¯H¯ 3 H¯lJ3


.U) J¯H¯ ÷l ulëJ¯H¯, ul=ë3l, uH¬¹ m3 J¯H¯ ulë=ë3¹ ÷ =¯ëð.÷ l=6 l8=)

1u m=
.m) H¯lJ3 ÷l ulëJ¯H¯, ul=ë3l, uH¬¹ .6¯ë l=6 ÷ H=¯Y)

1u m=
3 H¯lJ3 H¯lJ3 H¯lJ3 H¯lJ3- -- -Hë =¯ë 3 mY =¯ë Hë =¯ë 3 mY =¯ë Hë =¯ë 3 mY =¯ë Hë =¯ë 3 mY =¯ë


.U) H¯lJ3 m3 Hu¯¬, H¯lJ3 m3 HıHlm3, H¯lJ3 m3 H÷l=3¯ .÷ l=6 l8=) 1u m=

.m) mY=¯ë Uuu¯, ëu=, l÷Hc¯3, m¹u¯H, ml3=u¹l 3 Hu= mY=¯ë
.÷ l=6 l8=)

1u m=
4 H¯lJ3 ÷ ë u H¯lJ3 ÷ ë u H¯lJ3 ÷ ë u H¯lJ3 ÷ ë u
u¯cl, 8¯ëJu¯J, THlc, ¬¹uH¯¤l, HY=, mHcu÷l, mY¯Jðlm¯, H3=¯ë¯, HlJY¯,
lu3l m¯l÷ 8¯ë ÷H-8¯ë¯ H3ë¯ l=6 ¹c ÷ð .u¬¯ l=6 6¯ë)
4×5=2u m=

24 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

HJ¯l8= u H3=¯ HJ¯l8= u H3=¯ HJ¯l8= u H3=¯ HJ¯l8= u H3=¯

1 u¬¯8l H¯lJ3 ÷¯ l8l3J¯H 17uu 8l 3=, u¬¯8 H¹l=ëlHcl, 6JlT=

2 u¬¯8l H¯lJ3 ÷¯ l8l3J¯H 17uu 8l 3=, u¬¯8l H¹l=ëlHcl, ulcm¯Y¯

3 u¬¯8l H¯lJ3 ÷l U3u3l 3 l==¯H, uëlu÷ë lH ¤ 3 l=ëu¯Y lH¤ =HY, Y¯Jë 8¯= H¯u, Yl¤m¯ð¯

l=H H ¹ c l=H H ¹ c l=H H ¹ c l=H H ¹ c Hu¯6 u¯õ=u Y8l Js3 l=6 9 ulëlmJ1




















-----------------------







B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 25


¬-¬ n (:¬ l·-() ¬-¬ n (:¬ l·-() ¬-¬ n (:¬ l·-() ¬-¬ n (:¬ l·-()


(i (i (i (i. .. .¤ ¤¤ ¤. .. . (¬·º¬) ¤·i- (·i ¤ºi·ii zo·· (¬·º¬) ¤·i- (·i ¤ºi·ii zo·· (¬·º¬) ¤·i- (·i ¤ºi·ii zo·· (¬·º¬) ¤·i- (·i ¤ºi·ii zo··

1.
l-·¤ºii l-·¤ºii l-·¤ºii l-·¤ºii ÷ ÷÷ ÷ ¤º· ¤¤ ¬i -i·¤- lr·(i ri ni+ ¬Ÿiºi ¬i -i·¤- ¬-¬n lr·(i ¤¬i(i ¤i ¬n¬i - ¬ ¬i: ¤¬ ·ii·ii ri ni+


Paper-A
¬·ii ¬·ii ¬·ii ¬·ii ·iln ¤( ¤in ·iln ¤( ¤in ·iln ¤( ¤in ·iln ¤( ¤in ¤ºii¬ so÷·o= ·oo ¤ºii¬ so÷·o= ·oo ¤ºii¬ so÷·o= ·oo ¤ºii¬ so÷·o= ·oo


¬-¤ ¬-¤ ¬-¤ ¬-¤ s ·iº- s ·iº- s ·iº- s ·iº-

¬ªº¤ ¬ªº¤ ¬ªº¤ ¬ªº¤ ÷ ÷ ÷ ÷


l(nil·i¤i ¬i ºi¤¬ ¬·ii¬i ¬ -i·¤- ¬ ¬i-÷¬i·i÷¬i·i÷-ir÷¬r¬iº n·ii -i-¬¤ :·¤i :-¤il(
(n ºii ¬ (ºii·in · ri¬º ¬i(·÷¤·i ¤º ¬n¬º ri· l(ni ¬i (i-nl(¬ ¬·i ¤( (l- ¬i -lr-i ¬i lºi·ii (·i+


:¬i ¤¬iº -i·(÷¬i(· ¬i ¬··n ¤( ¬(i¤¤ini (·i· ¬ l¬¤ ¬-¬nln ¬·¬·÷-lr-i -ªi n·ii (·-i ¬i ¤lºriº
ºi¬·iln -(·ii( ¬- ·ii·¤ l(ni ¬ nºi ¬i¬-¤ ºlrn ¬i(· ¤i¤· :-¤il( l(’i¤i ¬i ¬·¤¤· ¬º(i·i+


:¬¬ ¬lnlº·n ¬·¤ ·inlº¬ ¬i (l’- ¬ ºiiºilº¬ -i·l¬¬ n·ii ¬i·¤il--¬ l(¬i¬ ¬ l¬¤ ¤lºn ¬º·i+


(¬) (¬) (¬) (¬) ¬¤ºil·in¬iº¬ ¬¤ºil·in¬iº¬ ¬¤ºil·in¬iº¬ ¬¤ºil·in¬iº¬- -- - (·÷r ¬ri·i) (·÷r ¬ri·i) (·÷r ¬ri·i) (·÷r ¬ri·i) «o ¬¬ «o ¬¬ «o ¬¬ «o ¬¬

(i)
nn÷·iin ¬·(i( ¤(- ·¤iª¤i ·×·o = ·o ¬¬
(ii) ¬l·n/º¬i¬ ¬·(i( ¤(- ·¤iª¤i z×·o = zo ¬¬
(iii)
¬·ii ¬iº ·×·o = ·o ¬¬

(ªi) (ªi) (ªi) (ªi) ·ilnºin¬ ·ilnºin¬ ·ilnºin¬ ·ilnºin¬- -- - ·÷ro (·inrlº) ·÷ro (·inrlº) ·÷ro (·inrlº) ·÷ro (·inrlº) so so so so ¬¬ ¬¬ ¬¬ ¬¬

(i) ¬l·n/º¬i¬ ¬·(i( ¤(- ·¤iª¤i z×·o = zo ¬¬
(ii)
(º¤l(·i¤¬-(··ii ¤º· ·×·o= ·o ¬¬

(¬-·iil(n ¤º·l(·(÷ - ªi ªi¬ l((¤i ¬-¬nln

(¬· ¬·¬· n·ii ·i· ¬i -rŸii)

(n) (n) (n) (n) ¤in÷ ¤in÷ ¤in÷ ¤in÷(ºi·- (ºi·- (ºi·- (ºi·- (-rl’i ¤¬¬¬l¬¬n) ¤·i-÷¤i( ¬¬÷zo

nini ¤¬ niºªi¤º ¬-¬ººi

¬¤i ¬i ¬·(i(


·i- ÷
1.
¤-¤¬ ¤¤ ¬i ¬·¤¤· ¬-¤ sr ¤ilº¤· ¤ln¬·nir ri ni+


2.
¬·ii ¤º·i - ºin¤lnºin l(¬~¤ ¬i(º¤¬ r+





26 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



Paper-B ·¤i¬ººi n·ii ·¤i¬ººi n·ii ·¤i¬ººi n·ii ·¤i¬ººi n·ii ¬·(i( ¬·(i( ¬·(i( ¬·(i(
¤ºii¬ so÷·o=·oo ¤ºii¬ so÷·o=·oo ¤ºii¬ so÷·o=·oo ¤ºii¬ so÷·o=·oo

¬-¤ s ·iº- ¬-¤ s ·iº- ¬-¤ s ·iº- ¬-¤ s ·iº-



1.
l-·¤ºii l-·¤ºii l-·¤ºii l-·¤ºii ÷ ÷÷ ÷ ¤º· ¤¤ ¬i -i·¤- lr·(i ri ni+ ¬Ÿiºi ¬i -i·¤- ¬-¬n lr·(i ¤¬i(i ¤i ¬n¬i - ¬ ¬i: ¤¬ ·ii·ii ri ni+



¬ªº¤ ¬ªº¤ ¬ªº¤ ¬ªº¤ ÷ ÷ ÷ ÷

¬-¬n ¤ºi (nil·¬ ¤( ·¤i¬ººil·’- ·ii’ii r+ ¬n l(nil·i¤i ¬i ¬-¬n ·¤i¬ººi ¬ ¬·¤¤·i·i (ºii ¬
¬·¤iººi -·ii· ¬·¤¤i ¬i ¤¤in ¬ª¤i(i¤i ºi·( ¬l·i ºi·(ª¤ ·iinª¤ :-¤il( l(’i¤i ¬ ¤lºl¤n ¬º(i¬º
¬-¬n ¬·(i( rn ¤lºn ¬º·i+


:¬¬ ¬lnl·n lnl·i ··i¤ ¤in ¬ººi (iº ºilºi -i¬ nr ¤( (ºi l(ºii¬i ¬ ¤lºl¤n ¬º(i·i+

(¬)
(i)
(ºii ¬ ¬·¤iººi -·ii· s×z= c ¬¬

(ii)
¬·¤¤i ¬i (i·¤i - ¤¤i n r×z= ·o ¬¬


¬¤ n¤ ¬ ¤ ¤¤ ¬·¤¤ ¬( ¤ ¤¬¤



:n nn ¬n ¬(i n(i ¤(i ¬(i n·ii ¤·ii ¬·i-



¬n º( ri ¤ºº ( ¬n ¤ºn ¤·-n (i-n



(l·iºin ·i¤ ¬·¤ (lr ¬nº


(iii)
¬ª¤i(i¤i ºi·( · ¬ ·oo n¬ r×z= ·o ¬¬

(iv)
¬i-i·¤÷ni· ·×·o= ·o ¬¬


lnl·i ··i¤ ¤in ¬ººi (iº ºilºi



-i¬ nr ¤( (ºi l(ºii¬i ¬ ·i-


¬ri¤¬ ¤-n¬ ¬ri¤¬ ¤-n¬ ¬ri¤¬ ¤-n¬ ¬ri¤¬ ¤-n¬÷ ºii·i(i·i ¤iªi-(i (iºiºi¬i
(ªi) -(º¬l··i r×z= ·o ¬¬
(n) ºi·(ª¤÷ ºi- ¬ni ¤¬ ·(i -ln nª z×s= ·c ¬¬
l¤n -in ·i(n ¬--( ¤’i-(
(·i) ·iinª¤ (¬- ¬i- ¬· l(l·il¬· ¬-¬¬iº) z×s= ·s ¬¬

n- ¤- ¬i· (( ¤i l¬ªi ·i ( ”i ·i -¤¬ --


(·) ¬-¬n - ¬·(i( (¤i¤ ¬i·iiººi (i·¤i ¬i ·o ¬¬

l¬·- ¬ ¤¬ (i·¤ ¬-¤ ¬ ¬-(l··in rini)

l·(ºi l·(ºi l·(ºi l·(ºi ÷
1.
¤-¤¬ ¤¤ - ¬·¤¤· ¬-¤ sr ¤ilº¤· ¤ln¬·nir ri ni+

2.
¬·ii ¤º·i - ºin¤lnºin l(¬~¤ ¬i(º¤¬ r+



------------------

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 27


URDU (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Outlines of tests, syllabi and courses of reading

Two papers each carrying 100 marks


Paper-A
100 marks


Time : 3 Hours

Prose and Poetry :


(i) Explanation of Prose Passages 40 marks
(ii) Explanation of Verses 40 marks
(iii) Summary of a Poem or a Lesson 20 marks

Book Prescribed

Urdu Nisab Part II published by M/s. Educational Book House, A.M.U. Market, Aligarh.


Paper-B
100 marks


Time : 3 Hours

Essay and Composition :


(i) Essay 40 marks
(ii) Letter/application 20 marks
(iii) 1. Mutazadi Alfaz
2. Mutaradif Alfaz
3. Wahid Aur Jama
4. Tazkeen-o-Taness
5. Muhaware
6. Correction of words/sentences 40 marks


Book Recommended

Guldasta-e-Mazamin-e-Insha Pardazi Part-II by Dr. Arif Mohd. Khan, published by M/s. Educational
Book House, Aligarh Muslim University Market, Aligarh.

--------------------

28 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


PERSIAN (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Outlines of tests, syllabi and courses of reading

There will be one paper of 200 marks.

Time : 3 Hours
This paper is divided in three parts as follows :

PART-A (Objective type questions)

75 marks
1. Only introductory questions based on the name of the poets, writers and their important literary
books/contributions to Persian Languages and Literature.

(Only more important famous poets, writers/historians of Ghazanavid and Moghals of Indo Persian
Literature).

2. 25 objective-type one line questions to be answered and marked √ or × with the choice out of 30 to
35 questions.


PART-B



75 marks
For short answer questions say 6 to 8 out of 12

Question shall be framed as follows :



(a) Explanation of Short paragraph of two to three lines of prose or quotation from the prescribed
text.


(b) Explanation of one or two Ashaar of the poetry from the text prescribed.

Note : The students will be given choice to answer their questions in any one of the languages i.e.
Urdu, Hindi, English, Punjabi or Persian.

PART-C


50 marks
(a) Comprehensive questions say two out of four/five to be answered. Students will be given choice to
answer the questions in any one of the languages i.e. Urdu, Hindi, English, Punjabi or Persian.

(b) Short biographical and simple life sketch of the poets/writers as prescribed in the text.

Text Book Prescribed

GULDASTA-YE-FARSI by Hafiz Maulavi Mohd. Ayub Khan, published by Ram Narain Lal, Beni
Madho. Available at Ram Narain Lal Arun Kumar, Publishers and Book-Sellers 2, Katra Road,
Allahabad-2.
---------------------------------------
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 29


ARABIC (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

(There will be two papers of 100 marks each)


Paper-A


100 Marks

Time : 3 hours


1. Grammar

50 marks
(i) Sulasi Mujarrad and its six babs


(ii) Mafail Khamsah


(iii) Jumla Khabariyya and Inshaiyyah


(iv) Atf. Takid, Badal, Hal-Zul-Hal Tamiz


(v) Mustasna, Mustansa Minhu, Huruf Istihna


(vi) Abwab Sulasi Mazid Fih and its 8 Abwabs Tafil


Mafailah Ifal, Istifal Tafa, ul Iftial, Infial


(vii) Mansubat


(viii) Afal Madah and Zamm


(ix) Afal Ta’ajjub


(x) Ismul Fa’l


(xi) La-Le-Nafi-Lil-Jins


2. Translation of simple sentences of Arabic into English/Hindi/Urdu

30 marks
3. Use of words into simple Arabic sentences

20 marks


Paper-B

Time 3 : hours

Text

100 Marks
Prose and Poetry 60+40 marks

Book Prescribed


Al-Qiraat-ur-Rasheedah Part IV by Abdul Fattah and Ali Omar (Egyptian Edition) (Can be had
from Kutub Khana, Rashidia Urdu Bazar, Zama Masjid, Delhi-6).

Only Lessons 1 to 30 are to be studied.
---------------------------
30 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


FRENCH (Elective)
B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper-A : Introduction to French Civilization 100 marks
Paper-B : Applied Grammar, Creative Writing 100 marks

SYLLABUS

Paper-A : INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH CIVILIZATION
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

1. (a) Fifteen questions (General) pertaining to the prescribed textbook. 30 marks
(b) Comprehension of an unseen text (easier than the prescribed textbook).


Ten questions to be put in French and to be answered in French.

20 marks
(c) Making ten sentences with idioms and expressions pertaining to the
prescribed textbook.

20 marks
2. Write a short dialogue and a message (10 marks each).

20 marks
CHOICE TO BE GIVEN IN ALL QUESTIONS

Paper-B : APPLIED GRAMMAR, CREATIVE WRITING
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
1. Translation from English into French and from French into English of a passage or
short sentences based on the vocabulary of the prescribed textbook.

30 marks
2. Questions on applied grammar including conjugations of verbs in applied form,
pertaining to the prescribed textbook.

40 marks


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 31


3. Write a composition or dialogue or a simple letter of 150 words. 20 marks


CHOICE TO BE GIVEN IN ALL QUESTIONS

Course of Reading
Textbook-Campus-I, Jacky Giradet, et Jacques Pécheur, CLE International, Paris, 2000.
(a) Livre de I’ éléve
(b) Cahier d exercises
(c) 2 Cassettes

Note : 1. Questions on composition and unseen passages to be based on the vocabulary and
grammar of the textbook covered by the students in B.A. First Year.

2. All questions are to be asked and answered in French (except questions on translation).

3. Eight periods of one hour weekly –Six hours for Text and Two hours for composition.



















----------------------










32 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

GERMAN (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper-A : WRITTEN
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment
(For regular students)
: 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours


10 multiple choice questions of 3 marks each to be asked. This question is
compulsory.

: 30 marks
Questions in applied grammar (Fill in the blanks) conforming to the prescribed
book "Deutsche Sprachlehre Für Ausländer" in einem Band.
4 out of 6 questions to be attempted.

: 20 marks
Questions from the prescribed book “Texte zum Lesen und Nacherzählen” (from
page 1 to 29 excluding Mi Bverständnis) (short-answer type not to exceed 20
words).
4 out of 6 questions to be attempted.

: 20 marks
Questions on “Culture & Civilization” from the prescribed Book “Blick auf
Deutschland” (Page No. 1 to 29) (Fill in the blanks).
4 out of 6 questions to be attempted.
: 20 marks



Paper-B : (I) WRITTEN

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment
(For regular students)
: 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours


Paraphrasing of a poem or stanzas out of the following poems from “German
Verse” by B.B. Kulkarni & R.N. Chapekar :

: 20 marks
1. Gefunden (Johann Wolf gang von Goethe).
2. Da ich ein Knabe war (Friedrich/Höiderin).
3. Sehnssucht (Joseph Freiherr von Eichen-dorff).




B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 33

4. Die Lorelei (Heinrich Heine).
5. Somm-erbild (Friedrich Hebbel).
6. Abendlied (Gottfried Keller).
7. Im Nebel (Hermann Hesse).

Translation of 4 simple unseen sentences out of 6 from German into English/
Hindi/Punjabi (Meanings of unknown words to be given).

: 20 marks
Translation of 4 simple unseen sentences out of 6 from English into German
(Meanings of unknown words to be given).

: 20 marks

II ORAL : 30 marks

Reading of text and conversation in Simple German.


Note : The mode of evaluation for Internal Assessment is to be followed as per University Guidelines.

Prescribed Text-books :
1. Deutsche Sprachlehre Für Ausländer in einem Band by Dora Schulz/Griesbach (Chapters 1 to 14)

2. Texte zum Lesen und Nacherzählen (pages 1 to 29) by Hans-Joachim Arndt (Max Huber Verlag)
(Pages 1 to 29 excluding “MiBervstandnis”)

3. Blick auf Deutschland by Anne und Klaus (pages 1 to 29)
German Verse by B.B. Kulkarni & R. N. Chapekar.





------------------------




34 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

RUSSIAN (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Paper-A :
WRITTEN
I Translation from simple Russian into English/Hindi/Punjabi (about 120 words).

: 45 marks

45 marks II Translation from English/Hindi/Punjabi into Russian (about 100 words) :
NOTE : USE OF DICTIONARIES IS ALLOWED
Paper-B :
(I) WRITTEN
1. Simple Applied Grammar
4 questions (out of 8) of 5 marks each.

20 marks
2. Questions on Prescribed texts in Russian : 5 questions (out of 8) of 3 marks each. 15 marks
3. Composition (one out of three) on the following topics :
1. My Family 2. Working Day 3. Our Flat/House 4. Birthday
5. Sport 6. Function 7. Our City (Interesting places).

25 marks


(II) ORAL 30 marks

Reading of text(s) and Conversation in simple Russian.

Book Prescribed :
Wagner, V.N. : RUSSIAN – P.P.H., New Delhi (Lessons : 1-31).
OR
Maurya, A.K. : Essential Russian, University of Delhi, 2004 (Lessons : 1-14)

Books Recommended for Additional Reading :

1. Timberlake : Reference Grammer of Russian, Cambridge.
2. Khavronina, S. : Russian in Exercises, 1978.
3 Pulkina, I. : RUSSIAN – A Practical Grammar with Exercises,
Izdatelstovo ‘Russky Yazik’ Moscow, 1980.
4. Dictionaries
-------------------------
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 35




BENGALI (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011


Paper-A Total : 100
Time : 3 Hours

Novels 60 marks

Essays 40 marks

Novels : Bankim Chandra : Kapalkundals, Satinath Bhadury : Jagari

Essays : Rabindra Nath : Prachin Sahitya – Ramayana, Meghdut,

Sakuntals, Kavye Upekshita


Paper-B Total : 100

Time : 3 Hours

(i) Novels

40 marks
(ii) Essays

40 marks
(iii) Composition

20 marks
Novels : Sarat Chandra : Sri Kanta Pt. I


Essays : Rabindra Nath : Bichitra Prabandha


The following pieces are to be studied :

1. Ruddha Griha


2. Pagal


3. Mandir


4. Baje Katha


5. Ponero Ana


6. Sonar Kathi


Composition : A prose passage will be given to the students and they are expected :

(i) to write the central idea of the same


(ii) to suggest a title


(iii) to annotate a few words


(iv) to comment on the style



Suggested Readings

1. Sanchayita : Rabindranath Tagore


2. Bichitra ed. : Asit Kumar Bandopadhyay and Janjavi Chakarbarti (Calcutta Publications)

3. Bidhuti Chaudhri : Rachana Bichitra
---------------------
36 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

TAMIL (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper-A Marks : 100

Time : 3 hours

1. Poetry : 50 marks
Selections in Tamil Poetry for the 1
st
year B.A./B.Sc. degree examination
1994-95 of the Madras University, Madras-5.


2. Prose Book : 50 marks
“Vazhvum Vazhiyum” by P. Sowrirajan, published by Par & Nilaiyam, 184,
Broadway, Madras-108.



Total

:

100 Marks


Paper-B Marks : 100

Time : 3 hours

1. Novel : 50 marks
Esuvin Thozhargal by Dr. Indira Parthasarathy, published by Tamil
Puthagalayam, Triplicane, Madras-5


2. History of Tamil Literature :
(from 10
th
century upto present time)
50 marks


Total

:

100 Marks



-------------------------


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 37

TELUGU (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Outlines of Tests, Syllabi and Courses of reading

Paper-A Total Marks : 100

Time : 3 hours

1. Poetry 50 marks


2. Prose 50 Marks

1. Poetry :

50 marks
Telugu Kavya Mela (first six pieces)
published by Sahitya Academy, Rabindra Bhavan, New Delhi-I.


2. Prose :

50 marks


Sahitya Marmoralu (Essays) 1 to 6 and 8 only by Tapi Dharma Rao,
published by Visalandhra Publishing House, Vijayawada-4.



Paper-B Total Marks : 100

Time : 3 hours

1. Novel :

50 marks
Agnigundam by Mahindhara Rammohan Rao, Published by Visalandhra
Publishing House, Vijayawada-4.


2. History of Telugu Literature :
(Modern period only)
50 marks



------------------------


38 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

KANNADA (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Outlines of Tests, Syllabi and Courses of reading


Paper-A Total Marks : 100

Time : 3 hours

1. Poetry :

50 marks
Samakalina Kannada Kavite, Bhaga I, pages 3 to 49,
published by Bangalore University, Bangalore.




2. Prose :

50 marks
Kavi Saila, published by Kannada Sangha, Maharaja College,
Mysore (University Publication).



Paper-B Total Marks : 100

Time : 3 hours

1. Short Stories :
Kannada short stories, published by N.B.T., New Delhi.
50 marks

2. History of Kannada Litrature :
(Modern period only)
50 marks




------------------------



B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 39

MALAYALAM (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Outlines of Tests, Syllabi and Courses of reading


Paper-A Total Marks : 100

Time : 3 hours

1. Poetry :

50 marks
Malayalam Kavya Samgraham (Poems Nos. 19, 21, 22, 23, 24,
25, 26, 29, 31 and 33 only), published by National Book Trust,
New Delhi.





2. Prose :

50 marks
Prasanna Pooja (Essays) by Prof. E. K. Narayanan Poti,
published by National Book Stall, Kottayam, Kerala.


Paper-B Total Marks : 100

Time : 3 hours

1. Short Stories :

50 marks
Delhi Kathakal, published by Current Books, Kottayam, Kerala.


2. History of Malayalam Literature (Modern Period). 50 marks




-----------------------


40 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

PHYSICAL EDUCATION
B. A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

PAPER-A : Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45 marks
Internal Assessment : 05 marks
Time : 3 Hrs.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND STUDENTS :
(a) There shall be nine questions in all, spread over Five Units.

(b) First question/Unit is compulsory. It will contain nine short answer type questions, spread over
the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25-30 words each. It will carry 9 marks.

(c) Rest of the paper shall contain four units for descriptive questions. Each unit shall have two
questions and the students shall be given internal choice i.e. the students shall attempt one
question from each unit.

(d) All questions/units will carry equal marks.

(e) Private candidates and the students of the University School of Open Learning will not be
allowed to take this subject.

UNIT-I

9 Marks
Entire syllabus given in the Units II to V will be covered to set nine short answer type questions in first
question/unit of the question paper which is compulsory.
UNIT-II 9 Marks
Education and Physical Education :
Meaning and concept of Education. Its aims and objectives, importance of education in modern
era.

Meaning and definition of Physical Education, its aim and objectives.
Modern concepts/trends of Physical Education and its scope.
Physical Education is an art or science.
Need and importance of Physical Education in the Modern Society and its relationship with
General Education.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 41

History of Physical Education :
Pre and Post Independence Development of Physical Education in India.
Place of Physical Education in the Present System of Education in India with special reference to
the recommendations of Indian Education Commission (1964-66 i.e. Kothari Commission) and
the New Education Policy, 1986.


UNIT-III 9 Marks
Biological Basis of Physical Education :
Growth and Development . Differences between growth and development.
Factors affecting growth and development.
Age and sex differences in relation to Physical Activities and Sports.
Heredity and Environment and its effects on Growth and Development.
Chronological Age, Anatomical Age and Physiological Age.
Body types.
Psychological Basis of Physical Education :
Meaning of Psychology and Sports Psychology.
Psychological factors effecting physical performance.
Meaning of Learning.
Laws of Learning.
Learning curve, its types, characteristics and implications in Physical Education and Sports.
UNIT-IV 9 Marks
Olympic Games, Asian Games and Common Wealth Games :
Ancient Olympic Games.
Modern Olympic Games.
Asian Games.
Afro-Asian Games.
South Asian Federation Games.
Common Wealth Games.
42 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-V 9 Marks
Functions and Objectives of the followings :
Raj Kumari Amrit Kaur Coaching Scheme.
Netaji Subash National Institute of Sports, Patiala.
Sports Authority of India.
International Olympic Committee.
Indian Olympic Association.
Punjab and Chandigarh Sports Departments.

References :

1. Barrow, Harold M. : “Man and Movements : Principles of Physical
Education”, Philadelphia, Lea and Febiger, 1983, 3
rd

edition.

2. Bucher, Charles A. : “Foundations of Physical Education,” 8
th
edition,
1979; St. Louis C.V. Mosby Company.

3. Chauhan, S.S. : “Advanced Educational Psychology”, 1985 edition :
New Print-India Pvt. Ltd., Sahibabad, U.P.

4. Indian Olympic Association, Jan., 1976.

5. Khan, Eraj Ahmed : “History of Physical Education,” Scientific Book
Company, 1964.

6. Krishna Murti & Parameshwara
Ram, N.
: “Educational Dimensions of Physical Education”, 2
nd

Revised Edition, 1990, Print India, New Delhi.

7. Moslon : “The Olympian”, Olympic House, Canada, 1976.

8. Puni, A.T. : “Sports Psychology”, An Abridged Translated by G.S.
Sandhu, NIS, Patiala, 1980.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 43


9. Sharma, P.D. : “Olympics : Athens to Atlanta, 1896-1996”, Friends
Publications (India) Delhi, 1998.


10. Sheldon, W.H. : “The Varieties of Human Physique”, New York, 1940,
Harper and Row Publishers.

11. Singh, Ajmer et al : “Modern Text Book of Physical Education, Health and
Sports”, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 2000.

12. Skinner Charles, E. : “Educational Psychology”, 4
th
edition 1984, Prentice
Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

13. Tiru Narayanan C. and
Hariharan S.
: “An Analytical History of Physical Education”, South
India Press, Karaikudi, April, 1975.


PAPER-B : Max. Marks : 50

Theory : 45 marks

Internal Assessment : 05 marks

Time : 3 Hrs.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND STUDENTS :
(a) There shall be nine questions in all, spread over Five Units.

(b) First question/Unit is compulsory. It will contain nine short answer type questions, spread over
the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25-30 words each. It will carry 9 marks.

(c) Rest of the paper shall contain four units for descriptive questions. Each unit shall have two
questions and the students shall be given internal choice i.e. the students shall attempt one
question from each unit.

(d) All questions/units will carry equal marks.

(e) Private candidates and the students of the University School of Open Learning will not be
allowed to take this subject.

UNIT-I

9 Marks
Entire syllabus given in the Units II to V will be covered to set nine short answer type questions in first
question/unit of the question paper which is compulsory.


44 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


UNIT-II 9 Marks
Cell :
Meaning and definition of Anatomy & Physiology, Structure and Functions of a cell.
Skeletal System :
Types of Bones and names of various bones of the body.

Various types of joints and major movements around them.


Muscular System :
Structural classification of skeletal muscle, structure and functions of skeletal muscles.
Effect of Exercise on the muscles system.

UNIT-III 9 Marks
Warming up and Cooling down :
Warming up and cooling down in sports and its significance.
General guidelines for warming up and cooling down.

Physical Fitness :
Meaning, definition and components of Physical Fitness.
General tips for fitness and an exercise programme.
Factors like age, sex, body composition, diet, climate, exercise and training influencing Physical
Fitness.

UNIT-IV 9 Marks
Health & Health Education :
Meaning, definition and dimensions of health.
Meaning, definition, objectives, scope, principles and importance of Health Education.

Nutrition :
Balanced diet, its elements and sources. Water loading.
Nutritional intake for the athlete before and after training session competition.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 45


Environment Pollution :
Air, water and noise pollution, their causes and remedial measures. Composition of Atmosphere,
Ozone Depletion & Acid Rain.

UNIT-V 9 Marks

Drugs and Tobacoo :


Effects of Drugs and Tobacoo on an Individual and its effects on sports performance.
Doping in Sports.

First Aiad :
Meaning and importance of First Aid in Physical Education and Sports with special reference to
drowning, dislocation of a joint, fracture of bone, Sprain and Strain.


References :

1. Chaurasia, B.D. : "Handbook of General Anatomy", CBS Publishers and Distributors,
First Edition, 1981.

2. Dandiya, P.C., Jafer, Z.,
Y.K. and Jafer Afifa
: "Health Education and Community Pharmacy", Second Edition, 1996,
Reprinted in 1998, Vallabh Prakashan, Pitampura, New Delhi.

3. Marley, William P. : "Health and Physical Fitness", 1982, CBS College Publishing.

4. Mathews, D.K. and
E.L., Fox
: "The Physiological Basis of Physical Education & Athletics", Second
Edition, W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, 1976.

5. Park, J.E. & Park, K. : "Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine”, 10
th
Edition, 1985,
Banarasi Dass Bhanot, Jabalpur, India.

6. Parrot, J.W. : "Anatomy and Physiology for Physical Education Teachers", Lend
Edward Arnold Ltd., 1983.

7. Rose & Wilson : "Foundations of Anatomy and Physiology", 5
th
Edition, 1981,
Reprinted in 1985.

8. Sampath, K. & Uma
Maheshwar, B.
: "Human Anatomy & Physiology", First Edition, 1999-2000, Birla
Publications, Delhi.

9. Shaphard, R.J. : "The Fit Athlete", Oxford University Press, 1978.

10. Shaver, Larry G. : "Essential of Exercise Physiology", Surjeet Publications, Delhi, First
Indian Print, 1982.

46 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


11. Sensie Farokh Dinshaw : "Fighting Fit for Ever”, 1997, The Marine Sports Publishing
Division, Bombay.

12. Singh, Ajmer et. al. : "Modern Text Book of Physical Education, Health and Sports",
Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 2000.

13. Wilmore, Jack H. : "Athletic Training and Physical Fitness", 1977, Allyn and Bacon,
Inc., 470, Atlantic Avenue, Boston, Messachusetts.


PRACTICAL Athletics Marks : 100
Sprints (Types of Start and Finish) :
(a) Crouch start-fixing of starting blocks, getting in and off the block, emphasizing on body position,
need of starting blocks in a sprint race.

(b) Practice of starts with starting blocks using proper commands.
(c) Bringing in correct running style.
(d) Practice of Finishing the sprint with different techniques.
(e) Rules and Regulations of Sprint races.
Middle Distance, Long Distance and Walking Events :

(a) Marking of standard tracks, width of lanes and starting points for various races.
(b) Practice of Standing Start.
(c) Correct running and walking style, emphasis on proper body position and foot placement.
(d) Running tactics.
(e) Rules of competition.
Games
(Volley-Ball or Kabaddi (NS) and any other one game of the choice of the student).
Volley-ball (a) Measurements (volleyball court, net, poles, antenna and ball).
(b) Number and position of players and officials.
(c) Types of service (under arm service, side arm service and tennis service).
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 47

(d) Types of passes (under hand and over head pass).
(e) Rules of the game.


OR

Kabaddi (a) Measurements (Kabaddi court for men and women).
(b) Number of players and officials.

(c) Fundamental offensive skills, touching with hand, leg thrust, front kick, side kick, Mule
kick, jump and dive counter.

(d) Defensive Skill (wrist catch, normal grip, ankle catch, knee catch and chain formation).
(e) Tactics : (a) getting bonus point (b) counter to bonus line crossing (c) Delaying tactics for
getting lona.

Physical Fitness : More emphasis shall be given on general physical fitness and principles of physical
exercises.

Division of Practical Marks : Marks for each activity shall be divided as under :
Athletics 20 marks, game 30 marks, participation and achievement in
sports/games 15 marks, Physical fitness 15 marks, viva voce 10 marks and
internal assessment 10 marks based on overall performance of a student
during the current academic session which will be assessed by the teacher
concerned.

Note : 1. Polevault, Hammer Throw Hurdles, Relay Races and steeple chase men are not included in
the practical syllabus/course due to the fact that these events are highly technical. Moreover
in the absence of proper facilities required for the events mentioned above may prove to be
injurious/fatal to the students.

2. 12 periods per week (6 periods each for theory and practicals) shall be allotted to a class.

3. The theory and practical class shall consist of 60-80 students and 30-40 students
respectively.

4. The theory (Paper A and Paper B) and practical papers shall consist of 100 marks each.

5. As per the Panjab University Calendar, Chapter XIX (Page 324) Volume III, 1990, the
maximum teaching work load for a Lecturer in Physical Education for B.A. Pass Course is
24 periods per week, which includes theory as well as practicals.


48 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


6. The choice of games by the students shall be confined to the games approved by the
Association of Indian Universities.

7. A student is required to prepare a practical note book of athletic events and games given in
the syllabus.

Mandatory Instructions for the Colleges :
1. Admission Criteria :
(i) Any student opting to have Physical Education as an Elective Subject irrespective of the
background of the students (sports or non-sports students) must appear in the physical
fitness test. Ranking should be prepared and the top 60-80 students should be offered this
subject.

(ii) This subject should be offered to the normal students (not to disabled one).
(iii) To measure Physical Fitness through Cardiovascular Fitness Test, Cooper’s 9 Minutes or
12 Minutes Run-Walk Test should be conducted.

(iv) The date of Physical Fitness Test must be mentioned in the prospectus of the College.
2. Periodical Physical Inspections :
The University/Authorities with the collaboration of the Department of Physical Education, Panjab
University, shall make Periodical Physical inspections of the various colleges to ensure that the teacher-
student ratio is maintained by all the affiliated colleges for this subject as per the University Guidelines,
and for them to ensure that infrastructure (facilities), equipment, books/professional journals and
groundman, a game boy are provided as per the requirements of the subject and directions of the Panjab
University, Chandigarh.

3. Strength of Students :
For imparting effective teaching, the strength of students in a theory class shall be between 60-80
while it shall be 30-40 students in practical class.


4. Infrastructure/facilities and Physical Education Personnel :
For the introduction/to continue with this subject, a college must fulfil the following mandatory
requirements such as :

(i) A track atleast of 200 mtrs., it should, however, preferable be raised to 400 mtrs. track.
(ii) Bare minimum two Malies-cum-Groundmen for maintenance of the grounds and other
infrastructure facilities etc.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 49

(iii) A game boy to supply the sports equipments and water to the students/teachers on the
ground/playfield/arena.

(iv) A store-keeper for the proper maintenance/accountability of sports equipments in the stores.
5. Number of Periods :
The number of periods for theory and practical shall be 12 periods per week (6 periods each for
theory and practical) for classes i.e. B.A. First Year, B.A. Second Year and B.A. Third Year.
Practical period shall be projected in the college time table itself.

6. Teaching Work Load :
(i) As per the Panjab University Calendar Chapter XX (Page 298) Volume-III, 1996, the
maximum teaching work load for a lecturer in Physical Education for B.A. Pass course is 24
periods per week which includes theory as well as practicals.

(ii) Teachers who are preparing 6 teams for the Panjab University Inter College Competition,
their work load shall be counted by including six periods per week in the teaching load of
concerned lecturer in Physical Education.

7. Division of
Marks ( Theory and Practical) :
50% weightage shall be given to each theory and practical papers.

Note : STRICT ACTION SHALL BE TAKEN BY THE UNIVERSITY AGAINST THE
COLLEGE(S) WHICH VIOLATES THE ABOVE INSTRUCTIONS,







------------------------
50 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

EDUCATION

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper-A : EDUCATION AND SOCIETY

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER :


The question paper will consist of five Units : I, II, III, IV and V. Units I, II, III and IV will have two
questions from the respective units of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. Unit V will consist of
eight short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 18 marks in
all. Each short question will carry 3 marks.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE :
The students will be required to attempt one question each from Units I, II, III and IV. The students are
required to attempt 6 short questions out of 8 in Unit V which will be compulsory. The question paper
should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions of one main question.
Preferably set the words limit (300-350 words for Units I, II, III, IV and; 75 words for each short answer
type question in Unit V) for answer.

Objectives :

To enable the students to understand :

1. The Meaning, Nature and Scope of Education along with its types.

2. Functions of Education in light of its aims.

3. Role of Education viz-a-viz present day needs.


Course Contents :

UNIT-I : Meaning and Nature of Education : Education as a Socio-Political Process and
Developmental Process. Informal, Formal and Non-Formal Education.

UNIT-II : Aims of Education – Individual, Social, Vocational and Democratic.
Functions of Education – Individual Development, Transmission of Cultural Heritage
and Education for Social Change.

UNIT-III : Education for Democratic Citizenship, National Integration and International
Understanding.

UNIT-IV : Value Education –Meaning of Values, their Development and Transactional Strategies.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 51

Books Recommended :
1. Bhatia, K.K. and
Narang, C.L.
: Teacher and Education in Emerging Indian Society, Tandon Publishers,
Ludhiana, 2002.

2. Bhatia, K.K. and
Sharma, S.
: Bhartiya Shiksha Ki Adhunik Samasyaein, Parkash et al Bros.,
Ludhiana, 1986.

3. Bhatnagar, Suresh : Kothari Commission Recommendations and Evaluation with a Text on
National Policy on Education, Loyal Book Depot, Meerut, 1982.

4. Govt. of India : National Policy on Education, Ministry of Human Resource
Development, New Delhi, 1986.

5. Govt. of India,
Ministry of Education
: Report of Education Commission (1964-66)—Education and National
Development.

6. Govt. of India,
Ministry of Education

: Report of Secondary Education Commission (1952-53), New Delhi.

7. Gupta, S.P. : Sikhya de Sidhant ate Takneekan, Hans Book Depot, Faridkot, 1989.

8. Kansal, M.R. : Sikhya de Sidhant, Punjab State University Text Book Board,
Chandigarh.

9. Mathur, S. S. : Shiksha Sidhant, Vinod Pustak Mandir, Agra, 1981.

10. Sharma, T.R. : Sikhya de Sidhant, Punjabi University, Patiala.


11. Safaya, R.N. : Principles and Techniques of Education, Dhanpat Rai & Sons,
Jallandhar.

12. Yadav, H. S. et al : Adhunik Bhartiya Smaj Mein Shiksha, Tandon Publishers, Ludhiana,
1995.

13. Yadav & Yadav : Education in the Emerging Indian Society, Tandon Publications,
Ludhiana.


Paper-B : EDUCATION AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five Units : I, II, III, IV and V. Units I, II, III and IV will have two
questions from the respective units of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. Unit V will consist of
eight short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 18 marks in
all. Each short question will carry 3 marks.
52 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE :
The students will be required to attempt one question each from Units I, II, III and IV. The students are
required to attempt 6 short questions out of 8 in Unit V which will be compulsory. The question paper
should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions of one main question.
Preferably set the words limit (300-350 words for Units I, II, III, IV; and 75 words for each short answer
type question in Unit V) for answer.

Objectives :
To make the students understand :
1. The meaning, scope and uses of psychology in education.

2. Human growth and development upto the stage of childhood.

3. Meaning, purpose of learning and factors influencing learning.

4. The concept of intelligence - its meaning and measurements.

5. Causes and significance of individual differences.

Course Contents :

UNIT-I : Educational Psychology : Meaning, Nature and Scope.
Individual Differences – Causes, Significance and Educational Implications.

UNIT-II : Nature of Human Growth and Development – Physical, Mental, Emotional and Social.
Stages of Human Development : Infancy and Childhood, Their Needs, Significance and
Problems.

UNIT-III : Learning : Meaning and Definition.
Theoryies of Learning - Trial and Error Thorndike and Classical Conditioning by
Pavlov.

UNIT-IV : Intelligence : Meaning, Types and Measurement of Intelligence.

Books Recommended :

1. Aggarwal, J.C. : Essentials of Educational Psychology, Vikas Publishing House, Private
Ltd., New Delhi, 1995.

2. Bhatia, H.R. : A Textbook of Educational Psychology, Asia Publishing House, New Delhi,
1977.

3. Bhatnagar, S. : Shiksha Manovigyan, International Publishing House, Meerut, 1977.

4. Dhingra, R. : Educational Psychology and Guidance, Punjab Katab Ghar, Jallandhar.

5. Kagan, J. and
Lang, C.
: Psychology and Education, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc., New York,
1978.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 53

6. Kundu, D. : Modern Educational Psychology, Sterling Publishers (P.) Ltd., New Delhi,
1974.

7. Kuppuswamy,
B.
: Advanced Educational Psychology, Sterling Publishers (P.) Ltd., New
Delhi, 1994.

8. Mangal, S.K. : Advanced Educational Psychology, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi,
2002.

9. Mathur, S.S. : Educational Psychology, Vinod Pustak Mandir, Agra, 1998.

10. Sandhu, I.K. and
Kaur, A.

: Shikhya Manovigyan, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1976.
11. Walia, J. S. : Foundations of Educational Psychology, Paul Publishers, Jallandhar, 2001.












----------------------





54 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

ADULT EDUCATION

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Max. Marks : 200
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Practical : 100
Time : 3 Hours

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER :
The question paper will consist of five Units : I, II, III, IV and V. Units I, II, III and IV will have two
questions from the respective units of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. Unit V will consist of 8
short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 18 marks in all.
Each short question will carry 3 marks.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE :
The students will be required to attempt one question each from Units I, II, III and IV. The students are
required to attempt 6 short questions out of 8 in Unit V which will be compulsory. The question paper
should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions of one main question.


OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE :

The main objectives of the paper are :

1. To introduce students with meaning, scope and components of adult education.

2. To provide an overview of history of adult education.

3. To equip students with objectives, strategies and implementation of National Literacy Mission’s
Programs.

4. To acquaint students with structuring of teaching – learning environment for an adult learner.

5. To explain students the various forms of Adult Education.


THEORY :
UNIT-I : Adult Education : Concept, Meaning, Brief History during Post Independence Period,
Scope, Components of Adult Education i.e. Literacy, Numeracy, Awareness and
Functionality.

UNIT-II : National Literacy Mission : Objectives, Strategies & Implementation.



B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 55


UNIT-III : Structuring Teaching Learning Environment for Adult Learners : Identification of Areas.
Survey of the Community, Identification of Learners, Campaign for enrolment,
enrolment of the learners and day-to-day functioning of Adult Education Centre,
Involvement of Community & Developmental Agencies.

UNIT-IV : Various forms of Adult Education i.e. Social Education, Community Education, Basic
Education and Life Long Education.



PRACTICAL/FIELD WORK :

Participation of the students in the following and preparation of Project Report :

1. Survey of the Village/Area : General information regarding the village; its Economic, Social and
Cultural Activities : Needs and Problems.

2. Preparation of profile of the area.


3. Organization of Adult Education Centres for Basic Literacy Development.

The break up of 100 marks allotted to practical is as under :
External Internal

(i)

Viva-Voce


30 marks


3
(ii) Written questions based on the Project

20 marks 2
(iii) Project Report 40 marks 5

The Project Report must be submitted 15 days in advance from the date/s of practical examination,
to the Principal of the concerned College/Institution.

Books Recommended :

1. Datta, S.C. : Adult Education in India, Indian Adult Education Association,
New Delhi, 1986.

2. Directorate of Adult Education : The National Adult Education Programme, 1978.

3. Directorate of Adult Education,
Ministry of Education, Govt. of
India

: Training of Adult Education Functionaries 1-4, D.A.E., 1980
4. Directorate of Adult Education : Fifty Years of Adult Education in India.



56 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS





5. Dept. of Education, Ministry of
Human Resource Development,
Govt. of India

: National Literacy Mission, 1988.
6. Kundu, C.L. : Adult Education : Principles, Practices and Prospectus,
Sterling Publishers, Delhi, 1984.

7. Mali, M.G. : Adult Education in India, Deep and Deep Publication, New
Delhi, 1984.

8. Mathur, B.M. Adult Education & Social Change, The Associated Publishers,
Ambala Cantt, 1989.

9. Pangotra, N.N. Adult Education, Project through Universities and Colleges,
CACEE, Panjab University, 1987.

10. Sharma, I.P. : Adult Education in India, National Book Organization, 1985.

11. Singh, Sohan : History of Adult Education, The Indian Adult Education
Association, New Delhi, 1957.

12. Styler, W.E. : Adult Education in India, Oxford University Press, 1986.

13. Yadav, R.S. : Adult Education Training & Productivity, The Indian
Publications, Ambala Cantt., 1991.










----------------------
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 57

MUSIC (Vocal)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS :
1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.

2. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five units. Four units will
contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least
one question from each unit. The unit fifth based on notation will contain only one compulsory
question.

3. Harmonium will not be allowed as accompaniment in vocal music, but harmonium can be used while
singing Alankars.

4. The candidate can take vocal music along with instrumental music.

5. The candidate can also take instrumental music with tabla.

6. Practical paper shall be set from the syllabus.

7. There would be upto 10 students in one section.


Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) 90 Marks
Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) 90 Marks

(i) Choice & Viva

: 70 Marks
(ii) Harmonium

: 10 Marks
(iii) Tabla : 10 Marks


Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (10 + 10) : 20 Marks
Total : 200 Marks

Paper-A : THEORY

Unit-I
1. Various developments (in brief) in the History of North Indian Music during the modern period
from 18
th
to 20
th
century A.D.

2. Knowledge of Bhatkhande Thaat Padhati.

3. Different Jaties of Ragas of the Present Raga System of North Indian Music.
58 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-II

1. Elementary knowledge of the following Musical terms :

Dhwani, Sangeet, Nada, Shruti, Matra, Avartan, Sam, Tali, Khali, Bol, Vibhag, Swara (Shudh &
Vikrit), Saptak, Laya, Tala and Alankar.

2. Brief life sketches and contributions of Great Musicians :

(i) Pt. Vishnu Digambar Paluskar.

(ii) Pt. Vishnu Narayan Bhatkhande.

(iii) Sardar Sohan Singh of Agra Gharana.

Unit-III

1. Knowledge of Dhrupad.

2. Brief description of Tanpura.

3. Definitions and types of Khayal.


Unit-IV

1. Description of Ragas and Talas prescribed in the course.

2. (i) Ragas prescribed in the course :
Yaman, Kafi, Bageshri, Bhopali
(ii) Talas prescribed in the course alongwith notations :
Ektal, Chautal, Teental, Dadra and Kahrva

3. Knowledge of the following Non-detailed Ragas :
Bhairav, Deshkar, Bilawal (only Arohas-Avrohas & Pakads)
[[

Unit-V
To write the notation of the prescribed ragas :
Yaman, Kafi, Bageshri, Bhopali.

Paper-B : PRACTICAL
1. One Drut Khayal in each of the following Ragas with Alaps and Tanas :
Yaman, Kafi, Bageshri and Bhopali.

2. One Vilambit Khayal in any of the prescribed Ragas.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 59


3. One Dhrupad in any of the Ragas prescribed in the course (in Thah).

4. Ability to play Teental and Dadra Talas on Tabla.

5. Ability to recite bols of the talas prescribed in the course in Thah and Dugun by hand :
Ektal, Chautal, Teental, Dadra and Kahrva.

6. One Sargam Geet in any of the prescribed ragas.

7. Ability to play on Harmonium at least five alankaras based on Shudh and Vikrit swars and sing
alongwith it.

8. Ability to recognize Ragas of the course sung by the examiner.

9. Knowledge of the following Non-detailed Ragas : And ability to sing Aroh, Avroh and Pakad with
Tanpura—Bhairav, Deshkar, Bilawal.

Books Recommended :
1. Sangeet Bodh : Paranjpe, Shartchandra Shridhar.

2. Sangeet Shastra Vigyan : Panna Lal Madan.

3. Sangeet Sar Part (I) : Mrs. Veena Mankaran.

4. Raga Vigyan, Part I to IV : Pt. V.N. Patwardhan.

5. Hamare Sangeet Ratan : Sangeet Karayalaya, Hathras.

6. Sangeetanjali Part I to IV : Pt. Onkar Nath Thakur.

7. Kramik Pustak Mallika Part I to III : Pt. V.N. Bhatkhande.

8. Sangeet Granth Te Bharti
Sangeet Da Itihas

: Chander Kanta Khosla.
9. Sangeet Kaumudi Part II : V.S. Nigam.

10. Sangeet Shastra Darpan Part II : Shanti Goverdhan.





------------------------



60 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


MUSIC (Instrumental)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.

2. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five units. Four units will
contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least
one question from each unit. The unit fifth based on notation will contain only one compulsory
question.

3. Harmonium can be used while singing.

4. In Instrumental Music, the candidates have the option to take any one of the following instruments :
Sitar, Sarangi, Veena, Sarod, Dilruba, Violin, Guitar, Bansuri, Shahnai.

5. The candidate can take vocal music along with instrumental music.

6. The candidate can also take instrumental music with Tabla.

7. Practical paper shall be set from the syllabus.

8. There would be up to ten students in one section.

Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) 90 Marks
Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) 90 Marks

(i) Viva

: 70 Marks
(ii) Gayan

: 10 Marks
(iii) Tabla

: 10 Marks


Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (10 + 10) : 20 Marks
Total : 200 Marks
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 61


Paper-A : THEORY

Unit-I

1. Various developments (in brief) in the history of Music in India during the modern period from 18
th

to 20
th
century A.D.

2. Introduction and history of your own instrument.

3. Definitions and explanations of the following :
Maseetkhani Gat, Razakhani Gat, Tora, Jhala.

Unit-II

1. Elementary knowledge of the following terms :
Dhwani-Sangeet, Nada, Shruti, Swara, Saptak, Alankar.

2. Elementary knowledge of Bhatkhande Notation System.

3. Knowledge of Bhatkhande’s Thaat Paddhati.

Unit-III

1. Definition and explanation of Jaties of Ragas.
2. Knowledge of Laya and Tala.
3. Brief life sketches and their contributions to Indian Music of the following :
(i) Ustad Allahuddin Khan Sahib.
(ii) Pt. Ravi Shanker.
(iii) Ustad Hafiz Ali Khan.

Unit-IV

1. Description of the prescribed ragas and talas :
Ragas : Yaman, Kafi, Khamaj, Bhopali.

Talas : Dadra, Roopak, Jhaptal, Teental.
2. Description of the following non-detailed ragas :

Deshkar, Shudh-Kalyan, Bhairav.

62 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-V

To write the notation of the prescribed ragas :

Yaman, Kafi, Khamaj, Bhopali.

Paper-B : PRACTICAL

1. Demonstration of five different Alankars on the instrument.

2. One Razakhani Drut Gat with Toras and Jhalas in each of the prescribed ragas :
Yaman, Kafi, Khamaj, Bhopali.

3. One Maseetkhani Vilambit Gat in any prescribed ragas.

4. Knowledge of the following non-detailed ragas :

Deshkar, Shudh-Kalyan, Bhairav (only Aroh-Avroh and Pakad).

5. Ability to demonstrate the following talas by hand in Ekgun and Dugun layakaries :

Talas : Dadra, Roopak, Jhaptal, Teental.

6. Ability to play Teental on Tabla.

7. Ability to sing Shudh-Swaras with the help of Harmonium.

Books Recommended :
1. Rag Parichaya Part II and III : H.C. Srivastava.

2. Sangeet Kaumudi Part-II (Punjabi) : Prof. S.S. Kareer, published by Punjabi University,
Patiala.

3. Sitar Marg, Part-II : S. Bandopadhya.

4. Sangeet Sar, Part-I : Mrs. Veena Mankaran.

5. Sangeetanjali, Part I & IV : Pt. Onkar Nath Thakur.

6. Sangeet Manjusha : Dr. Indrani Chakravarti.


--------------------------
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 63

TABLA (Instrumental)

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS :

1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.

2. In all, nine questions will be set from the whole syllabus. The question paper will be divided into five
units. First four units will contain two questions each, out of which the candidates are to attempt one
question from each unit. Unit fifth based on notation will be compulsory. Thus, in all the candidates
are required to attempt five questions.

3. Harmonium will be allowed to play Nagma/Lahra.

4. Practical Paper shall be set from the syllabus for Paper-B (Practical).


Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) 90 Marks

Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) 90 Marks

(i) Viva : 60 Marks

(ii) Harmonium : 10 Marks

(iii) Tabla (Tuning) : 10 Marks

(iv) Padhant on Hand : 10 Marks

Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (10 + 10) : 20 Marks
Total : 200 marks

Paper-A : THEORY

UNIT-I
(a) Dahina, Bayan, Palli, Kinar, Syahi, Lav (Maidan), Baddi, Gatta, Gudri, Juduri, Hatodi.

(b) Explain the following :

Laya, Matra, Vibhag, Tali, Khali, Sam Avartan, Theka.

(c) Brief Introduction of Bhatkhande Tala Notation System and writing of Talas in Bhatkhande Notation
System.

64 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-II
(a) Decription of playing techniques of Varnas : Sayunkta & Asayunkta Varna.

(b) Definition with examples of the following :

Tihai, Mukhda, Tukda, Quaida, Rela, Peshkar and Paran.

(c) Definition of Thah, Dugun, Tigun and Chaugun.


UNIT-III
(a) Importance of Tala in Music and Dance.

(b) Definition of Avanaddha Vadyas and their importance in Music.

(c) A structural study of the following instruments :

Dholak, Naal, Pakhawaj and Khol.

UNIT-IV
(a) Definition of Gharana and brief history of Delhi and Ajrada Gharana of Tabla Vadan.

(b) Detailed playing techniques of Delhi and Ajrada Gharana.

(c) Life sketches and contribution of the following artists :
- Ustad Sidhar Khan.

- Ustad Nathoo Khan.

- Ustad Habibuddin Khan.


UNIT-V
Ability to write in notation the composition prescribed in Teental and Ektaal (Quaida, Rela, Tukdas
and Parans).


Paper-B : PRACTICAL
(a) Talas prescribed : Dadra, Kaharva, Trital, Chautal and Ektaal.

(b) Laggis in Dadra and Kaharva.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 65



(c) Trital (Peshkara, four Paltas, two Quaida, two Mukhdas, two Mohras, two Parans).

(d) Ektaal – (one Quaida, two Tukra, two Tihai, one Paran).

(e) Chautal – Theka in Ekgun, Dugun and Chaugun Layakaries.

(f) Practice of playing the above Talas with vocal and instrumental performances.

(g) Practice of Dholak playing in Kaharva Taal.

(h) Ability to play Nagma on Harmonium in Taal Dadra, Teen Taal and Ektaal.

(i) Tunning of Tabla.


Books Recommended :
1. Taal Prabhakar Prashanptsi : G.C. Srivastava.

2. Tabla Tarang : B.S. Nigam.

3. Taal Prakash : Sangit Karyalaya, Hathras.

4. Hamare Sangeet Ratan : Sangit Karyalaya, Hathras.

5. Tabla Ki Utpatti Evam Vikas : Yogmaya Shukla

6. Tabla Vadan Part-I : Jagmohan Sharma, published by Punjabi University,
Patiala.

7. Taal Parichay Part-I : Girishchander Shrivastava.








---------------------------
66 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

INDIAN CLASSICAL DANCE

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS :

1. In the case of private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.

2. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five units. Four units will
contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least
one question from each unit. The unit fifth based on notation will contain only one compulsory
question.

3. Harmonium will be allowed to play Nagma.

4. The Practical Paper shall be set from the syllabus prescribed for Paper-B (Practical).

Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) 90 marks
Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) 90 marks
(i) Viva : 70 marks
(ii) Harmonium : 05 marks
(iii) Tabla : 05 marks
(iv) Padhant on Hand : 10 marks

Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (10 +10) : 20 marks
Total : 200 marks

Paper-A : THEORY
Unit-I
(a) Origin of Tandav.
(b) Origin of Lasya.
(c) Brief study of the following :
(i) Four neck movements.
(ii) Eight eye galances.

(iii) Six eye-brow movements.

(iv) Nine head Movements.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 67

Unit-II
(a) Fifteen Asamyukta, Mudras based on Abhinaya Darpan.
(b) Six eye-brow movements.
(c) Brief study of Kathak dance.


Unit-III
(a) Brief study of Abhinaya and its various parts.
(b) Advantages of dance.
(c) Life sketches of Uday Shankar and Pandit Naryan Prasad.

Unit-IV
(a) Two folk dances of Punjab, their costumes and background music.
(b) Two folk dances of Jammu & Kashmir, their origin and background music.
(c) Two folk dances of Rajasthan, their origin and background music.

Unit-V
(a) Notation of prescribed Talas alongwith dugun and chaugun layakaries.
(b) Notation of Nagma.
(c) Notation of all tukra, toras and parans etc. of the prescribed talas.

Paper-B : PRACTICAL
(a) Teentaal
Two types of Tatkar in Single, Dugun and Chaugun Layakaries.
Thaat — 2
Salami or Namaskar — 1
Amad — 1
Tora — 5
Kavit — 1
Tehai — 1


68 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


(b) Jhaptal :
(i) Tatkar in Single, Dugun
(ii) Tora — 5
(iii) Amad — 1


(c) Practical knowledge of Asmyukta Hastas.

(d) Practical demonstration of the neck movements with their functions.

(e) Ability to demonstrate following Talas on Tabla :
(i) Teentala.
(ii) Jhaptal.
(f) Ability to play Nagma on Harmonium in Teental.

Books Recommended :
1. Kathak Naritya : L.N. Garg.
2. Kathak Naritya Shiksha : Puru Dadhichi.
3. Kathak Shingar : T.R. Azad.
4. Nritya Prashan Paujika : J.N. Pathak.
5. Kathak Darpan : T.R. Azad.





----------------------

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 69

FINE ARTS

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011


Note : Minimum of nine hours teaching per week be assigned and out of nine hours, six hours be ear-
marked for practical classes and three hours for theory classes (per week).

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES


1. Each paper carries 60 marks.

2. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. The candidate is to attempt 5 questions
as per the instructions given in the question paper.

3. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 10 questions spread over the
whole syllabus. Each question is to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. It shall carry 20
marks and shall be a compulsory question.

4. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units. Two questions will
be set from each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. a candidate shall
attempt one question from each unit. So in all, the candidate shall attempt 4 questions in all
out of 8 questions. Each question would be of 10 marks.



Paper-A : THEORY (History of Art)
Max. Marks : 60
Time : 3 Hours



Objectives :

The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools, styles and phases of the developments
in painting and sculpture in India and the West. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different
terms, concepts, forms and subject matter of these works.

Unit-I : History of Indian Painting

• Pre-historic paintings from Bhim–Betka.

• Ajanta-Shaddanta Jataka, Padmapani, Avilokitesvara, Dying Princess, Mahajanaka Jataka,
Decorative ceiling panels from Cave No. 2.

• Sittanavasal - Lotus Pond.

• Eastern Indian Paintings with special reference to Ashtasahasrika Prajanaparamita.

• Western Indian Paintings with special reference to Nativity of Mahavira from Palm-leaf
manuscripts.
70 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Unit-II : History of Indian Sculpture

• Indus Valley Civilization - Seals, Metal Dancing Girl, Red Sandstone Torso, Priest.

• Maurayan Art with special reference to Rampurva Bull Capital, Lion Capital from Sarnath,
Didarganj Yakshi.

• Bharhut - Dream of Queen Maya, Yakshas and Yakshini figures.

• Amaravati - The Great Departure, Subjugation of Nalagiri.

Unit-III : History of Western Art

• Pre-historic Art - Wounded Bison (Altamira), Venus of Willendorf.

• Egyptian Art - Palette of King Narmer, Seated Scribe.

• Greek Art - Standing Youth, Discobolus, Laocoon group.

• Roman Art - Augustus of Primaporta, Arch of Titus.

• Byzantine Art - Mosaic, Emperor Justinian and his Attendants in S. Vitale.

• Gothic Art - Madonna Enthroned by Duccio, The Lamentation by Giotto.


Unit-IV : Definition of Key Terms and General Concepts

• Colour, Line, Perspective, Foreshortening, Mural - Fresco and Tempera techniques, Miniature,
Chiaroscuro (light-shade), Sculpture in round and in relief.

Pedagogy :

The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books, slides and
related films.

Suggested Readings :

1. Kramrisch, Stella : Survey of Painting in the Deccan, Oriental Books Reprint Corporation,
New Delhi, 1983.

2. Majumdar, R.C.
(editor)
: The History and Culture of Indian People, Vols. I, II and III (Sculpture
and Painting Sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan, Bombay, 1996,
1990, 1988.

3. Gupte and Mahajan : Ajanta, Ellora and Aurangabad Caves, D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.
Pvt. Ltd., Bombay, 1962.

4. Rowland, Benjamin : The Art and Architecture of India, Penguin Books, Great Britain, 1959.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 71

5. Saraswati, S.K. : A Survey of Indian Sculpture, Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.

6. Ray, N.R. : An Approach to Indian Art, Publication Bureau, Panjab University,
Chandigarh, 1974.

7. Barrett, D. and Gray, B. : Painting of India, The World Publishing Co., Ohio, 1963.

8. Archer, W.G. : India and Modern Art, George Allen & Unwin Limited, London,
1959.

9. Brown, Percy : Indian Painting under the Mughals, Cosmo Publications, New Delhi,
1981.

10. Aggarwala,V.S. : Heritage of Indian Art, Publications Division, Ministry of Information
& Broadcasting, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1976.

11. Aggarwala,V.S. : Indian Art (English), Varanasi, 1965.

12. Aggarwala,V.S. : Bhartiya Kala (Hindi), Prithvi Prakashan, 1977.

13. Read, Herbert : Meaning of Art, Faber & Faber, London, 1972.

14. Janson, H.W. : History of Art, Thames & Hudson, London, 2001.

15. Gardener, Helen : Art Through the Ages, Harcourt Brace & Co., U.S.A., 1991.

16. Gombrich, E.H. : The Story of Art, Phaidon Press Limited, New York, 1995.


Paper-B : PRACTICAL

This paper consists of three sections :

Max. Marks Max. Time

1. Still Life Study 30 5 hours

2. Drawing from Life 30 5 hours

3. Landscape Painting (on the spot) 30 5 hours

Total : 90

Note : Section 3 will be taken up last at the time of examination.

SECTION-I

Still Life Study

Drawing & Painting of a number of objects to study proportion, volume and rhythmic relationship
of masses, study and rendering of texture of different objects.
72 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Number of objects : Three objects with display at the back.
Medium : Oil, Water or Pastel colours.
Size : ½ Imperial


SECTION-II

Drawing from Life

Portrait Monochrome : From Live Model or Castin any medium -1/4 Imperial
Sheet.



Emphasis should be on structure, proportion, foreshortening, Textural Values, Posture &
Individuality of the model.

SECTION-III

Landscape Painting (on the spot)

Landscape painting : Study relationship of objects, their arrangements in the foreground, middle
and distance, texture, relative size of masses, tones and colours, use of linear and aerial perspective.

Medium : Oil, Water or Pastel colours.
Size : ½ Imperial.
SESSIONAL MARKS : 50 (based on work related equally to 3 sections).


Sessional marks will be given on the basis of the work done during the session in all the three
sections. At least five works will be submitted in each section. Sessional marks shall be given by external
and internal examiners jointly. In case of difference of opinion, marking may be done separately by each
examiner giving marks out of 50% of the aggregate of the sessional marks.





---------------------
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 73

HISTORY OF ART

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Note : 1. Each paper carries 100 marks.

2. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. The candidate is to attempt 5
questions as per the instructions given in the question paper.

3. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 14 questions spread over the
whole syllabus. Each question is to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. It shall carry 28
marks and shall be a Compulsory question.

4. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units. Two questions will
be set from each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. a candidate shall
attempt one question from each unit. So in all, the candidate shall attempt
4 questions in all out of 8 questions. Each question would be of 18 marks.




Paper-A : HISTORY OF INDIAN PAINTING AND SCULPTURE Max. Marks : 100
Time : 3 Hours

Objectives :

The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools, styles and phases of the developments
in painting and sculpture in India. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms,
concepts, forms and subject matter of these works.

Study of Indian Painting :

Unit-I

(a) Pre-historic Painting.

(b) Ajanta : Early Period, Classical Period and Post-Classical Period.

Unit-II

(a) Bagh.

(b) Badami.

(c) Sittanavasal.

(d) Ellora.

74 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Study of Indian Sculpture :

Unit-III

(a) Indus Valley Civilization.
(b) Mauryan Period.
(c) Bharhut.
(d) Sanchi.

Unit-IV

(a) Amaravati.
(b) Nagarjunikonda.
(c) Mathura under the Kushanas.
(d) Gandharan Art.

Pedagogy :

The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books, slides and
related films.


Suggested Readings :


1. Kramrisch, Stella : Survey of Painting in the Deccan, Oriental Books Reprint
Corporation, New Delhi, 1983.

2. Majumdar, R.C.
(editor)
: The History and Culture of Indian People, Vols. I, II and III
(Sculpture and Painting Sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan
Bombay, 1996, 1990, 1988.

3. Gupte and Mahajan : Ajanta, Ellora and Aurangabad Caves, D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.
Pvt. Ltd., Bombay, 1962.

4. Rowland, Benjamin : The Art and Architecture of India, Penguin Books, Great Britain,
1959.

5. Saraswati, S.K. : A Survey of Indian Sculpture, Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.

6. Ray, Niharajan : An Approach to Indian Art, Publication Bureau, Panjab University,
Chandigarh, 1974.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 75

7. Barrett, D. and Gray, B. : Painting of India, The World Publishing Co., Ohio, 1963.

8. Aggarwala,V.S. : Heritage of Indian Art, Publications Division, Ministry of Information
& Broadcasting, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1976.

9. Aggarwala,V.S. : Indian Art (English), Varanasi, 1965.

10. Aggarwala,V.S. : Bhartiya Kala (Hindi), Prithvi Prakashan, 1977.



Paper-B : STUDY OF WESTERN PAINTING AND SCULPTURE (from
the earliest times to ca. 1400 A.D.) and Theory and Principles of
Art Appreciation
Max. Marks : 100
Time : 3 Hours

Objectives :

The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools, styles and phases of the developments
in painting and sculpture in the west. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms,
concepts, forms and subject matter of these works.

History of Western Art :


Unit-I

(a) Pre-historic Painting.
(b) Egyptian Art.

Unit-II

(a) Greek Art.
(b) Roman Art.


Unit-III

(a) Art of Early Christian Period.
(b) Byzantine Period.
(c) Gothic Period.

76 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS




Unit-IV

Explanation through illustrations of the concept of :

(a) Space, Line, Colour, Form, Texture, Light and Shade, Design, Balance, Harmony, Composition,
Perspective, Foreshortening.

(b) Mural, Fresco and Tempera techniques.


Pedagogy :

The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art form as seen from the books, slides and
related films.

Suggested Readings :



1. Read, Herbert : Meaning of Art, Faber & Faber, London, 1972.

2. Janson, H.W. : History of Art, Thames & Hudson, London, 2001.

3. Gardener, Helen : Art Through the Ages, Harcourt Brace & Co., U.S.A., 1991.

4. Gombrich, E.H. : The Story of Art, Phaidon Press Limited, New York, 1995.









------------------------
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 77



ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY, CULTURE & ARCHAEOLOGY

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Paper-A : HISTORY AND CULTURE OF INDIA FROM THE INDUS VALLEY CIVILIZATION
TO 321 B.C.

Objectives :
The paper is a survey of the proto-historic and historic background to Indian history from the Harappan
Civilization to the time of the Iranian and Macedonian invasions.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES :

1. The theory paper will be of 90 marks and 10 marks will be for internal assessment.

2. For Private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper.

3. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. All questions shall carry equal marks. The paper
shall be of 3 hours duration.

4. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the entire
syllabus. The candidate is required to answer any 9 short answer type questions. Each short answer
type question shall be of 2 marks to be answered in 25 to 30 words. OR a question on map. The map
work shall consist of 12 marks for the map and 06 marks for the explanatory notes.

5. The map question shall have the following topics :

(a) Extent of Harappan Civilization.

(b) Location of 16 Mahajanapadas.

(c) Alexander’s Indian campaign.

6. The rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. The entire syllabus has been divided into 4 Units. The paper
setter shall set 2 questions from each unit and the candidate shall be given internal choice i.e. the
candidate shall attempt one question from each unit. Each question shall carry 18 marks.

UNIT-I : The Vedic Culture & Civilization.

UNIT-II : Harappan Civilization.

UNIT-III : The sixteen Mahajanapadas with special reference to the rise of Magadha (from
Bimbisara to the fall of the Nandas).

UNIT-IV : The Iranian and Macedonian Invasions.

78 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Pedagogy of the Course Work :
Students are expected to familiarize themselves with sources and with methods of reconstructing ancient
political history. Further, an attempt is made to view the political events in their situational context,
locating the interconnection of social, economic and political developments, as far as their sources permit.

Paper-B : HISTORY AND CULTURE OF INDIA FROM THE MAURYAS TO 319 A.D.

Objectives :

This course deals with the political and cultural history of India from Mauryas to 319 A.D. It also acquaints
the students about the foreign invasions which took place during the time span as mentioned above and
their impact on the Indian Culture.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES :

1. The theory question paper will be of 90 marks and 10 marks will be for internal assessment.

2. For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper.

3. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. All questions shall carry equal marks. The paper
shall be of 3 hrs. duration.

4. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the entire
syllabus. The candidate is required to answer any 9 short answer type questions. Each short answer
type question shall be of 2 marks to be answered in 25 to 30 words. OR a question on map. The map
work shall consist of 12 marks for the map and 06 marks for the explanatory notes.

5. The map question shall have the following topics :

(a) Extent of Mauryan empire.
(b) Location of Ashokan inscriptions.
(c) Extent of Kanishka’s empire.

6. The rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. The entire syllabus has been divided into 4 Units. The
paper setter shall set 2 questions from each unit and the candidate shall be given internal choice i.e.
the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit. Each question shall carry 18 marks.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 79


UNIT-I : (i) Chandragupta Maurya.
(ii) Ashoka.
(iii) Causes of the downfall of the Mauryan empire.
(iv) Culture and Socio-economic conditions during the Mauryan period.

UNIT-II : Sunga Dynasty : Political and Cultural Survey.
Satavahana Dynasty : Political and Cultural History.

UNIT-III : Brief History of the Bactrian Greeks, Sakas and the Parthians in India.

UNIT-IV : Kushana Dynasty : Political and Cultural Survey.


Pedagogy of the Course Work :
The students are to be taught with the help of slides, photographs, topographical maps, political maps etc.
In addition to it, lectures, workshops and seminars may be arranged to facilitate the students to understand
the subject in a better way.









----------------------------
80 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


DEFENCE & STRATEGIC STUDIES

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Note : 1. There will be two theory papers A and B carrying 70 marks each. The internal assessment
will be of 10 marks for each of the two papers . 40 marks are kept for the practical test. Each
theory paper will have one compulsory short answer type question containing 15 questions
of 2 marks each covering the entire syllabus. The candidates will be required to attempt any
10 short answer type questions. In addition to it, there will be four sections of the question
paper. The candidate will be required to attempt one question from each of these sections
carrying 12 ½ marks. Each theory paper will be of three hours duration. The practical test
will be of 1 ½ hours duration.

2. Practical examination will be compulsory for regular, University School of Open Learning
and private candidates. The serving armed forces and para-military personnel will be
exempted from practical examination and marks secured by such candidates in theory papers
will be proportionately raised out of 200.

3. The persons appearing as private candidates (except serving armed forces and para-military
personnel) shall have to complete the requirement of attending the practical at the
department of Defence & National Security Studies, Panjab University, Chandigarh, in
January every year, after paying the required fee as prescribed by the University from time
to time. Private candidates shall have to attend practical classes for 10 hours spread over two
to three days for which the certificate shall be issued by the Chairman, Department of
Defence & National Security Studies, Panjab University only.

4. For reappearing candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment and
practical examination the marks secured by them in theory papers will proportionately be
increased to the maximum marks of the each theory paper in lieu of internal assessment and
practical marks.


Paper-A : EVOLUTION OF WARFARE IN INDIA
Marks : 70
Time : 3 Hrs.

Objective : This paper deals with the salient features of Indian Warfare with emphasis on Military
organization, battle technique & leadership.


SECTION-I

1. Battle of Hydaspes and Alexander’s Art of War.
2. Kautilya’s Philosophy of War.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 81



SECTION-II

3. Military organizations and battle techniques of Rajputs and Turks with particular reference to Battle
of Tarrain, 1192 A.D.

4. Military organizations and battle techniques of Mughals and Afghans with particular reference to
First Battle of Panipat, 1526 A.D.

SECTION-III

5. Battle techniques of Southern Muslim Sultans with particular reference to Battle of Talikota,
1565 A.D.

6. Military organization and Battle techniques of Marathas under Shivaji.

SECTION-IV

7. Military organization and battle techniques of Sikh Army under Maharaja Ranjit Singh.

8. Warfare under East India Company with particular reference to Battle of Assaye 1803 A.D. and
Chilianwala 1849 A.D.

9. Indian Armed Forces 1858 to 1947 – General Evolution and Development (A Broad Perspective).

Books Recommended :

1. JFC, Fuller : Generalship of Alexander, The Great.
2. K.P. Kangle : Kautilya’s Arthshastra.
3. B.K. Majumdar : Military Systems in Ancient India.
4. J.N. Sarkar : Military History of India.
5. William, Irvin : Army of the Indian Mughals.
6. S.N. Sen : Military System of the Marathas.
7. F.S. Bajwa : The Military Systems of Sikhs.
8. S.T. Dass : An Introduction to the Art of War.
9. Gautam Sharma : Indian Army Through the Ages.
10. Mallesan : Decisive Battle of India.
11. Erskin : Memories of Babur.
12. Gurcharan Singh : Battles of Panipat.
13. Rajendra Nath : Military Leadership in India : Vedic Period to Indo-Pak Wars.

82 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Paper-B : EVOLUTION OF WARFARE IN OTHER COUNTRIES
Marks : 70
Time : 3 Hrs.

Objective : This paper deals with salient features of Warfare (from 331 B.C. to 1865 A.D.) and changes
in military strategy & tactics and the impact of Science and Society on warfare.

SECTION-I

1. Military organizations and battle techniques of Macedonians, Persians with particular reference to the
Battles of Arbella, 331 B.C.

2. Military organisations and battle techniques of Romans and Carthagenians with particular reference to
the Battles of Cannae, 216 B.C.

3. Military organizations and battle techniques of Barbarians with particular reference to Battle of
Adrianople, 378 A.D.

SECTION-II

4.. Military organizations and battle techniques of the English and French with reference to the Battle of
Hastings, 1066 A.D.

5. The Mongol Art of War under Changez Khan and his successors.

SECTION-III

6. Industrial revolution and its impact on weapons, communications and tactics.
7. Elements and Principles of Napoleonic Warfare.

SECTION-IV

8. Naval Warfare with particular reference to the Battle of Trafalgar, 1805 A.D.
9. American Civil War (1861-65) – Causes and Events.

Books Recommended :

1. Montgomery, F.M. : A History of Warfare.
2. Montress, L. : War through the Ages.
3. Fuller, JFC : Conduct of War.
4. Bullock, H. : Military History of the Western World, Vol. I.
5. Fuller, JFC : Armament and History.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 83


6. Fuller, JFC : Machine Warfare.
7. Fuller, JFC : Military History of the Western World.
8. Barrie and Rackett : The Art of Warfare, Vols. I & II.


Paper-C : PRACTICAL Total Marks : 40

Note : 1. There will be 3 hours of teaching per week for practicals. For practical classes, the number
of students in one group shall not ordinarily exceed fifteen.

2. Practical exercise should be carried out on drawing sheets with explanatory notes OR on
computer.

SECTION-A : Practical Test

Marks : 25
Time : 1 ½ Hrs.

Note : 1. There will be five questions in all and candidates will be required to attempt any three
questions.

2. Examiners are required to set the question paper at least half an hour before the examination.


Course Contents for Practicals :

1. Conventional Signs : Military and Geographical.

2. Introduction to Topographical Maps : Definition, features, classification, enlargement and reduction
of maps.

3. Grid System : Four figure, six figure and eight figure map references.

4. Distance and Scale : Definition, types, methods of representing scale, inter conversion of statement
into representative fraction, construction of simple scale line and comparative scale lines.

5. Directions : Types of North, finding out True North, direction by equal altitude method, Watch
method, Map method and Compass method.

6. Service Protector : Its type and uses.

SECTION-B
Marks : 15
Time : 1 ½ Hrs.

1. Lecture by the candidate
(on any of the topics in the syllabus of theory papers A or B)

= 5 marks
2. Practical Record

= 5 marks
3. Viva-Voce = 5 marks
------------------------
84 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

HISTORY

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011


INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES : (For Papers A & B)


1. The syllabus has been divided into four units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words
each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18 marks
i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay type
questions and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from each unit
– 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

2. For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper.

3. One question from Unit IV shall be set on the map.

Explanation :

1. Each essay type question would cover about one-third to one-half of a topic detailed in the syllabus.


2. The distribution of marks for the map question would be as under :

Map : 10 marks

Explanatory Note : 08 marks


In case a paper setter chooses to set a question of map on important historical places, the paper setter
will be required to ask the students to mark 10 places on map of 1 mark each and write explanatory
note on any four of 2 marks each.


3. The paper-setter would avoid repetition between different types of questions within one question
paper.


Paper A : HISTORY OF INDIA UPTO 1200 A.D.

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objectives : To introduce the students to the history of India in Ancient times.

Pedagogy : Lectures, library work and discussions.

Unit-I

1. Geography and History : The physical features and their influence on the course of Indian History.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 85


2. Major Sources of Ancient Indian History : Literary sources; Archaeological findings; Inscriptions;
Coins; Travel Accounts.

3. Harappan Civilization : Extent; town planning; social conditions; economy and religion.


Unit-II

4. Vedic Period : Original home of the Aryans; Political, Social, Economic and Religious life in the
early Vedic Period; developments in the later Vedic Period.

5. Jainism and Buddhism : Causes responsible for the rise of new religions; life and teachings of
Mahavir Swami; life and teachings of Gautam Buddha.


6. Greek Invasion : Political conditions on the eve of Alexander’s invasion; Alexander’s invasion and
its impact.


Unit-III

7. The Mauryan Empire : Conquests of Chandragupta Maurya; Ashoka’s Dhamma; Administration
under the Mauryas.

8. Post Mauryan Period : Decline of the Mauryan Empire; Kanishka and his achievements.

9. The Gupta Empire : Achievements of Samudragupta and Chandragupta II; social, economic,
cultural and scientific developments under Guptas.

Unit-IV

10. The Age of Vardhanas : Campaigns of Harsha Vardhan; administration; literary and religious
activities of Harsha Vardhan.

11. The Rajputs : Origin of the Rajputs; polity, society and culture under the Rajputs.

12. Map :
(a) Important Historical Places : Taxila, Indraprastha, Kurukshetra, Kannauj, Patliputra, Ujjain,
Bodhgaya, Varanasi, Sopara, Ajanta, Ellora, Sanchi, Tanjore, Kanchi, Lothal, Nalanda,
Hastinapur, Kalibangan, Harappa and Kalinga.
(b) Extent of the Mauryan Empire.
(c) Gupta Empire under Samudragupta.

Reading List :

1. Basham, A.L. : The Wonder That Was India, Calcutta : Rupa & Co., 1992.

2. Jha, D.N. : Ancient India : An Historical Outline, Delhi : Manohar, 2
nd
Rev. Ed.,
2005.

3. Sharma, R.S. : India’s Ancient Past, Delhi : OUP, 2005.

4. Sharma, R.S. : Parambhik Bharat Ka Parichay, Delhi : Orient Black Swan, 2007 (Hindi
Medium).

5. Thapar, Romila : Early India from the Origin to A.D. 1300, Penguin, 2002.

86 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS




Paper B : HISTORY OF INDIA 1200-1750 A.D.



Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 hours

Objectives : To introduce the students to the history of India in Medieval times.

Pedagogy : Lectures, library work and discussions.


Unit-I


1. Establishment and Consolidation of the Delhi Sultanate : The conquests of Muizuddin of Ghor and
their impact; the consolidation of Turkish rule under Iltutmish and Balban.

2. The Khaljis : The Conquests of Alauddin Khalji; his administrative, agrarian and market reforms.

3. The Tughluqs : Muhammad bin Tughluq’s administrative experiments and their impact; Feroze Shah
Tughluq’s administrative and economic reforms and their consequences.




Unit-II

4. The Vijaynagar Kingdom : Establishment and expansion; administration and economy.

5. Foundation of Mughal Empire : Political conditions of India on the eve of Babur’s invasion;
conquests of Babur; causes of his success.

6. The Afghans : Establishment of second Afghan empire under Sher Shah Suri and his administrative
reforms.

Unit-III

7. The Mughal Empire under Akbar : His relations with the chiefs of Rajputana; his religious policy; his
civil administration.

8. The Reigns of Jahangir and Shahjahan : The influence of Nurjahan on Mughal politics; the Deccan
policies of Jahangir and Shahjahan.

9. The Decline of Mughal Empire : Causes responsible for the decline; responsibility of Aurangzeb.




Unit-IV

10. The Rise of the Marathas : Shivaji and his administration.

11. Bhakti Movement : Causes responsible for the rise of Bhakti Movement; main features; prominent
Bhakti saints.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 87


12. Map :

(a) Important Historical Places—Lahore, Delhi, Agra, Mathura, Fatehpur Sikri, Chittor, Jaipur,
Udaipur, Panipat, Lucknow, Ahmednagar, Poona, Surat, Golkunda, Bijapur, Daultabad.

(b) The Empire of Alauddin Khalji.

(c) The Mughal Empire under Aurangzeb.


Reading List :


1. Alam, Muzaffar and
Sanjay Subrahmanyam
(eds.)

: The Mughal State 1526-1750, New Delhi : Oxford University Press,
1998.

2. Chandra, Satish : Medieval India from Sultanate to the Mughals (1206-1526), New
Delhi : Har-Anand Publications Pvt. Ltd., 1997.

3. Chandra, Satish : Medieval India from Sultanate to the Mughals, Part Two Mughal
Empire (1526-1748).

4. Chandra, Satish : Essays on Medieval Indian History, New Delhi : Oxford University
Press, 1987.

5. Chandra, Satish : History of Medieval India, Delhi : Orient Black Swan, 2007 (Hindi
Medium).

6. Habib, Irfan : Medieval India : The Study of Civilization, New Delhi : National
Book Trust, India, 2008.

7. Ray Chaudhri Tapan and
Irfan Habib
: The Cambridge Economic History of India, Vol. I., c. 1200-c.1750,
New Delhi : Orient Longman, 2007.

8. Rizvi, S.A.A. : The Wonder That Was India, Vol. II, 1200-1700, New Delhi :
Rupa & Co., 1996.




---------------------



88 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

POLITICAL SCIENCE

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper–A : POLITICAL THEORY-I

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 hours

Objectives : The objective of this paper is to introduce first year undergraduate students to some of the
basic aspects, concepts and themes in the discipline of Political Science.



INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(a) There shall be 9 questions in all.

(b) In Question No. One, 15 short answer type questions be asked spreading over whole syllabus to be
answered in 25-30 words each. The students shall have to attempt 9 short answer type questions i.e.
2 marks of each. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be a compulsory question.

(c) Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall
be given internal choice. The candidates shall attempt one question from each unit. i.e. 4 in all of 18
marks each.

(d) For private and reappear candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the
marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the
paper in lieu of internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (d) in the question paper.

Unit-I

1. Political Sciene : Meaning, Definition and Scope.

2. Distinction between Political Theory and Political Science.

3. Relationship of Political Science with Economics, History and Sociology.

Unit-II

1. The State : Definition, Elements and its Distinction from Government and Society.

2. Theories of the Origin of State : Social Contract, Historical/Evolutionary.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 89


Unit-III

1. State : Liberal, Marxian and Gandhian View.

2. Functions of State : Liberal and Socialist Perspective.

3. Welfare State : Concept and Functions.

Unit-IV

1. Sovereignty : Definition, Attributes and Types.

2. Theories of Sovereignty : Monistic and Pluralistic.

3. Political System : Meaning, Characteristics, Functions and its Distinction from State.


Paper–B : POLITICAL THEORY-II

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 hours

Objectives : The aim of this paper is to deepen and expand the knowledge of the student in Political
Science. It introduces higher level concepts and themes in political theory. It will provide
students with the tools to engage with some key political issues of our times.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES

(a) There shall be 9 questions in all.

(b) In Question No. One, 15 short answer type questions be asked spreading over whole syllabus to be
answered in 25-30 words each. The students shall have to attempt 9 short answer type questions i.e.
2 marks of each. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be a compulsory question.

(c) Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall
be given internal choice. The candidates shall attempt one question from each unit. i.e. 4 in all of 18
marks each.

(d) For private and reappear candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the
marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the
paper in lieu of internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (d) in the question paper.

Unit-I

1. Power, Authority, Legitimacy : Meaning and Characteristics.

2. Political Culture : Meaning, Characteristics and Types.

90 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


3. Political Socialisation : Meaning, Characteristics and Agencies.


Unit-II

1. Rights and Duties : Meaning, Types and Relation between the two.

2. Universal Declaration of Human Rights.


3. Environmental Protection : Issues and Efforts.


Unit-III

1. Liberty : Meaning, Types of its Safeguards.

2. Equality : Meaning, Types and Relationship between Liberty and Equality.


3. Justice : Meaning and its various Dimensions.


Unit-IV

1. Social Change : Meaning, Characteristics and Factors.

2. Democracy : Meaning, Characteristics and Types.


3. Theories of Democracy : Liberal, Marxian and Elite.


Books Recommended :

1. J.C. Johri : Principles of Political Science, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi.

2. S.P. Verma : Political Theory, Geetanjali Publishing House, New Delhi.

3. A.C. Kapoor : Principles of Political Science, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi.

4. E. Ashirvatham : Political Theory, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi.

5. M.P. Jain : Political Theory, Authors Guild Publication, Delhi (Punjabi &
Hindi).

6. David Easton : The Political System, Scientific Book Agency, Calcutta.

7. D.C. Bhattacharya : Political Theory, Vijay Publishing House, Calcutta.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 91


8. O.P. Gauba : An Introduction to Political Theory, Macmillan India Ltd., New
Delhi.

9. Frank Bealey, Richard
Chapman and Michael
Sheehan

: Elements in Political Science, Edinburgh University Press,
Edinburgh, 1999.
10. Andrew Heywood : Politics, Macmillan, London, 1997.

11. Andrew Heywood : Political Theory : An Introduction, Macmillan Press, London, 1999.










----------------------














92 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

ECONOMICS

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper–A : MICRO ECONOMICS
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 hours

Course Objective :

Microeconomics is concerned with the analysis of economic phenomena from the perspective of the
individual. The course covers the basic concepts and tools needed to undertake the analysis of such
problems that arise due to the law of scarcity. The course also aims at introduction of the functioning of
competitive and noncopmpetitive product markets and performance of the markets for resources. The
students are expected to develop rudimentary understanding of how and why consumers, firms, and
markets in the economy function the way they do.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(i) There shall be 9 questions in all. All questions carry equal marks. The first question shall be short
answer type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered
in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions i.e. 2
marks of each. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall
contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice
i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all.

(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

Unit-I


Introduction : Meaning, Nature and Scope of Economics, Definition of Economics (Adam Smith, Marshall
and Robbins).
Theory of Demand and Consumer Behaviour : Utility Analysis and Indifference Curve Analysis and
introduction to Revealed Preference Theory; Consumers Surplus and its measurements; Law of Demand
and its Exceptions; Elasticity of demand and its measurement, Law of Supply.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 93


Unit-II

Theory of Production and Costs : Concept and Types of Production Function, Laws of Returns to Scale and
Law of Variable Proportions; Cost Concepts and Cost Curves in Short and Long periods (Traditional
Theory of Costs).

Market Forms and Revenue : Behaviour of Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue under Perfect and
Imperfect Competition; Relationship Between Average Revenue, Marginal Revenue and Elasticity of
Demand.


Unit-III

Price and Output Determination : Price and Output Determination of the Firm and Industry under Perfect
Competition in the Short and Long run; Firm’s Equilibrium under Monopoly in the Short and Long run;
Discriminating Monopoly, and Monopolistic Competition.

Unit-IV

Distribution : Marginal Productivity Theory and Modern Theory of Wage Determination, Concept of Rent
and Quasi Rent; Ricardian Theory and Modern Theory of Rent; Concept of Interest, Classical and Loanable
Funds Theory; Concept of Profit, Gross and Net Profit, Risk and Uncertainty Theories of Profit.

Recommended Readings :

1. Joginder Singh, P.N. Chopra &
P.S. Grewal (Punjabi Medium)

: Price Theory and Distribution (Latest edition).
2. A.W. Stonier & D.C. Hague : A Text Book of Economic Theory (Fourth Edition).
3. P.A. Samuelson (trans. Piar
Singh)
: Arth-Shastar Ek Prarmbhik Vishleshan, Punjabi
University, Patiala, 1972.


Supplementary Readings :

1. R.G. Lipsey & K.A. Chrystal : Economics, 10
th
Edition, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi, 2004.

2. D. Salvatore : Micro Economics : Theory & Applications, Oxford
University Press, New York, 2003.

3. John Robinson (Trans.) : Apuran Prtiyogita Di Arthiki (Punjabi University,
Patiala).

94 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


4 H.K. Manmohan Singh
(Trans. Om Parkash Vashisht)
: Mang Sidhant Ate Mishrat Arth-Vivstha Vich Arthik
Ganana, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1971.

5. N.C. Ray (1980) : An Introduction to Microeconomics; The Macmillan
Company of India Ltd., New Delhi.

6. P.N. Chopra (1998) : Micro Economic Theory and Welfare Economics,
Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

7. H.L. Ahuja (1999) : Advanced Economic Theory, S. Chand & Co.,
New Delhi.

Note : Four to five lectures of 45 minutes each per week are required to complete the syllabi.

Paper–B : INDIAN ECONOMY

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 hours

Course Objective :
The objective of the paper is to familiarize the students with the features and characteristics of the Indian
economy. It also includes performance and problems of Industrial development, Indian tax structure,
external trade and blance of payments, and objectives, strategy and performance of Indian planning. The
course aims to develop analytical understanding of the students by exposing them to the basic issues of the
Indian economy.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :
(i) There shall be 9 questions in all. All questions carry equal marks. The first question shall be short
answer type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered
in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions i.e. 2
marks of each. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall
contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice
i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all.

(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 95


Unit-I
Features and Characteristics of Indian Economy : Agriculture : Importance of Agriculture; Causes of
Backwardness and Low Productivity; New Agricultural Strategy, Green Revolution and Critical
Evaluation with Special Reference to Environmental Degradation; Land Reforms : Need, Implementation
and Critical Evaluation.

Unit-II
Industry : Problems of Industrial Development; Public and Private Sector; Industrial Policy since 1956
with special emphasis on Recent Trends of liberalization; Role and Problems of Small and Large Scale
Industries. Major large scale industries: Iron & Steel, Cotton Texitle, Petroleum & I.T.

Unit-III

Principal Features of Indian Tax Structure. Division of Financial Resources between Centre and the States.
Direction and Composition of Exports and Imports and Changes therein since Independence; Balance of
Payment problem; Role of MNCs in India.
Unit-IV
Planning : Objectives, Strategy and Achievements of Indian Planning; Critical Evaluation of the latest Five
Year Plan (plan wise details to be excluded); Major Indian Economic Problems : Inflation, Unemployment,
Poverty and Population Growth; Introduction to Consumer Education and Consumer Protection
(elementary ideas).


Recommended Readings :

1. P.K. Dhar : Indian Economy, 1999, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.

2. K.S. Gill : Evolution of Indian Economy, NCERT, New Delhi.
3. A.N. Aggarwal : Indian Economy, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
4. Rudder Datt & KPM
Sundram

: Indian Economy, S. Chand & Co. (Latest Edition).

5. R.N. Soni : Leading Issues in Agriculture Economics, Sohan Lal
Nagin Chand & Sons.

6. A. Ghosh (Trans. Avtar Narinder
Singh)

: Bhartiy Arth Vivstha (Punjabi University, Patiala).

7. Chander Gupt Singh : Bharti Arth Shastar (Punjabi University, Patiala).

96 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


8. S.K. Misra & V.K. Puri
(English & Hindi Medium)
: Indian Economy, Himalya Publishing House, Mumbai
(Latest Edition).

9. B.B. Tandon & K.K. Tandon : Indian Economy, Tata McGraw Hills Pub. Co., New
Delhi (1998).


Supplementary Readings :

1. Government of India : Five Year Plan (latest).

2. Government of India : Economic Survey (latest).

Note : Four to five lectures of 45 minutes each per week are required to complete the syllabi.








-----------------------







B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 97

SOCIOLOGY
B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Paper-A (SOC-101) : FUNDAMENTALS OF SOCIOLOGY

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :
(i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No. I will
be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the
entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine short answer type questions out of 12,
i.e. 9 X 2 = 18 marks.
In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions, two
questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks each i.e. 4 X 18 = 72 marks.

(ii) On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit.

(iii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (iii) in the question paper.


Objective :
This paper aims at introducing Fundamentals of Sociology to the beginners of the subject; the basic
understanding about Sociology as a discipline. Study of various terms, concepts and processes will help
students in formulating a Sociological Viewpoint and an easy comprehension of the discipline at later
stages.

Unit-I

Introduction to Sociology : Definition, Nature, Relationship with other Social Sciences – History,
Economics and Psychology.
Human Society : Meaning, Characteristics, Theories of Origin of Society – Organic and Social-Contract;
Relationship between Individual and Society.

Unit-II

Basic Concepts : Social Groups - Meaning, Characteristics & Classification. Detailed discussion on
Primary and Secondary Groups.
Association – Meaning and Characteristics.
Community – Meaning and Characteristics.
98 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



Unit-III

Culture : Meaning and Features, Culture and Civilization, Cultural Lag, Conceptual Understanding
of Acculturation, Assimilation, Cultural Pluralism.

Unit-IV

Socialization : Meaning, Stages, Agencies and Theories of Mead and Cooley.
Social Control : Meaning, Types and Agencies – Formal and Informal

Essential Readings :
1. Bottomore, T.B. (1975) : Introduction to Sociology, Bombay : Blackie and Sons.

2. Bottomore, T.B. (1975) : Sociology : A Guide to Problems and Literature (Hindi and
English), Bombay : Blackie and Sons.

3. Davis, Kingsley (1978) : Human Society, London : MacMillan Company.

4. Dube, S.C. (1990) : Understanding Society - A Text Book, NCERT.

5. Maciver, R.M. and C.H.
Page (1983)

: Society, London : MacMillan Company.
6. Macionis, John, J. (2005) : Society : The Basics, New York : Prentice Hall.

7. Madhurima (2009) : Readings in Sociology – Part-I, Jalandhar : New Academic
Publishing House (All Mediums).

8. Rao, Shankar, C.N. (2005) : Sociology—Primary Principles, S.C. Chand and Company Ltd.

9. Sharma, R.N. (2001) : Samajshastra Ke Sidhant, New Delhi : Atlantic Publishers.

Further Readings :
1. Broom, L. and P. Selznick
(1968)

: Sociology, New York : Harper and Row.
2. Berger, Peter L. (1998) : Invitation to Sociology : A Humanistic Perspective, U.S.A. :
Pelican Books.

3. Giddens, Anthony (2001) : Sociology : A Textbook for the Nineties, London : Polity.

4. Haralambos, M. (1998) : Sociology : Themes & Perspectives, New Delhi : Oxford
University Press.

5. Schaefer, Richard, T. and
Robert P. Lamm (1999)
: Sociology, New Delhi : Tata-McGraw Hill.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 99



Paper-B : (SOC-102) SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No. I will
be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the
entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine short answer type questions out of 12
i.e. 9 X 2 = 18 marks.
In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions, two
questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks of each i.e. 4 X 18 = 72 marks.

(ii) On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit.

(iii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (iii) in the question paper.





Objectives :

In this paper, social institution as a concept is introduced to the students. Study of various institutions
which are foundations of human society, will help students to look at society in an objective and intrinsic
way. This paper prepares the students to understand social theories in next classes.

Unit-I
Institutions – Meaning, Features; Normative and Relational aspects of Institutions.
Types – Social, Political, Economic and Cultural.

Unit-II
Social Institutions :
Marriage –Types : Monogamy and Polygamy; Rules of Mate Selection, Changing Trends.
Family – Meaning, Types, Structure, Function; Development Cycle and Changing Trends.
Kinship – Meaning, Significance and a Brief Understanding of Incest, Consanguinity, Affinity, Clan,
Lineage.
100 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Unit-III

Political Institutions – State, Government, Political Parties – Features and Functions.
Economic Institutions – Features and Functions, Property, Division of Labour (Durkheim).


Unit-IV

Cultural Institutions – Religion : Meaning, Types, Functions (Durkheim & Max Weber).

Essential Readings :
1. Christensen, H. (ed.) (1964) : Handbook of Marriage & Family, New Delhi : Allyn and
Bacon.

2. Fox, Robin (1967) : Kinship and Marriage : An Anthropological Perspective;
Baltimore : Penguin Books.


3. Giddens, Anthony (2001) : Sociology : A Textbook for the Nineties, London : Polity.


4. Haralambos, M. (1998) : Sociology : Themes and Perspectives, New Delhi : Oxford
University Press.


5. Johnson, Harry, M. (1980) : Sociology : A Systematic Introduction, Delhi : Allied
Publishers.


6. Macionis, John, J. (2005) : Society : The Basics, New York : Prentice Hall.


Further Readings :
1. Aron, Raymond (1967) : Main Currents in Sociological Thought, Vols. I & II, New
York : Penguin.

2. Durkheim, E. (1960) : The Division of Labour in Society, Illinois : Free Press of
Glenocoe.

3. Morris Jones W.H. (1971) : The Government and Politics of India, London, Hutchinson
University Press, Pages 15-48.

4. Patel, Tulsi (ed.) (2005) : Family in India : Structure and Practice, New Delhi : Sage.


---------------------
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 101

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper-A : ADMINISTRATIVE THEORY
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objectives :
The objective of the syllabi is to acquaint the students with the basic concepts and principles of Public
Administration. In addition, the syllabi would trace the evolution of Public Administration and its
relationship with other social sciences.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(i) For Private/University School of Open Learning (USOL) students, who have not been assessed earlier
for the internal assessment, the marks secured by them in the paper will proportionately be increased
in lieu of the internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (i) in the question paper.

(ii) The candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all (one compulsory and one each from four units). The
first compulsory question shall comprise of 12 short-answer type questions, covering the whole
syllabus, to be answered in 25-30 words each, out of which the candidate would be required to
attempt any 9. Each question will carry 2 marks. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units, each unit
having two questions, out of which the candidate would be required to attempt one. Each question
will carry 18 marks.


Unit-I

Meaning, Nature, Scope and Significance of Public Administration; Public and Private Administration;
Public Administration as a Science or an Art. Relationship of Public Administration with other Social
Sciences. Evolution of Public Administration since 1887.

Unit-II

Organization : Meaning, Types : Formal and Informal Organization.

Forms of Organization : Department, Public Corporation, Government Company.

Principles of Organization : Hierarchy, Span of Control, Unity of Command, Authority and Responsibility.

Unit-III

Chief Executive : Line and Staff Agencies; Centralisation and Decentralisation; Decision Making.
102 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



Unit-IV

Co-ordination : Concept, Methods and Hindrances.

Communication : Concept, Process and Barriers.

Supervision : Concept and Methods.

Leadership : Concept, Styles, Qualities of a good leader.



Essential Readings :
1. Felix A. Nigro and Llyod G. Nigro : Modern Public Administration (New York : Harper and
Row, 1970).

2. Mohit Bhattacharya : Public Administration : Structure, Process and
Behaviour (Calcutta : World Press).

3. Rumki Basu : Introduction to Public Administration (New Delhi :
Sterling Publishers, 1990).

4. Chander Mohan Mahajan : Elements of Public Administration (Patiala : Publication
Bureau (Panjabi) Punjabi University).

5. A. Avasthi and S. R. Maheshwari : Public Administration (Agra : Lakshmi Narain
Aggarwal, Educational Publishers, 2008).

6. S.L. Goel : Public Administration : Theory and Practice (New
Delhi : Deep & Deep Publishers, 2003).

7. Sahib Singh and Swinder Singh : Public Administration : Theory and Practice (Jalandhar :
New Academic, Latest ed.).

8. K.K. Puri and G.S. Barara : Elements of Public Administration (Jalandhar : Bharat
Parkashan, Latest ed.).

Further Readings :

1. E.N. Gladden : An Introduction to Public Administration (London :
Staples Press, 1964).

2. John, M. Pfiffner and R. Vance
Presthus

: Public Administration (New York : Ronald Press).
3. A.T. Phillip and K.H. Sivaji Rao : Indian Government and Politics (New Delhi : Sterling
Publishers, 1989).

4. H. Koontz and Cyril O’ Donnel : Principles of Management : An Analysis of Managerial
Functions (New York : McGraw Hill, 1972).



5. Nicholas Henry : Public Administration and Public Affairs (New Jersey :
Prentice Hall, 2008).



B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 103








6. Robert T. Golembiewski : Public Administration as a Developing Discipline (New
York : Marcel Dekker, 1977).

7. John M. Pfiffner and Frank P.
Sherwood
: Administrative Organization (New Delhi : Prentice
Hall).

8. Peter Self : Administrative Theories and Politics (London : George
Allen and Unwin, 1972).










Paper-B : INDIAN ADMINISTRATION
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objective :
The syllabi of this paper will cover various aspects of Indian Administration particularly the functioning of
Executive, Legislature and Judiciary at the Union and State levels. In addition, the bureaucratic set up at
the union, state and distirct levels will also be covered.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(i) For Private/University School of Open Learning (USOL) students, who have not been assessed earlier
for the internal assessment, the marks secured by them in the paper will proportionately be increased
in lieu of the internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (i) in the question paper.

(ii) The candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all (one compulsory and one each from four units). The
first compulsory question shall comprise of 12 short-answer type questions, covering the whole
syllabus, to be answered in 25-30 words each, out of which the candidate would be required to
attempt any 9. Each question will carry 2 marks. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units, each unit
having two questions, out of which the candidate would be required to attempt one. Each question
will carry 18 marks.

Unit-I
Features of Indian Administration.

Union Executive : President; Prime Minister; and Council of Ministers.

Union Legislature : Lok Sabha – Composition and Functions.

Rajya Sabha : Composition and Functions.

Unit-II
State Executive : Governor, Chief Minister and State Council of Ministers.

State-Legislature : Legislative Assembly and Legislative Council – Composition and Functions.

Centre-State Relations : Administrative and Legislative.
104 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Unit-III

Union and State Judiciary : Supreme Court – Composition and Functions.

High Court – Composition and Functions.

Control over Administration : Legislative and Judicial.

Delegated Legislation : Meaning, Reasons and Safeguards.


Unit-IV


Cabinet Secretary : Powers, Functions and Role.

Chief Secretary : Powers, Functions and Role.

District Administration : Structure and Functions.

Contemporary Concepts : Good Governance, e-governance, Right to Information and Citizen Charters.





Essential Readings :
1. Avasthi, A. : Central Administration (New Delhi : Tata McGraw Hill,
1980).

2. Maheshwari, S.R. : State Government in India (New Delhi : Mc. Millan,
1979).

3. Sapru, R.K. : Indian Administration (Ludhiana : Kalyani Publishers,
2001).

4. Puri, K.K. : Indian Administration (Jalandhar : Bharat Prakashan).

5. Sahib Singh and Swinder Singh : Public Administration : Theory and Practice,
(Jalandhar : New Academic).

6. Maheshwari, S.R. : Indian Administration (New Delhi : Longman, 2008)



Further Readings :

Pylee, M.V. : Constitutional Government in India (Bombay : Asia,
1965).





----------------------



B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 105


PHILOSOPHY
B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Outlines of Tests, Syllabi and Courses of Readings

Paper I : ELEMENTS OF PHILOSOPHY
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Lectures : 75

AIMS & OBJECTIVES :
The aim of this paper is to familiarize the students with the subject, its branches, problems and methods.
The contents of this paper provide the students with a wider canvas about tackling day-to-day problems
from a larger perspective.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :
(i) There shall be 9 questions in all.

(ii) The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the whole
syllabus and each to be answered in about 25-30 words. The candidate is required to attempt any 9
short answer type questions i.e. 2 marks of each. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory
question.

(iii) Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units and each unit shall have two questions with internal choice.
The candidates shall attempt one question from each unit i.e. – 4 in all.

(iv) For private and reappear candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the
marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the
paper in lieu of internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (iv) in the question paper.


Unit-I

1. Nature of Philosophy (Introduction).

2. Problems of Philosophy with special focus on social equality, self knowledge and rationality.

3. Methods of Philosophy : Phenomenology, Analytical.
106 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-II
4. Introduction to main branches of Philosophy : Metaphysics, Epistemology, Ethics, Social Philosophy
and Aesthetics (The interrelation between the branches will be focused).

5. Relation of Philosophy with Science and Religion.

Unit-III

6. Ethics and Social Philosophy : Good life and Good Society.
7. Morality in Public life.
8. Morality in Personal life.
9. Individual and Society.

Unit-IV

10. State and Civil Society.
11. Tolerance : Respect for Cultural Pluralism and Social diversities.
12. Justice : Virtue, Fairness, Equality.
13. Caste System in India : Jyoti Ba Phule, Gandhi, Ambedkar.

Essential Readings :

1. Mandukya Upanisad : Advait Ashram Publication.

2. Hitopadesa : Guru Prashad Shastri, Bhargava Pustakalaya, Gayaghat, Kaashi,
3
rd
ed.

3. Avtar Singh : Ethics of Sikhs, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1972.

4. Titus, H.H. : Living Issues in Philosophy, N. Delhi, Eurasia Publishing House.

5. Narvane, V.S. : Modern Indian Thought, Asia Publishing House, Bombay.

Further Readings :
1. Mandukya Upanisad,
Yamuna Prasad Tripathi

: Varanasi Bhartiya Vidya Prakashan, 1966.
2. Narayana Hitopadesa : Translated from Sanskrit by A.B.D. Haksar, Penguin Books,
1998.

3. Aesop’s Fables : Penguin Books, Harmondsworth, 1998.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 107



Paper-II : LOGIC

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Lectures : 75

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES :
This paper aims at a systematic study of the Science of Logic which is the most effective means of
developing logical abstract thinking in us. It tries to provide students with a mastery of Logic so that they
can think in clearer terms and be less prone to error.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(i) There shall be 9 questions in all.

(ii) The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the whole
syllabus and each to be answered in about 25-30 words. The candidate is required to attempt any 9
short answer type questions i.e. 2 marks of each. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory
question.

(iii) Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units and each unit shall have two questions with internal choice.
The candidate shall attempt one question from each unit i.e. – 4 in all.

(iv) For private and reappear candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the
marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the
paper in lieu of internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (iv) in the question paper.

Unit-I
1. Nature, Scope and Utility of Logic.

2. Terms and Propositions : Kinds of Terms of Connotation and Denotation of Terms. Aristotle’s
classification of proposition (Square of Opposition—Contradictories), Contraries, Sub-Contraries
and Sub-Alterns.

Unit-II

3. Laws of Thought : Identity, Contradiction, Excluded Middle and Sufficient Reason.

4. Argument : Immediate Inference and Mediate Inference. Some kinds of immediate inference :
Conversion, Obversion, Contraposition, Inversion.
108 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Unit-III

5. Categorical Syllogism : The Structure and Rules of validity of Pure Categorical Syllogism, Figures
and moods, Fallacies of Syllogism.

6. Introduction to Truth-Tables, Negation, Conjunction, Disjunction, Implications and Equivalences.

Unit-IV

7. Nature of Induction : Distinction between Deduction and Induction.
8. Kinds of Induction.
9. Causation : Nature of Cause, Plurality of Causes.

Essential Readings :

1. Cohen and Nagel : Introduction to Logic and Scientific Method (Allied Publishers), New
Delhi, 2000.

2. Copi, I. M. : Introduction to Logic (N.Y., Macmillan, 1972, Hindi Translation
available); London : Routledge and Kegan Paul.

3. Copi, Irvin M. : Introduction to Symbolic Logic (Prentice Hall of India), New Delhi, 1998.











--------------------------











B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 109


PSYCHOLOGY

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Objectives :

(I) The course introduces to the students the general concepts and historical viewpoints in general
psychology. The students would also get an understanding of the principles and theories in different
areas like personality, motivation, intelligence, etc. The course also apprises them of the overall
development and also introduces them to the elementary statistics.

(II) Pedagogy of the Course Work :
80% Lectures (including expert lectures).
20% assignments, discussion and seminars .

Paper A : GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY

Max. Marks : 80
Theory : 70 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required
to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. 2 marks of each. It shall carry 14 marks and shall be
Compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the
candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4
in all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

Unit I : Introduction to Psychology : Nature, Scope, Historical Background of Psychology.

Unit II : Methods of Psychology : Observational, Experimental (with emphasis on control of
variables), Survey techniques, Methods of Sampling.

Unit III : Emotions : Concept, theories (with emphasis on James–Lange, Cannon–Bard),
Measurement of Emotions.

Unit IV : Motivation : Concept, types, theories with emphasis on Humanistic (Maslow) and Need
Theories (McClelland and Murray).


110 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS




Paper B : GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Max. Marks : 80
Theory : 70 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required
to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. 2 marks of each. It shall carry 14 marks and shall be
Compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the
candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4
in all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

Unit I : Personality : Concept, theories with emphasis on Trait (Eysenck and Cattell),
Psychoanalytic (Freud, Adler and Jung), and Humanistic Theory (Rogers). Measurement of
Personality (Self Report Measures, Projective Methods and Behavioural Assessment).

Unit II : Intelligence : Concept, Theories (with emphasis on Spearman, Thurstone, Guilford and
Cattell), Measurement of Intelligence (Verbal and Non–Verbal tests; Individual and Group
Tests).

Unit III : Development : Concept, Heredity and Environmental Influences, Erikson’s Theory of
Development, and Piaget’s theory of Cognitive Development.

Unit IV : Statistics : Graphical Representation of Data; Measures of Central Tendency and
Variability.

Correlation : Meaning of Correlation, Rank Order and Product Moment. Calculation and
Interpretation.

Note : The use of non-programmable calculators and statistical tables is allowed in the examination.

PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICALS Max. Marks : 40
Time : 3 Hrs.

Eight practicals have to be performed out of the following :

1. Levels of Aspiration.
2. Verbal Test of Intelligence.
3. Non-Verbal Test of Intelligence.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 111




4. Performance Test of Intelligence.
5. Structured Test of Personality.
6. Facial Expressions in Emotions.
7. DAT—any one to perform.
8. Public Opinion Survey.
9. Measurement of Motivation.
10. Zeigarnik Effect.


Books Recommended :

Essential Readings :

1. Shashi, J. (2000) : Introduction to Psychology, New Delhi : Kalyani.

2. Kerlinger, F.N. (1964) : Foundations of Behavioural Research, New York : Holt, Rinehart
and Winston.

3. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A.,
Weisz, J.R. and Schopler,
J. (1987)

: Introduction to Psychology, Singapore : McGraw Hill.

Reference Books :

1. Baron, R.A. (2002) : Psychology, New Delhi : Pearson Education.

2. Das, J.P. (1998) : The Working Mind : An Introduction to Psychology, New Delhi :
Sage.

3. Feldman, R.S. (1996)

: Understanding Psychology, New Delhi : Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Guilford, J.P., and
Fruchter, B. (1981)
: Fundamental Statistics in Psychology and Education, Singapore :
McGraw Hill.

5. Garrett, H.E. (1966) : Statistics in Psychology and Education, New Delhi : Vakils, Feffer
and Simons.



---------------------------

112 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


GEOGRAPHY

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper-A : PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-I : Geomorphology
Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 65 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objective :

The objective of the paper is to introduce the basic concepts in physical geography, essentially
geomorphology to the students of geography concisely.

Course Content :

UNIT-I

Nature & Scope of Geography; place of physical geography within the discipline of
geography, divisions of physical geography—geomorphology, climatology and
oceanography.

(6 lectures)
Theories of the Origin of the Earth : Laplace, James, Jeans and Jeffreys, and Otto Schmidt. (6 lectures)

Interior of the Earth : Constitution, continental drift (with special reference to Wegener’s
theory and Plate Tectonics), isostasy.
(7 lectures)



UNIT-II

Movements of the Earth : Orogenic and epeirogenic movements (with special reference to
Geosyncline theory), landforms resulting from forces of compression and tension;
earthquakes and volcanoes (causes, types and distribution).
(16 lectures)



UNIT-III

Rocks : Their origin, classification and characteristics. (3 lectures)

Major Land Forms : Mountains, plateaus and plains in the world. (6 lectures)


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 113


UNIT-IV

Geomorphic Agents and Landscapes : Fluvial, glacial, aeolian, coastal, karst. (5 lectures)

Brief Introduction to applications of geomorphology to transport, landuse, and
environmental hazards management.
(3 lectures)



Note : 1. A compulsory question containing 15 short answer type questions shall be set covering
the whole syllabus. The students shall attempt any 10 parts. The answer of each part should
not exceed 25 words. Each part will carry 1.5 marks (Total 15 marks) .

2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight questions will be set out of the whole
syllabus, 2 from each unit. The students will be required to attempt one question from each
unit. Each question will carry 12.5 marks. These will be in addition to the compulsory
question at serial number 1.

3. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and diagrams. Use of unmarked stencils
is allowed.

4. Internal assessment include written assignments, snap tests, participation in discussion in the
class, term papers, attendance etc.

5. For reappear and improvement candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal
assessment, the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to
maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (5) in the question paper.

Books Recommended :

Essential Readings :

1. Blij, H.J. De & Petor O.Muller : Physical Geography of the Global Environment, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. New York, 1996.

2. Khan, Nizamuddin : An Introduction to Physical Geography, Concept, New Delhi,
2001.

2. Monkhouse, F.J. : Principles of Physical Geography, Orient Longman, New
Delhi, Latest Edition.

3. Pal, Saroj K. : Physical Geography of India : A Study in Regional Earth
Sciences, Orient Longman, Calcutta, 1998.

4. Singh, Savinder : Physical Geography, Gyanodya Prakashan, Gorakhpur, 2009.

5. Strahler, A.N. & Strahler, A.H. : Modern Physical Geography, John Wiley, New York, 2003.
114 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Further Readings :

1. Dayal, P. : A Text Book of Geomorphology, Shukla Book Depot, Patna,
1995.

2. Dury, G.H. : The Face of the Earth, Penguin, England, 1973.

3 Gass, I.G. : Understanding the Earth, The Artemis Press, Sussex, 1973.

4. Kaur, Dhian : The Earth, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 2000.

5. Kale, V. and Gupta, A. : Elements of Geomorphology, Oxford University Press,
Calcutta, 2001.

6. Mamoria, C.P. and Niati, J.L. : Bhautic Bhoogol Ke Tatwa (in Hindi), Agra, 1976.

7. Singh, Savinder : Geomorphology, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad, 2004.

8. Sparks, B.W. : Geomorphology, Longman, London, 1986.

9. Thornbury, W.D. : Principles of Geomorphology, Second Edition, Wiley Eastern
Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.


Pedagogy :
The teacher may familiarize the students with Indian examples of landforms with photographs and
diagrams. In case it is possible, short field trips may be organised.



Paper-B : PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-II (Climatology & Oceanography)

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 65 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objective :
The objective of the paper is to acquaint the students with the elements and attributes of climatology and
oceanography as climate plays a very vital role in human life and oceans are storehouse of resources.

Course Content :

UNIT-I

Definition of Climatology : Concepts of Climate and Weather. Nature and Scope of
Climatology.
(1 lecture)
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 115


Climate : Elements and Controls. (2 lectures)

Physical Structure of the Atmosphere : Troposphere, Tropopause and Stratosphere and
attributes of these three divisions.

(3 lectures)
Physical and Chemical Composition of the Atmosphere : Dust particles, vapour particles,
active gases, inert gases.

(2 lectures)
Insolation and Temperature : Horizontal distribution of insolation, vertical and horizontal
and annual, seasonal and diurnal distributions of temperature.

(6 lectures)

UNIT-II

Atmospheric Pressure and Winds Distribution : Atmospheric disturbances : Tropical
cyclones, temperate cyclones and anticyclones.

(6 lectures)
Atmospheric Moisture : Forms of condensation—cloud, dew, fog, frost and snow.
Precipitation forms and types. World patterns of precipitation : Spatial and seasonal.

(5 lectures)
Role of Climate in Human Life : Atmospheric pollution and global warming – General
causes, consequences and measures of control.

(2 lectures)

UNIT-III

Nature and Scope of Oceanography


Oceanography : Definition, topography of the ocean basins; (topographies of Atlantic,
Pacific and Indian Ocean).

(4 lectures)
Factors controlling the world patterns of distribution of temperature and salinity in the
ocean waters.

(4 lectures)


UNIT-IV

Movements of Oceanic Waters : Waves and currents. Surface currents of the oceans.


(4 lectures)
Marine Deposits, Corals. Tide : Their types, origin and uses to man.

(4 lectures)
Oceans as storehouse of resources for the future. (1 lecture)

116 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Note : 1. A compulsory question containing 15 short answer type questions shall be set covering
the whole syllabus. The students shall attempt any 10 parts. The answer of each part should
not exceed 25 words. Each part will carry 1.5 marks (Total 15 marks).

2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight questions will be set out of the whole
syllabus, 2 from each unit. The students will be required to attempt one question from each
unit. Each question will carry 12.5 marks. These will be in addition to the compulsory
question at serial number 1.

3. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and diagrams. Use of unmarked stencils
is allowed.

4. Internal assessment include written assignments, snap tests, participation in discussion in the
class, term papers, attendance etc.

5. For reappear and improvement candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal
assessment, the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to
maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (5) in the question paper.


Books Recommended :

Essential Readings :

1. Critchfield, H.J. : General Climatology, Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.

2. Lal, D.S. : Climatology, Chaitanya Publishing House, Allahabad, 2009.

3. Trewartha, G.T. : An Introduction to Climate, McGraw Hill Book Co., New Delhi,
International Student Edition, 1980.

4. Khan, N. : An Introduction to Physical Geography, Concept, New Delhi, 2001.

5. Sharma, R.C. and
Vatal, M.

: Oceanography for Geographers, Chetnya, Allahabad, 2005.
6. Singh, Savinder : Climatology, Prayag Pustak Bhavan, Allahabad, 2004.

Further Readings :

1. Bhutani, Smita : Our Atmosphere, Edited by R.C. Chandna, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana,
Delhi, 2000.

2. Gross, Grant M. : Oceanography : A View of the Earth, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1975.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 117


3. Mathew, J.R. : Climatology, McGraw Hill, New York, Latest Edition.

4. Monkhouse, F.J. : The Principles of Physical Geography, University of London Press, London,
1959.

5. Pattersen, S. : Introduction to Meteorology, McGraw Hill Book Co., London, Latest
Edition.

6. Stringer, E.T. : Foundations of Climatology, Surjeet Publications, Delhi, 1982.

Pedagogy :
• Throughout the course, conscious effort should be made to make the students aware of the
significance of climate and oceans to human life. Slides, photographs, documentaries on climates
and oceans may be used to illustrate the various aspects of climatology and oceanography.


Paper-C : CARTOGRAPHY Max. Marks : 50

Time : 3 Hours
Written paper of 3 hours duration at college level (except USOL) : 30 marks

Viva and Practical Record (10+10) : 20 marks

Objective :

Geography is an amalgam of physical as well as social sciences and as such it is necessary for the students
to go through laboratory exercises, particularly to show directions and bearings and different methods of
representing relief. The concept of scale is to be understood in the initial stage, and also an introduction to
weather maps is required.

Course Content :

UNIT-I
Maps and Scales : History of cartography and types of maps. Scales : methods of representing scale;
methods of construction of graphic scales : plain, comparative time, pace and diagonal scale.
(3 lectures, 6 lab. sessions)


UNIT-II

Directions and Bearings : Plotting of a course, true north, magnetic north, finding true north with the pole
star, a watch and a rod; bearing and its conversion.

Introduction to Elementary Concept of Global Positioning System (GPS).
Enlargement and Reduction of maps : Graphic methods – Square and Similar triangle.
(6 lectures, 12 lab. sessions)

118 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


UNIT-III

Methods of Representing Relief : Contours, hill-shading, hachures, and layer tints.
(6 lectures, 12 lab. sessions)


UNIT-IV

Weather Maps : General introduction to the study of weather maps, the scheme of weather symbols
including Beaufort’s scale employed in Indian daily weather maps; weather in India : summer season
(period of summer monsoon), winter season, forecasting of weather through the study of weather maps and
recent advances in weather forecasting.
(6 lectures, 12 lab. sessions)

Note : 1. The written and practical examination including viva-voce shall be conducted at the
respective college itself except correspondence courses (USOL). However, the format of
the question paper shall be uniform. A separate paper of 30 marks shall be prepared for
colleges by the University from the prescribed syllabus.

2. Practical examination at the respective colleges shall be conducted by one internal and
one external examiner. The external examiner shall be appointed by the Principal of the
respective colleges in consultation with the senior most teacher of the Geography in the
college.

3. For students of correspondence courses under USOL, a written theory paper for 30 marks
shall be conducted by the University alongwith the University examination.

4. A compulsory question containing 10 short answer type questions shall be set covering
the whole syllabus. The students shall attempt any 6 parts. The answer of each part should
not exceed 25 words. Each part will carry 1 mark (Total 6 Marks).

5. The whole syllabus has been divided into 4 units. Eight questions will be set out of the
whole syllabus, i.e. 2 from each unit. The students will be required to attempt one
question from each unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at serial
number 1.

6. Evaluation of Practical Record will be done at the time of viva-voce examination. A
minimum of 20 sheets are to be prepared by the students. There will be no laboratory
exercise at that time.

7. There will be no viva-voce examination for the candidates appearing through the
Correspondence Courses. They will be required to submit their Practical Note Book
(Practical files) with the University School of Open Learning (Department of Geography)
at least 10 days before the commencement of their rexamination. Their Note Books
(Practical files) will be evaluated by two examiners (including at least one from the
USOL).


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 119


8. For the students of University School of Open Learning, there will be an internal
assessment of 10 marks in lieu of the viva-voce examination.

9. A fresh practical note book shall be prepared by failed/improvement candidates.

10. For practical classes, the number of students in one group shall not exceed fifteen.

11. There will be 3 hours of teaching per week for this paper.

12. For reappear and improvement candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal
assessment, the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to
maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment.

The paper-setter must put note (12) in the question paper.


Books Recommended :

Essential Readings :

1. Mishra, R.P. & Ramesh, A. : Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept Publishing Co., New
Delhi, 1989.

2. Singh, Gopal : Mapwork and Practical Geography, Vikas Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 1995.

3. Singh, R.L. & Singh,
Raghunandan
: Mapwork and Practical Geography, Central Book Depot,
Allahabad, 2007.

4. Phyllis Dink : Mapwork, Atma Ram & Sons.



Further Readings :

1. Monkhouse, F.J. &
Wilkinson, H.R.
: Maps and Diagrams, Methuen & Co., London, Third Edition,
1976.

2. Robinson, A.H. & Randall,
D. Sale
: Elements of Cartography, John Wiley & Sons, New York (Sixth
Edition), 1995.


Pedagogy :

• The course should be taught with the help of topographical sheets of Survey of India and weather
maps. It is necessary to have a well equipped cartographic laboratory and motivate the students to
familiarize themselves with the use of instruments and prepare necessary exercises.

--------------------------
120 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS






GANDHIAN STUDIES

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper–A : LIFE OF MAHATMA GANDHI

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Course Objectives :
The paper is designed to acquaint the students with the life of Mahatma Gandhi.

Pedagogy of the Course Work :
90% Lectures (including expert lectures)
10% Unit Tests, Snap Tests, assignments, attendance and class room participation.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

1. The syllabus has been divided into four units.

2. There shall be 9 questions in all.

3. The first question shall be short answer type containing 15 short answer type questions spread over
the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required to
attempt any 9 short answer type questions i.e. 2 marks of each. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be
compulsory question.

4. Rest of the paper shall contain four (4) units and each unit shall have two questions and the
candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidate shall attempt one question from each
unit – 4 in all. Each question shall carry 18 marks.

5. For the private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in
lieu of internal assessment.

The paper setter must put note (5) in the question paper.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 121


Unit-I

1. Childhood and Youth :

(a) Early Childhood.
(b) Law Student in London.
(c) Western & Indian Influences.
(d) Experiences in India as an advocate.

Unit-II

2. Gandhi in South Africa :

(a) Experiences of Racial Discrimination.
(b) Struggle for Human Rights.

Unit-III

3. Establishing Ashrams :


(a) Phoenix Ashram.
(b) Tolstoy Ashram.
(c) Kochrub Ashram.
(d) Sabarmati Ashram.
(e) Seva Gram Ashram.

4. Early Political Activities :

(a) Champaran Satyagraha.
(b) Kheda Satyagraha.
(c) Ahmedabad Mill Strike.

Unit-IV

5. Experiences in Jail.

6. Approach to Communal Harmony.


122 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Essential Readings :

1. Gandhi, M.K. : An Autobiography or The Story of My Experiments with Truth, Ahmedabad :
Navajivan Publishing House, 1986, 1995, 2004.

2. Gandhi, M.K. : Satyagraha in South Africa, Ahmedabad : Navajivan Publishing House, 1987.

3. Kripalani, J.B. : Mahatma Gandhi, His Life and Thought, New Delhi : Publications Division,
Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, 1971.

4. Malhotra, S.L. : Lawyer to Mahatma : Life, Work and Transformation of M.K. Gandhi, New
Delhi, Deep & Deep Publications, 2001.

Further Readings :

1. Nanda, B.R.

: Mahatma Gandhi – A Biography, London : George Allen and Unwin, 1976.
2. Fischer, Louis : Life of Mahatma Gandhi, Bombay, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan, 1996.


Paper-B : GANDHI IN INDIAN FREEDOM STRUGGLE

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Course Objectives :

The paper is designed to acquaint the students with the role played by Mahatma Gandhi in the
Freedom Struggle.

Pedagogy of the Course Work :

90% Lectures (including expert lectures).
10% Unit Tests, Snap Tests, assignments, attendance and class room participation.


Note : 1. The syllabus has been divided into four (4) units.

2. There shall be 9 questions in all.

3. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type containing 15 short answer
type questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each.
The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18 marks
i.e.2 marks of each.



B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 123



4. Rest of the paper shall contain four (4) units and each unit shall have two questions and the
candidates shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from each unit – 4
in all. Each question shall carry 18 marks.

5. For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the
marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum
marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment.

The paper setter must put note (5) in the question paper.




Unit-I


1. National Movements before Gandhi :

(a) First War of Independence 1857.
(b) Birth of Congress.
(c) Muslim League.
(d) Hindu Mahasabha.
(e) Home Rule League.

2. Partition of Bengal :
(a) Swadeshi Movement.
(b) Era of Moderate & Militant Nationalism.

Unit-II

3. Gandhi on Indian Political Scene
4. Rowlatt Act.
5. Non-Cooperation Movement and Simon Commission.

Unit-III

6. Civil Disobedience Movement.
7. Quit India Movement.

Unit-IV

8. Parleys for Transfer of Power : Cripps Mission, Cabinet Mission.
9. Partition.
124 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Essential Readings :

1. Bose, Subhash
Chandra

: The Indian Struggle, Calcutta : Neta Ji Publishing Society, 1948.

2. Chandra, Bipin

: Struggle for India’s Independence, New Delhi : Penguin, 1987.
3. Nanda, B.R. : Making of a Nation : India’s Road to Independence, New Delhi : Harper
Collins, 1998.



Further Readings :

1. Chopra, P.N. : India’s Major Non-Violent Movements, 1919-1934, New Delhi : Vision
Books, 1979.

2. Sarkar, Sumit : Modern India, 1887-1947, New Delhi : Macmillan, 1981.















-------------------------







B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 125


JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Objectives :

(i) The course will introduce to the students the general concepts and historical viewpoints in
communication and media. The students would also get an understanding of the principles and
theories of mass communication and develop an understanding of various aspects of the media
industry and application areas such as advertising and public relations.

(ii) Pedagogy of the Course Work :
80 % Lectures (including expert lectures).
20 % assignments, discussion and seminars.



Paper-A : INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATION


Max. Marks : 80
Theory : 70 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours


INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required
to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. of 2 marks each. It shall carry 14 marks and is a
compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the
candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4
in all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

Unit-I : Definition, nature and types of communication.

Unit-II : Basic theories of mass communication.

Unit-III : History of Mass Media.

Unit-IV : Overview of the current status of the media industry in India.
126 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Paper-B : INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATION-II

Max. Marks : 80
Theory : 70 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required
to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. of 2 marks each. It shall carry 14 marks and is a
compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the
candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4
in all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

Unit-I : Basic terms, concepts, definitions and nature of Print, TV and Radio Journalism.

Unit-II : Folk Media : Types, reach and relevance.

Unit-III : New Media : Cyberspace as a source of information, communication and entertainment.

Unit-IV : Definition, scope and concept of Advertising and Public Relations.

PRACTICALS
Max. Marks : 40 Marks
1. Case study of any one media organization : 10 Marks
2. Project on any one aspect of communication : 10 Marks
3. Project on any one historical event or personality : 10 Marks
4. Project on either folk or new media : 10 marks


Books Recommended :

Essential Readings :

1. Watson James and Hill Ann : A Dictionary of Communication and Media Studies,
Universal Publications, 1998.

2. Rayudu, C.S. : Communication, Himalaya Publishing House, 1998.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 127


3. Shrivastava, K.M. : Radio and TV Journalism, Sterling Publishers, New
Delhi, 1989.

4. Lafrance Pierre : Fundamental Concepts in Communication, Prentice Hall,
New Delhi, 1992.

5. Ravindran, R.K. : Handbook of Mass Communication, Anmol Publications,
N.D., 1999.

6. Chatterji, P.C. : Broadcasting in India, Sage Publications, New Delhi,
1987.

7. Alexander Patt : Broadcasting Glossary, Asian Mass Comm. Re. and Info.
(AIMC), Singapore, 1994.

8. Ravindran, R.K. : Handbook of Radio, TV and Broadcast Journalism,
Anmol Publications, N.D., 1999.

9. Prabhakar, M. and Bhanavat, S. : Media Scene in India : Emerging Facets, University Book
House, Jaipur, 1999.

10. Gunaratne, Shelton : Handbook of the Media in Asia, Sage Publications, New
Delhi, 2000.

11. Bhatt, S.C. : Satellite Invasion of India, Gyan Publishing House, New
Delhi, 1994.

12. Sharma, S.R. : Elements of Modern Journalism, S.S. Publishers, New
Delhi, 1999.

13. Chauhan, Swati and Chandra,
Navin
: Foundation of News and Journalism, Kanishka
Publishers, New Delhi, 2000.

14. Mencher, Melvin : Basic News Writing, Brown Publishers, Iowa, 1989.

15. Bhatt, S.C. : Broadcast Journalism : Basic Principles, Har Anand
Publications, New Delhi, 1993.

16. Sudarshan, K.N. : Electronic Media, Indian Publishers Distributors, 1998.

17. Anderson, Kenneth : Introduction to Communication : Theory and Practice,
Commings Publishing Co., California, 1972.

18. Ball-Rokheach, Sandra and
DeFleur, Melvin
: Theories of Mass Communication, Longman, New York,
1975.

128 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


19. Folkherts, J. and Lacy, S. : The Media in Your Life : An Introduction to Mass
Communication, Pearson Education, 2004.

21. Mackenzie, R. : Comparing Media from around the World, Pearson
Education, 2007.



Reference Books :


1. Mudgal, Rahul : Contemporary Issues in Journalism, Sarup and Sons, New
Delhi, 1998.

2. Kamath, M.V. : Journalists Handbook, Vikas Publishing House, New
Delhi, 1983.

[
Chauhan, Swati and Chandra,
Navin
: Journalism Today : Principles, Practices and Challenges,
Kanishka Publishers, N.D., 1997.

4. Mahajan Kamlesh : Communication and Society – The Emerging Human
Concerns, Classical Publishing Company, New Delhi,
1990.

5. Andal, N. : Communication Theories and Models, Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai, 1998.

6. Devito, Joseph : Essentials of Human Communication, Harper Collins,
New York, 1996.

7. Flichy, Patrice : Dynamics of Modern Communication, Sage Publications,
N.D., 1995.

8. Sharma, S.R. : Information Technology, Mass Media and Management
Systems, Book Enclave, Jaipur, 1997.

9. Meyer, Philip : Precision Journalism, Indiana University Press,
Bloomington, 1973.






----------------------


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 129


POLICE ADMINISTRATION

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Outlines of Tests, Syllabi and Courses of Reading
Paper-A : PRINCIPLES OF POLICE ADMINISTRATION

(A) Course Objectives :
The principal objective of the syllabi is to acquaint the students with the basics of Police
Administration. In particular, the syllabi is structured and organized to impart knowledge to the
students relating to meaning, nature, scope and significance of Police and Police Administration
along with its evolution. The aim of the course is also to initiate the candidate to the select aspects of
criminal justice system i.e. crime, victimology and correctional administration. Further, the course
endeavours to discuss the concepts of chief executive, line and staff agencies, authority and
responsibility, decision-making, coordination, communication, supervision and leadership in police
administration.

(B) Pedagogy of the Course Work :
90 per cent of the Course Content would be delivered through Lecture Method and rest 10 per cent
would comprise of two internal examinations and attendance.

(c) Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates :

• The maximum marks for the paper will be 100. The question paper will be of 90 marks and
internal assessment of 10 narks.

• Time allowed will be 3 hours.

• There shall be 9 questions in all.

• The first question shal be compulsory and be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The
candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks (9×2 =
18 marks).

• Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates
shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall have two questions and the candidates
shall attempt one question from each unit i.e. four questions in all. Each question will carry
18 marks (4×18 = 72 marks).

(D) Course Content :

Unit-I
Meaning, Nature, Scope and Significance of Police and Police Administration. Police Administration as a
Science or an Art, Relationship of Police Administration with other Social Sciences. Evolution of Police
Administration in India.
130 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-II
Crime : Meaning, Concept and Forms.
Victimology : Meaning, Concept and Forms.
Correctional Administration : Meaning, Objectives and Scope.


Unit-III
Chief Executive in Police Administration; Line and Staff Agencies in Police Administration; Authority and
Responsibility in Police Administration; Decision Making in Police Administration.


Unit-IV
Coordination in Police Administration : Concept, Methods and Hindrances.
Communication in Police Administration : Concept, Process and Hindrances.
Supervision in Police Administration : Concept, Methods and Hindrances.
Leadership in Police Administration : Concept, Styles, Qualities of a good leader.

Essential Readings :

1 Bailey, David, H. : The Police and Political Development in India, Princeton
University Press, New Jersey, 1969.

2. Gupta, Anandswarup : The Police in British India : 1861-1947, Brueau of Police
Research & Development, New Delhi, 2007.

3. Sen, Shankar : Indian Police Today, Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi,
1994.

4. Chaturvedi, J.C. : Police Administraion and Investigation of Crime, Isha
Books, Delhi, 2006.

5. Paranjpe, N.V. : Criminology and Penology, Central Law Publications,
Allahabad, 2008.

6. Srivastava, Aparna : Role of Police in a Changing Society, A.P.H. Publishing
Corporation, New Delhi, 1999.

7. Ghosh, S.K. and Rustamji, K.F. : Encyclopaedia of Police in India, Volume-1, Ashish
Publishing House, New Delhi, 1993.

8. Bharti, Dalbir : Police Evam Log : Donon Ke Adhikar Va Zimmedarian,
A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 2007.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 131

Further Readings

1 Ghosh, S.K. : Keeping the Peace: For Whom the Bell Tolls (Police Then
and Now), Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi, 1989.

2. Vadackumchery, James : National Police Commission: Issues for Rethinking, APH
Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 1998.

3. Das, Dilip K. (ed.) : World Police Encyclopedia, Routledge, Taylor and Francis
Group, New York, 2006.

4. Saxena, Anil K. : Professionalism in Indian Police, A.P.H. Publishing
Corporation, New Delhi, 1997.

5. Sharma, K.K. : Law and Order Administration, National Book
Organization, New Delhi, 1985.

6. Bharti Dalbir : Police and People: Role and Responsibilities, A.P.H., New
Delhi, 2006



Paper-B : INDIAN POLICE ADMINISTRATION

(A) Course Objectives:
The principal objective of the syllabi is to acquaint the students with the features of Indian Police
Administration along with its history and growth. The endeavour of the course is to familiarize the
students with the origin, structure and growth of select Central Para Military Forces (CPMFs). The
powers, functions and role of Police at Union, State and District levels will also be discussed.
Considerable attention has been paid to the concept and significance of reforms in Police
Administration and the various Committees and Commissions constituted for the purpose. Some
basic concepts relating to the functioning of police personnel like DDR, FIR, chargesheet, detection
and investigation have also been included in the syllabus.

(B) Pedagogy of the Course Work :
90 per cent of the Course Content would be delivered through Lecture Method and rest 10 per cent
would comprise of two internal examinations and attendance.

(C) Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates :
• The maximum marks for the paper will be 100. The question paper will be of 90 marks and
internal assessment of 10 marks.

• Time allowed will be 3 hours.


132 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


• There shall be 9 questions in all.

• The first question shall be compulsory and be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The
candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks (9×2 = 18
marks).

• Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates
shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall have two questions and the candidates
shall attempt one question from each unit i.e. four questions in all. Each question will carry 18
marks (4×18 = 72 marks).

(D) Course Content :

Unit-I

Features of Indian Police Administration. History and Growth of Police in India. Origin, Structure and
Growth of Paramilitary Forces in India with special reference to BSF, CRPF, ITBP and CISF.

Unit-II

Union Ministry of Home Affairs : Home Secretary – Powers, Functions and Role.
State Police Secretariat : Director General of Police - Powers, Functions and Role.
Police Administration at District Level : Structure, Functions and Layers.

Unit-III

Indian Police Act, 1861. Reforms in Police Administration: Concept and Significance.
Committees and Commission on Police Reforms: National Police Commission; Padamanabhaiah
Committee; Soli Sorabjee - Police Act Drafting Committee.

Unit-IV

Concept and Principles of DDR, FIR and their essential requirements. Preparation of a
Chargesheet – Essential Ingredients. Principle and Scope of Detection and Investigation.

Essential Readings :

1. Bailey, David, H. : The Police and Political Development in India, Princeton
University Press, New Jersey, 1969.

2. Gupta, Anandswarup : The Police in British India: 1861-1947, Bureau of Police
Research & Development, New Delhi, 2007.

3. Sen, Shankar : Indian Police Today, Ashish Publishing House, New
Delhi, 1994.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 133

4. Srivastava, Aparna : Role of Police in a Changing Society, A.P.H. Publishing
Corporation, New Delhi, 1999.

5. Ghosh, S.K. and Rustamji, K.F : Encyclopaedia of Police in India, Volume-I, Ashish
Publishing House, New Delhi, 1993.

6. Dogra, R.S.D. : Nation Keepers: Central Reserve Police Force (C.R.P.F.),
A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 2004.

7. Bharti, Dalbir : Police Evam Log: Donon ke Adhikar Va Zimmedarian,
A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 2007.


Further Readings

1. Ghosh, S.K. : Keeping the Peace: For Whom the Bell Tolls (Police Then
and Now), Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi, 1989.

2. Vadackumchery, James : National Police Commission: Issues for Rethinking, APH
Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 1998.

3. Das, Dilip K. (ed.) : World Police Encyclopedia, Routledge, Taylor and Francis
Group, New York, 2006.

4. Saxena, Anil K. :
Professionalism in Indian Police, A.P.H. Publishing
Corporation, New Delhi, 1997.

5. Chaturvedi, J.C. : Police Administration and Investigation of Crime, Isha
Books, Delhi, 2006.

6. Sharma, K.K. : Law and Order Administration, National Book
Organization, New Delhi, 1985.

7. Bharti, Dalbir : Police and People : Role and Responsibilities, APH, New
Delhi, 2006.





---------------------


134 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS




WOMEN’S STUDIES
B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011


Paper-A : FOUNDATIONAL CONCEPTS IN WOMEN’S STUDIES

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours


Objectives : The objective of this course is to conscientise the students about some of the key concepts in
women’s studies apart from their significance from a feminist and gender perspective.

Course Contents :

Unit-I : Gender

- Definition: Sex and Gender
- Difference: Sex and Gender
- Gender Stereotypes: Genesis and Persistence through Family, School and Media
- Social Construction of Gender: From infancy to Adulthood to Old age

Unit-II : Patriarchy

- Definition and Origin of Patriarchy
- Manifestations of Patriarchy : (a) Preference for Son
(b) Violence against Women
(c) Discrimination against girl-child and women in the family
(d) Gender discrimination at the Workplace



Unit-III : Empowerment

- Definition and Indicators
- Types of Empowerment : (a) Social
(b) Political
(c) Economic


Unit-IV : Women’s Studies in India :

Women’s Studies as a Discipline : (a) Definition and Origin
(b) Scope
(c) State initiatives with reference to India.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 135


Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates :

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be compulsory containing 15 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate is required to
attempt any 09 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each (18 marks). Rest of the paper shall
contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidate shall attempt one question from each
unit - 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.



Essential Readings :

1. Anderson, Margaret

: Thinking About Women, Macmillan, New York, 1993.
2. Bhasin, Kamla

: What is Patriarchy?, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1994.
3. Bhasin, Kamla

: Understanding Gender, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 2000.
4. Connel, R.W.

: Gender, Polity, Cambridge, 2002.
5. Jain, Devaki and Rajput,
Pam (eds.)
: Narratives for the Women’s Studies Family, Sage, New Delhi, 2003.


Further Readings :

1. Aravamudan, Gita : Disappearing Daughters : The Tragedy of Female Foeticide,
Penguin, New Delhi, 2007.

2. Lerner, Gerda : The Creation of Patriarchy, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,
1986.

3. Lorber, Judith and Farell,
Susan A. (ed)

: The Social Construction of Gender, Sage, New Delhi, 1991.
4. Mies, Maria : Indian Women and Patriarchy, Concept Publishing Company, New
Delhi, 1980.

5. Rajput, Pam & Kaur,
Manvinder
: “Women’s Studies in Higher Education in India: Some Reflections”,
Samyukta, Vol III, No.1, January, 2003.


Readings in Hindi :

1. Gupta, Kamlesh Kumar

: Mahila Sashaktikaran, Book Enclave, Jaipur, 2005.
2. Kumar, Raj (ed.)

: Bhartiya Mahila, Arjun Publishing, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Verma, Soni Gupta : Mahila Jagriti Aur Sashaktikaran, Awashkar Publishers, Jaipur,
2005.
136 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Paper-B : STATUS OF WOMEN IN INDIA (Ancient, Medieval and Pre-Independence period)

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objectives : The status of women in India has changed over time in relation to historical and cultural
realities, levels of consciousness, perceptions and actions of individual women, women’s groups and finally
State initiatives. This course aims to acquaint the student with women in the Indian tradition from ancient
times to the present, a tradition which has arisen out of the heterogeneity of experience.


Course Contents :

Unit-I : Women in Ancient India:

(a) Status of women in ancient India
(b) Prominent Women of Ancient India - Gargi, Maitreyi, Amrapali

Unit-II : Women in Medieval India:

(a) Status of women in Medieval India
(b) Prominent Women of Medieval India - Razia Sultan, Chand Bibi, Durgavati

Unit-III : Women in Pre-independence India:

(a) Social Reform Movement and Women’s Issues: Education, Sati, Widow Remarriage and Child
Marriage

(b) Prominent Women of Pre-Independence India: Rani Lakshmi Bai, Savitri Bai Phule

Unit-IV : Feminist Consciousness in India

(a) Women in Rigveda and Manusmriti
(b) Women in Medieval Indian Literature: Chandrabati’s Ramayana
(c) Sultana’s Dream, Stri Purush Tulana

Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates :
In each of the papers the candidate will be assessed for 90 marks on the basis of a written examination and
for 10 marks internal assessment.

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be compulsory containing 15 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate is required to
attempt any 09 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each (18 marks). Rest of the paper shall
contain 4 units. Each Unit shall have two questions and the candidate shall attempt one question from each
unit - 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 137

Essential Readings :

1. Altekar, A.S. : The Position of Women in Hindu Civilization, Motilal, Banarsidass,
Delhi, 1959.

2. Bader, Clarisse : Women in Ancient India: Moral and Literary Studies, Anmol Pub.,
Delhi, 1987.

3. Chaudhri, Maitrayee (ed.) : Feminism in India: Issues in Contemporary Indian Feminism, Kali
for Women & Women Unlimited, 2004.

4. Das, R.M. : Women in Manu’s Philosophy, ABS Pub., Jalandhar, 1993.

5. Ghadially, Rehana (ed.) : Women in Indian Society: A Reader, Sage, New Delhi, 1988.

6. Jain, Jasbir : Women in Patriarchy: Cross-Cultural Readings, Rawat, Jaipur,
2005.

7. Nath, Renuka : Notable Mughal and Hindu Women in the 16
th
and 17
th
Centuries
A.D., Inter-India Pub., New Delhi, 1990.

8. Pruthi, Raj Kumar, Devi,
Rameshwari and Pruthi,
Romila, (ed)

: Status and Position of Women : In Ancient, Medieval and Modern
India, Mangal Deep, Jaipur, 2001.

9. Sen, Nabaneeta Dev : When Women Retell the Ramayana”, Manushi, Issue No. 108, 1998,
pp 18-27.


Further Readings :

1. Agrawal, C.M. : Pratibimb: Images of Indian Womanhood, Indian Publishers, Delhi,
2005.

2. Ali, Aruna Asaf : Resurgence of Indian Women, Nehru Memorial Museum and
Library, New Delhi, Radiant, 1991.

3. Ali, Azra Asghar : The Emergence of Feminism Among Indian Muslim Women, 1920-
1947, Oxford, Karachi, 2000.

4. Chaturvedi, Archna (ed.) : Muslim Women: From Tradition to Modernity, Commonwealth,
New Delhi, 2004.

5. Geeta, V. : Patriarchy (Theorising Feminism), Stree, Kolkatta, 2007.

6. Jacobson, Doranne and
Wadley, Susan S.
: Women in India: Two Perspectives, Manohar, New Delhi, 1986.

138 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


7. Kumar, Hajira (ed.) : Status of Muslim Women in India, Aakar Books, Delhi, 2002.

8. Madhavananda, Swami
and Majumdar, Ramesh
Chandra (ed.)

: Great Women of India, Advaita Ashrama, Kolkata, 2001.

9. Mukherjee, Prabhati : “Hindu Women: Normative Models”, Orient Longman, Calcutta,
1978.

10. Rajawat, Mamta : Dalit Women: Issues and Perspectives, Anmol Pub., New Delhi,
2005.

11. Ramaswamy, Vijaya (ed.) : Re-searching Indian Women, Manohar, Delhi, 2003.

12. Thomas, P. : Indian Women Through the Ages, Asia Publishing House, Bombay,
1964.
















----------------------







B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 139

HUMAN RIGHTS AND DUTIES
B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011


Paper A : HUMAN RIGHTS AND DUTIES : CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDING

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours


Objectives :
The course is designed for those who want to pursue a general graduate degree programme. It may be
offered to any student drawn from multiple disciplinary backgrounds after 10+2. It is designed to have two
papers that would provide adequate theoretical understanding about human rights and duties. The proposed
under graduate course shall constitute as one of the subjects in the graduate level curriculum. This paper
purports to deal with developing a broad understanding about human rights and duties, awareness about
theoretical origins of human rights and their correlation with governance issues.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

Note : (i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question
No. I will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each
and will cover the entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine short answer
type questions out of 12 i.e. 9×2 = 18 marks.

In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions
i.e. two questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks of each
i.e. 4×18 = 72 marks.

(ii) On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit.


Unit-I
The Concept of Human Rights :

Meaning, nature and definition of Human Rights; Classification of rights, Relationship between the rights
and duties.

Unit-II

Concept of Human Duties :

Meaning, nature and definition of Human Duties; Moral, ethical, social, economic, political and cultural;
universal; Traditional/Modern; Classification of Human Duties : Individual, family, community, Nation-
State, Humankind and Mother Earth.




Unit-III
Theories of Rights :
Natural Rights theory, Liberal theory of rights, Legal/positive theory of rights, Marxist theory of rights.
140 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-IV
Good Governance :
• Democracy : Guaranteed freedoms; People’s participation.
• Rule of Law : Non-arbitraries, fairness in criminal justice administration.
• Open and transparent governance.
• Role of Civil Society Organizations.


Suggested Books :

1. Brundland Report : Our Common Future (1986), Oxford.
2. David Robertson : A Dictionary of Human Rights (2004), Europa
Publications, London.

3. Darren, J.O’. Byrne : Human Rights : An Introduction (2005), Pearson
Education Pvt. Ltd., Singapore.

4. Ian Brownlie, et al. (eds.) : Basic Documents on Human Rights (2006), Oxford.
5. Jayapalan, N. : Human Rights (2000), Atlantic Publishers, New Delhi.
6. Kalpana Kammabiran : Crafting Human Rights Cultures, NALSAR University of
Law, Hyderabad (2006).

7. Gandhi, P.R. (ed.) : Blackstone’s International Human Rights Documents,
(2001), University, Delhi.

8. Upendra Baxi (ed.) : The Right to be Human, Lancer International, New Delhi
(1987).

9. Sanajaoba, N. : Human Rights in the New Millennium, Manas
Publication, New Delhi (2000).


Paper B : HUMAN RIGHTS : INTERNATIONAL DIMENSIONS


Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objectives :
This paper purports to deal with promotion and protection of human right in the international context,
particularly the UN bodies. It aims to create awareness regarding the Universal Declaration of Human
Rights, 1948 and significant Covenants.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 141


INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

Note : (i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question
No. I will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each
and will cover the entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine short answer
type questions out of 12 i.e. 9×2 = 18 marks.

In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions,
two questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks of each
i.e. 4×18 = 72 marks.

(ii) On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit.


Unit-I

UN bodies involved in promotion of Human Rights (I) :
• Economic and Social Council.
• UN Commission on Human Rights.
• UN General Assembly.
• UN Council on Human Rights.

Unit-II

UN bodies involved in promotion of Human Rights (II) :
• ILO
• UNESCO
• WHO
• FAO

Unit-III

International Norms and Mechanisms :
• League of Nations.
• The United Nations Charter and the development of Human Rights.
• The Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 1948.

Unit-IV
International Covenants :
• International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR), 1966.
• International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR), 1966.
• Optional Protocols, 1976.


142 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



Suggested Books :

1. Philip Alston (ed.) : The United Nations and Human Rights (1996), Clarendon
Press, Oxford.

2. Henry J. Steiner et al (eds.) : International Human Rights in Context (1996), Chapter
10, Clarendon Press, Oxford.

3. Saxena, J.N. et al (ed.) : United Nations for Better World (1986), Lancers Books,
New Delhi.

4. Louis Henkin : International Bill of Rights : The Covenant on Civil and
Political Rights (1981), Columbia University Press, New
York.

5. Krasno Jean A. : The United Nations (2005), Viva, New Delhi.

6. Lauterpacht, Hersch : An International Bill of the Right of Man (1945),
Columbia University Press, New York.

7. Morsink, Johannes : The Universal Declaration of Human Rights : Origins,
Drafting and Intent (1999), University of Pennsylvania
Press, Philadelphia.

8. UN Centre for Human Rights : International Human Rights Standards for Law
Enforcement (1996), World Campaign for Human Rights,
Geneva.












--------------------







B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 143


HOME SCIENCE

B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

SCHEME OF STUDIES

Sr. No. Subject Theory Practical
1. Family Resource Management 3 hrs./week or 4 periods/ week 3 hrs./week
2. Hygiene & Physiology 3 hrs./week or 4 periods/week

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Theory
Sr.
No.
Name of Paper No. of
Papers
Time in hrs. Marks Int.
Assessment

Total
Marks
1. Family Resource
Management

1 3 65 10 75
2. Hygiene & Physiology 1 3 65 10 75

Practical


1. Family Resource
Management

1 3 40 10 50
2. Hygiene & Physiology --- --- --- --- ---

Total of Theory & Practical : 200

Note : Internal Assessment should be based on assessment/term test/seminar/attendance.

Paper A : FAMILY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Max. Marks : 65
Time : 3 Hours/week
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER :
The question paper will consist of five Sections : A, B, C, D and E. Sections A, B, C and D will have two
questions from the respective section of the syllabus and will carry 13 marks each. Section E will consist
of 13 objective type/very short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES :

Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the Sections A, B, C and D of the question paper
and the entire section E.
144 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


SECTION-A

1. Home : Meaning and importance of Home Science.

2. (a) Functions of Home.
(b) Renting v/s owning.
(c) Selection of site, soil, locality for a house.
(d) Principles of planning a house, orientation aspect, prospect, privacy, roominess, grouping,
flexibility, circulation, sanitation, furniture, requirement and practical considerations.

SECTION-B

1. Furniture : Basic considerations while Selection of furniture.
2. Element of Art : Line, form, shape, texture, size.
3. Principles of Art in relation to Interior Decoration, Harmony, Balance, Rhythm, Proportion and
Emphasis.

SECTION-C

1. Colour :
(a) Characteristics of colour.
(b) Colour wheel.
(c) Colour schemes.
(d) Use of colour in Interior Decoration for various rooms.

2. Flower Arrangement : Types, Essential equipment used in flower arrangement, selection of material,
application of elements and principles of Art in it.

SECTION-D

1. Resources : Classification of Resources—Human & non-human, Factors affecting the use of
resources.

2. Money Management : Types of income, budgeting, its advantages and limitations.
(a) Planning of Budget.
(b) Means of supplementing family income.

3. Time and Energy Management.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 145



Paper B : HYGIENE & PHYSIOLOGY
Max. Marks : 65
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five sections : A, B, C, D and E. Sections A, B, C and D will have two
questions from the respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 13 marks each. Section E will consist
of 13 objective type/very short type questions and will cover the entire syllabus uniformly.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES :
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the Section A, B, C and D of the question paper
and the entire Section E.

SECTION-A

1. Hygiene :

(a) Definition of hygiene.
(b) Definition of infection, sources, carrier and control.
(c) Definition and types of immunity.

2. Causes and Spread of following Diseases :

(a) Caused by insects—Malaria, dengue.
(b) Conveyed by ingestion – Enteric fever, cholera, dysentery and diarrhea.
(c) Spread by droplet infection, chicken pox, measles, mumps, tuberculosis.
(d) Sexually transmitted diseases—AIDS.

SECTION-B

1. Food Hygiene:
(a) Definition.
(b) Hygiene during preparation, service and storage of food.
(c) Food poisoning, causes and prevention.

2. Importance of water and its purification.

146 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


SECTION-C

1. Circulatory System :
(a) Blood and its composition.
(b) Coagulation of blood.
(c) Structure and functions of heart.

2. Digestive System : Structure and functions of the alimentary canal.

SECTION-D

1. Structure and Functions of kidney and skin.
2. Structure and Functions of Lungs.

PRACTICAL

Paper-A : FAMILY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Max. Marks : 40
Int. Ass. : 10
Time : 3 hrs./week

1. Cleaning & Polishing of household metals, brass, copper, silver, gold, aluminium, iron, steel, non-
stick pans.

2. Cleaning of Leather.
3. Cleaning of glass windowpanes.
4. Care and cleaning of refrigerators, food processors, micro ovens.
5. Cleaning and polishing of wooden furniture.
6. Floor decoration—Making of Alpana and Rangoli for different occasions.
7. Making of Flower Arrangement for different rooms.
8. Table setting, table manners and napkin foldings.
9. One decorative/utility article from waste material.
Lists of Major Equipments required for Family Resource Management Laboratories.

(1) Geyser, (2) Refrigerator, (3) Vacuum Cleaner, (4) Food Processor, (5) Mixer, (6) Oven,
(7) Tea Kettles, (8) Gas Stove, (9) Dinner sets, Tea sets, Cutlery sets and other accessories for
table settings, (10) Cement, Marble, Mosaic, Tiles and Wooden flooring for cleaning of different
types of floors.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 147

References :
1. Pearce Evelyn, C. : Anatomy and Physiology for Nurses, Oxford University.

2. Best, Charles, H. and Tylor, N.B. : The Living Body – A Text in Human Physiology, Asia
Publishing House.

3. Bedi, Y.P. : Hygiene and Public Health.

4. Phadke : Aids to Hygiene.

5. Saxena, R.R. (1990) : Social and Prevention Medicine, CBS Publishers and
Distributors, Delhi.

6. Selman, A.C. (1992) : Health and Longevity, Oriental Watchman Publishing
House, Park, Poona, India.

7. Bhatia, B.C. and Sri P.N. (1968) : Elementary Hygiene, Oriental Longman.

8. Anna Hong Rutt : Home Furnishing, Wiley Eastern Ltd., N. Delhi, 1973.

9. Hazel Thompson, Criag Old Day
Rush
: Home with Character, Universal Books Stall, Delhi,
Kanpur, 1969.

10. Betty Pepis : Interior Decoration A to Z, Doubleday & Co., Inc., New
York, 1965.

11. Julia Elements : 101 Ideas for Flower Arrangement, C. Arthur Pearson
Ltd., London, 1963.

12. Walter Ian Fischman, Richard
Demsbe, William Bernard
: Basic Home Repairs, A Grosset Super Good Life Book
Publishers, New York, 1975.

13. Ray Faulkner, Sarah Faulkner : Inside Today’s Home, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1973.

14. R.S. Deshpandae : Modern Ideal Home for India, United Book Corporation,
Poona, 1983.

15. R.S. Deshpandae : Build Your Own Home, United Book Corporation, Poona,
1983.

16. Paulena Nickell & H. Jean Muir
Dorsey

: Management in Family Living, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1983.
17. M.A. Varghese, N. M. Ogale, K.
Srinivasan

: Home Management, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1985.
148 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


18. The Educational Planning Group,
Delhi.
: Home Management, Arya Publishing House, N. Delhi,
1986.

19. Stella Sounderaj : A Text Book of House Hold Arts, Orient Longman Ltd.,
1974.

20. I. H. Gross & E. W. Grandall : Management for Modern Families, Wiley Eastern Ltd.

21. A. Margaret Kaye : A Students Hand Book of Housewifery, J.M. Dent & Sons
Ltd., London, 1958.

22. Amella Leaitt Hill : Complete Book of Table Setting and Flower Arrangement,
Greystone Press.

23. Ball, Vectrio Kloss : Art of Interior Design, The Macmillan Co., New York,
1962.

24. Goldstein, H. I. and
Goldstein, V.

: Art in Everyday Life, Macmillan, New York, 1964.
25. Halse, A.O. : The Use of Colour in Interior, McGraw Hill Book Co.,
New York, 1961.

26. Swanson, Betty : Introduction to Home Management, Macmillan Co., New
York, 1981.



Journals :

1. Indian Journal of Home Science, Home Science Association of India, Sri Avinashilingam Home
Science College for Women, Coimbatore.

2. Inside Outside, Edited and Published by Mallika Sarabhai, Wadia Building, 19/21 Dalal Street,
Bombay.

3. Journal of Home Economics, American Home Avenue, N.W., Washington.

4. Journal of Indian Housewife.



----------------------


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 149


AGRICULTURE

B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper-A : (THEORY)

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 70 marks
Internal Assessment : 5 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Period per week : 1. Theory - Three of 45 minutes duration each.
2. Practical - One of three hours duration.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER AND THE STUDENTS :

1. The syllabus of this paper has divided into Four units.

2. Question paper shall have five sections.

3. Section A shall comprise of 10 short answer type questions covering the whole syllabus and will be
compulsory. Each question will carry 1 (one) mark.

4. Sections B, C, D and E shall have two questions each from respective sections, out of which one
question from each section is to be permitted. Each question will be of 15 (fifteen) marks.

5. Total five questions are to be attempted.


Unit-I

Plant Morphology - Root, Stem, Leaf - Their types and modifications.
Inflorescence - Types and classification.
Flower - Parts and their functions.
Fruit - Types and classification.

Unit-II

Pollination - Type, Significance, Emasculation.
Life cycle of a typical angiosperm.

150 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-III

Cultivation practices including soil requirements, Water requirements, Improved varieties for :
Cereals - Wheat, Rice, Maize.
Fibres - Cotton.
Oil Crops - Sarson, Soyabean.
Fruits - Mango, Grapes, Citrus, Sapota.

Unit-IV

Importance of forests, Important forest trees of India and Punjab.
Raising of Nurseries for forestry.
Social forestry.

PRACTICAL
Max. Marks : 25
Practical : 20 marks
Internal Assessment : 5 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Study of root stem leaf modifications.
Raising of crops/visit to farms/fields to have knowledge of varions agricultural tools, implements, and
methods of crop producton of related area.

Visit to Fruit and Forest nurseries.
Performance of emasculation techniques.

Books Recommended :

1. ICAR : Hand Book of Agriculture, New Delhi (2008).
2. S.S. Sinh, P. Gupta and A.K.
Gupta
: Hand Book of Agricultural Science, Kalyani Publishers,
Ludhiana (2009).
3. Rabi Crops : Package and Practices, P.A.U., Ludhiana (2010).
4. Kharif Crops : Package and Practices, P.A.U., Ludhiana (2010).
5. Bhatia and Widge : Elementary Biology, Trumen Publishers, Jalandhar (2010).
6. Alan Stephens : Dictionary of Agriculture, Universal Book Stall, New
Delhi (1998).
7. Chidda Singh, Prem Singh and
Rajbir Singh

: Modern Techniques of Raising Field Crops, Oxford and
IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi (2009).
8. B.S. Chundawat and S.K. Gautam : Text Book of Agroforestry, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi (2006).

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 151

Paper-B : (THEORY)

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 70 marks
Internal Assessment : 5 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Period per week : 1. Theory - Three of 45 minutes duration each.
2. Practical - One of three hours duration.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER AND THE STUDENTS :

1. The syllabus of this paper has been divided into four units.

2. Question paper shall have five sections.

3. Section A shall comprise of 10 short answer type questions covering the whole syllabus and will be
compulsory. Each question will carry 1 (one) mark.

4. Sections B, C, D and E shall have two questions each from respective sections, out of which one
from each section is to be permitted. Each question will be of 15 (fifteen) marks.

5. Total five questions are to be attempted.


Unit-I

Agricultural Banking, Agricultural Loans – Its various types, repayment mode, form filling for agricultural
loans.

National policy for agricultural loans.
Agriculture credit cards.

Unit-II

Various legal aspects of import and export of raw crop and crop products.
Quarntine law.
Fundamentals of agricultural economics.
Psycological pressure on farmer and villagers of different classes.

Unit-III

Storage of vegetables, Fruits, Grains at local and large Level.
Vegetable and fruit preservation.
152 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-IV

Soil types, Management, Improvement and Amendments.
Soil Testing.
Fundamental of fertilizers and manures.
Important fertilizers and their uses.
Nitrogen fixation.

PRACTICAL
Max. Marks : 25
Practical : 20 marks
Internal Assessment : 5 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Visit to Agricultural, Rural Banks to have basic knowledge of loan processing and recovery.
Identification of financial problems of a village.
Identification and collection of fertilizers.
Preservation of fruits and vegetables in Pickle, Jam, Jellies, Squash and Sauce forms.

Books Recommended :

1. K.T. Acharya : Every Day Indian Processed Foods, National Book Trust,
New Delhi (2008).

2. Malkit Nagi and Satinder Bajaj : Home Preservation of Fruit and Vegetables, P.A.U.,
Ludhiana (2008).

3. ICAR : Hand Book of Agriculture, New Delhi.

4. T.D. Biswas and S.K. Mukherjee : Text Book of Soil Sciences, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana
(2008).

5. Girdhari Lal, G.S. Siddappa and
G.L. Tandon

: Preservation of Fruit and Vegetables, ICAR Publication,
New Delhi (2008).
6. Das and Gupta : Manures and Fertilizers, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana
(1999).


---------------------
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 153

MATHEMATICS

B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Paper-I : GEOMETRY : PLANE AND SOLID
Max. Marks : 67
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 7 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Note : 1. The syllabus has been split into two Sections—Section-A and Section-B. Four questions will
be set from each Section.

2. A student will attempt five questions in all, selecting atleast two questions from each
Section. Each question will be of 12 marks.

3. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes each) per paper per week including
tutorial.

SECTION-A

Pair of Straight Lines :
Joint equation of pair of straight lines and angle between them, Condition of parallelism and
perpendicularity, Joint equation of the angle bisectors, Joint equation of lines joining origin to the
intersection of a line and a curve.

Circle :
General equation of circle, Circle through intersection of two lines, Tangents, normals, chord of contact,
pole and polar, pair of tangents from a point, equation of chord in terms of mid-point, angle of intersection
and orthogonality, power of a point w.r.t. circle, radical axis, co-axial family of circles, limiting points.

Conic :
General equation of a conic, tangents, normals, chord of contact, pole and polar, pair of tangents from a
point, equation of chord in terms of mid-point, diameter. Conjugate diameters of ellipse and hyperbola,
special properties of parabola, ellipse and hyperbola, conjugate hyperbola, asymptotes of hyperbola,
rectangular hyperbola.

SECTION-B

Transformation of Axes in two Dimensions :
Shifting of origin, rotation of axes, invariants, reduction of general second degree equation into standard
forms by transformation, identification of curves and to find other parameters, tracing of conics.

154 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



Polar Co-ordinates :
Polar equation of a line, circle, conics, equations of chords, tangents and normals only.

Transformation of Axes in three Dimensions :
Shifting of origin, rotation of axes.

Sphere :
Section of a sphere and a plane, spheres through a given circle, intersection of a line and a sphere, tangent
line, tangent plane, angle of intersection of two spheres and condition of orthogonality, power of a point
w.r.t. a sphere, radical planes, radical axis, radical center, co-axial family of spheres, limiting points.


Cylinder :
Cylinder as a surface generated by a line moving parallel to a fixed line and through a fixed curve, different
kinds of cylinders such as right circular, elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic cylinders in standard forms,
enveloping cylinders.

Cone :
Cone with a vertex at the origin as the graph of a homogeneous equation of second degree in x, y, z, cone
as a surface generated by a line passing through a fixed curve and a fixed point outside the plane of the
curve, reciprocal cones, right circular and elliptic cones, right circular cone as a surface of revolution
obtained by rotating the curve in a plane about an axis, enveloping cones.
Equations of ellipsoid, hyperboloid and paraboloid in standard form, tangent planes and normals.

References :


1. Erwin Kreyszing
:
Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons,
1999.

2. Loney, S. L.
:
The Elements of Coordinate Geometry, Macmillan and
Company, London.

3. Gorakh Prasad and Gupta, H.C.
:
Text Book on Coordinate Geometry, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd.,
Allahabad.

4. Bill, R.J.T.
:
Elementary Treatise on Coordinate Geometry of Three
Dimensions, Macmillan India Ltd., 1994.

5. Jain, P.K. and Khalil Ahmad
:
A Text Book of Analytical Geometry of Two Dimensions,
Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1994.

6. Jain, P.K. and Khalil Ahmad
:
A Text Book of Analytical Geometry of Three Dimensions,
Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1999.

7. Saran, N. and Gupta, R.S.
:
Analytical Geometry of Three Dimensions, Pothishala Pvt.
Ltd., Allahabad.

8. Shanti Narayan and Mittal, P.K.
:
Analytical Solid Geometry, Seventeenth Revised Edition,
2006, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 155



Paper-II : CALCULUS
Max. Marks : 67
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 7 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : 1. The syllabus has been split into two Sections—Section-A and Section-B. Four questions will
be set from each Section.

2. A student will attempt five questions in all, selecting atleast two questions from each Section.
Each question will be of 12 marks.

3. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes each) per paper per week including
tutorial.



SECTION-A


Properties of Real Numbers :
Order property of real numbers, bounds, l.u.b. and g.l.b. order completeness property of real numbers,
archimedian property of real numbers.

Limits :
∈- δ definition of the limit of a function, basic properties of limits, infinite limits.


Continuity :
Continuous functions, types of discontinuities, continuity of composite functions, continuity of │f (x)│,
sign of a function in a neighborhood of a point of continuity, intermediate value theorem, maximum and
minimum value theorem.

Hyperbolic, inverse hyperbolic functions of a real variable and their derivatives, successive differentiation,
Leibnitz’s theorem.

Mean Value Theorems :
Rolle’s Theorem, Lagrange’s mean value theorem, Cauchy’s mean value theorem, their geometric
interpretation and applications, Taylor’s theorem, Maclaurin’s theorem with various forms of remainders
and their applications.

Curvature :
Curvature of a curve at a point, radius of curvature of Cartesian, parametric, polar curves and for implicit
equations, evolute and involute, chord of curvature.
156 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


SECTION-B

Indeterminate forms, Asymptotes, Concavity, Convexity and points of inflexion, Multiple points, Tracing
of curves (Cartesian and parametric co-ordinates only).

Integral Calculus :
Integration of hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions, Reduction formulae, Application of definite
integral, Quadrature, Rectification, Volumes and Surfaces of solids of revolution (Cartesian co-ordinates
only).

References :

1. Gabriel Klambauer : Mathematical Analysis, Marcel Dekkar, Inc., New York,
1975.

2. Murray R. Spiegel : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus, Schaum’s
Outline Series, Schaum Publishing Co., New York.

3. Piskunov, N. : Differential and Integral Calculus, Peace Publishers,
Moscow.

4. Jain, P. K. and Kaushik, S. K. : An Introduction to Real Analysis, S. Chand & Co., New
Delhi, 2000.

5. Gorakh Prasad : Differential Calculus, Pothishala Private Ltd., Allahabad.


6. Gorakh Prasad : Integral Calculus, Pothishala Private Ltd., Allahabad.

7. Murray, D.A. : Introductory Course in Differential Equations, Orient
Longman (India), 1967.

8. Simmons, G.F. : Differential Equations, Tata McGraw Hill, 1972.

9. Codington, E.A. : An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations,
Prentice Hall of India, 1961.

10. Piaggio, H.T.H. : Elementary Treatise on Differential Equations and their
Applications, C.B.S. Publishers & Distributors, Delhi,
1985.

11. Boyce, W.E. and Diprima, P.C. : Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value
Problems, John Wiley, 1986.

12. Erwin Kreyszig : Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley and
Sons, New York, 1999.

13. Thomas, G.B. and Finney, R.L. : Calculus and Analytic Geometry (Ninth Edition), Pearson
Publication.

14. Shanti Narayan and Mittal, P.K. : Differential Calculus, Edition 2006, S. Chand & Co., New
Delhi.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 157




Paper- III : ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY

Max. Marks : 66
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 6 marks
Time : 3 Hours


Note : 1. The syllabus has been split into two Sections–Section-A and Section–B. Four questions will
be set from each Section.

2. A student will attempt five questions in all, selecting atleast two questions from each
Section. Each question will be of 12 marks.

3. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes) per paper per week including tutorial.

SECTION-A

Relation between sides and trigonometric ratios of the angles of a triangle, Circum-circle, in-circle, ex-
circles of a triangle and their radii, Orthocentre, and centroid.

De’Moiver’s theorem, application of De’Moiver’s theorem including primitive n
th
root of unity. Expansions
of sin n Ø, cos n Ø, sin
n
Ø, cos
n
Ø (n ε N). The exponential, logarithmic, direct and inverse circular and
hyperbolic functions of a complex variable.

Euclid’s algorithm, synthetic division, roots and their multiplicity. Complex roots of real polynomials occur
in conjugate pairs with same multiplicity. Relation between roots and co-efficients. Transformation of
equations. Descartes’ Rule of Signs.



SECTION-B

Solution of cubic and bi-quadratic equations, Cardan’s method of solving a cubic, discriminant and nature
of roots of real cubic, trigonometric solutions of a real cubic with real roots. Descartes’ and Ferrari’s
method for a bi-quadratic.

Hermitian and Skew-Hermitian matrices, linear dependence of row and column vectors, row rank, column
rank and rank of a matrix and their equivalence. Theorems on consistency of a system of linear equations
(both homogeneous and non-homogeneous). Eigen-values, eigen-vectors and characteristic equation of a
matrix, Cayley-Hamilton theorem and its use in finding inverse of a matrix.
158 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


References :

1. Datta, K.B. : Matrix and Linear Algebra, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.

2. Bhattacharya, P.B., Jain, S.K. and
Nagpaul, S.R.
: First Course in Linear Algebra, Wiley Eastern, New
Delhi, 1983.


3. Jain, S.K., Gunawardena, A. and
Bhatacharya, P.B.
: Basic Linear Algebra with MATLAB, Key College
Publishing (Sprinder-Verlag), 2001.

4. Hall, H.S. and Knight, S.R. : Higher Algebra, H.M. Publications, 1994.

5. Chandrika Prasad : Text Book on Algebra and Theory of Equations, Pothishala
Private Ltd., Allahabad.

6. Loney, S.L. : Plane Trigonometry Part II, Macmillan and Company,
London.

7. Verma, R.S. and Shukla, K.S. : Text Book on Trigonometry, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd.,
Allahabad.

8. Shanti Narayan and Mittal, P.K. : A Text Book of Matrices, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi,
Revised Edition, 2007.




--------------------







B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 159

COMPUTER SCIENCE

B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Note : A student who has passed the + 2 examination under 10+2+3 system of education of a
recognised University/Board/Council or any other examination recognised by the Panjab
University as equivalent thereto shall be eligible to offer the subject of Computer
Science/Commerce/Economics/Mathematics as his/her subjects.

Only such colleges as have all necessary infrastructure or equipment and staff shall admit
students to the subject of Computer Science. The infrastructure must be approved by the
University as per practice.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Exam.
Hrs.
Max. Marks
Theory Internal
Assessment

Paper A : Theory : Computer Fundamentals & C Programming 3 67 8
Paper B : Theory : PC Software under Windows 3 67 8
Paper C : Practical : Practicals based on Paper-A and Paper-B 3 45 5

Note : Practical marks will include the appropriate weightage for proper maintenance of Lab. Record.

Paper-A : COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS AND C PROGRAMMING

Note : 1. The syllabus of this paper has been divided into four sections.

2. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five units. Four
units will consist of two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four
questions selecting at least one question from each unit. The unit fifth comprising of short
answer type questions will be compulsory.

4. All questions will carry equal marks.

Objective : The course is designed to introduce basic concepts of computer system, programme
Language, O.S., Networks and problem solving (Using C)

SECTION-A

1. Information Concepts and Processing :

Evolution of information processing, Data, Information language and communication.

Elements of a computer processing system : Hardware-CPU, storage devices and media.

160 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


VDU, Input-output devices, data communication equipment. Software — System software,
Application software.

2. Programming Languages : Classification, machine code, assembly language, higher level
languages.

Fourth generation languages.

SECTION-B

3. Operating Systems : Concept as resource manager and coordinator of processor, devices and
memory.

Concept of priorities, protection and parallelism. Command interpretor, typical commands of
DOS/UNIX/Netware, GUI-Windows.

4. Computers and Communication : Single user, multi-user, workstation, and client server systems.
Computer networks, Network protocols. LAN, WAN, Services offered by Internet.

SECTION-C

5. Information Integrity Definition, Ensuring Integrity, Computer Security : Perverse software,
concepts and components of security, preventive measures and treatment.

6. Range of Applications : Scientific, word processing, spread sheets, e-commerce, business,
educational, industrial, national level weather forecasting, remote sensing, planning multilingual
applications.


SECTION-D

7. Problem analysis, flow charts, decision tables, pseudo codes and algorithms.

8. Algorithmic Programming Language : Representation of integers, characters, constants and
variables, arithmetic expressions and their evaluation using rules of hierarchy. Assignment
statements, logical constants, variables and expression, control structures—sequencing, alteration,
iteration, arrays, manipulating vector and matrix. Subroutines and linkage. Data management.
Sample I/O statements, Documentation, Debugging. Examples illustrating structured program
development methodology. C should be used as the teaching language.

Books Recommended :

1. Dromey, G. : How to Solve It by Computer, Prentice Hall, 1985.

2. Jackson, N.A. : Principles of Programming Design, Academic Press, 1975.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 161


3. Gries, D. : Programming Methodology, Springer-Verlag, 1978.

4. Sanders, R. : Computer Data Processing, Tata Mcgraw Hill.

5.

Sharma, A.K. and Khan : Data Processing and Basic.
6. Jones, Robin and Stewart : The Art of C Programming, Narosa Publ. House, New Delhi.

7. Cooper, Mullish : The Spirit of C, An Introduction to Modern Programming, Jaico
Publ. House, New Delhi, 1987.

8. Kenneth, A. : C Problem Solving and Programming, Prentice Hall of India.

9. Kerningham, B.W. and
Ritchie, D.M.

: The C Programming Language, PHI.
10. Kaiker, S. : Programming in C, McMillan India, 1989.

11. Rajaraman,V. : Fundamentals of Computers (3
rd
edition), Prentice Hall of India.

12. Sanders, D.H. : Computers Today, McGraw Hill, 1988.

13. Trainer, T. et al : Computers (4
th
edition), McGraw Hill, 1994.

14. Kanitkar : “Let us C”, BPB Publications.


Paper-B : PC SOFTWARE UNDER WINDOWS

Note : 1. The syllabus of this paper has been divided into four sections.

2. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five units. Four
units will consist of two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four
questions selecting at least one question from each unit. The unit fifth comprising of short
answer type questions will be compulsory.

4. All questions will carry equal marks.

Objective : The course is designed to provide Fundamentals of BOS & Windows, OS and app S/w for
word processing, making spread sheets and presentations.


SECTION-A

1. Concept of files and directories. Basic DOS commands for handling files and directories, use of
wildcards, batch files, autoexec bat file creation of batch files, replaceable parameters, and MS-
DOS editing and function keys, Line editor, configuring DOS, role of config.sys file, FDISK
commands.
162 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

SECTION-B

2. Introduction to graphical user interface, window operating system, Anatomy of windows,
organising folders and files, multitasking, recycle bin, my computer, windows explorer, control
panel.

SECTION-C

3. Word Processing : Creation, editing, formatting of documents, global search and replacement of
text, special print features, mailmerge, spelling checker, MS-Word should be used as teaching tool.


SECTION-D

4. Spread Sheet : Getting started with EXCEL, EXCEL worksheet, entering data into worksheet,
editing, cell addressing, ranges and range names, commands, menus, copying and moving cell
contents, inserting and deleting rows and columns, column—width control, cell protection, printing
reports, creating and displaying graphs, printing graphs, statistical functions.

5. MS-Power Point software for presentation.

Books Recommended :

1. Operating System Concepts : Functions of an Operating System, Different Operative
Environments, MS-DOS commands and utilities.

2. Word Processing Concepts : Facilities under MS-Word.

3. Ludd Robbins : Mastering DOS.

4. Alan R. Milla : The ABC’s of DOS-6.2.

5. Richard Allan King : MS-DOS H.B.

6. Manuals of MS-DOS


7. Gilbert Held : IBM PC and Pc XT User’s reference manual.

8. Cowart, Robert : Using Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional.

9. Ravikant Taxali : PC Software Made Simple.

10. Mansfield, R. : Compact Guide to Windows, Word & Excel.

Paper C : PRACTICAL : PRACTICALS BASED ON PAPERS A & B.
-------------------
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 163


STATISTICS

B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Note : 1. A candidate shall offer this subject in B.A./B.Sc. only if he/she takes up Mathematics as a
subject in B.A./B.Sc.

2. There are three papers code named 101, 102 and 103 in the subject of Statistics in
B.A./B.Sc. 1
st
Year. These are to be taught simultaneously throughout the year.

3. 4 lectures (45 minutes each) per paper per week amounting in all to 12 lectures for three
papers shall be allocated for the teaching.


Paper- 101: PROBABILITY THEORY
Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 65 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : There will be in all nine (9) questions, all of equal marks. The first question is compulsory and
will be of short answer type covering the entire syllabus. Out of the remaining eight (8) questions,
four (4) questions will be set from each section. The candidate will be required to attempt five
questions in all including the compulsory first question and two questions from each section.

SECTION-I

Important Concepts in Probability : Random experiment, trial, sample point and sample space, definition
of an event, mutually exclusive, exhaustive, independent and equally likely events. Definition of
probability – classical and relative frequency approach to probability, their demerits and axiomatic
approach to probability. Properties of probability based on axiomatic approach, conditional probability,
Bayes’ theorem and its applications (concepts and simple applications).

Random Variables : Definition of discrete random variables, probability mass function, continuous
random variable, probability density function, illustrations of random variables and their properties,
distribution function and its properties, expectation of a random variable and its properties – moments,
measures of location and dispersion, moment generating function. Two dimensional random variables—
joint, marginal and conditional distributions. Distribution of random variables (univariate, abd bi-variate
setup).

SECTION-II

Standard Univariate Distributions and their Properties : Discrete uniform, Binominal, Poisson, Hyper
geometric, Geometric and negative binomial distributions. Uniform, normal, exponential, gamma, beta and
Chi-square distributions.

164 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Bivariate normal distribution and associated marginal and conditional probability distributions (without
derivation).

Chebyshev’s inequality and its applications, statements and applications of weak law of large numbers and
central limit theorems (De-Moivre’s–Laplace and Lindeberg–Levy).



References :

1. Meyer, P.L. (1971) : Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications,
Addison Wesley.

2. Goon, A.M., Gupta, M.K., Das
Gupta, B. (2005)
: Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. I, World Press, Calcutta.



Additional References :

1. Mood, A.M., Graybill, F.A. and
Boes, D.C. (1977)

: Introduction to the Theory of Statistics, McGraw Hill.

2. Miller, I. and Miller, M. (2002) : John E. Freund’s Mathematical Statistics (6
th
Edition, Low
Price Edition), Prentice Hall of India.

3. Sheldon, M.R. (2000) : Introduction to Probability Models, Fourth Edition.


Paper-102 : DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 65 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : There will be in all nine (9) questions, all of equal marks. The first question is compulsory and
will be of short answer type covering the entire syllabus. Out of the remaining eight (8) questions,
four (4) questions will be set from each section. The candidate will be required to attempt five
questions in all including the compulsory first question and two questions from each section.

SECTION-I

Collection of Data : Primary data – designing a questionnaire and a schedule. Secondary data—Its major
sources including some government publications. Concept of a Statistical Population and samples from a
population; qualitative and quantitative data; discrete and continuous data.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 165


Presentation of Data : Diagrammatic representations of data, frequency distribution, graphical
representation, histogram, frequency polygon, frequency curves and ogives, stem-and-leaf-display, Box
and whisker plot.

Analysis of Quantitative Data : Univariate data concepts of central tendency, dispersion and relative
dispersion, skewness and kurtosis and their measures including those based on quartiles and moments.
Sheppard’s correction for moments (without derivation).

SECTION-II

Bivariate Data : Scatter diagram, product moment correlation coefficient, properties and coefficient of
determination. Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient. Simple linear regression and its properties,
principles of least square, fitting of linear regression and related results.

Multivariate Data : Multiple and partial correlation in three variables (only results no derivations).

Analysis of Categorical Data : Consistency of categorical data, independence and association of attributes.
Various measures of association for two way classified data.

References :

1. Goon, A.M., Gupta, M.K., Das
Gupta, B. (2005)

: Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. I, World Press, Calcutta.

2. Daniel, W.W. (1999) : Biostatistics (7
th
Edition), John Wiley.


Additional References :

1. Croxton, F.E., Cowden, D. J. and
Kelin, S. (1973)

: Applied General Statistics, Prentice Hall of India.
2. Spiegel, M.R. (1967) : Theory & Problems of Statistics, Schaum’s Publishing
Series.



Paper-103 : PRACTICAL

Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3 Hours
(Viva-Voce : 10 marks; Record of the year : 10 marks; Annual Paper : 30 marks)

Note : The Practical Question Paper will contain five questions from the following topics. A student will be
required to attempt three questions, each of 10 marks in three hours’ duration.
166 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Viva-Voce and record of the year will carry 10 marks each.

1. Presentation of data by frequency tables, diagrams and graphs.

2. Calculation of measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness and kurtosis.

3. Product Moment Correlation.

4. Linear Regression of two variables.

5. Fitting of Curves (reducible to linear form) by the least square method.

6. Spearman’s Rank correlation.

7. Multiple and Partial correlations.

8. Fitting of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions.
















---------------------



B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 167


APPLIED STATISTICS

B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Note : 1. This course shall not be opted for along with courses in B.A./B.Sc. Mathematics and/or
B.A./B.Sc. Statistics.

2. The candidate opted for this course will not be eligible for admission to M.A./M.Sc.
Statistics.

3. There are two papers code named A and B in the subject of Applied Statistics in B.A./B.Sc.,
each of one credit and having a total of 100 marks each. These are to be taught
simultaneously throughout the year.

4. 4 to 5 lectures (40 minutes each) per paper per week amounting in all to 9 lectures for two
papers shall be allocated for the teaching.

SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

Paper-A : MATHEMATICAL METHODS-I

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : There will be in all nine (9) questions. The first question is compulsory and will be of
short answer type covering the entire syllabus. This question will have 9 parts of 2 marks each.
Of the remaining eight (8) questions, 4 questions will be set from each section. The candidate will
be required to attempt five (5) questions in all including the compulsory first question and two
questions from each section.

SECTION-I (CALCULUS AND TRIGONOMETRY)

Limits and continuity of functions, derivatives and their geometrical interpretations. Applications of
derivatives to maxima and minima, exponential and logarithmic functions, integrals of functions of one
variable, geometrical interpretation of integral as area, integration of standard functions, integration by
substitution and parts.

Trigonometry :
Definition of an angle, its various measures and relations between them, graphs circular functions.

SECTION-II (ALGEBRA AND GEOMETRY)

The solution of linear and quadratic equations in one variable, arithmetic, geometric and harmonic
progressions, permutations and combinations, principle of induction, Binomial theorem for positive integral
index.


168 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Elementary Analytical Geometry :
Equations of straight line, parabola, and hyperbola.

Books Recommended :

1. Allen, R.G.D. : Mathematical Analysis for Economists, Chapter-II (Sections 2.1, 2.2,
2.8), Chapter-III (Sections 3.1, 3.6), Chapter-IV (Sections 4.1, 4.7),
Chapter-VI (Sections 6.1-6.8), Chapter VII, Chapter VIII (Section 8.2),
Chapter IX (Sections 9.1-9.4).

2. Gurhard Tintner : Mathematics and Statistics for Economists, Chapter-VI.

3. Loney, S.L. : Plane Trigonometry, Part-I, Chapter-I (Sections 1 to 22), Part-II,
Chapter V (Sections 61, 65).

4. Arye, F. Jr. : First Year College Mathematics (Schaum's Series).


Paper-B : PROBABILITY

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : There will be in all nine (9) questions. The first question is compulsory and will be of
short answer type covering the whole syllabus. This question will have 9 parts of 2 marks each.
Of the remaining eight (8) questions, (4) questions will be set from each section. The candidate
will be required to attempt five (5) questions in all including the compulsory first question and
two questions from each section.

SECTION-I
Random experiments, sample space, events probability, Finite sample spaces, equally likely outcomes,
conditional probability, Bayes theorem; independent events, random variables, discrete and continuous
probability density functions.

SECTION-II
Expectation and variance of random variable.
Binomial, Poisson, geometric, hypergeometric, uniform, exponential and normal distribution.

Book Prescribed :
Meyer, P.L. (1971) : Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications, Addison Wesley,
Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 9.
---------------------
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 169

PHYSICS

B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
General Instructions for teachers, students and the paper setters :

1. There will be three papers of theory and one laboratory (practical) course.

2. The number of lectures per week will be three for each theory paper and six for practicals.

3. The examination time for each theory paper will be three hours and four hours for practical.

4. Each theory paper will consist of nine questions carrying equal marks and spread over five prescribed
units.

5. Eight questions in each theory paper will be set from units I to IV with two questions from each unit.

6. Ninth question in each paper will be compulsory and will comprise of seven small answer type
questions covering the whole syllabus.

7. The numerical problems/exercises in the question paper should be 25-30%.

8. Student will attempt one question from each unit (I-IV) and any six parts of question nine.

9. The use of Non-programmable calculators will be allowed (paper setter should explicitly mention this
on the question paper) in the examination centre but these will not be provided by the
University/College. Mobile phones and pagers are not allowed in the examination hall.


Papers, marks and teaching hours allocation :
Paper A


: Mechanics : (45+5*) marks Total Teaching hours** 60

Paper B


: Vibrations, Waves and EM Theory : (45+5*) marks Total Teaching hours** 60

Paper C


: Electricity and Magnetism : (45+5*) marks Total Teaching hours** 60

Physics Practicals


: 50 marks Total Teaching hours 90
*marks allotted for Internal Assessment.
**within the prescribed teaching load, teachers must give two assignments per paper per academic term
(July –September, October – December, January – March) with stress on problem solving to enhance the
skill component of the students.


170 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Paper A: MECHANICS (60 Hrs.)

UNIT-I

Cartesian and spherical polar co-ordinate systems, area, volume, velocity, and acceleration in these
systems, solid angle, various forces in Nature (Brief introduction), centre of mass, equivalent one body
problem, central forces, equation of motion under central force, equation of orbit and turning points.
Kepler Laws.

UNIT-II

Relationship of conservation laws and symmetries of space and time. Inertial frame of reference, Galilean
transformation and Invariance. Non-Inertial frames, coriolis force and its applications. Variation of
acceleration due to gravity with latitude. Focault pendulum. Elastic collision in Lab. and C.M. systems,
velocities, angles, and energies, cross section of elastic scattering, Rutherford scattering.

UNIT-III

Rigid Body motion; Rotational motion, principal moments and Axes, Euler’s equations, precession and
elementary gyroscope, concept of stationery universal frame of reference and ether, Michelson-Morley
experiment and its results.

UNIT-IV

Postulates of special theory of relativity, Lorentz transformations, observer and viewer in relativity,
Relativity of simultaneity, Length, Time, Velocities. Relativistic Dopper effect. Variation of mass with
velocity, mass-energy equivalence, rest mass in an inelastic collision, relativistic momentum & energy,
their transformation, concepts of Minkowski space, four vector formulation.

UNIT-V

Spread over the entire syllabi of all the four units above.

Books Suggested :

Essential Readings :
1. Mechanics, Berkeley, Vol. I, C. Kittle.

2. Mechanics, H.S. Hans & S.P. Puri.

Further Readings :
1. An Introduction to Machines, Daniel Kleppner & Robert J. Kolenkow (TMH).

2. Introduction of Classical Mechanics, R.G. Takwale & P.S. Puranik (TMH, 2000).

3. Basic Concepts of Relativity, R.H. Good (East-West Press, New Delhi, 1974).

4. Special Theory of Relativity, S.P. Puri (Asia Publishing House, Bombay, 1972).
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 171


Paper B: VIBRATIONS, WAVES & E.M. THEORY (60 Hrs.)

UNIT-I

Simple harmonic motion, energy of a SHM, Compound Pendulum, Torsional Pendulum Electrical
Oscillations, Transverse Vibrations of a mass on a string, composition of two perpendicular SHM of same
period and of period in ratio 1: 2. Decay of free vibrations due to damping, differential equation of motion,
types of damping, determination of damping co-efficient—Logarithmic decrement, relaxation time and Q-
Factor. Electromagnetic damping (Electrical oscillator).

UNIT-II

Differential equation for forced mechanical and electrical oscillators, Transient and steady state behaviour.
Displacement and velocity variation with driving force frequency, variation of phase with frequency,
resonance. Power supplied to an oscillator and its variation with frequency. Q-value and band width. Q-
value as an amplification factor.

UNIT-III

Stiffness coupled oscillators, Normal co-ordinates and normal modes of vibration, Inductance coupling of
electrical oscillators. Types of waves, wave equation (transverse) and its solution, characteristic
impedance of a string. Impedance matching, Reflection and Transmission of waves at boundary.
Reflection and transmission of energy. Reflected and transmitted energy coefficients. Standing waves on a
string of fixed length. Energy of vibrating string. Wave and group velocity.

UNIT-IV
Physical interpretation of Maxwell’s equations, E.M. waves and wave equation in a medium having finite
permeability and permitivity but with conductivity σ = 0. Poynting vector, Impedance of a dielectric to
EM waves. EM waves in a conducting medium and skin depth. EM wave velocity in a conductor and
anomalous dispersion. Response of a conducting medium to EM waves. Reflection and transmission of
EM waves at a boundary of two dielectric media for normal and oblique incidence. Reflection of EM
waves from the surface of a conductor at normal incidence.

UNIT-V
Spread over the entire syllabi of all the four units above.

Books Suggested :
Essential Readings :
1. Text Book of Vibrations and Waves by S.P. Puri (Macmillan India Ltd.).

2. Physics of Vibrations and Waves by H.J. Pain, ELBS & John Wiley, London.

3. EM Waves and Radiating Systems by Edward C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, Prentice Hall.
172 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Further Readings :
1. Vibrations and Waves by A.P. French (Arnold Heinemann India, New Delhi).

2. The Mathematics of Waves and Vibrations by P.K. Ghosh (Mcmillan India).

3. Waves and Oscillations by N. Subrahmanayam & B. Lal (Vikas Pub., Delhi).

Paper–C : ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM (60 Hrs.)

UNIT-I

Basic ideas of Vector Calculus, Gradient, Divergence, curl and their physical significance, Laplacian in
rectangular, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Coulomb’s Law for point charges and continuous
distribution of charges, electric field due to dipole, line charge and sheet of charge. Gauss’s divergence
theorem and differential form of Gauss’s Law.

UNIT-II
Work and potential difference, Potential difference as line integral of field, Electric potential due to dipole
and quadrupole, long uniformly charged wire, charged disc. Stoke’s theorem and its applications in
Electrostatic field, curl E = 0, Electric field as gradient of scalar potential. Calculation of E due to a point
charge and dipole from potential. Poisson and Laplace’s equation and their solutions in Cartesian and
spherical coordinates, Concept of electrical images. Calculation of electric potential and field due to a point
charge placed near an infinitely conducting sheet. Polarisation of matter, atomic and molecular dipoles,
induced dipole moment and atomic polarizability. Electric susceptibility and polarization vector. Capacity
of a capacitor filled with dielectric. Relation K= 1 + χ, Gauss’s law for dielectrics. Displacement vector,
Div. D = 0, Energy stored in dielectric medium.

UNIT-III

Current and current density, equation of continuity. Microscopic form of Ohm’s Law (J = σE) and
conductivity. Failure of Ohm’s Law. Invariance of charge. E in different frames of reference. Field of a
point charge moving with constant velocity. Interaction between moving charges and force between
parallel currents. Behaviour of various substances in magnetic field. Definition of M and H and their
relation to free and bound currents. Permeability and susceptibility and their interrelationship. Orbital
motion of electrons and diamagnetism, Electron spin and paramagnetism, Ferromagnetism, Domain theory
of Ferromagnetism, Hysteresis Loss, Magnetisation curve, Ferrites.

UNIT-IV

Lorentz’s force. Definition of B. Biot Savart’s Law and its application to long straight wire, circular
current loop and solenoid. Ampere’s Circuital law and its application. Divergence and curl of B. Hall
effect, expression and co-efficient. Vector potential, Definition and derivation, current density—
definition, its use in calculation of change in magnetic field at a current sheet. Transformation equations
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 173

of E and B from one frame to another. Faraday’s Law of EM induction, Displacement current,
Maxwell’s equations. Mutual inductance and reciprocity theorem. Self inductance, L for solenoid,
Coupling of Electrical circuits. Analysis of LCR series and parallel resonant circuits, Q-factor. Power
consumed, Power factor.

UNIT-V

Spread over the entire syllabi of all the four units above.
Books Suggested :

Essential Readings :
1. Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism by Arthur F. Kipp.
2. Electricity and Magnetism, Berkeley Physics Course, Vol. II by E.M. Purcell.
3. Introduction to Classical Electrodynamics by David Griffith, Prentice Hall.

Further Readings :
5. Electricity & Magnetism, A.S. Mahajan & A.A. Rangwala (Tata McGraw Hill).
6. Electricity & Magnetism, 4
th
Edition, W.J. Duffin.
7. EM Waves and Radiating Systems, Edward C. Jordan and K. G. Balmain, Prentice Hall.


General Guidelines for Physics Practical Examinations :

1. The distribution of marks is as follows :


(i) One full experiment out of section–A requiring the student to take some data,
analyse it and draw conclusions. (Candidates are expected to state their results
with limits of error).

20 marks
(ii) Brief theory. 05 marks
(iii) One exercise based on experiment or Computer Programming (To be allotted
by the external examiner at the time of examination).

10 marks
(iv) Viva-Voce 10 marks
(v) Record (Practical file) 05 marks


Note for Examiners : The marks scored under each head must be clearly so written on the answer sheet.
174 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


2. There will be one session of 4 hours duration. The paper will have two sections. Section–A will
consist of 8 experiments out of which an examinee will mark 6 experiments and one of these is to be
allotted by the external examiner.

3. Section–B will consist of exercises which will be set by the external examiner on the spot. The
length of the exercises should be such that any of these could be completed in one hour.

4. The examiner should take care that the experiment allotted to an examinee from section–A and
exercise allotted from section–B are not directly related to each other.

5. Number of candidates in a group for practical examination should not exceed 12.

6. In a single group, no experiment be allotted to more than three examinees in the group.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :

I Analysis of Experimental Data:
Objectives :
(i) Knowledge of propagation of errors.

(ii) Determination of standard deviation and probable error and their use in expressing the
experimental result.

(iii) Familiarity with the method of least square fitting of experimental data to a curve.

(iv) Straight line fitting.

Activities :
Exercises on fitting of given data to straight line and calculation of probable error.
MECHANICS
II Rotation :

Objectives :

(i) Study of rotational motion.

(ii) Establishing relationship between different quantities.

Activities :

(i) To study the dependence of moment of inertia on distribution of mass (by noting time
periods of oscillations using objects of various geometrical shapes but of same mass).

(ii) To establish relationship between torque and angular acceleration using fly wheel.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 175


III Elasticity :

Objectives :
Knowledge of elastic constants and related quantities.

Activities :

(i) Study of bending of beams and determination of Young’s Modulus.

(ii) Determination of Poisson’s ratio for rubber/plastic.

IV Fluid Flow :

Objectives :

(i) Concepts of stream line flow and viscosity.
(ii) Knowledge of factors affecting the flow of fluid in a capillary.

Activities :
To study flow of water through capillary tubes of different length and area of cross section
(at least two each) and calculate coefficient of viscosity.

V One-Dimensional Collisions :

Objectives :

(i) Conservation of linear momentum and kinetic energy in elastic collisions.
(ii) Dependence of fraction of kinetic energy transferred on the masses of colliding bodies.
(iii) Idea of coefficient of restitution.

Activities :
To determine energy transfer, coefficient of restitution and verify laws of conservation of
linear momentum and kinetic energy in elastic collisions using one dimensional collisions
of hanging spheres.

VIBRATIONS, WAVES, AND E.M. THEORY
VI Standing waves :

Objective :
Standing waves on a string and in air.
176 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



Activities :
(i) Melde’s experiment.
(ii) Kundt’s tube.

VII Compound Pendulum :

Objectives :

(i) Idea of equivalent simple pendulum.
(ii) Concepts of centre of suspension and oscillation.
(iii) Dependence of time period on moment of Inertia .
(iv) Radius of gyration.
(v) Determination of g.

Activities :

(i) Measure time period as a function of distance of centre of suspension (oscillation) from
centre of mass, plot relevant graphs, determine radius of gyration and acceleration due
to gravity.

(ii) Find the value of g by Katers' pendulum.

VIII Torsion Pendulum :

Objectives :

(i) Idea of torsional vibration, dependence of time period on M.O.I. and restoring torque.
(ii) Modulus of rigidity.

Activities :
Measure time period of oscillation of a Maxwell needle and determine modulus of
rigidity of the material of a given wire.

IX Damped Oscillator :
Objectives :
(i) Study damped oscillations.
(ii) Coefficient of damping, quality factor etc.

Activities :
To measure/obtain logarithmic decrement, coefficient of damping, relaxation time, and
quality factor of a damped simple pendulum.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 177


ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM

X Low Resistance Measurements :

Objectives :
(i) Inadequacy of Wheatstone bridge to measure low resistances.
(ii) Acquaintance with a method of measuring low resistances.

Activities :

To determine low resistance with Carey Fosters Bridge.

XI Magnetic Field :

Objectives :

(i) Familiarity with the magnetic field produced by a solenoid.
(ii) Dependence of solenoidal field on number of turns and current.
(iii) Permeability of air.

Activities :
To study the magnetic field produced by a current carrying solenoid using a search
coil and calculate permeability of air.

XII Electromagnetic Induction :
Objective :
Verification of laws of electromagnetic induction.

Activity :
To study the induced e.m.f. as function of the velocity of the magnet.

XIII Objectives and Activities :

Force on a conductor carrying current in a magnetic field.

XIV LCR Circuits :

Objectives :
(i) Study of phase relationship between currents and voltages in ac circuits.
(ii) Concepts of resonance and Q-value.
178 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



Activities :

(i) Study of phase relationships using impedance triangle for LCR circuit and calculate
impedance.

(ii) Resonance in a series and parallel LCR circuits for different R-value and calculate
Q-value.

(iii) Study of Lissajous figures using a C.R.O.

XV Capacitance :

Objectives :
(i) Measurement of capacitance, dielectric constant.
(ii) Concept of time constant and time base circuit.
(iii) Knowledge of a-c Bridges.

Activities :

(i) Capacitance by flashing and quenching of a neon lamp.

(ii) Measurement of capacitance, determination of permitivity of a medium, air and
relative permitivity by De-Sauty’s bridge.

XVI Self Inductance :

Objectives :

(i) Knowledge of a-c bridges.
(ii) Concept of self inductance.

Activities :

To determine L using Anderson Bridge.

EXERCISES :

1. Any one exercise based on above given experiments.
2. To study the efficiency of an electric kettle/heater/element with varying input voltage.
3. To study working of an energy meter-calibration etc.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 179


Computer based activities :

4. Elementary FORTRAN programs, flowchart and their interpretation.
5. To print out all natural even/odd numbers between given limits.
6. To find maximum, minimum range of a given set of numbers.
7. To compile a frequency distribution and evaluate moments such as mean; standard deviation etc.
8. To evaluate sum of finite series and the area under a curve.
9. Numerical solution of equation of motion.

Texts and Reference Books :

1. “Mechanical Systems” by B. Saraf et al.
2. “A Laboratory Manual of Physics for Undergraduate Classes” by D.P. Khandelwal.
3. “Elements of Statistics” by C.G. Lambe.
4. “Numerical Analysis” by C. Dixon.
5. “Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Programming with Fortran” by S. Lipsdutz and A.
Poe.
6. Fortran 77 and Numerical Methods by C. Xavier.







---------------------
180 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


CHEMISTRY


B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011


Scheme of Teaching and Examination
Paper Course Teaching Hrs. Max. Marks


I Inorganic Chemistry 60 3 periods per week 45 + 5 internal assessment


II Organic Chemistry 60 3 periods per week 45 + 5 internal assessment


III Physical Chemistry 60 3 periods per week 45 + 5 internal assessment


IV Laboratory Practicals 6 periods per week 45 + 5 internal assessment




Total :

15 periods/week

200




Paper- I : INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-I
Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45 Marks
Internal Assessment : 05 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
60 hours (2Hrs./Week)
3 Periods/week

OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE :
To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(GENERAL) (3 Year course) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC
module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to time
as per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and
affiliated colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a
manner so that due importance may be given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.

UNIT-I
1. Atomic Structure : 6 Hrs.

Idea of de Broglie matter waves, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, atomic orbitals, Schrodinger
wave equation, significance of Ψ and Ψ
2
, quantum numbers, radial and angular wave functions and
probability distribution curves, shapes of s, p, d orbitals. Aufbau and Pauli exclusion principles,
Hund’s multiplicity rule. Electronic configurations of the elements and ions.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 181

2. Periodic Properties : 6 Hrs.

Position of elements in the periodic table; effective nuclear charge and its calculations. Atomic and
ionic radii, ionization energy, electron affinity and electronegativity—definition, methods of
determination or evaluation, trends in periodic table and applications in predicting and explaining
the chemical behaviour.

3. Chemistry of Noble Gases : 3 Hrs.

Chemical properties of the noble gases, chemistry of xenon, structure and bonding in xenon
compounds.



UNIT-II

4. s-Block Elements : 5 Hrs.

Comparative study, diagonal relationships, salient features of hydrides, solvation and complexation
tendencies including their function in biosystems, an introduction to alkyls and aryls.

5. Chemical Bonding-I : 10 Hrs.

Covalent Bond – Valence bond theory and its limitations, directional characteristics of covalent
bond, various types of hybridization and shapes of simple inorganic molecules and ions. BeF
2
, BF
3
,


CH
4
, PF
5
, SF
6
, IF
7
, SnCl
2
, XeF
4
, BF
4
-
, PF
6
-
, SnCl
6
2-
. Valence shell electron pair repulsion (VSEPR)
theory to NH
3
, H
3
O
+
, SF
4
, ClF
3
, ICl
2
-
and H
2
O. MO theory, homonuclear (elements and ions of 1
st

and 2
nd
row), and heteronuclear (BO, CN, CO
+
, NO
+,
CO, CN
-
), diatomic molecules, multicenter
bonding in electron deficient molecule (Boranes). Percentage ionic character from dipole moment
and electronegativity difference.


UNIT-III

6. Chemical Bonding-II : 15 Hrs.

Ionic Solids – Concept of close packing, Ionic structures, (NaCl type, Zinc blende, Wurtzite, CaF
2

and antifluorite), radius ratio rule and coordination number, limitation of radius ratio rule, lattice
defects, semiconductors, lattice energy and Born-Haber cycle, solvation energy and solubility of ionic
solids, polarizing power and polarisability of ions, Fajan’s rule. Metallic bond-free electron, valence
bond and band theories.

Weak Interactions –Hydrogen bonding, Van der Waals forces.

UNIT-IV

7. p-Block Elements : 15 Hrs.

Comparative study (including diagonal relationship) of groups 13-17 elements, compounds like
hydrides, oxides, oxyacids and halides of groups 13-16, hydrides of boron-diborane and higher
boranes, borazine, borohydrides, fullerenes, carbides, fluorocarbons, silicates (structural principle),
tetrasulphur tetranitride, basic properties of halogens, interhalogens and polyhalides.
[

182 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :



(i) Examiner will set total of Nine questions comprising Two questions from each unit and
One compulsory question of short answer type covering the whole syllabi.

(ii) The students are required to attempt Five questions in all, One question from each unit
and the Compulsory question.

(iii) All questions carry equal marks.


Books Suggested :

1. Cotton, F.A., Wilkinson, G., Gaus, P.L., Basic Inorganic Chemistry; 2
nd
edition, Pubs: John Wiley
and Sons, 1995.

2. Lee, J.D., Concise Inorganic Chemistry; 4
th
edition, Pubs: Chapman & Hall Ltd., 1991.

3. Shriver, D.E., Atkins, P.W., Inorganic Chemistry; 4
th
edition, Pubs: Oxford University Press, 2006.

4. Douglas, B., Medaniel, D., Atenander, J., Concepts and Models of Inorganic Chemistry; 3
rd
edition,
Pubs: John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1994.

5. Porterfeild, W.W., Wesky, A., Inorganic Chemistry; Pubs: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company,
1984.

6. Miessler, G.L., Tarr, D.A., Inorganic Chemistry; 3
rd
edition, Pubs: Pearson Education Inc., 2004.

7. Jolly, W.L., Modern Inorganic Chemistry; 2
nd
edition, Pubs: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, 1991.

8. Purcell, K.F., Kotz, J.C., Inorganic Chemistry; Pubs: W.B. Saunders Company, 1977.

9. Puri, B.R., Sharma, L.R., Kalia, K.K., Principles of Inorganic Chemistry; 30
th
edition, Pubs:
Milestones Publisher, 2006-07.




Paper-II : ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-I
Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45 Marks
Internal Assessment : 05 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
60 hours (2 Hrs./Week)
3 Periods/week

OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE :
To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(GENERAL) (3 Year course) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 183





UGC module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time
to time as per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh
and affiliated colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such
a manner so that due importance may be given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.



UNIT-I


1. Structure and Bonding :

4 Hrs.
Hybridization, bond lengths and bond angles, bond energy, localized and delocalized chemical
bond, Van der Waals interactions, resonance, hyperconjugation, aromaticity, inductive and field
effects, hydrogen bonding.


2. Mechanism of Organic Reactions :

5 Hrs.
Curved arrow notation, drawing electron movements with arrows, half-headed and double-
headed arrows, homolytic and heterolytic bond breaking. Types of reagents—electrophiles and
nucleophiles. Types of organic reactions. Energy considerations.

Reactive intermediates—Carbocations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes, arynes and nitrenes (with
examples). Assigning formal charges on intermediates and other ionic species.

Methods of determination of reaction mechanism (product analysis, intermediates, isotope effects,
kinetic and stereochemical studies).

3. Alkanes and Cycloalkanes :

6 Hrs.
Isomerism in alkanes, sources, methods of formation (with special reference to Wurtz reaction,
Kolbe reaction, Corey-House reaction and decarboxylation of carboxylic acids), physical
properties and chemical reactions of alkanes.

Mechanism of free radical halogenation of alkanes : Orientation, reactivity and selectivity.
Cycloalkanes—nomenclature, methods of formation, chemical reactions, Baeyer’s strain theory
and its limitations. Ring strain in small rings (cyclopropane and cyclobutane), theory of stainless
rings. The case of cyclopropane ring : banana bonds.


UNIT-II

4. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds : 15 Hrs.
Concept of isomerism, Types of isomerism.

Optical isomerism—Elements of symmetry, molecular chirality, enantiomers, stereogenic centre,
optical activity, properties of enantiomers, chiral and achiral molecules with two stereogenic
centers, diastereomers, threo and erythro diastereomers, meso compounds, resolution of
enantiomers, inversion, retention and racemization.
184 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS





Relative and absolute configuration, sequence rules, D & L and R & S systems of nomenclature.

Geometric isomerism—Determination of configuration of geometric isomers. E & Z system of
nomenclature, geometric isomerism in oximes and alicyclic compounds.

Conformational isomerism—Conformational analysis of ethane and n-butane; conformations of
cyclohexane, axial and equatorial bonds, conformation of mono substituted cyclohexane
derivatives. Newman projection and Sawhorse formulae, Fischer and flying wedge formulae.

Difference between configuration and conformation.


UNIT-III

5. Alkenes, Cycloalkenes, Dienes and Alkynes : 15 Hrs.
Nomenclature of alkenes, methods of formation, mechanisms of dehydration of alcohols and
dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides, regioselectivity in alcohol dehydration. The Saytzeff’s rule,
Hofmann elimination, physical properties and relative stabilities of alkenes.

Chemical reactions of alkenes – mechanisms involved in hydrogenation, electrophilic and free
radical additions, Markownikoff’s rule, hydroboration—oxidation, oxymercuration-reduction.
Epoxidation, ozonolysis, hydration, hydroxylation and oxidation with KMnO
4
. Polymerization of
alkenes. Substitution at the allylic and vinylic positions of alkenes. Industrial applications of
ethylene and propene.

Methods of formation, conformation and chemical reactions of cycloalkenes.
Nomenclature and classification of dienes : Isolated, conjugated and cumulated dienes. Structure of
allenes and butadiene, methods of formation, polymerization. Chemical reactions – 1, 2 and 1, 4
additions, Diels-Alder reaction.

Nomenclature, structure and bonding in alkynes. Methods of formation. Chemical reactions of
alkynes, acidity of alkynes. Mechanism of electrophilic and nucleophilic addition reactions,
hydroboration-oxidation, metal-ammonia reductions, oxidation and polymerization.


UNIT-IV

6. Arenes and Aromaticity :

8 Hrs.
Nomenclature of benzene derivatives. The aryl group, Aromatic nucleus and side chain, Structure
of benzene : Molecular formula and Kekule structure. Stability and carbon-carbon bond lengths of
benzene, resonance structure, MO picture.

Aromaticity : The Huckel rule, aromatic ions.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 185




Aromatic electrophilic substitution—General pattern of the mechanism, role of σ and π –
complexes. Mechanism of nitration, halogenation, sulphonation, mercuration and Friedel-Crafts
reaction. Energy profile diagrams. Activating and deactivating substituents, orientation and
ortho/para ratio. Side chain reactions of benzene derivatives.

Methods of formation and chemical reactions of alkyl benzenes, alkynyl benzenes and biphenyl.

7. Alkyl and Aryl Halides :

7 Hrs.




Nomenclature and classes of alkyl halides, methods of formation, chemical reactions. Mechanisms
of nucleophilic substitution reactions of alkyl halides, S
N
2 and S
N
1 reactions with energy profile
diagrams.

Methods of formation of aryl halides, nuclear and side chain reactions. The addition-elimination
and the elimination-addition mechanisms of nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions.

Relative reactivities of alkyl halides vs allyl, vinyl and aryl halides.





INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :


(i) Examiner will set total of Nine questions comprising Two questions from each unit and One
compulsory question of short answer type covering the whole syllabi.

(ii) The students are required to attempt Five questions in all, One question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.

(iii) All questions carry equal marks.



Books Suggested :

1. Morrison, R.T., Boyd, R.N., Organic Chemistry, 6
th
Edition, Pubs : Prentice-Hall, 1992.

2. Solomons, T.W., Fryhle, C.B., Organic Chemistry, 9
th
Edition, Pubs : Wiley India, 2007.

3. Wade Jr., L.G., Singh, M.S., Organic Chemistry, 6
th
Edition, Pubs : Pearson Education, 2008.

4. Mukherji, S.M., Singh, S.P., Kapoor, R.P., Organic Chemistry, Pubs : New Age International, 1985.

5. Carey, F.A., Sundberg, R.J., Advanced Organic Chemistry Part B: Reactions and Synthesis, 5
th

Edition, Pubs : Springer, 2007.



186 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



Paper–III : PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY–I

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45 Marks
Internal Assessment : 05 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
60 hours (2 Hrs./Week)
3 Periods/week


OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE :
To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(GENERAL) (3 Year course) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC
module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to time
as per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and
affiliated colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a
manner so that due importance mat be given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.


UNIT-I


1. Mathematical Concepts and Evaluation of Analytical Data : 8 Hrs.
Logarithmic relations, curve sketching, linear graphs and calculation of slopes, differentiation and
integration of functions like k
x
, e
x
, x
n
, sin x, log x; maxima and minima, partial differentiation and
reciprocity relations.

Terms of mean and median, precision and accuracy in chemical analysis, determining accuracy of
methods, improving accuracy of analysis, data treatment for series involving relatively few
measurements, linear least squares curve fitting, types of errors, standard deviation.

2. Colloidal State : 7 Hrs.
Definition of colloids, classification of colloids.

Solids in Liquids (sols) : Properties – Kinetic, optical and electrical; stability of colloids, protective
action, Hardy-Schulze rules, gold number.

Liquids in Liquids (emulsions) : Types of emulsions, preparation. Emulsifier.

Liquids in Solids (gels) : Classification, preparation and properties, inhibition, general applications
of colloids.



B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 187


UNIT-II

3. Chemical Kinetics and Catalysis : 15 Hrs.
Chemical kinetics and its scope, rate of a reaction, factors influencing the rate of a reaction –
concentration, temperature, pressure, solvent, light, catalyst. Concentration, dependence of rates,
mathematical characteristics of simple chemical reactions – zero order, first order, second order,
pseudo order, half life and mean life. Determination of the order of reaction – differential method,
method of integration, method of half life period and isolation method.

Radioactive decay as a first order phenomenon.
Theories of Chemical Kinetics : Effect of temperature on rate of reaction, Arrhenius equation,
concept of activation energy.



Simple collision theory based on hard sphere model, transition state theory (equilibrium hypothesis).
Expression for the rate constant based on equilibrium constant and thermodynamic aspects.

Catalysis and general characteristics of catalytic reactions, Homogeneous catalysis, acid-base
catalysis and enzyme catalysis including their mechanisms, Michaelis Menten equation for enzyme
catalysis and its mechanism.


UNIT-III

4. Thermodynamics-I : 15 Hrs.
Definition of Thermodynamic Terms : System, surroundings etc., Types of systems, intensive and
extensive properties. State and path functions and their differentials. Thermodynamic process.
Concept of heat and work.

First Law of Thermodynamics : Statement, definition of internal energy and enthalpy, Heat
capacity, heat capacities at constant volume and pressure and their relationship. Joule’s Law–Joule-
Thomson coefficient and inversion temperature. Calculations of w, q, dU & dH for the expansion of
ideal gases under isothermal and adiabatic conditions for reversible process.

Thermochemistry : Standard state, Standard enthalpy of formation-Hess’s Law Constant Heat
Summation and its applications. Heat of reaction at constant pressure and at constant volume.
Enthalpy of neutralization. Bond dissociation energy and its calculation from thermo-chemical data,
temperature dependence of enthalpy. Kirchoff’s equation.


UNIT-IV

5. Gaseous States : 8 Hrs.
Postulates of kinetic theory of gases, deviation from ideal behavior, Vander Waal’s equation of state.

188 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS





Critical Phenomena : PV isotherms of real gases, continuity of states, the isotherms of Vander
Waal’s equation, relationship between critical constants and Vander Waal’s constants, the law of
corresponding states, reduced equation of state.

Molecular Velocities : Root mean square, average and most probable velocities. Qualitative
discussion of the Maxwell’s distribution of molecular velocities, collision number, mean free path
and collision diameter. Liquification of gases (based on Joule-Thomson effect).

6. Solutions, Dilute Solutions and Colligative Properties : 7 Hrs.
Ideal and non-ideal solutions, methods of expressing concentrations of solutions, activity and
activity coefficient.

Dilute solution, colligative properties, Raoult’s law, relative lowering of vapour pressure, molecular
weight determination. Osmosis, law of osmotic pressure and its measurement, determination of
molecular weight from osmotic pressure. Elevation of boiling point and depression of freezing
point, Thermodynamic derivation of relation between molecular weight and elevation in boiling
point and depression of freezing point. Experimental methods for determining various colligative
properties.

Abnormal molar masses, degree of dissociation and association of solutes.


INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :


(i) Examiner will set total of Nine questions comprising Two questions from each unit and One
compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

(ii) The students are required to attempt Five questions in all, One question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.

(iii) All questions carry equal marks.



Books Suggested :

1. Atkins, P., Paula, J.de, Atkins Physical Chemistry; 8
th
edition, Pubs: Oxford University Press, 2008.

2. Puri, B.R., Sharma, L.R., Pathania, M.S., Principles of Physical Chemistry; 43
rd
edition, Pubs:
Vishal Publishing Co., 2008.

3. Barrow, G.M., Physical Chemistry; 6
th
edition, Pubs: McGraw Hill Companies Inc., 1996.

4. Rao, C.N.R., University General Chemistry; Pubs: Macmillan of India, 1985.

5. Berry, R.S., Rice, S.A., Ross, J., Physical Chemistry; 2
nd
edition, Pubs: Oxford University Press,
2000.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 189


6. Albert, R.A., Silbey, R.J., Physical Chemistry; 1
st
edition, Pubs: John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1992.

7. Dogra, S.K., Dogra, S., Physical Chemistry Through Problems; Pubs:Wiley Eastern Limited, 1991.

8. Levine, I.N., Physical Chemistry; 5
th
edition, Pubs: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2002.

9. Moore, W. J., Basic Physical Chemistry; Pubs: Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1983.

10. Metz, C.R., Theory and Problems of Physical Chemistry; Schaum’s Outline Series, 2
nd
edition,
Pubs: McGraw-Hall Book Company, 1989.





Paper-IV : LABORATORY PRACTICALS

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45
Internal Assessment : 05
6 Periods/week

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY :

(a) Qualitative Analysis :
Semimicro Analysis, cation analysis, separation and identification of ions from groups I, II, III, IV,
V and VI. Anion analysis (4 ions).

Instruction to Examiners : Four ions with no interference (anions such as PO
4
3-
, BO
3-
3
and similar
anions like C1
-
, Br
-
, I
-
etc.) may not be given.

(b) Quantitative Analysis :
Volumetric titration involving acid-base, KMnO
4
and K
2
Cr
2
O
7
.
There are three experiments – one involving acid-base titrations, one involving KMnO
4
and one
involving K
2
Cr
2
O
7
.

1. Determination of strength of Na
2
Co
3
solution by titrating it against a standard solution
of HCl.

2. Determination of molarity of KMnO
4
solution by titrating it against a standard solution of
Oxalic acid.

3. Standardise the given K
2
Cr
2
O
7
solution by titrating it against a standard solution of Mohr’s
Salt.
190 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


ORGANIC CHEMISTRY :

Crystallization :
Concept of indnction of crystallization
1. Phthalic acid from hot water (using fluted filter paper and stemless funnel).
2. Acetanilide from boiling water.
3. Naphthalene from ethanol.
4. Benzoic acid from water.


PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY :
Chemical Kinetics :

1. To determine the specific reaction rate of the hydrolysis of methyl acetate/ethyl acetate catalyzed
by hydrogen ions at room temperature.

2. To study the effect of acid strength on the hydrolysis of an ester.


Viscosity, Surface Tension :
To determine the viscosity and surface tension of CCl
4
dioxane, n-Butyl alcohol, cyclohexane.

General Instructions to the Examiners :
Note : Practical examination will be of four hours duration & shall consist of the following questions :
Q. No. I Qualitative Analysis : 16 marks

Q. No. II Quantitative Analysis : 10 marks

Q. No. III Physical Chemistry/Organic Chemistry : 10 marks


Students shall be allowed the choice to opt for one experiment out of the three offered.


Q. No. IV Viva-Voce. : 6 marks

Ask three questions (2 marks each) related to Chemistry practicals.

Q. No. V Note Book : 3 marks


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 191

Books Suggested (Theory Courses)

1. Svehla, Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis (revised); 7
th
edition Pubs: Orient Longman, 1996.

2. Bassett, J., Denney, R.C., Jeffery, G.H., Mendham, J., Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Inorganic
Analysis (revised); 4
th
edition, 1978.

3. Palmer, W.G., Experimental Inorganic Chemistry; 1
st
edition, Pubs: Cambridge, 1954.

4. Brauer, Handbook of Preparative Inorganic Chemistry; 2
nd
edition Pubs: Academic Press, 1963,
Vol. I, & 1965, Vol. II.

5. Audrieth, L.F., Inorganic Synthesis; Pubs: McGraw Hill, 1950, Vol. 3
rd
; E.G. Rochow, 1960 Vol.
VI; J. Kleinberg, 1963, Vol. 7; S.Y. Tyree, 1967 ,Vol.9; E.L. Muetterties, 1967, Vol.10; W.L. Jolly
1986, Vol 11; R.W. Parry 1970, Vol. 12; F.A. Cotton 1972, Vol. 13; A.G. Mac Diarmid, 1977,
Vol. 17.

6. Bansal, R.K., Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry; 3
rd
edition, Pubs: Wiley Eastern
Limited, 1994.

7. Khosla, B.D., Garg, V.C., Gulati, A., Senior Practical Physical Chemistry; 11
th
edition, Pubs: R.
Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2002.

8. Das, R.C., Behra, B., Experimental Physical Chemistry; Pubs: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd., 1998.

9. Levitt, B.P., Findlays Practical Physical Chemistry; 8
th
edition, Pubs: Longman Group Ltd.,
London & New York, 1978.








--------------------




192 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


BOTANY

B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Time Theory Internal
Assessment

Max.
Marks
Theory Paper-A : Diversity of Microbes & Cryptogams 3 hrs. 68 7 75
Theory Paper-B : Cell Biology & Genetics 3 hrs. 68 7 75
One practical pertaining to entire syllabus included in both
theory papers

4 hrs. 45 05 50
Total marks : 200

Note : 1. The number of teaching hours for theory and practical per session shall be 120 hrs. and
200 hrs., respectively.

2. There will be a total of nine questions in each theory papers A & B. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory and will consist of 20 parts (one mark each) comprising 10 MCQ and the rest
10 parts will be of fill-in the blanks covering the entire syllabus in both the theory papers A
& B. The remaining 8 questions in papers A & B shall include two questions from each
unit. Candidates shall be required to attempt one question from each Unit. Question No. 1
will carry 20 marks and the rest of 8 questions will be of 12 marks each.

Paper A : DIVERSITY OF MICROBES & CRYPTOGAMS
Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 68
Int. Assessment : 07
Time : 3 Hrs.

Objective : The basic objective of this paper is to make students aware about the diversity in various life
forms of plant kingdom. It gives an idea about how different life forms have evolved from simper to
complex ones. A sequential study ranging from aquatic forms of algae, fungi and bryophytes (the
amphibians of plant kingdom) and then to Pteridophytes - the first vascular land plants, would enable
students to have a broad prospective of evolutionary trends in plant kingdom. This paper in fact – forms the
basis of any advance study in Botany.

Teaching Methodology : Teaching methodology includes series of lectures, making use of charts,
transparencies, LCD, Models, slides, practical demonstrations, extension lectures from experts, field visits,
discussions, quiz competitions etc. In practicals, students would be provided with fresh/preserved materials
for their morphological and anatomical studies making use of microscopes and binoculars and hands-on
tools/equipment etc.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 193


UNIT-I
Algae : General characters, classification and economic importance; structure and life history
of Volvox, Oedogonium (Chlorophyceae); Vaucheria (Xanthophyceae); Ectocarpus (Phaeophyceae);
Batrachospermum (Rhodophyceae).

UNIT-II

Fungi : General characters, classification and economic importance; structure and life history of Cystopus
(Albugo) (white rust of crucifers) Rhizopus; Saccharomyces, Peziza; Ustilago (loose smut of wheat),
Puccinia (black rust of wheat), Agaricus, Colletotrichum (Red rot of sugarcane); general account of
Lichens.

UNIT-III

Bryophyta : General characters, classification; structure, reproduction and life cycle of Marchantia
(Hepaticopsida); Anthoceros (Anthocerotopsida); Funaria (Bryopsida) (excluding developmental stages).


UNIT-IV


Pteridophyta : General characters, classification; structure, reproduction and life cycle of Rhynia
(Psilophytopsida); Selaginella (Lycopsida); Equisetum (Sphenopsida); Pteris (Pteropsida) (excluding
developmental stages).


Suggested Readings :


1. Dube, H.C., An Introduction to Fungi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 1990.

2. Pandey, B.P., Botany for Degree Students., S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
3. Puri, P., Bryophyta, Atma Ram & Sons, Delhi, 1980.
4. Sharma, O.P., Text Book of Thallophytes, McMillan India Ltd., New Delhi, 1992.

5. Sharma, O.P., Text Book of Pteridophyta, McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1990.

6. Sharma, P.D., The Fungi, Rastogi & Co., Meerut, 1991.

7. Smith, G.M., Cryptogamic Botany, Vol. I, Algae & Fungi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New
Delhi, 1971.

8. Singh, V., Pandey, P.C. & Jain, D.K., Text Book of Botany, Diversity of Microbes and Cryptogams,
Rastogi Publications, Meerut & New Delhi, 2008.

9. Smith, G.M., Cryptogamic Botany, Vol. II, Bryophytes and Pteridophytes, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1971.

10. Srivastava, H.N., Diversity of Microbes and Cryptogams, Vol. I, Pradeep Publications,Jalandhar,
2005.

194 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Paper-B : CELL BIOLOGY & GENETICS

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 68
Int. Assessment : 07
Time : 3 Hrs.


Note : 1. The number of teaching hours for theory and practical per session shall be 120 hrs. and
200 hrs. respectively.

2. Tthere will be a total of nine questions in each theory papers A & B. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory and will consist of 20 parts (one mark each) comprising 10 MCQ and the rest
10 parts will be of fill-in the blanks covering the entire syllabus in both the theory papers
A & B. The remaining 8 questions in papers A & B shall include two questions from each
unit. Candidates shall be required to attempt one question from each Unit. Question No. 1
will carry 20 marks and the rest of 8 questions will be of 12 marks each.


Objective : This paper deals with the basic structural unit of life i.e. cell & its organelles, along with
hereditary trends within successive generations. It provides an insight into molecular, cellular and genetic
basis of evolutionary trends within successive generations. It provides an insight into molecular, cellular
and genetic basis of evolutionary trends. Coupled with the study of variations in life forms included in
Paper A, the course material of paper B provides an idea about the important role that genetics plays in
structural and functional differentiation of plants.

Teaching Methodology : Teaching methodology includes series of lectures, making use of charts,
transparencies, LCD, Models, slides, practical demonstrations, extension lectures from experts, field visits,
discussions, quiz competitions etc. In practicals, students would be provided with fresh/preserved materials
for their morphological and anatomical studies making use of microscopes and binoculars and hands-on
tools/equipment etc.

UNIT-I


Ultra structure and functions of a typical plant cell and its organelles.
Presence and function of mitochondrial and plastid DNA; Plasmids.
Structure of chromosome; nucleosome model; chromosomal alterations (deletions, duplications,
translocations, inversions); variations in chromosome number (aneuploidy, polyploidy) a brief account.


UNIT-II

Cell divisions (Mitosis and Meiosis) in plants and their significance. Structure and Replication of DNA.
Mendelism (Laws of segregation dominance and independent assortment); Incomplete dominance and
likage (complete and incomplete); Chromosome mapping; cytological interpretation of Mendelism.




UNIT-III


Chromosome theory of heredity; Gene interactions (Dominant and recessive epistasis, supplementary
genes, complementary genes, quantitative or polygenic inheritance, duplicate genes, multiple alleles,
pleiotropic genes, sex-linked inheritance (Morgan’s experiments on Drosophila; haemophilia and colour
blindness).
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 195



UNIT-IV


Structure and concept of gene, one gene one enzyme hypothesis; Genetic code; Protein synthesis
(transcription, translation). Regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes (Lac and
tryptophan operon model).

Mutations : Types, characteristics, importance, a brief account of mutagens, mechanism of gene mutations;
DNA damage and repair. Extra nuclear inheritance with reference to Mirabilis jalapa and Zea mays.

Suggested Readings :

1. Alberts, B., Gray, D. Lewis, J., Raff, M., Roberts, K. and Watson, I.D., Molecular Biology of Cell,
Garland Publishing Co., Inc., New York, USA,1999.

2. Atherly, A.G., Girton, J.R. and McDonald, J.F., The Science of Genetics, Saunders College
Publishing, Fort Worth, USA,1999.

3. Bhatia, K.N. and Dhand, N., Cell Biology and Genetics, Truman Book Co., Jalandhar, 2009.
4. Gupta, P.K., Genetics, Rastogi Publications, Meerut, India, 1999.

5. Gupta, P.K., Cell Molecular Biology, Rastogi Publications, Meerut, India, 2003.

6. Kleinsmith, L.J. and Kish, V.M., Principles of Cell and Molecular Biology (2
nd
edition), Harper
Collins College Publishers, New York, USA, 1995.

7. Lodish, H., Berk, A., Zipursky, S.L., Matsudaira, P., Baltimor, D. and Darnell, J., Molecular Cell
Biology, W.H. Freeman & Co., New York, USA, 2000.

8. Pandey, B.P., Botany for Degree Stduents, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
9. Russel, P.J., Genetics, The Benjamin/Cummings, Publishing Co. Inc., USA, 1998.

10. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J., Principles of Genetics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., USA, 2000.


11. Srivastava, H.N., Cell Biology and Genetics, Vol. II, Pradeep Publications, Jalandhar, 2006.

12. Stent, G.S., Molecular Genetics, CBS Publications, 1986.

13. Wolfe, S.L., Molecular and Cell Biology, Wadsworth Publishing Co., California, USA, 1993.


Suggested Laboratory Exercises :
1. Study of morphology of various genera included in algae and fungi.

2. Study of Crustose, Foliose and Fructicose types of Lichen thalli.

196 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


3. Histopathological study of white rust of crucifers, loose smut of wheat, black rust of wheat and red
rot of sugarcane.

4. Study of morphology of various genera mentioned in Bryophyta and Pteridophyta.


5. I Preparation of permanent stained slides of :

Marchantia (V.S. Thallus) Selaginella (T.S. Stem)
Anthoceros (V.S. Thallus) Equisetum (T.S. Aerial stem passing through internode)
Funaria (T.S. Stem) Pteris (T.S. Petiole and leaflet)

II Study through permanent slides :
Marchantia :
(i) L.S. Antheridiophore.
(ii) L.S. Archegoniophore.
(iii) L.S. Mature Sporogonium.

Anthoceros :
(i) T.S. Thallus passing through antheridia.
(ii) T.S. Thallus passing through archegonia.
(iii) L.S. Mature sporogonium.







Funaria :
(i) L.S. Male receptacle.
(ii) L.S. Female receptacle.
(iii) L.S. Capsule.
(iv) Primary protonema

Selaginella :
L.S. Sporangiferous spike.

Equisetum :

(i) L.S. Strobilus.
(ii) T.S. Strobilus.

Pteris :
Mature prothallus.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 197


6. To study cell structure from onion leaf peels; demonstration of staining and mounting method.

7. Preparation of temporary slides to show different stages of mitosis from root tips of Allium cepa,
and A. sativum.

8. Preparation of temporary slides to show different stages of meiosis from floral buds of
Allium/Brassica.

Guidelines for Botany Practical Examination :
Max. Marks : 50
Practical : 45
Internal Assessment : 05
Time : 4 Hrs.


1. Cut T.S., stain and make a permanent mount of specimen A. Draw its labelled diagram and
show the slide to the examiner. Identify it giving at least two reasons.

7
2. Make a temporary mount of …. (to be announced by the examiner) from specimen B and
show it to the examiner. Identify, classify and write an illustrated note on it (specimen to be
given from Algae, Fungi, Bryophyta or Pteridophyta).

4
3. Identify, classify and write illustrated morphological note on specimens C, D and E.

12
4. Prepare a squash mount of specimen F to show the stage of cell division visible in the slide
and show it to the examiner. Identify it giving at least one reason. Draw the stage of cell
division and show it to the examiner.

7
5. Identify the slides G, H and I, giving at least two reasons for each.

6
6. Viva-Voce & Practical Note-book.

(5+4)=9








----------------------

198 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

ZOOLOGY


B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Time Theory Internal
Assessment

Marks
Paper-A : Cell Biology & Biodiversity-I 3 hrs. 67 8 75
Paper-B : Biodiversity-II & Ecology 3 hrs. 67 8 75
Practical : One paper covering entire
syllabus of both the papers.
4 hrs. 45 05 50
Total marks : 200



Note : The number of hours for Theory and Practical per week shall be 5 and 4 hours, respectively.


OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE :

The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc. (General) Part-I, in the subject of Zoology has been upgraded as per
provision of the UGC module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been
revised from time to time as per suggestions of the teachers of the Zoology working in the Panjab
University, Chandigarh and affiliated colleges.

The syllabus contents are duly arranged section wise as well as unit wise. The contents are included in
such manner so that due importance may be given to skill oriented components.

The course contents are also given due stress for excursion/field trips to Zoological Parks, Sea-shores, Hill
Stations, Museum, Fossil Park and Apiary/godowns for better academic outlook. The Department of
Zoology, P.U., Chandigarh usually organizes workshop/seminars from time to time for updating the
teachers.

PAPER–A : CELL BIOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY–I (ZOO. 101)

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 67
Internal Assessment : 8
Time : 3 Hrs.



Note : Nine questions are to be set. Question No.1 is compulsory consisting of short answer type
questions covering the whole syllabus. It will have 10 parts of 1½ marks each. Two questions
are to be set from each Unit. One question is to be attempted from each Unit. In all, Five
questions are to be attempted including compulsory one. 50% of the questions are to be split up
into 2-4 sub-parts.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 199


UNIT-I

Methods in Cell Biology : Principles of light and electron microscopes, fixation & fixatives,
staining techniques.

Organisation of Cell : Extra nuclear and nuclear.

Plasma membrane : Structure, Osmosis, active and passive transport, endocytosis and
exocytosis.

Endoplasmic reticulum : Structure, types and associated enzymes.

Mitochondria : Structure, mitochondrial enzymes and the role of mitochondria in
respiration and mitochondrial DNA.

Golgi complex : Structure and functions.

Ribosomes : Types of ribosomes, their structure and functions.

Lysosomes : Polymorphism and their function.

UNIT-II

Centrosome : Structure and functions.

Nucleus : Structure and functions of nuclear membrane, nucleolus and
chromosomes.

An elementary idea of cell transformation in Cancer.

An elementary idea of cellular basis of immunity.

UNIT-III

Detailed study of the following animal types :

Protozoa : Amoeba, Paramecium and Plasmodium.

Parazoa (Porifera) : Sycon

Cnidaria (Coelenterata) : Obelia



Classification upto orders with brief ecological note and economic importance (if any) of the
following:


Protozoa : Entamoeba, Trypanosoma, Giardia, Noctiluca, Eimeria, Opalina
Vorticella, Balantidium and Nyctotherus.

Parazoa (Porifera) : Grantia, Euplectella, Hyalonema and Spongilla.


200 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



Cnidaria (Coelenterata) : Hydra, Sertularia, Plumularia, Obelia, Tubularia, Bougainvillea,
Porpita, Velella, Physalia, Rhizostoma Millipora, Aurelia,
Alcyonium, Tubipora, Zoanthus, Metridium, Madrepora, Favia,
Fungia and Astrangia.


UNIT-IV

Detailed study of the following animal types :

Platyhelminthes

: Fasciola, Taenia
Aschelminthes

: Ascaris, Parasitic adaptations in Helminths.
Annelida : Pheretima



Classification upto orders with brief ecological note and economic importance (if any) of the
following:

Platyhelminthes : Dugesia, Schistosoma and Echinococcus.

Aschelminthes : Ascaris, Oxyuris, Wuchereria.

Annelida : Nereis, Polynoe, Eunice, Arenicola, Aphrodite, Amphitrite,
Chaetopterus, Tubifex and Pontobdella.


PAPER-B : BIODIVERSITY-II & ECOLOGY (ZOO 102)

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 67
Internal Assessment : 8
Time : 3 Hrs.



Note : Nine questions are to be set. Question No.1 is compulsory consisting of short answer type
questions covering the whole syllabus. It will have 10 parts of 1½ marks each. Two questions
are to be set from each Unit. One question is to be attempted from each Unit. In all, Five
questions are to be attempted including compulsory one. 50% of the questions are to be split up
into 2-4 sub-parts

UNIT-I

Detailed study of the following animal types :

Arthropoda : Periplanata, Prawn, Social organizations in insects (honey bee
and termite), life cycle of Anopheles and Culex.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 201


Classification up to orders with ecological notes and economic importance (if any)

Arthropoda : Peripatus, Prawn, Lobster, Cancer,(Crab) Sacculina, Eupagurus
(Hermit crab), Lepas, Balanus, Apis, Lepisma (Silver Fish),
Schistocerca (Locust) ,Poecilocerus, (AkGrasshopper),Gryllus
(Cricket), Mantis (Preying Mantis) Cicada, Forficula (Earwig)
Scarabaeus (Dung beetle),Agrian (Dragon fly),Odontotermes,
(Termite queen), Cimex (Bed bug), Cicindela (Tiger beetle),
Polistes (Wasp), Bombyx (Silk moth), Julus (Millipede),
Scolopendra (Centipede) Palamnaeus (Scorpion) Aranea
(Spider) and Limulus (King crab).



UNIT-II

Mollusca : Pila

Echinodermata : Asterias, Echinoderm larvae.

Hemichordata : Balanoglossus, External characters and affinities.


Classification up to orders with ecological notes and economic importance (if any)

Mollusca : Chiton, Anodonta, Mytilus, Ostrea, Cardium, Pholas, Solen
(Razor Fish), Pecten, Haliotis, Patella, Aplysia, Doris, Limax,
Loligo, Sepia, Octopus, Nautilus shell and Dentalium.

Echinodermata : Echinus, Cucumaria, Ophiothrix and Antedon.

Hemichordata : Balanoglossus.

UNIT-III

ECOLOGY :


Ecology - Scope of ecology and subdivisions.

Ecosystem - Components, ecological energetics, food web, introduction to major
ecosystems of the world.

Ecological factors - Temperature, light and soil as ecological factors.

Nutrients - Biogeochemical cycles & concept of limiting factors.

Ecological - Morphological, physiological and behavioural adaptations in animals in
different habitats.

Population - Characteristics and regulation of population.

202 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


UNIT-IV

Inter and intra specific
relationships

- Competition, predation, parasitism, commensalisms & mutualism

Biotic community - Characteristics, ecological succession, ecological niche.

Natural resources - Renewable and nonrenewable natural resources and their conservations.

Environmental
Degradation.
- Causes, impact and control of environmental pollution.



PRACTICALS : Practical based on Theory Papers ZOO 101 & 102 (ZOO 151)

1. Classification upto orders with ecological notes and economic importance, if any, of the following
animals :
Protozoa (a) Examination of cultures of Euglena and Paramecium.

(b) Slides : Amoeba, Euglena, Trypanosoma, Noctiluca, Eimeria,
Monocystis, Paramoecium (Binary fission and conjugation),
Opalina,Vorticella, Balantidium, Nyctotherus & Polystomella.

Parazoa (Porifera)

: Specimens : Sycon, Grantia, Euplectella, Hyalonema, Spongilla,
Euspongia.

Cnidaria (Coelenterata) (a) Specimens : Porpita, Velella, Physalia, Aurelia, Rhizostoma
Metridium, Millipora, Alcyonium, Tubipora, Zoanthus,
Madrepora, Favia, Fungia and Astrangia.

(b) Slides : Hydra (W.M.) Hydra with buds. Obelia (colony and
medusa). Sertularia, Plumularia, Tubularia, Bougainvillea
and Aurelia.

Platyhelminthes (a) Specimens : Dugesia, Fasciola, Taenia, Echinococcus.

(b) Slides : Miracidium, Sporocyst, Redia, Cercaria of Fasciola,
Scolex and Proglottids of Taenia (mature and gravid).

Aschelminthes : Ascaris (male and female), Trichinella, Ancylostoma.

Annelida : Pheretima, Nereis, Heteronereis, Polynoe, Eunice, Aphrodite,
Chaetopterus, Arenicola, Tubifex and Pontobdella.

Arthropoda : Peripatus, Prawn, Lobster, Cancer (Crab), Sacculina,
Eupagurus (Hermit crab), Lepas, Balanus, Apis, Lepisma
(Silver Fish), Schistocerca (Locust), Poecilocerus, (Ak
Grasshopper), Gryllus (Cricket), Mantis (Preying Mantis)
Cicada, Forficula (Earwig) Odontotermes, Cimex, Scarabaeus
(Dung beetle), Agrian (Dragon fly), Odontotermes, (Termite


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 203




queen), Cimex (Bed bug), Cicindela (Tiger beetle), Polistes
(Wasp), Bombyx (Silk moth), Julus (Millipede), Scolopendra
(Centipede) Palamnaeus (Scorpion) Aranea (Spider) and
Limulus (King crab).

Mollusca Anodonta, Mytilus, Ostrea, Cardium, Pholas, Solen (Razorfish)
Pecten, Haliotis, Patella, Aplysia, Doris, Limax, Loligo, Sepia,
Octopus, Nautilus shell (Complete and T.S.), Chiton and
Dentalium.

Echinodermata : Asterias, Echinus, Ophiothrix and Antedon.

Hemichordata : Balanoglossus.


2. Study of the following permanent stained preparations :

L.S. and T.S. Sycon, gemmules, spicules and spongin fibres of a sponge.

T.S. Hydra (Testis and ovary region).

T.S. Fasciola (Different regions).

T.S. Ascaris (Male & female).

T.S. Pheretima (Pharyngeal and typhlosolar regions); setae, septal nephridia, spermathecae and
ovary of Pheretima

Trachea, mouth parts of Periplanata

Radula and osphradium of Pila.

T.S. Star fish (Arm).

3. Preparation of the following slides :

Temporary preparation of Paramecium, mouth parts of Periplaneta (cockroach), radula of Pila &
appendages of Prawn.

Preparation of permanent whole mount stained in borax carmine of Hydra, Obelia. Sertularia,
Plumularia and`Bougainvillea.

4. Dissections of the following animals :

Pheretima : Digestive, reproductive and nervous systems.

Periplanata : Digestive and nervous systems; mouth parts and trachea.

Pila : Pallial complex, digestive and nervous systems.

5. ECOLOGY

Study of animal adaptations with the help of specimens, charts and models.

204 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


Study of Zoogeographical regions and their fauna.

Study of biotic components of an ecosystem.

Study of different types of nests in birds.

Study & preparation of zoogeographical charts.


6. CELL BIOLOGY

Paper chromatography.

Gel electrophoresis through photographs or through research laboratories.

Familarity with TEM & SEM.

Study of different ultrastructures of cell organelles through photographs.


Note : 1. Candidates will be required to submit their original note books containing record of their
laboratory work (Drawing etc.) initialed and dated by their teachers at the time of practical
examination.

2. Students must be taken out for excursion to the Zoological gardens, sea shores, and hill
stations to study habitat and ecology of the animals.



Guidelines for the conduct of Practical Examination

Max. Marks : 50
Practical Exam. : 45
Internal Assessment : 5
Time : 4 Hrs.


1. Dissect the animal provided so as to expose its system. Draw its labelled sketch and
demonstrate it to the Examiner.

7 marks
2. Make a temporary mount of the material “A”. Identify and draw its labelled sketch
and show it to the examiner.

4 marks
3. Make permanent stained preparation of the material “B”. Identify and make its labelled
diagram and show it to the examiner.

4 marks
4. Identify the slides (C-F) and give two important reasons for each identification.

6 marks
5. Identify and classify the specimens (G-J) up to orders. Write a short note on the
habitat, special features, feeding habit and economic importance.

12 marks
6. Identify the type of adaptation/type of nest with a short note 2 marks


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 205




7. Mark Zoogeographical region on the given map along with endemic fauna and climate.

2 marks
8. Viva voce

4 marks
9. Practical records and chart.

( 3+1) = 4 marks


Suggested Readings :

1. De Robertis, EDP, De Robertis, E.M.F., Cell Biology and Molecular Biology, Eighth Edition, W.B.
Saunders Co., Philadelphia, 1995.

2. Powar, C.B., Cell Biology, Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay, 1999.
3. Alberts, B. Bray, D., Lewis, J., Raff, M., Roberts, K., Watson, J.D. Molecular Biology of the Cell
Gerland Publ. Inc., New York, 1998.
4. Kormondy, E.J., Concepts of Ecology, Englewood Cliffs, N.J Prentice Hall Inc.,1975.
5. Kreb, C.J., Ecology, Harper & Row, New York, 1982.
6. E.P. Odum, Fundamentals of Ecology, W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, 1995.
7. Dhami, P.S., & Dhami, J.K., Invertebrates, R. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2001.
8. Barnes, R.D., Invertebrates Zoology, W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, 1999.








---------------------






206 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



BIOCHEMISTRY

B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Note : 1. A student who has passed the +2 examination under 10+2+3 system of education of a
recognized University/Board/Council or any other examination recognized by the Panjab
University as equivalent thereto shall be eligible to offer the subject of Biochemistry at the
B.Sc. level, if he/she has passed the +2 examination with Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics/
Biology as his/her subjects.

2. Only such colleges as have all necessary infrastructure of equipment and staff shall admit
students to the subject of Biochemistry. The infrastructure must be approved by the
University as per usual practice.

Scheme of Examination Duration Marks+internal
assessment


Theory Paper- A : Biomolecules 3 hrs. 75 (67 +8)

Theory Paper-B : Enzymology & Bioenergetics

3 hrs. 75 (67 +8)
One Practical examination pertaining to the entire syllabus
included in Theory Papers A & B.
3 hrs. 50 (45 +5)
Total marks : 200

OUTLINES OF TESTS AND SYLLABI

Paper- A : BIOMOLECULES
Max. Marks : 75
(Three periods per week)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTER AND STUDENTS :
1. Total No. of questions will be nine. Q. No. 1 will be of 15 marks while other questions will be of 13
marks each.

2. Q. No. 1 will be compulsory. It will consist of 10 short questions covering the entire syllabus.

3. Besides question No. 1, there will be 4 sections of 2 questions each.

4. All other questions may contain 2-3 parts.

5. Questions should be uniformly spread over entire syllabus.

6. Students will be required to attempt 5 questions in all including Q. No.1 and at least one question
from each of the 4 sections.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 207



Objectives :

To learn major classes of Biomolecules & their structures and functional significance.

SECTION-I

(Lectures : 13)
Amino Acids & Proteins :
I Introduction to Bio-chemistry. Water as a biological solvent. Dissociation of water. Buffer solution.
Henderson Hasselbalch equation.

II Amino Acids : Common structural features. Stereoisomerism and RS system of designating optical
isomers. Classification based on the nature of “R” groups. Amino acids present in proteins and
non-protein amino acids. Specialized role of amino acids. Physical and Chemical properties of
amino acids. Titration of amino acids.

III Peptide Bonds : Rigid and planar nature of a peptide bond. Folding of peptide chains into regular
repeating structures (α helix, β pleated sheets). β turn in polypeptides. Chemical synthesis of
polypeptides. Biologically active peptides.

IV Proteins : Levels of protein structure. Determination of primary structure of proteins. Forces
stabilising structure and shape of proteins. Native proteins and their conformations. Behaviour of
proteins in solutions. Salting in & salting out of proteins. Denaturation of proteins.

V Structural and functional diversity of proteins, fibrous proteins (keratins, collagen & elastin),
globular proteins (hemoglobin, myoglobin) and conjugated proteins.

SECTION-II

(Lectures : 13)
Carbohydrates :
I Definition and classification of carbohydrates.
II Fischer and Haworth structures of carbohydrates. Stereoisomerism, and mutarotation. Anomeric
forms of monosaccharides. Derivatives of monosaccharides (glycosides, deoxysugars, amino
sugars and other derivatives of biological importance). Oligosaccharides (structure of maltose,
lactose, sucrose, cellobiose, trehalose, raffinose).

III Characteristic reactions of monosaccharides : Reactions with hydrazine, hydrogen cyanide,
hydroxylamine; reduction and oxidation of sugars; periodic acid oxidation; action of alkali upon
sugars; acylation and methylation of sugars.

IV Homo-and hetero-polysaccharides (structures of amylose, amylopectin, starch, inulin, pectins,
dextrins, glycogen, cellulose, chitin). (GAGs) as components of connective tissue. Polysaccharides
of bacterial cell well.

208 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS




SECTION-III


(Lectures : 12)
Lipids :

I Definition and classification of fatty acids (saturated and unsaturated). Essential fatty acids.
Important reactions of functional groups present in fatty acids. Characteristics of fatty acids and
fats (saponification, iodine, acid, acetyl and peroxide values). Refractive index, m. p., b. p. and
their relation to molecular size. Properties of glycerol. Fats as source of energy. Waxes.

II Structures, characteristics and functions of lipids : Triacylglycerols, phospholipids : lecithins
(Phosphotidyl Cholines), lysolecithins, cephalins (Phosphotidyl ethanolamines), Phosphatidyl
serines, phosphatidyl inositol, sphingomyelins, plasmalogens), cerebrosides, gangliosides,
sulfatides.

III Lipoproteins—Composition, classification and biological functions. Liposomes.

IV Terpenes and Steroids—Terpenes of biological significance e.g. carotenes, phytol. Cholesterol and
other animal sterols. Colour reactions of sterols. Sterols of yeast and fungi (Mycosterols).
Phytosterols. Steroidal hormones. Bile acids.

V Structure and properties of Eicosanoids - Prostaglandins, Leukotrienes, Thromboxanes,
Prostacyclins.

VI Structure, sources and biochemical functions of fat soluble vitamins.


SECTION-IV

(Lectures : 12)

Nucleic Acid and Porphyrins :

I Nucleic Acids : Structure and properties of purine and pyrimidine bases. Nucleosides and
nucleotides. Biologically important nucleotides. Double helical model of DNA and forces
responsible for it. Shorthand representation of polynucleotides. Denaturation of DNA. Physical
and chemical properties of nucleic acids. Methods for isolation, purification and characterization
of nucleic acids. Chemical and enzymatic hydrolysis of nucleic acids. Sequencing of
polynucleotides.

II Porphyrins : Porphyrin nucleus and classification of porphyrins. Heme and other
metalloporphyrins occurring in nature. Detection of Porphyrins spectrophotometrically and by
fluorescence. Chemical nature and their physiological significance of bile pigments.



B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 209


Suggested Books :

1. D.L. Nelson, M.M. Cox : Biochemistry, Worth Publishers Inc., New York (4
th
Edition,
2005).

2. E.E . Conn & P.K. Stumpf : Outlines of Bio-Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, U.S.A.

3. G. Zubay : Bio-Chemistry, Maxwell Macmillan Pub. Com., New York
(4
th
Edition, 1998).

4. K. Robert, P.A. Murrary, D.K.
Granner and V.W. Rodwell
: Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry, Prentice Hall Int.,
London (27
th
Edition, 2006).


Paper- B : ENZYMOLOGY AND BIOENERGETICS

Max. Marks : 75

(Three periods per week)

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTER AND STUDENTS :

1. Total No. of questions will be nine. Q. No. 1 will be of 15 marks while other questions will be of 13
marks each.

2. Q. No. 1 will be compulsory. It will consist of 10 short questions covering the entire syllabus.

3. Besides Question No. 1, there will be 4 sections of 2 questions each.

4. All other questions may contain 2-3 parts.

5. Questions should be uniformly spread over entire syllabus.

6. Students will be required to attempt 5 questions in all including Q. No.1 and at least one question
from each of the 4 sections.



Objectives :

To understand the nature of enzymes, their mode of action, purification. Introduction to the factors
affecting rate of reaction. Bioenergetics.

210 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



SECTION-I

(Lectures : 12)
General Characteristics :


Introduction to enzymes. General characteristics of enzymes. Prosthetic group. Holoenzymes, apoenzyme
and cofactors. Coenzymes and their biochemical functions, assay of enzyme activity, units of enzyme
activity. Active sites(s) of enzymes. IUB system of nomenclature and classification of enzymes.

Enzymes as catalysts. Theories of enzymes catalysis : Proximity and orientation effects, acid base catalysis,
covalent catalysis. Role of metals in enzyme catalysis.



SECTION-II

(Lectures : 12)
Enzyme Purification :

Need for purification. Preliminary fractionation procedures and precipitation techniques, Chromatography
methods : Gel filteration—, adsorption–, ion exchange–and affinity chromatography. Types of support
materials. Selection of appropriate conditions and elution procedures. Criteria of enzyme purity.


SECTION-III

(Lectures : 14)
Enzyme Kinetics :

Factors affecting velocity of enzyme catalysed reactions : Enzyme concentration, pH and temperature.
Michaelis –Menten equation. Determination of Km and its significance.

Enzyme inhibition. Various types of enzyme inhibitions. Determination of Ki value. Enzyme inhibitors and
their importance. Introduction to multisubstrate enzymes. Allosteric enzymes and enzyme regulation.
Isoenzymes and their clinical significance.


SECTION-IV

(Lectures : 12)
Bioenergetics :
Biological systems and concept of free energy, Endergonic processes and role of ATP & other high energy
compounds. Biological oxidations. Redox potential. Enzymes and co-enzymes involved in oxidations and
reductions. Mitochondrial electron transport chain and oxidative phosphorylation. Mechanism of oxidative
phosphorylation.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 211



Books Recommended :

1. J.R. Whitaker : Principles of Enzymology for the Food Sciences, Marcel Dekker,
Inc., New York.

2. J.E. Bell and E.T. Bell : Protein and Enzymes, Prentice Hall Inc, New Jersey.

3. J.M. Berg, Lubert Stryer : Bio-chemistry, W.F. Freeman and Co., New York, 5
th
Edition,
2002.

4. D.L. Nelson & M.M. Cox : Principles of Bio-chemistry, Worth Publishers Inc., New York, 4
th

Edition, 2005.

5. E.E. Conn & P.K. Stumpf : Outlines of Bio-chemistry, Bruening & Doi, John Wiley & Sons.

6. T. Palmer : Enzymes, 2004.




PRACTICALS :
Max. Marks : 50
One practical of 3 hours per week

I Qualitative tests for :
(a) Carbohydrates.
(b) Amino acids and proteins.
(c) Cholesterol and lipids.

II Determination of saponification value of fats.

III Determination of Iodine value of fats.

IV Estimation of ascorbic acid by dye method.

V Titration curve for amino acids and determination of pKa value.

VI Verification of Beer-Lambert Law for nitrophenol or cobalt chloride.

VII Estimation of :

(a) Amino acids by ninhydrin method.
(b) Protein by biuret method.
(c) Carbohydrate by anthrone method.
212 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



VIII (a) Assay of serum alkaline phosphatase activity.
(b) Effect of pH on enzyme activity.
(c) Effect of temperature on enzyme activity and determination of Energy of Activation.
(d) Effect of substrate concentration on enzyme activity and determination of Km.
IX Inhibition of alkaline phosphatase by EDTA.












---------------------------



















B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 213


INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE

(Additional/Optional Subject)

B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Note : The students with no background of Computer knowledge will opt for Module I while those
familiar with the use of Computer system at the operating system level and application level, may
opt either Module II or Module III.

SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING

Module I : FUNDAMENTALS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25

Course Duration : 60 hours (for both Theory and Practical)

Pre-requisite : None

Objectives of the Module : The objective of the module is to familiarize the students with developments
in Information Technology and use of computer systems at operating system level and application level.

Note : (i) The question paper will consist of four Sections.

(ii) Examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each Section and
one compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

(iii) The students are required to attempt one question from each Section and the Compulsory
question.

(iv) All questions carry equal marks unless specified.

SECTION-A

1. Basics of Computers and Number Systems :
Block diagram of a computer, booting process, introduction to the concepts—bit, byte, word,
hardware, operating system, system and application software, machine, assembly and high level
languages, compilers, assemblers, loaders and linkers.

ASCII and EBCDIC codes, Binary, Octal, Decimal and Hexadecimal number systems and their
conversion, Integer and floating point representation, error detection techniques. (15 hours)

SECTION-B

2. Operating Systems—DOS, Windows and Unix :
Features of DOS, Windows and Unix operating systems and their comparison.
214 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



Internal and External Commands of DOS, File and directory management commands such as DIR,
COPY, TYPE, DEL, DELTREE, UNDELETE, CHKDSK, FORMAT, XCOPY, SCANDISK,

creating batch files using REM, ECHO, PAUSE, IF, GOTO, AUTOEXEC. BAT and CONFIG.SYS.
files.

Concepts of window, menu, icon, opening, closing and resizing windows, creating folder, using
start, control panel, recycle bin and online help, using windows explorer to manage files and
directories.



Overview of UNIX structure, general purpose UNIX commands such as date, echo, cal, bc, pwd,
passwd; file and directory commands such as Is, mkdir, cp, mv, rm, process management commands
such as ps, kill, nohup; communication commands such as news, mesg, wall; working with editor
introduction to shell programming. (15 hours)



SECTION-C

3. Input, Output and Memory :
Various input devices such as keyboard, mouse, joystick; output devices such as monitor (CGA,
EGA, VGA, and SVGA), different types of printers and plotters.
Primary and Secondary memory : RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, Cache, extended and expanded
memory.
Removable and non-removable secondary memory : Tapes, disks, CDROM, DVD, comparison of
these devices based on technology and speed.
Organisation of data on disks : Tracks, sectors, cylinders, heads, access time, seek time and latency
time.
Typical configuration of a Pentium Computer. (15 hours)


SECTION-D

4. Computers and Communication :
Single–user, multi-user and client-server systems; distributed and parallel processing systems;
Hardware & Software components of computer networks, Network topologies for LAN & WAN,
various internet services and their use.

5. Installation and using Application Software and Data Management Tools :
Installing and understanding the features and applications of the following software : MS-Word,
MS-Excel, MS-Power-Point; Virus detection, prevention and anti-virus packages.
(15 hours)

References :

1. S. K. Basandra : Computers Todays, Galgotia Publications.

2. Sanders : Computers Todays.

3. P.K. Sinha : Computer Fundamentals.

4. V. Rajaraman. : Fundamentals of Computers.


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 215


5. R.K. Texali

: PC Software Made Simple, Tata McGraw Hill.
6. Peter Dysen

: Understanding PC Tools.
7. Peter Dysen

: Understanding Norton Utilities.
8. Ron Mansfield

: MS Office, BPB Publications.
9. Curtin

: Information Technology.
10. E. Balaguruswamy and B.
Sushil

: Computer Science Theory and Applications.
11. Ron Mansfield

: Compact Guide to Windows, Word and Excel, BPB Publishers.

Module II : COMPUTER PROGRAMMING THROUGH C & C++

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25


Course Duration : 60 hours ( for both Theory and Practical)

Pre-requisite : Computer Fundamentals

Objectives of the Module : The objective of the module is to familiarize the students with steps in
problem solving on computers and create skill in programming using C & C++. The students should be
able to independently develop computer based projects.

Note : (i) The question paper will consist of four Sections.

(ii) Examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each Section and
one compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

(iii) The students are required to attempt one question from each Section and the Compulsory
question.

(iv) All questions carry equal marks unless specified.

SECTION-A

1. Problem Solving :

Problem Identification, Analysis, Flow charts, Decision Tables, Pseudo code and algorithms, Program
Coding, Program Testing and Execution. (15 hours)


216 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS



SECTION-B

2. Computer Programming Language ( C Language) :
Introduction to Structured Programming : Concept of variable and constants, structure of a C
program, various operators, expression and their evaluation using rules of hierarchy. Assignment
Statements, Control Structures : Sequencing, alteration and iteration arrays, Manipulating vectors and
matrices pointers, String function, structures, User defined functions, Input/Output files, Pre-
Processors, Macros. (15 hours)


SECTION-C

3. Object Oriented Programming Language (C++ Language) :
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming—Objects, Classes, Data abstraction, Data
encapsulation, Inheritance (Single, Multiple, Hierarchical, Multilevel, Hybrid) Polymorphism,
Dynamic binding, Message Passing. Tokens, expressions, data types, variables, operators, control
statements. Arrays, constructors & destructors. (15 hours)



SECTION-D

4. Classes, objects, functions & methods. File handling, exception handling and templates


Program Debugging.

Development of a project using C/C++ and their discussion. (15 hours)


References :

1. Yashavant Kanetkar : Let us C, BPB Publications.
2. Gottfried, B. : Theory and Problem of Programming in C, Schaum Series.
3. P.K. Sinha : Computer Fundamentals, BPB Publications.
4. E. Balaguruswamy : Object Oriented Programming with C++, Tata McGraw.
5. Robert Laffor : Object Oriented Programming in C++, Galgotia Pub.
6. V. Ravichandran : Programming with C++, Tata McGraw Hill.

Module III : RELATIONAL DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25

Course Duration : 60 hours (for both Theory and Practical).

Pre-requisite : Computer Fundamentals and Problem Solving.

Objectives of the Module : The objective of the module is to create skills in development of
information system using RDBMS. The students should be able to independently develop computer based
projects.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 217


Note : (i) The question paper will consist of four Sections.

(ii) The examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each Section
and one compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

(iii) The students are required to attempt one question from each Section and the Compulsory
question.

(iv)

All questions carry equal marks unless specified.

SECTION-A

1. Data Base Concept :
Data Base Vs file oriented approach, Basic DBMS terminology, Data Independence, General
Architecture of a Data Base Management Software, Components of DBMS, Advantages and
Disadvantages of DBMS.

2.
Data Base Design :
Introduction to Data Models, Entity Relationship Model, Entities, Attributes, E-R Diagrams,
Conceptual Design of a relational data base model. Comparison of Network, Hierarchical and
Relational Model, Designing data base for commercial application like inventory control, financial
management and personal management, storage organization for relations, normalisation.

(15 hours)

SECTION-B

3. Fox-Pro :
Introduction to Fox-Pro, Fox-Pro under Windows, Harnessing Fox-Pro, Starting Fox-Pro, Data
Types, Creating Databases, Adding records, Viewing database, Positioning databases, Saving
Databases. Editing–Edit, Browse, Deleting-records, files, modifying database structure, Opening and
closing database files, Invoking and Quitting Fox-Pro. Sorting and Indexing. Types of Index,
Indexing Commands (Set Index, Set Order, Re-Index, Close Index), Sorting Vs. Indexing.

Querying, Query with Menu-goto, locate, continue, seek, Query with commands–locate, find, seek,
Find and Seek vs. Locate and Continue, Set filter commands, view files, queries and reports. Creating
query with ROBE—use of AND, OR condition, use data range, Adding sort order to query result,
selecting fields for query result, changing output of query, saving query, executing saved query,
modifying existing query.

Introduction to report generation—report dialog box, creating selective reports, advanced reports,
report generation commands, generating custom columnar report, report using ROBE window. Using
functions—if, page no, date, time, month, day, year. Adding pictures, creating and printing & mailing
labels, modifying labels.

Fox-Pro Programming, creating command files, memory variables, operators—mathematical,
relational, logical, string. Functions—eof, bof, date and time, upper, lower, ctod and dtoc, dtos, space,
trim, Itrim, Str. Commands–set talk, skip, return, accept and input, count, sum, average, @, ?, ??,
Text.


218 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


More on Fox-Pro Programming (Loop construct), Scan and Endscan. Do, while, If, Else, Endif,
nested if, case, exit, cancel, wait, zap, use macro, memo field handling, window light bar menu,
program code for data entry, deleting records, generating reports, sending report to printer.

(15 hours)

SECTION-C

4. Oracle :
Introduction to SQL : Oracle Data types, Starting SQL *Plus, Querying database tables, Conditional
retrieval of rows, Working with Null Values, Matching a pattern from a table, Ordering the Result of
a Query, Aggregate Functions, Grouping the Result of a Query, ROLLUP Operation : Getting Sub
Totals, CUBE Operation : Getting Cross Tabs, Command Summary of SQL *Plus Editor.

Querying Multiple Tables : Collating Information : Equi Joins, Cartesian Joins, Outer Joins; Self
Joins; SET Operators : Union, Intersect, Minus; Nested Queries.

Functions : Functions, Column Functions : Arithmetic Functions, Character Functions, Date
Functions, General Functions; Group Functions.

Data Manipulation and Control : Data Definition Language (DDL), Creating Tables, Creating a Table
with data from another table, Inserting Values into a Table, Updating Column(s) of a table, Deleting
Row(s) From a Table, Dropping a Column, Introduction to VIEWs, Manipulating the Base table (s),
through VIEWs, Rules of DML Statements on Join Views, Dropping a VIEW, Inline Views,
Materialized Views. Database Security and Privileges, GRANT Command, REVOKE Command,
Application Privileges Management, Enhancing Performance, Sequences, Maintaining Database
Objects, COMMIT and ROLLBACK
(15 hours)

SECTION-D

5. PL/SQL :
Introduction to PL/SQL, The advantage of PL/SQL, PL/SQL Block Structure, PL/SQL Architecture,
Fundamentals of PL/SQL, PL/SQL Data Types, Variables and Constants, Scope and Visibility of a
Variable, Assignments and Expressions, Operator Precedence, Referencing Non-PL/SQL Variables,
Built-in-Functions, Conditional and Iterative Control, SQL within PL/SQL, Writing PL/SQL Code,
Composite Data types. Cursor Management in PL/SQL, Cursor Manipulation, Implicit Cursor
Attributes, Exception Handling in PL/SQL; Predefined Exceptions, User Defined Exceptions.
Subprograms in PL/SQL, Advantages of Subprograms, Procedure, Functions, Actual versus
Formal Parameters, Argument Modes, Stored Packages, Advantages of Packages, Dropping a
Procedure, Dropping a Function, Dropping a Package, Using Stored Function in SQL Statements,
Database Trigger, Types of Triggers, Dropping Triggers, Storage for Triggers.

(15 hours)


B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 219



References :

1. Desai, B.C. : An Introduction to Database Systems, Galgotia Pub., 1993.

2. Date, C.J. : Database Systems, Vols. I & II, Narosa Pub.

3. Naveen Parkash : Introduction to Database Management, TMH, 1993.

4. Henry F. Konth Abraham : Database System Concepts, McGraw Hill Inc., 1997.

5. Vijay Mukhi : Mastering Oracle 6.0, BPB Publication, 1992.

6. R. K. Taxali : FoxPro 2.5 Made Simple for DOS & Windows, BPB Publications,
1996.

7. Griver : FoxPro 2.6 Code Book, BPB Publication, 1994.

8. Antanowich : FoxPro 2.5/2.6, Galgotia, 1996.

9. Siegal : Mastering FoxPro 2.5, BPB Publication, 1994.

10. Dan Gookin : FoxPro 2.6 for Munnies, Pustak Mahal.

11. Jamen T. Perry, Joseph G.
Lateer

: Understanding ORACLE, BPB Publications.
12. Vijay Mukhi : Mastering Oracle 6.0, BPB Publications, 1992.





----------------------
220 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

MICROBIOLOGY

B.Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

Note : 1. A student who has passed the + 2 examination under 10+2+3 system of education of a
recognized University/Board/Council or any other examination recognized by the Panjab
University as equivalent thereto shall be eligible to offer the subject of Microbiology at the
B.Sc. level, if he/she has passed the +2 examination with Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics,
Biology as his/her subjects.

2. Only such colleges which have all necessary infrastructure or equipment and staff shall
admit students to the subject of Microbiology. The infrastructure must be approved by the
University as per usual practice.

Scheme of Examination Duration Marks

Theory : MIC 101 : Fundamentals of Microbiology 3 hrs. 75 (67 +8*)
Theory : MIC 102 : Microbial Physiology—Metabolism 3 hrs. 75 (67 +8*)
One Practical pertaining to the entire syllabus included in Theory
Papers A & B.
6 hrs. 50 (45 +5*)
Total marks : 200
Note : * Denotes marks for the Internal Assessment.

OUTLINES OF TESTS AND SYLLABI


MIC 101 : FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROBIOLOGY

Note :

The question paper will consist of four sections (A-D). There will be nine questions, out of which
five questions have to be attempted. Question I will span the complete syllabus and will be
compulsory. Rest of the eight questions will be from different sections of the syllabus. There will
be two questions from each of the four sections and one is to be attempted from each section.
Each question should be sub-divided into 2-4 sub parts.

SECTION-A

1. History, development, scope and applications of Microbiology.

2. Methods of Microbiology isolation of pure cultures, theory and practice of sterilization.

3. Microscopic examination of micro-organism, bright field microscopy, dark field microscopy,
phase contrast microscopy, electron microscopy.

4. Staining of microbes, theory of Gram staining.

5. Nature of Microbial World : Prokaryotes and eucaryotes, growth pattern in microbes.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 221



SECTION-B


6. Morphology & fine structure of bacteria, fungi, actinomycete and algae.
7. Organization of cell wall, cell membrane, flagella and capsules in bacteria.
8. Morphogenesis in bacteria, formation of spores and cysts.
9. Animal Viruses : Morphology, cultivation and viral disease cycle.
10. Bacteriophages : Morphology, multiplication, detection and enumeration.
11. Biotransformation of
(a) D-Sorbitol to L-Sorbose.
(b) Antibiotics.
(c) Steroids.


SECTION-C


1. Recombinant DNA technology, genetic engineering and gene cloning in micro-organisms.
2. Strategies of genetic engineering.
Restriction enzymes, vectors, plasmids.
3. Genetic engineering for human welfare.
(a) Production of pharmaceuticals.
(b) Insect pest control.
(c) Use of Genetically Engineered Micro-organisms (GEMs) for control of pollution.

SECTION-D


4. Rhizosphere & Rhizoplane micro-organisms, reasons for increased microbial activity in rhizosphere.
5. Biogeochemical Cycling—Carbon cycle, Nitrogen cycle, Phosphorus & Sulphur cycle.
6. Symbiotic & non-symbiotic Nitrogen fixation biofertilisers & biopesticides.
7. Sewage (waste-water) treatment, chemical characteristics, microbiological characteristics, waste
water treatment processes.

222 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Recommended Books :

1. Fox, S.W., Dose, K. (1994), Molecular Evolution and the Origin of Life, University of Chicago
Press.

2. Stanier, R.Y., Doudoroff, M., Adelberg, E.A. (1999), General Microbiology, Mc Millan Press,
London.

3. Pelczar, M.J., Sun Chan E.C., Krieg, N.R. (1986), Microbiology, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication,
New Delhi.

4. Davis, (1996), Fundamental of Microbiology.

5. Reard, (1995), Introduction of Microbiology.

6. Robert, L. (1995), Soil Microbiology, John Wiley and Sons.

7. Alexander, M. (2003), Soil Microbiology, Wiley, 2003.

8. Waksman, S.A. (2003), Introduction to Soil Microbiology, John Wiley, 2003.



MIC 102 : MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY—METABOLISM

Note : The question paper will consist of four sections (A-D). There will be nine questions, out of
which five questions have to be attempted. Question I will span the complete syllabus and will be
compulsory. Rest of the eight questions will be from different sections of the syllabus. There
will be two questions from each of the four sections and one is to be attempted from each
section. Each question should be sub-divided into 2-4 sub parts.


SECTION-A

1. Microbial Nutrition : Requirements for Growth. Physical requirement (temperature, pH, osmotic
pressure), chemical requirements (C, N, S, P, O).

2. Culture Media : Chemically defined media, complex media, anaerobic growth media, selective &
differential media, and enrichment culture. Cultivation of Aerobes and Anaerobes.

3. Microbial Growth : Growth in population, bacterial growth curve, mathematical nature and
expression, measurement of growth in bacteria, Factors affecting growth in microorganisms,
continuous cultures and synchronous cultures.


SECTION-B

Enzymes and their Regulation :
4. Chemical and physical properties of enzymes.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 223

5. Nomenclature of Enzymes.
6. Mechanism of enzymes action.
7. Inhibition of enzyme action.
8. Regulation of enzymes.


SECTION-C

Microbial Metabolism :
1. Respiration and fermentation.
2. Glycolysis, Pentose Phosphate pathway, The Enter Doudoroff pathway, Fermentation.
3. Tricarborylic acid cycle.
4. Catabolism of lipid, proteins.
5. Glyoxylate cycle.
6. Beta oxidation.

SECTION-D


Microbial Utilization of Energy & Biosynthesis :
7. Transport of nutrient by bacteria. Biochemical mechanisms of generation of ATP.
8. Synthesis of Amino Acids : Glutamate, lysine, glutamine, serine, arginine family.
9. Structures of biosynthesis of cell wall peptidoglycan.
10. Biosynthesis of Carbohydrates (gluconeogenesis) & Phospholipids.
Replication of DNA molecules, Transcription & Translation (process of protein synthesis).

Bacterial Genetics :
11. Conjugation.
12. Transformation.
13. Transduction (generalized transduction, specialized transduction).
14. The Regulation of Gene Expression : Lac operon, trypoperon.

Recommended Books :

1. Stanier R.Y., Doudoroff M., Adelberg, E.A. (1999), General Microbiology, McMillan Press,
London.

2. Pelczar, M.J., Sun Chan, E.C., Krieg, N.R. (1986), Microbiology, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication,
New Delhi.

224 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS


3. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., Case, C.L. (2009), Microbiology : An Introduction,
Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company inc.

4. Postgate, J.R. (2000), Microbes and Man, Cambridge University Press.

5. Dubey, R.C., Maheshwari, D.K., (2005), A Text Book of Microbiology, S. Chand and Company.

PRACTICALS
Marks : 50 (45 +5)
(One practical of 3 hrs. per week)

1. Use of microscope in examination of unstained bacteria, fungi, algae, parasites and stained, cell
preparations including simple staining, hanging drop preparation, Gram’s staining, acid fast
staining, capsule staining, spore staining using prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.

2. Preparation of culture media, spread plates, pour plates, selective media, differential media.

3. Separation of pure cultures and study the effect of selective nutrients on prokaryotes.

4. Isolation of Soil Bacteria, Soil Fungi, Soil Actinomycets.

5. Selective media for Soil microflora and use of growth factors, Study of Rhizosphere interactions,
Quantitative measurements of Soil nutrients and Rhizosphere microflora and preparation of starter
cultures of Rhizobia, Azotobacter.

6. Measurement of Soil Enzymes.

7. Use of ultraviolet light for its germicidal effect.

8. The replica plating technique.

9. Presumptive, confirmed and completed tests for safety of water supplies.

10. Effect of temperature, Osmotic pressure, energy source, etc. on growth of prokaryotes.

11. Relation of free oxygen to microbial growth, monitoring of dissolved oxygen in various effluents.

12. Determination of COD in Industrial effluents.

13. Effects of antimetabolites on Microbial culture (Inhibition by Sulfanilamide).

14. Determination of Water Activity of various substrates and assay of surface active agents.

15. Turbidimetric/spectrophotometric monitoring of growth using liquid cultures.

16. Efficiency of photosynthesis in photoautotrophs.


------------------

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 225


ELECTRONICS

B. Sc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011
Note : 1. There will be two papers of theory and one Laboratory (practical) courses.

2. The number of lectures per week will be three for each theory paper.

3. The number of lectures per week will be six for practicals.

4 The time duration for each theory paper will be three hours.

5. The time duration for practical examinations will be four hours.

6. The use of Non-programmable calculators will be allowed in the examination centre but
these will not be provided by the University/College. Mobile phones and pagers are not
allowed in the examination Hall.

7. Distribution of Marks & Total Teaching Hours will be as under :


Paper A : Analog Electronics : 75 marks Total teaching hours : 75
Paper B : Digital and Non-linear : 75 marks Total teaching hours : 75
Electronics

Practicals : : 50 marks Total teaching hours : 125


Each paper will consist of five Units

Unit I There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will have two parts. Only one
question is to be attempted. Each question will carry fifteen marks.

Unit II There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will have two parts. Only one
question is to be attempted. Each question will carry fifteen marks.

Unit III There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will have two parts. Only one
question is to be attempted. Each question will carry fifteen marks.

Unit IV There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will have two parts. Only one
question is to be attempted. Each question will carry fifteen marks.

Unit V There will be eight questions of small answer type covering the syllabi of all the four
Units (I –IV ). Five questions are to be attempted. Each question will carry three marks.
226 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Paper A : ANALOG ELECTRONICS
UNIT-I

Junction Diodes :
Review of p and n type semiconductors, qualitative treatment of rectifying diodes, forward and
reverse bias characteristics, switching diodes, photo diode, LED, optical isolators. Zener diodes. Rectifiers
(half and full wave), capacitor and inductor filters.

UNIT-II

Bipolar Junction Transistor :
Basic working principle (qualitative), characteristics, basic configurations and biasing, operating
point. Loadine (a.c. and d.c.) biasing and stabilization of operating point (Qualitative).


JFET AND MOSFET :

Basic working principles (qualitative), characteristics. Pinch off voltage and biasing (qualitative).

Amplifiers :

Different terms used in amplifiers such as signal source voltage gain, current gain, power gain and
Decibel, input and output impedance, class A, B, C and AB operation. Distortion in amplifiers (non-linear,
frequency and phase).


UNIT-III

Feedback in Amplifiers :
Concept of feedback, types of feedback, effect of negative feedback in amplifier performance
(Qualitative).

Power Amplifiers :

Input and output considerations, push –pull amplifiers, complementary symmetry and transformer
types, idea of thermal run away and heat sink, concept of amplifier efficiency.

Oscillators :

Positive feedback, Barkhausen criteria. Hartley oscillator, Wein Bridge oscillator (no derivation
of formulae).
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 227

UNIT-IV

Operational Amplifiers :
Operational amplifiers with black box concept, inverting and non-inverting inputs, virtual ground,
parameters such as input impedance, output impedance, open loop gain and band width, specifications of
an OP –AMP, qualitative description of OP –AMP as inverting and non-inverting amplifiers summing and
difference amplifiers, comparator, differentiator, integrator and instrumentation amplifiers.

Power Supplies :

Concept of regulation, regulated power supply, three terminals IC based voltage regulation.
Study of power supply regulation with respect to variation in load current and line voltage, switched mode
power supply (SMPS) –working principle and applications, brief idea of C.V.T. and U.P.S.

Books Recommended :

1. Mehta, V.K. : Principles of Electronics.

2. Chattopadhayay, D. : Foundations of Electronics.

3. Milman Halkias : Electronics, Fundamentals and Applications.

4. B.L. Theraja : Basic Electronics Solid State.


Paper B : DIGITAL AND NON-LINEAR ELECTRONICS

UNIT-I

Number Systems :
Introduction to decimal, binary and hexadecimal number systems. BCD code, interconversion of
decimal, binary and hex numbers, concept of parity, error detection and correction.

Binary Arithmetic and Boolean Algebra :

Boolean Axioms, D. Morgan’s theorem – verification and applications, simplification of logic
expressions using theorems and Karnaugh Map (upto four variables), concept of signed and unsigned
numbers, fixed and floating point representation, concept of 1’s and 2’s compliment, addition and
subtraction of integer values, half and full adder, half and full subtract.
228 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-II

Logic Gates :
Logic values and variables, positive and negative logic, different logic gates as AND, OR, NOT,
NAND, NOR, AND, XOR, definition of universal gates, symbols and truth tables, inverting and non-
inverting buffers, tristate buffers, Boolean expressions for truth tables and vice versa.

Sequential Circuits :
Flip flops (RS, JK, D, T), shift registers, ripple counters, Modulo –N counters, need for DAC
(weighed resistance type), ADC (counter ramp type).


UNIT-III

Logic Families (Qualitative Treatment Only) :
TTL, CMOS familiar characteristics, parameters like power dissipation, speed, supply
requirements logic level, in Fan out, noise immunity.

Combinational Circuits :
Encoders, decoders, symbols and truth tables of multiplexer demultiplexer.

UNIT-IV

Wave Shaping Circuits :
Concept of multivibrators (bistable, mono and astable) and Schmidt Trigger, integration,
differentiation using RC circuits, and operational amplifiers, clipping, clamping, operation and application
of 555 timer and VCO 565, generation of pulse, square and saw tooth wave.

Semiconductor Memories :

Idea of different types of SC memories (RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM), process of
data storage and retrieval, organization of memory, concept of PLA and PAL.

Books Recommended :
1. Malvino and Leach : Digital Principles and Applications.

2. Tokheim : Digital Electronics.
B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 229

3. Milman and Halkias : Electronics Fundamentals and Applications.

4. M. Morris Mano : Digital Design.

5. Theraja, B. L. : Basic Electronics Solid State.


ELECTRONICS (Practicals)
Guidelines for Electronics Practical Examination :
I The distribution of marks is as following :

(i) One full experiment requiring the student to take data,
analyse it and draw conclusions.

(ii) Brief Theory.

(iii) One exercise based on experiment
(to be allotted by the examiner)

(iv) Viva-Voce

(v) Record (Practical file)






: 20 marks

: 5 marks

: 10 marks

: 10 marks

: 5 marks
II There will be one session of 4 hours duration. The paper will consist of 8 experiments, out of which
an examinee will mark 6 and one of them will be allotted by the examiner.

III Number of candidates in a group for practical examination should not exceed 12.

IV In a single group, same experiment will not be allotted to more than three examinees in any group.

List of Experiments :

1. (i) To familiarize the multimeter
(a) To measure AC/DC voltage.
(b) To measure resistance.
(c) To measure AC/DC current.
(d) To test diode, transistor (BJT.FET)
(ii) To measure capacitance of a capacitor using capacitance meter.

2. (i) To familiarize with various functional controls of CRO.
(ii) To use the CRO for the measurement of frequency, voltage and phase shift.
230 B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

3. To draw forward and reverse bias characteristics for a PN junction and draw load line.

4. To observe the forms of half wave and full wave rectification using diode.

5. To draw V –I characteristics of Zener diode and to study Zener diode as a voltage regulator w.r.t.
input voltage and load resistance.

6. To draw C –B characteristics of BJT.

7. To draw C – E characteristics of BJT.

8. To find the voltage gain at different frequencies and to find the band width and gain band width
product of CE transistor amplifiers.

9. To set up a Hartley Oscillation and calculate the capacitance using CRO.

10. To study the output of regulated power supply (using 3 pin voltage regulator), w.r.t. input voltage and
load.

11. Verification of truth table of OR, AND, NOT, NAND, NOR, XOR gates.

12. To implement the following arithmetic operations by using gates ICs.

(i) Half Adder (ii) Half Subtactor (iii) Full Adder (iv) Full Subtactor

13. To verify truth tables of JK. D.T. Master –Slave Flip Flop.

14. Use of 7 – segment LED’s and use of 7447 BCD to 7 – segment decoder.

15. To plot output and mutual characteristics of FET.



---------------------

Published by : Prof. S.S. Bari, Registrar, Panjab University, Chandigarh

Sr. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58.

Particulars Structural Outline English (Compulsory) (for B.A. candidates) Panjabi (Compulsory) (for B.A. and B.Sc. candidates) History and Culture of Punjab (for B.A. and B.Sc. candidates) Environment Education English (Elective) Hindi (Elective) Panjabi (Elective) Sanskrit (Elective) Urdu (Elective) Persian (Elective) Arabic (Elective) French (Elective) German (Elective) Russian (Elective) Bengali (Elective) Tamil (Elective) Telugu (Elective) Kannada (Elective) Malayalam (Elective) Physical Education Education Adult Education Music (Vocal) Music (Instrumental ) Tabla (Instrumental) Indian Classical Dance Fine Arts History of Art Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaeology Defence and Strategic Studies History Political Science Economics Sociology Public Administration Philosophy Psychology Geography Gandhian Studies Journalism & Mass Communication. Police Administration Women’s Studies Human Rights and Duties Home Science Agriculture Mathematics Computer Science Statistics Applied Statistics Physics Chemistry Botany Zoology Bio-Chemistry Introduction to Computer Science Microbiology Electronics

Page No. (i) 1 2 6 8 11 13 22 25 27 28 29 30 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 50 54 57 60 63 66 69 73 77 80 84 88 92 97 101 105 109 112 120 125 129 134 139 143 149 153 159 163 167 169 180 192 198 206 213 220 225

STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF THE B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL AND HONOURS) DEGREE COURSE IN THE 10+2+3 SYSTEM OF EDUCATION FOR FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

The admissions to the B.A./B.Sc. (General and Honours) Course (At +3 stage) in the 10+2+3 System of Education for First Year for the session 2010-2011 (2011 examination) shall be as under : B.A. (GENERAL) : The B.A. (General) programme of study shall consist of 24 credits (each year of 8 credits), each credit having a value of 100 marks. A subject studied for the whole academic year shall carry 2 credits. All the theory papers and practicals, irrespective of their credit value, shall be studied throughout the academic year. The detail of the subjects to be studied in B.A. (General) First Year Examination, 2011 shall be as under : COMPULSORY (a) Punjabi – Two Papers 1 Credit OR These papers constitute *History & Culture of Punjab–One Paper 1 Credit one subject in each year. (b) English 1 Credit

ELECTIVE 6 Credits + Any three elective subjects of 2 credits each including languages and Elective Vocational subject (TO BE STUDIED IN SELECTED COLLEGES) Total : 8 Credits ** Environment Education : 50 marks Notes : 1. In subjects having practicals, the theory papers and practicals together will be of 2 credits value. The candidate will have to pass in theory and practical/s separately. 2. Each paper of one credit shall be allocated 3 hours of teaching per week during each academic year. However, for subjects having practicals, three hours of teaching will be allocated to each theory paper and two hours for a practical per week, or as per requirement of the subject concerned. ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL *** Introduction to Computer Science The following categories of the students shall be entitled to take the option of History & Culture of * Punjab in lieu of Punjabi as compulsory subject : (i) The students who have not studied Punjabi upto class 10th. (ii) Wards of/and Defence Personnel and Central Government employee/employees who are transferable on all India basis. (iii) Foreigners. ** This is a compulsory qualifying paper, which the students have to study in the B.A./B.Sc. 1st year. The students are required to qualify this paper either in the 1st year/2nd year/3rd year of the course. The examination will be conducted by the University.
*** This is an Additional Optional Subject. The students may clear the examination for this course during their stay of three years in the College. In the case of those who qualify this course, the marks obtained will be mentioned in the Detailed Marks Card, but these marks will not be counted towards the aggregate marks.

(ii)

STRUCTURAL OUTLINE : B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL/HONOURS) DEGREE COURSE FOR FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011

3. 4.

B.A. (General) degree holders shall be eligible for admission to the Master’s course in any of the elective subjects studied by them during all the three years of the programme of study, earning six credits in each, provided they fulfil the eligibility conditions. A student would offer any science subject, including Mathematics, only if he has passed that subject in the qualifying examination or qualifies in the subject as a deficient/additional subject from the concerned Board/University/Council in the Supplementary Examination subsequent to the admission.

Provided further that a student can offer – (a) (b) Statistics only if he takes up Mathematics. Applied Statistics only if he takes up other subject(s), excluding Mathematics.

A student may offer Honours in Second Year in any one of the elective subjects, to be studied by him in all the three years of the course. Provided that he has obtained at least 50% marks in the subject of Honours in the First Year of the B.A. (General) Course B.Sc. (GENERAL) : The B.Sc. (General) programme of study shall consist of 20 credits (1st year and 2nd year 7 credits each and 3 year 6 credits), each credit having a value of 100 marks. All the theory papers and practicals, irrespective of their credit value, shall be studied throughout the academic year.
rd

The detail of the subjects to be studied in B. Sc. (General) First Year Examination, 2011 shall be as under : COMPULSORY SUBJECTS Punjabi/History & Culture of Punjab + Three elective subjects of 2 credits each including an Elective Vocational subject (TO BE STUDIED IN SELECTED COLLEGES) Total : Environment Education : 50 marks Note : 1. In subjects having practicals the theory papers and practicals together will be of 2 credits value. The candidate will have to pass in theory and practical/s separately.
1. A person who has passed B.A./B.Sc. 1st year or 2nd year examination from other Universities in India may be allowed to migrate to this University subject to the condition that he shall have to clear the deficient subject/s but the total number of credits required to be earned shall remain the same. Instruction through audio and /or video cassettes may form a part of languages course.

1 Credit 6 Credits 7 Credits

NOTE :

2.

excluding Mathematics. including Mathematics.A./B. 4. Each paper of one credit shall be allocated 3 hours of teaching per week during each academic year. (General) Course.Sc.A. Applied Statistics only if he takes up other subject(s). 2011 ( iii) 2. for subjects having practicals. or as per requirement of the subject concerned. B. Provided that he has obtained at least 50% marks in the subject of Honours in the First Year of the B.SC. 5. Provided further that a student can offer : (a) (b) Statistics only if he takes up Mathematics. . A student would offer any Science subject. A student may offer Honours in Second Year in any one of the elective subjects.STRUCTURAL OUTLINE : B. earning six credits in each. However. (General) degree holders shall be eligible for admission to the master’s course in any of the elective subjects studied by them during all the three years of the programme of study. (GENERAL/HONOURS) DEGREE COURSE FOR FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. to be studied by him in all the three years of the course. 3. three hours of teaching will be allocated to each theory paper and two hours for a practical per week. provided they fulfil the eligibility conditions. only if he has passed the subject in the qualifying examination or qualifies in the subject as a deficient/additional subject from the concerned Board/University/Council in the Supplementary Examination subsequent to the admission.

6. English. 3. Adult Education. 2. Police Administration. 7. Human Rights & Duties.Sc. Music (Vocal) Indian Classical Dance. Music (Tabla) and Indian Classical Dance. Persian. Geography. Psychology. * Statistics. 4. 12. ______________________________________________________________________________________ * Statistics can be opted only with Mathematics. 5. Applied Statistics. only two elective subjects from the following : Music (Instrumental). Journalism & Mass Communication. Gandhian Studies. German. Economics. 11. Sanskrit. Music (Vocal). Women’s Studies. Note : The students can opt. Mathematics. 8. Computer Science. subject to the conditions given in the Structural Outlines at Page (ii) : 1. History. Malayalam.A.SCHEME FOR OPTING SUBJECTS B. History of Art. Political Science. Tamil.A. Music (Tabla). Physical Education. Russian. Arabic. Urdu. Public Administration. (General) 1 Year study programme consists of three compulsory subjects and three elective subjects : Compulsory subjects : (a) (b) Punjabi – Two Papers OR History & Culture of Punjab –One Paper English – One Paper (1 credit) (1 credit) (1 credit) st Elective Subjects : A student is required to take up 3 elective subjects in all. 10. Kannada. Hindi./B. Defence & Strategic Studies. Agriculture. Music (Instrumental). Telugu. Education. Sociology. selecting not more than one subject from any of the following sets of combinations. 2011 SESSION 2010-2011 B. Philosophy. Punjabi. 13. Ancient Indian History. 9. Home Science. (iv) . French. Fine Arts. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Bengali. Culture & Archaeology.

10. 2. 6. 3. Practices and Procedures Office Management & Secretarial Practice Computer Applications Functional Hindi Tax Procedures & Practices Pre-requisite subject at +2 level Any English Any Preferably with Economics or Commerce Any Preferably Computer Hindi Accountancy/Business Studies Any Any Any Any 9. 12. 7. 8. Principles and Practice of Insurance Information Technology Fashion Designing Early Childhood Care & Education ______________________________________________________________________________________ **A student who opts for Computer Science as an Elective subject shall not take up Computer Applications/Information Technology as Elective Vocational subject and vice-versa. 5. 4. Mass Communication –Video Production Functional English Advertising. 11. (v) . Sales Promotion & Sales Management Foreign Trade.14. ** Elective Vocational Subject (one of the following) : 1.

4. Agriculture. Botany or Zoology Botany. 7. 1./Botany/Zoology Chemistry and Botany or Zoology Chemistry and Botany/Zoology Any Pre-requisite subjects at +2 level PCB* PCB PCB PCB PCM Any PCM Preferably Computer PCM/B PCB PCB Any Bioinformatics. Any two Science subjects Chem.SC.FOR B. (GENERAL) CANDIDATES : (Besides the compulsory subject. Chemistry Zoology. 6. Chemistry/Maths. Botany/Zoology Agriculture. Chemistry/Botany/Zoology Agriculture. 14. 15. Physics & Botany Chemistry. **Botany/Zoology*** and any one of the following Mathematics/Physics/Chemistry/Computer Science Electronics : Physics + Electronics +Mathematics OR Chemistry + Electronics + Computer Science : : : PCM/PCB PCM/PCB PCM 16. B 13. Chemistry Physics. 3. **Botany/Zoology*** and any one of the following Mathematics/Physics/Chemistry/Computer Science Biotechnology. Mathematics Any two Science Subjects Physics. Botany & Zoology Agriculture. Chemistry.. 11. 8. Elective Vocational Subject Clinical Nutrition Dietetics Bio-Technology Seed Technology Industrial Fish & Fishery Instrumentation Mass Communication Video Production Electronic Equipment Maintenance Computer Applications Industrial Chemistry Industrial Microbiology Food Science & Quality Control Information Technology Other Two Elective Subjects Chemistry. Maths. a student shall offer any three elective subjects) A 1. 2. Physics/Botany/Zoology : : : : PCB PCB PCB PCB * P stands for Physics. ** B for Botany. Microbiology. B for Biology and M for Mathematics. 4. C stands for Chemistry. 3. 5. *** Z for Zoology (vi) ------------------ . 10. 12. 9. Biotechnology. 2.

I./B.GUIDELINES REGARDING CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT OF REGULAR STUDENTS OF B. the Colleges will conduct two mandatory House Tests in theory papers – one in the month of September/October and the other in December/January every year./B. this Test will determine their eligibility for admission to the examination as well as their score for Internal Assessment. (b) With a view to meet the grievance of students. there will be paper/s on the pattern of annual examination conducted by the University.C. Projects and similar other activities. Difference of opinion on the issue. (ii) (iv) (v) SPECIAL NOTE : (i) Each theory question paper will be set out of the marks allotted to each theory paper and 10% marks of the maximum marks of each paper will be internal assessment.A. (iii) It will not be mandatory for the students to separately pass in the internal assessment.COM. There will be a Special Test for those students who could not fulfil the conditions of eligibility. (a) For September Test. and for December Test.A. so as to reach his office latest by 15th March. wherever applicable. COURSES IMPORTANT NOTE (i) In order to incorporate an element of continuous assessment of students. on account of scores obtained by them. the answer-books will be shown to them. will be sorted out with the help of respective Heads of departments as well as the Principal of the College. It will not be held to provide an opportunity to all students to improve their earlier score. as usual. to the Controller of Examinations. II and III Year which will. The weightage of 10 per cent marks shall be added to each paper of B. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment.C. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment./B. The Colleges will continue to forward the internal assessment of the students for Practicals. (ii) For private candidates. the December House Test will have weightage of 60 per cent in each subject/paper. carry weightage of maximum marks allotted to each paper. (iii) Whereas the September House Test will carry weightage of 40 per cent./B.A./B.Com. if any. if any. henceforth.A. The total weightage for both the Tests taken together shall be10 per cent of the total marks in each theory subject/paper. failing which the result of the students shall be shown as ‘RLA’ and the entire responsibility for this would lie with the Principal/s of the College/s. Those students who are exempted by the Principal of the College from appearing in the House Test/s in September and/or December/January will also be allowed to appear in the Special Test.Sc. (vii) . The record of marks secured by the students in the two House Tests will be sent by the respective Colleges so as to reach the office of Controller of Examinations latest by 15th March. A candidate will have to pass in theory and practical/s separately. there will be only one paper of one hour’s duration in each subject./B.SC.

Chandigarh. II (a) (b) (c) Summary (one out of two). 3. TEXT : TESTING : PROSE/STORIES Q. SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING IN VARIOUS SUBJECTS FOR B. Short answers (four out of six. character or events (about 150 words).U. III Q. 2011 Max. One out of two questions from stories based on theme. I (a) (b) (c) POETRY Q. 5 marks 10 marks 5 marks 20 marks 6 marks One out of two questions from prose essays (about 150 words) of factual or inferential type. : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours : : : Maximum number of questions to be set-7. P.PANJAB UNIVERSITY. 2. IV GRAMMAR (Voice. 20-30 words each).L. Explanation with reference to the context from essays (one out of two extracts).SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.A. Letter Writing (Personal) Paragraph Writing (Descriptive/Narrative) Comprehension of an Unseen Passage ---------------------- Q.. CHANDIGARH OUTLINES OF TESTS.I. For composition. Narration. Explanation with reference to context (one out of two extracts). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. V Q. VII 7 marks 6 marks 6 marks . Modals and Non-finites) Translation from M. VI Q. Minimum six periods a week for study of the subject. There will be one annual examination at the end of the year related to the objective of the course. 2011 ENGLISH (Compulsory) B. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Note : 1. Slice of Life. Published by Publication Bureau. A paragraph on any one of the three given proverbs. there should be groups of 25-30 students. by Prof. into English (isolated sentences 6 out of 8) OR Expansion of Proverbs (for foreign students). Meera Malik. 10 marks 10 marks 5 marks Q. ed. The candidates are required to attempt all the questions.A. Determiners. (GENERAL) AND B.

t?-ihtBh dk nfXn?B 4a T[go'es fszBK g[[. ejkDh.a. gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o'.s{oh bkb n?Av .seK d/ nkXko T[Zs/ bx{ T[[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB e'o.zgkde) vka XBtzs e"o.zB˜. gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o'.o 1. e. gzikp 2.ha d/ ftfdnkoEhnK bJh) g/goL J/ e[Zb nzeL 50 fbyshL 45 fJzNoBb n.a . 4. uzvhrVQ (.Nh.w?ANL 5 .zx.SC. 10 nze 10 nze 10 nze 15 nze ekft. . nkX[fBe ekft-. nzfwqs. uzvhrVQ rkEk.wKL 3 xzN/ gkmeqw 1a nkX[fBe gzikph eftsk dk nfXn?B 2a gzikph ejkDhnK dk nfXn?B 3a .ha Gkr gfjbk 2011 d/ fJwfsjkB bJh (phaJ/a ns/ pha n? . (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS gz i kph (bk˜wh) phaJ/a ns/ phan?. gzikp :{Bhtof.zr w :{Bhtof.w. w/oh ihtB rkEk dhtkB f. 1.A.zx B{o.?.fszdo f. 2 ns/ 3 g[.seK s/ nkXkos bx{ T[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB 3.2 B. (GENERAL)/B.zgkde) vka . eEk ejkDh (.Nh.

zrqfj ftu'A gq.soK ftu) (T) ekft-.t?-ihtBh g[.t?-ihtBh ftu'A (nZm gqÙBK ftu'A gzi d/ T[Zso fdU) 5 ×1 = 5 nze B'N L- g/go .zrqfj ftu'A fe. ouBk dh ftukoXkok.zrqfj ftu'A (nZm ftu'A gzi d/ T[Zso fdU) 5 ×1 = 5 nze (J) .B.ko iK e/Adoh Gkt (d' ftu'A fJe) 5 nze 5 nze 2. (GENERAL)/B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 3 :{fBN ns/ Ehw 1.zy/g T[Zso (T[Zso fJe s'A fszB .?No bJh (ouBk d/ b/ye./ fJe xNBk/eKv dk . e/ . 3./ fJe ejkDh dk ftÙk dZ. ejkDh-.tkb jh g[ZS/ ikD) . 10 nze 5 ×1 = 5 nze (n) ejkDh-.fjs ftnkfynk (d' ftu'A fJe) eftsk dk . ekft .ko (fszB ftu'A fJe) .zpzfXs .A. 5.zrqfj ftu'A (nZm gqÙBK ftu'A gzi d/ T[Zso fdU) 4+6 = 10 nze 4.ko (fszB ftu'A fJe) bx{ gqÙBK d/ .SC.se ftu'A fe. gkso ns/ xNBktK iK sZEK Bkb .zr .

fBoXkos b/yeK ftu'A fe. 4. 6. 5. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS g/goL ph e[Zb nzeL 50 fbyshL 45 fJzNoBb n.zx gqhsbVh.wkie w.kfjse :'rdkB (d' eth ns/ d' ejkDheko Gkt uko ftu'A fJe fbyDk j?. GkÙk ns/ gzikph .4 B.fbnK.zx. 7. .?.[ytzs e"o wkB.[ikB f. w'jB f./ fJe dk ihtB. 2. 3.zx ftoe. ftÙokw fuzBQ ftnkeoD 5 nze 10 nze 2+6 = 8 nze 5 nze 5 nze 4 nze 8 nze :{fBN ns/ Ehw 1.zy/g ouBk . e[btzs f. . 10 nze . b/yeK dk ihtB.A. ouBk ns/ :'rdkB b/y ouBk . . GkJh tho f.zx. (GENERAL)/B.kfjse g?oQ/ dk nB[tkd (nzro/˜h s'A gzikph) .zx.fGnkuko Bkb .[oihs gkso.wKL 3 xzN/ gkmeqw 1. .w?ANL 5 . w'jB Gzvkoh) b/y (500 ÙpdK ftu) ubzs wkwfbnK. ouBk ns// . b/yeL g{oBf. r[opıÙ f.{uBk fjZs B'fN.zpzXs (uko ftu'A fJe eoBk j?) 5 nze 2.SC. fÙt e[wko pNkbth.zx.

8..SC.zx ns/ frnkBh bkb f. vka joehos f. (GENERAL)/B. gzikph .Nh N?e. 4.N p[Ze p'ov. uzvhrVQ. .N pZ[e p'ov.fGnkukoe ns/ y/v y/so Bkb . B'NL 1a N?e.gÙN j' ikD) 2+6=8 nze 5 nze 5 nze 4 nze 2+2 =4 nze 4 nze . 7. ekbi gzikph ftnkeoD.{uBk fjs B'fN. 6.zy/g ouBk (gq?.seK L 1.N/N :{Bhtof. gzikp .N bJh jcs/ d/ S/ ghohnv 2a ezg'ihÙB bJh 25-30 ftfdnkoEhnK dk roZ[g ns/ jcs/ d/ fszB j'o ghohnv 3a jcs/ d/ 6+3 = 9 ghohnv ---------------------- .Nh N?e. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 5 3. .zx.jkfJe g[ . fbyDk (.A. uzvhrVQ.zpzXs ekbi dhnK j'o rshftXhnK pko/) ftÙokw fuzBQ Ù[ZX-nÙ[ZX. 2.N/N :{Bhtof.kfjse. gqeko pDkU fe noE . 5. gzikp .B.kfjse g?oQ/ d/ brGr 100 Ùpd) . nr/so fgS/so w[jkto/ ns/ nykDL (S/ ftu'A uko L tke fJ.h) nzro/˜h s'A gzikph ftu nB[tkd (.zuko :'rsk nfGnk.

.Sc. Each question will carry 18 marks.SC.[ 6 B. In all. library work and discussion. 4. 2011 (For B. For private candidates. Physical features of the Punjab and their impact on history. Each unit shall have two essay type questions and the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit – 4 in all. town planning. Candidates will attempt 9 out of fifteen questions in about 25 to 30 words each. Objectives : To introduce the students to the early history of Punjab and its culture.A. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. Pedagogy : Lectures. economic and religious life. HISTORY AND CULTURE OF PUNJAB FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO 1200 A. The paper setter must put note (5) in the question paper. causes of disappearance. Harappan Culture : Principal places. The Indo-Aryans : Original home and settlement in Punjab. Economic and Religious life during the Rigvedic Age. 3. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. (GENERAL)/B. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours Unit-I 1. 2. 5. 3.D. First question shall be short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus. Candidates also) One Paper General Instructions : 1. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS HISTORY AND CULTURE OF PUNJAB B. Max. Social. 2. (GENERAL) AND B. nine questions will be set. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment.Sc. features of social. Each essay type question will be set on half of the topic and not on a single sub-topic. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory.A.

Sharma. 5. : History and Culture of the Punjab.. (ed. ---------------------- .A. 1992. 1983. The teachings of Buddhism and Jainism and their impact on the Punjab. and Singh. P. The Ramayana and Mahabharta and their historical importance. Impact of Alexander’s invasion on Punjab. L. Life in Northern India.U. Munshiram Manohar Lal. Society and culture in Punjab on the eve of Turkish invasion. 8.SC. 3. Patiala.) Prakash. its merits and demerits. 6. Joshi. Social. (This book will also form the basis of the short answer questions).). literature and education in Punjab (with special reference to Taxila).M.B. Joshi. I. economic and religious life in Punjab under the Mauryas.L. : 2. 4. Punjab under the Vardhans. Punjabi University. Suggested Readings : 1. (b) Ward of/and Defence Personnel and Central Government employee/employees who are transferable on all India basis. 1966. Patiala. Note : The following categories of the students shall be entitled to take the option of History & Culture of Punjab in lieu of Punjabi as compulsory subject : (a) That the students who have not studied Punjabi upto class 10th. Part I. (c) Foreigners. I. 11. L. B. Unit-IV 10. Fauja (ed. Vol. 1989 (3rd edn. Origin and evolution of the caste system. : : : : : History and Culture of the Punjab. Social and cultural life in Punjab under the Guptas.M. Punjabi University. Buddha Thapar. Glimpses of Ancient Punjab. Penguin Books. 1966. Publication Bureau. Salient developments in art. The Wonder That was India. Romila Basham. Delhi.N. 12. Vol. A History of India. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 7 Unit-II 4. 1977.) N. 9. (GENERAL)/B.) The required detail and depth would conform to the treatment of the subject in the above survey. Patiala. A.B. 6. 5. Calcutta (18th rep. Rupa Books. Unit-III 7.

permissible limits. 6. fresh water shortage. problems of the hydrosphere. 3. conservation of life support systems – soil. risks and possible control measures.A. of india. concept of biosphere – lithosphere. forests. ecological succession. pollution. types. Major sources (including ground water) and uses of water. Natural resources – their need and types. components of air. 5. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Hydrosphere : Types of aquatic systems. pollutants. its texture. air. soil – a life support system. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION B. risks and possible control measures. their sources. wildlife. biomes. Chipko Andolan. various forestry programmes of the Govt. policies of conservation. course) 1. biotic interactions. 2. permissible limits. Environment Concept : Introduction. 4. why to conserve. pollution and pollutants. concepts of ecosystem. reasons of soil erosion and possible control measures. Atmosphere : Parts of atmosphere. factors governing vegetation. components.8 B. Forests : Concept of forests and plantations.SC. Conservation of Environment : The concepts of conservation and sustainable development. Lithosphere : Earth crust. aims and objectives of conservation. 2011 ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION (25 Hrs. role of trees and forests in environment. water .A. hydrosphere. types of vegetation and forests. (GENERAL)/B. Principles and scope of Ecology. community. atmosphere. Urban Forests. . population. pollution and pollutants of water.

possible adulterants of the food.B. water and noise pollution. Indian Laws on Environment : Indian laws pertaining to Environmental protection : Environment (Protection) Act. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 9 7. Convention on biodiversity. sustainable development. Social Issues : Environmental Ethics : Issues and possible solutions. 8. 13. how to check its loss. 10. 2002. What to do to seek redressal. 9. Human Rights. resource reduction.SC. Stratospheric ozone depletion. dangers associated and possible solutions. Human Population and Environment : Population growth and family welfare programme. problems of the environment linked to urban and rural lifestyles. uses and harms of plastics and polythene. Hotspot zones of the world and India. Indoor Environment : Pollutants and contaminants of the in-house environment. 12. vermicomposting and vermiculture. recycling and reuse. problems related to lifestyle. Noise and Microbial Pollution : Pollution due to noise and microbes and their effects. 1986. causes of its loss. HIV AIDS. landfill. Consumerisms and waste generation. . Biodiversity : What is biodiversity. Management of Solid Waste : Merits and demerits of different ways of solid waste management – open dumping. Global Environmental Issues : Global concern.A. Human Health. hazardous chemicals. creation of UNEP. levels and types of biodiversity. Biodiversity Act. 11. Conventions on climate change. importance of biodiversity. incineration. General information about laws relating to control of air. solvents and cosmetics. 14. organic farming. (GENERAL)/B.

Duration of Examination : 60 minutes. Minimum of 4 questions from topics 2 to 11. ----------------------- . with 2 lectures in each topics from 2 to 11and one each for the topics 1 and 12 to 15. • The paper setter is requested to set the questions strictly according to the syllabus. Note : Above 15 topics to be covered in 25 hour lectures in total. problems arising from the use of pesticides and weedicides. smoking etc.e. Problem of Congress Grass & other weeds. Local Environmental Issues : Environmental problems in rural and urban areas. Examination Pattern : Fifty multiple choice questions (with one correct and three incorrect alternatives and no deduction of marks for wrong answer or un-attempted question) • • • • • • All questions are to be attempted. Total marks : 50. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 15. Practicals : Depending on the available facility in the college.10 B. Qualifying marks 33 per cent i. Spread of questions : Minimum of 2 questions from each of the topics 1 and 12 to 15. a visit to vermicomposting units or any other such non-polluting eco-friendly site or planting/caring of vegetation/trees could be taken.A. 17 marks out of 50. (GENERAL)/B.SC.

Chandigarh. (GENERAL)/B. 12 Short Stories.SC. Chennai). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 11 ENGLISH (Elective) B.M. Sharma (O. 1 Explanation of given passages with reference to the context from all the three books (Three out of six passages to be attempted by the students).A.A. 3 Q.M. Delhi). Poetry : An Introduction to Poetry (a) (b) Q. Two essay-type questions (two out of three) Plays : Before the Footlights. Before the Footlights. 3. P. Xavier (Macmillan. Poetry Fiction Plays : : : An Introduction to Poetry. One essay-type question (one out of two) Comprehension (Unseen passage) 10 × 2 = 20 marks 20 marks 15 marks . 4 Q.L. ed.G. ed.U.P. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Q. by C. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. 5 Central Idea of a Poem (one out of two) Essay–type question (one out of two) 5 marks 15 marks : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours 5 X 3 = 15marks Q. Testing Scheme Paper-A Max. by R. Publication Bureau. Sharma. ed.U. 2 Fiction : 12 Short Stories. B. 2011 Note : The candidates are required to attempt all the questions. Sethi and Uday Chandra Naval..B. by A. 2. Books/Texts : 1.

Note : Allotment of Periods. Narration. Use of the same word as different parts of speech. 3 Letter Writing (personal/social). Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Q. Antonyms & Synonyms. 5 Translation from the Vernacular into English (10 sentences only) OR (For foreign students. : 150-200 words) : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours 15 marks Q.A. 2 Q. Paper–A : 6 per week in a class of 60 students. Articles. 10 marks 10 marks 10 marks Q. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Paper-B Max. Prepositions. 4 Vocabulary : (i) (ii) (a) Use of words/phrase in sentences (b) Match the columns. a paragraph on any one of the two given topics). ----------------------- . Paper–B : 3 per week in a class of 30 students. Conjunctions. string of questions etc. a situation.12 B. Transformation of Sentences (all types). 15 marks 15 marks 15 marks Q. (GENERAL)/B. 1 Paragraph Writing : (Based on an outline. Applied Grammar : (a) (b) Voice.SC.

y{ehpUnz [kqjkuk] ifCyds'ku C.k¡ ½ ij vk/kkfjr gksaxsA .k.A ¼d½ ¼[k½ Ng&Ng vadksa dh nks lanHkZ lfgr O.k¡ ikB~Øe esa gSa %& 'krjat ds f[kykM+h] eerk] vf'kf{kr dk ân.&vlH. laca/kh iz'u iwNs tk.] ekSr ds eq¡g esa] U.. (GENERAL)/B.ksa dh jpuk.sd mÙkj dh lhek 50 'kCnksa rd gksxhA .k[.¡ iwNh tk.oa iz'u iwNs tk.Mhx<+ }kjk izdkf'krA fuEufyf[kr lkr dgkfu.k.d iw.A.SC..sfPNd½ chch.B.Vs 1- dforkyksd % la0 MkW.f'kodqekj 'kekZ] ifCyds'ku C.k¡ % vad % 21 la0 MkW.k[.¡ djuh gksaxhA dqy 4 lanHkZ iwNs tk.] p.oa ltho dgkfu.k .wjks] iatkc fo'ofo|ky.kk±ad % 90$10 = 100 le.asxsA mÙkjksa dh 'kCn&lhek 200 gksxhA 2- ltho dgkfu.asxhA 9 vadksa dk .A ¼d½ ¼[k½ Ng&Ng vadksa dh nks lanHkZ lfgr O. ls lacaf/kr dqy nks 3- rhu&rhu vadksa ds pkj y?kq&mÙkjkis{kh iz'u djus gkasxsA vad % 12 dqy 8 iz'u iwNs tk.¡ djuh gksaxhA dqy 4 O.½ izFke o"kZ ijh{kk] 2011 i=&. % 3 ?k.] p.Mhx<+ }kjk izdkf'krA bu lkr dfo.] dfork&lkj rFkk mís'.k[.s iz'u bl i= ds iwoksZDr nks [kaMksa ¼dforkyksd .d leh{kkRed iz'u djuk gksxkA dqy 2 iz'u iwNs tk.asxsA izR.Øe esa fu/kkZfjr dh xbZ gS& dchj] jSnkl] xq#ukud nso] lwjnkl] ehjkckbZ] rqylhnkl vkSj fxfj/kj dfojk.saxsA izR.d leh{kkRed iz'u djuk gksxkA bl [kaM esa dFkkoLrq] pfj=&fp=. ea=h] xqykc] lH.¡ ikB~.k.k. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 13 fgUnh ¼.asxsA 9 vadksa dk .wjks] iatkc fo'ofo|ky.¼lkekU.sd mÙkj dh 'kCn&lhek 200 rd gksxhA mís'.asxsA vad % 21 bl [kaM esa ls dfo&ifjp.

dks NksM+dj½ rFkk HkfDrdky lss fuEufyf[kr 'kh"kZdksa ij vk/kkfjr iz'u iwNs tk.kuddkO.] jkedkO.k] dky&lhek] ifjfLFkfr. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 4- fgUnh&lkfgR.asxsA ¼d½ vad % 16 vkfndky dk ukedj.kadu % vad % 10 lgk.k¡ vkSj i`Fohjkt jklks rFkk chlynso jklks dk ifjp. dk bfrgkl % vkfndky ¼viHkza'k lkfgR.SC.A ¼[k½ HkfDrdky dh ifjfLFkfr. (GENERAL)/B.d iqLrdsa % fgUnh lkfgR.k¡] lardkO.¡] dchj] tk. dh fo'ks"krk. vkSj d`".asxs] ftuesa ls 8&8 vadksa ds nks iz'u djus gksaxsA 5- oLrqfu"B iz'u bl i= ds iwokZsDr rhuksa [kaMksa ds laca/k esa 2 vad ds nl oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA vad % 20 6- vkarfjd ewY.A.lh] rqylh vkSj lwjnklA nksuksa dkyksa ls lacaf/kr dqy 4 iz'u iwNs tk.14 B.] izsek[.k¡] izo`fr.kdkO. dk bfrgkl % dqlqe oekZ .

k % ¼d½ ¼[k½ ¼x½ ¼?k½ 45678uksV % foijhrkFkZd 'kCn lekukFkZd 'kCn 'kCn&'kks/ku vkSj okD.kogkfjd iz.kl dh ifjHkk"kk] rÙo vkSj oxhZdj.k¡ fu/kkZfjr fo"k.k] dFkkoLrq] pfj=] mís'. % 3 ?k. ds vk/kkj ij pkj leh{kkRed iz'u iwNs tk. (GENERAL)/B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 15 i=&nks 1leh{kk fl)kUr % ¼dsoy miU.asaxs] ftuesa ls 8&8 vadksa ds dksbZ nks iz'u djus gkasaxsA bl [kaM esa ls lanHkZ&lfgr O. ij vuqPNsn&ys[ku futh i=&ys[ku ifjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyh ¼lwph lyXu gS½ vkarfjd ewY.k ds O.kl vkSj dgkuh½ ¼d½ ¼[k½ 2- iw.axhA 3O.wj izdk'ku] >k¡lh ukedj.d iz'u djuk gksxkA dgkuh dh ifjHkk"kk] rÙo vkSj oxhZdj.ka'k ds fy. 'kCn 4 vad 4 vad 8 vad 4 vad vad % 10 vad % 10 vad % 8 vad % 10 vad % 10 vad % 20 eqgkojs vkSj yksdksfDr.A.fDrxr /.Zrk ds dkj.Vs vad % 16 miU.k laca/kh nks iz'u iwNs tk.k ugha iwNh tk.SC.B.asxsA 8 vadksa dk dsoy .¡xsA 8 vadksa dk dsoy .k[.d iz'u djuk gksxkA vad % 16 jkuh& >k¡lh dh jkuh o`Unkou yky oekZ&e.kdj.&'kks/ku okD.ksx vkSj Nk=ksa ij O.k 30&40 ds chp lhfer gksxhA .k d{kk&vuqHkkx dh Nk=&la[.kadu i= nks esa Hkk"kk&f'k{k.ku nsus dh vfuok.kogkfjd O.kk±ad % 90$10 = 100 le.k laca/kh nks iz'u iwNs tk.

19. Cancel Clarification Closing Balance Committee Competence Conference Confirmation Consolidated fund Conveyance allowance Corruption Covering letter jn~n djuk Li"Vhdj. 5. 16. 7. 2. 9. 10. 23. 3. 22. 21. Basic pay Birth Date Block Board Break in Service By Hand C 17.k var&'ks"k] jksdM+ ckdh Lfefr l{kerk lEesyu iqf"V lesfdr fuf/k okgu HkÙkk Hkz"Vkpkj lgi= ewy osru tUe frfFk] tUe dh rkjh[k [kaM] CykWd cksMZ] eaMy lsok esa O. 25. 15. 18. 12.16 B.SC. 8. 6. 14. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyh A 1. Abbreviation Absence Accommodation Advice Allegiance Alteration Amendment Appendix Assistant Attendance B 11.A. 26.d mifLFkfr] gkftjh . 27. (GENERAL)/B. 13.o/kku nLrh la{ksi ladsrk{kkj vuqifLFkfr] xSjgkftjh vkokl ijke'kZ] lykg] lwpuk] laKkiu fu"Bk ifjorZu] gsj&Qsj la'kks/ku ifjf'k"V lgk. 20. 24. 4.

ksX. 29.SC.A.k fo'ks"kK fu.rk izek. 39. 48. 52. 50. (GENERAL)/B.k lHkk] lk/kkj.d eagxkbZ HkÙkk foHkkx milfpo olEefr] foefr] vglefr vuqfyfi] nwljh izfr vof/k M~.ki=] .ki= ubZ vkorh vkxs dh dkjZokbZ] vxyh dk. 40. 43.] xokgh] izek.kZy.Z] dÙkZO. 37.k cSBd lgk. 34. 30. 35. 53. Encashment Entry Evidence Expert Export Extract F 42.wVh] dke] dk.k lacaf/kr lgk. Head Clerk Head of Account Head office Head Quarter Holiday iz/kku fyfid] gSM dydZ ys[kk&'kh"kZ iz/kku dk.Zokgh Hkqukuk] rqM+kuk izfof"V] banjkt] izos'k lk{.rk&vuqnku ekxZn'kZu] funsZ'ku LoLFkrk izek. eq[.B. 41. 32. 38.R.kZr m)j. 47.) Further Action G 45. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 17 D 28.ky. 44. vodk'k] NqV~Vh iz/kku izca/kd] egkizca/kd lk/kkj. Fitness Certificate Fresh Receipt (F. General Manager General Meeting Grant-in-aid Guidance H 49. Dealing Assistant Dearness Allowance Department Deputy Secretary Dissent Duplicate Duration Duty E 36. 31.] Hkkj] 'kqYd . 33. 51. 46.

63.kr osru&o`f) iwNrkN] tk¡p fujh{kd vuqns'k] fgnk. 65. 59. 64. 57.k&rkjh[k] dk.SC.qDr lfpo vklUu vf/kdkjh vk.18 B. 74. 77.Zxzg.k. 61.k izKkiu] lwpuk] bfÙkyk vUos"k. 72. (GENERAL)/B.A.k] rQrh'k] tk¡p&iM+rky vlac)] folaxr ¼laKk½ fuxZe] iz'u] elyk] ¼fØ. 75. 56. 70. Immediate officer Import Increment Inquiry Inspector Instruction Instructor Interpretation Intimation Investigation Irrelevant Issue J 66. Management Medical Medical Leave Medical Officer Messenger Ministry Modification Most Immediate izca/k fpfdRlk fpfdRlk&NqV~Vh fpfdRlk&vf/kdkjh lans'kokgd ea=ky. 60. 80.k[.r vuqns'kd fuoZpu] O. 76. Labour Welfare Leave Salary Leave Vacancy Length of Service M 73.k NqV~Vh dk osru vodk'k&fjfDr] NqV~Vh&fjfDr lsokdky ukSdjh] tk¡p] dk. 58.] eaf=eaMy la'kks/ku] :ikarj vfr&rkRdkfyd Je&dY. 79.Z dk. 68. 55.kZjEHk&rkjh[k la. 78. 71. 62.k½ tkjh djuk] Hkstuk] nsuk . Job Joining Date Joint Secretary K 69. 67. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS I 54.

108. 107. 95.] nQrj] in dk.d dkjZokbZ mis{kk] izekn] xQyr vukifÙk xSj&ljdkjh] v'kkldh. 103.Zokgh izLrko vkKkikyu] vkKkuqorZu vkifÙk vijk/k fu. Part Time Pay Payment Penalty Pending Pension Planning Proceedings Proposal va'kdkfyd osru vnk. 92. 99.rk vko'. jk"Vªh.qfDr&izLrko dk. 89. 106.kstuk] .&vkns'k vf/kdkjh] vQlj izHkkjh vf/kdkjh LFkkukiUu fodYi ewy izfr cdk. 109. 88.B. 83. 97. 100. 91.xh naM] vFkZ&naM] tqekZuk vfu. 94.kZy. 98.Objection Non-Official O 86. 93. 96. 90. 105. 85. 84. (GENERAL)/B. dk. 82.SC.kZy.k] mRd`"V vfrfjDr le. .kstuk cukuk dk. 104. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 19 N 81. Obedience Objection Offence Offer Office Office Copy Office Hours Office Order Officer Officer-in-charge Officiating Option Original Copy Outstanding Overtime P 101.kZy. Nationality Necessary Action Negligence Non.A.kZy.&izfr] nQrj dh izfr dk.&le. 102.khZr iM+k gqvk] :dk gqvk] yafcr isa'ku . 87.

rk =Sekfld 114. 123. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 110. 117. Rectification Reference Remark Remuneration Renewal Revenue S ifj'kks/ku lanHkZ] funsZ'k] gokyk fopkj] vH. (GENERAL)/B. 103. 127.qfDr ikfjJfed] esgurkuk uohuhdj. ljdkj lkeku] lkexzh] HkaMkj lkjka'k] la{ksi v/kh{kd ioZos{kd] lqijokbZtj 131.A. 115. 134 135. 130. rduhdh 'kalki= nkSjk izf'k{k. 125. 118.k] Vsªfux vuqokn .ksX.20 B. Publicity Postpone Q izpkj eqyroh djuk 112. 128. 132. 116.k jktLo 120. 136. 129. Qualification Quarterly R vgZrk] . 122. 124. 121. 119. 126. Satisfactory Scrutiny Seal Secret Security Seniority State Government Stores Summary Superintendent Supervisor T larks"ktud laoh{kk] Nkuchu eqnzk] eksgj xqIr] xqIr ckr izfrHkwfr] lqj{kk ofj"Brk jkT.SC. Target Technical Testimonial Tour Training Translation y{. 111. 133.

A. 149. 140.SC. Verification Violation Waiting list Warning Working days Working Hours Working Knowledge Write off Z lR.kiu vfrØe. Travelling Allowance U .Z&fnol] dke ds fnu dk.k izrh{kk lwph Psrkouh dk. 147.k=k&HkÙkk 138. 146.] dke ds ?kaVs dk. Zone tksu] vapy ------------------- .B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 21 137. 139. Under Secretary Unemployment Unofficial Letter Up-to-date V voj&lfpo csdkjh] csjkstxkjh v'kkldh. 144.Z&lk/kd&Kku cV~Vs&[kkrs Mkyuk 150. 141. 148.Z&le. 145. i= v|ru 142. 143. (GENERAL)/B.

ko 3a 4a 5a 6a Bktb ftu'A bx{ T[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB (nZm ftu'A gzi) BktbL ftÙk. gzikp s{sK tkbk y{j./y'A./ fJe dk .Nh. .zs f. gzikp :{Bhtof.zgka) gq'a irihs f. (fJeKrh “fBÙKs pkr ftu” B{z SZv e/)./ fJe dk e/Adoh Gkt (n) fszB eftsktK ftu'A fe.hsb.zr .Nh. gkso.zx . uzvhrVQ 40 nze 25 nze 25 nze . gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o'.se ftu'A gq. (. b[fXnkDk S/ doÙB. (GENERAL)/B. uzvhrVQ :{fBN ns/ Ehw 1a 2a nZyo Bkd g[. . gkso fusoB ns/ .w?AN L 10 .'jD f.fjs ftnkfynk (uko ftu'A d') (T) fszB eftsktK ftu'A fe.zx .kfjse goy (d' ftu'A fJe) 20 nze 10 nze 10 nze 5×3 =15 nze 10 nze 5×3 =15 nze 10 nze gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o'.A.22 B. .wK L 3 xzN/ gkmeqw 1a 2a 3a g[oksB gzikph ekft gzikph Bktb gzikph fJeKrh e'o . bkj"o p[Ze Ùkg. gbkN.kfjse nkb'uBk (d' ftu'A fJe) fJeKrhnK ftu'A bx{ T[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB (nZm ftu'A gzi) fJeKrhL ftÙk.zx. 1a 2a 3a nZyo Bkd. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS (fJb? gz i kph (fJb? e fNt) phaJ/a iBob Gkr gfjbk 2011 d/ fJwfsjkB bJh g/go L J/ e[Zb nze L 100 fbysh L 90 fJzNoBb n.?. :{Bhtof.SC.

feZ.kfjs-.{¯h. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 23 g/goL ph e[Zb nze L 100 fbysh L 90 fJzNoBb n.hns.kyh. gqfeosh.SC.kfjs d/ o{g L gZNh.kfjs.kfjs dh gfoGkÙk.kfjs ftu'A fJfsjk.kfjs dk fJfsjk.w{be ns/ gqftoshw{be gqÙB (d' ftu'A fJe) B'NL g/go . nB[gqk.o'e ko s/ nbze ko L (T) .A.B. ftu'A d' fszB .tkb fJfsjk. gqfeosh.'fjbk. r'ÙfN.k.wki. gq:'iB ns/ GkÙk gfotosB d/ ekoD(d' ftu'A fJe) (n) .kfjs ns/ Ùı.w{be s/ fJe gqftoshw{be g[ZfSnk ikt/. tko ns/ tkose . .kfjs ns/ . Ùb'e. iBw.soK ftu B'N d/D/ (gziK ftu'A uko) 4×5=20 nze . .w?AN L 10 .stkok.kfjs L (T) GkÙk dh gfoGkÙk. nÙNgdh. fEsh nkfd pko/ d.soK ftu bx{ T[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB (thj ftu'A gzdoK) 2a GkÙk s/ . . nbkj[DhnK. o{ge.dhtsk (d' ftu'A fJe) (n) nbzekoL T[gwk.?.kfjs ns/ . (n) 1700 Jha sZe d/ gzikph .tkb) 10 nze 10 nze 15×1= 15 nze 15 nze 3a . (1700 Jha sZe) L (T) . nfseEBh s/ :we (d' ftu'A fJe) nbzeko 10 nze 10 nze 4a .?No tb'A fJe . fdqÙNKs.-pkoK .. gq:'iB (uko ftu'A d' . .wK L 3 xzN/ gkmeqw 1a gzikph . pkojwkj.kfjs d/ fJfsjk. r[ows. (GENERAL)/B.

kfjs dh T[sgsh s/ ftek.kfjs dk fJfsjk.Nh. 1700 Jha se. ----------------------- .SC.zx s/ feogkb f./b. bkj"o p[Ze Ùkg.Nh.kfjs dk fJfsjk. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS .A.w[Zu/ gkmeqw bJh j¯s/ ftu 9 ghohnv.jkfJe g[ .seK 1a 2a 3a gzikph .. b[fXnkDk ftÙ/Ù B'N L . 1700 Jha se. uzvhrVQ gzikph .24 B. gzikph :{Bhtof. gfNnkbk gzikph . gzikp :{Bhtof. gofwzdo f. (GENERAL)/B.zx e.

e ls dke&Øks/k&yksHk&eksg&vagdkj rFkk ekRl. fVIi.kfRed fodkl ds fy. ukxfjd dh n`f’V ls 'kkjhfjd] ekufld rFkk vk/. jfgr thou .¼tujy½ izFke o"kZ ijh{kk] 2011 1.kZ bR.kk±d % 90$10¾ 100 le.. izR..Vs Paper-A uhfr'krde uhfr'krde~ 1&50 ¼Hkr`Zgfj½ (i) (ii) lwfDr/'yksd % vuqokn .k vaxzsth esa ls dksbZ .k lw+=ks dk vuqokn uksV % & 1. %& fo|kfFkZ.k[.kfn nqxqZ.ksa dk v/.M izfrlIrkg gksxkA lHkh iz'uksa esa 'krizfr'kr fodYi vko'.oe~ O.oa .B.ksa dks jkspd dFkkvksa ds ekè.A.d gSA .ksx mís'.k o.oe~ O.u djokukA blds vfrfjDr lH. 2.k[.e laLd`r] fgUnh] iatkch ..k dFkk lkj 40 vad 1×10 ¾ 10 vad 2×10 ¾ 20 vad 1×10 ¾ 10 vad 30 vad 2×10 ¾ 20 vad 1×10¾ 10 vad iw.lEcU/kh iz'u ¼lEHkkfor iz'ufcUnq& ew[kZ] [ky] fon~.k] vkyL. % 3 ?k.d Hkk"kk gksxhA dFkk] dFkk uhfr .k lwfDr/'yksd% vuqokn .e fgUnh gksxkA mŸkjksa dk ek/.oa loksZi. çsfjr djukA ¼d½ vijhf{krdkjde vijhf{krdkjde~ ¼1&5 dgkuh½ (i) (ii) (iii) ¼[k½ x|&Hkkx% vuqokn .kh & iz'u i= dk ek/.kfn fo’k.] fo|k ds xq.kksa ds o'khHkwr u gksdj thou&iFk ij vxzlj gksus] fo|k dk okLrfod vFkZ . (GENERAL)/B.ksxh cukus ds fy.k[.Z bZ".oa cqf) dh efgek dh f'k{kk nsukA blh çdkj ekuo&thou dks mUur . lRlaxfr] lTtu&efgek] ew[kZ rFkk nq"Vksa dk ifjgkj] jktuhfr] LoHkko] deZ] HkkX.kiu bR..Zfo"k.sd i= dk v/.ksx&n'kZue~ &n'kZ e ¼egf’kZ it´tfyd`r½ çFke&ikn vad&20 xhrk çSl] xksj[kiqj laLdj. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 25 laLd`r ¼bySfDVo½ chch-. Ng ihfj.oe~ O.u le.k] lRlaxfr] nqtZu] lTtu rFkk /ku dh egŸkk½ ¼x½ .SC.

M izfrlIrkg gksxkA lHkh iz'uksa esa 'krizfr'kr fodYi vko'.t] Le` ¼M+½ laLd`r esa vuqokn ¼ik¡p lk/kkj.k] okj] jkf'k] ekl] xzg . le. % 3 ?k.26 B.kfu’B Hkk’kk gSA vr% fo|kfFkZ.k LFkku vO.&Kku frfFk] u{k= ] .ksa dk okD.d iqLrd 'kh?kzzcks/k] pkS[keck okjk.kfn fo’k.e laLd`r] fgUnh] iatkch . % & iz'u i= dk ek/.=] loZ=] .kksZa ds mPpkj.kdj.ksa dk ç.q’ken~ /kkrq#i ¼yV~] yksV] yM~] fof/kfyM~] y`Vydkj½ xe~] iB~] ØhM] on~] ik] fy[k] uh] n`”k] Hkw] R.ksx] dj. ls lEcfU/kr gksxk½ funsZ'k % & 1.ukFkZ o.Fkk] dFke~ v|] 'o%] gkz%] ij'~o%] l|%] iqjr%] i`"Br%] oker% nf{k.ksa ls ifjfpr djokdj laLd`r vuqokn gsrq çfjr djukA blds vfrfDr frfFk] u{k= .ksa dk ftuesa ls .SC.d gSA -----------------10 vad 5×2¾ 10 vad 2×8¾ 16 vad 2×9¾ 18 vad .=] vU. (GENERAL)/B.oa n'k fn'kkvksa ds uke 5×2¾ 10 vad 1×10¾ 10 vad rd%& lgk.nk] lnk] rFkk] .Vs 1.ksa esa ç.d Hkk"kk gksxhA laLd`r iw.sd i= esa v/..e fgUnh gksxkA mŸkjksa dk ek/.klh ¼[k½ ¼x½ ¼?k½ LojlfU/k 'kCn#i& jke] yrk] Qy] unh] efr] xq#] fir`] ekr`] Hkor~] vLen~] ..k okD. izR.k LFkku] vO.kk±d % 90$10¾100 le.oa O. 2.k] okj] jkf'k] ekl xzg .ksx v=] r=] dq=] .u le. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Paper-B % O.k vaxzsth esa ls dksbZ .ksx] la[.d= br%] rr%] dqr%] dnk] rnk] ..kokph 'kCn 1 ls 100 rd lkekU.k rFkk vuqokn iw. fVIi.kksZa ds mPpkj.ksx] dj.A.k ds v/..kdj.kr%] uhpS%] mPpS%] cfg%] varj~ 3×2¾ 6 vad 5×2¾ 10 vad (iii) (iv) la[.ksa dks laLd`r O.kdj.d okD.oa n'k fn'kkvksa ls ifjfpr djokukA ¼d½ (i) (ii) o. Ng ihfj.kZ oSKkfud .kh & mís'.kokph 'kCn] laf/k] 'kCn#i] /kkrq#i bR.

B. 100 marks Time : 3 Hours 40 marks 40 marks 20 marks 100 marks Time : 3 Hours Paper-B Essay and Composition : (i) (ii) (iii) Essay Letter/application 1. 2011 Outlines of tests. (GENERAL)/B. Correction of words/sentences 40 marks 40 marks 20 marks Book Recommended Guldasta-e-Mazamin-e-Insha Pardazi Part-II by Dr. A. Muhaware 6. -------------------- .M. published by M/s.A.U. Mutazadi Alfaz 2. Wahid Aur Jama 4. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 27 URDU (Elective) B. Aligarh Muslim University Market. Aligarh. Mutaradif Alfaz 3. Arif Mohd. syllabi and courses of reading Two papers each carrying 100 marks Paper-A Prose and Poetry : (i) (ii) (iii) Explanation of Prose Passages Explanation of Verses Summary of a Poem or a Lesson Book Prescribed Urdu Nisab Part II published by M/s. Khan. Tazkeen-o-Taness 5. Educational Book House. Aligarh. Market.SC. Educational Book House.

(GENERAL)/B. Publishers and Book-Sellers 2. Katra Road.e. (Only more important famous poets. Short biographical and simple life sketch of the poets/writers as prescribed in the text. Allahabad-2. English. Hindi. 25 objective-type one line questions to be answered and marked √ or × with the choice out of 30 to 35 questions. syllabi and courses of reading There will be one paper of 200 marks. Available at Ram Narain Lal Arun Kumar. 2011 Outlines of tests. The students will be given choice to answer their questions in any one of the languages i. English. Students will be given choice to answer the questions in any one of the languages i. Ayub Khan. 75 marks Time : 3 Hours Only introductory questions based on the name of the poets. Explanation of one or two Ashaar of the poetry from the text prescribed. 2.SC.28 B. Urdu. PART-B 75 marks For short answer questions say 6 to 8 out of 12 Question shall be framed as follows : (a) (b) Explanation of Short paragraph of two to three lines of prose or quotation from the prescribed text. 50 marks Note : PART-C (a) (b) Comprehensive questions say two out of four/five to be answered. writers/historians of Ghazanavid and Moghals of Indo Persian Literature). This paper is divided in three parts as follows : PART-A (Objective type questions) 1. published by Ram Narain Lal.A. Text Book Prescribed GULDASTA-YE-FARSI by Hafiz Maulavi Mohd. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Beni Madho. Punjabi or Persian. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS PERSIAN (Elective) B. Urdu. --------------------------------------- . writers and their important literary books/contributions to Persian Languages and Literature. Punjabi or Persian. Hindi.A.e.

B. Istifal Tafa. Infial Mansubat Afal Madah and Zamm Afal Ta’ajjub Ismul Fa’l La-Le-Nafi-Lil-Jins 30 marks 20 marks 50 marks Translation of simple sentences of Arabic into English/Hindi/Urdu Use of words into simple Arabic sentences Paper-B Time 3 : hours Text Prose and Poetry Book Prescribed Al-Qiraat-ur-Rasheedah Part IV by Abdul Fattah and Ali Omar (Egyptian Edition) (Can be had from Kutub Khana. Mustansa Minhu. Delhi-6).A. 2011 (There will be two papers of 100 marks each) Paper-A 100 Marks Time : 3 hours 1. Hal-Zul-Hal Tamiz Mustasna. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Only Lessons 1 to 30 are to be studied. Rashidia Urdu Bazar. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 29 ARABIC (Elective) B. ul Iftial. Grammar (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi) 2.A. Huruf Istihna Abwab Sulasi Mazid Fih and its 8 Abwabs Tafil Mafailah Ifal. Sulasi Mujarrad and its six babs Mafail Khamsah Jumla Khabariyya and Inshaiyyah Atf. Zama Masjid. Takid. --------------------------- 100 Marks 60+40 marks .SC. Badal. 3. (GENERAL)/B.

Translation from English into French and from French into English of a passage or short sentences based on the vocabulary of the prescribed textbook.30 B. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time 1. : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours 30 marks 40 marks . (GENERAL)/B. CREATIVE WRITING Max. (a) (b) (c) 2. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. pertaining to the prescribed textbook. with idioms and expressions pertaining to the : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours 30 marks 20 marks 20 marks 20 marks Write a short dialogue and a message (10 marks each). Questions on applied grammar including conjugations of verbs in applied form. Making ten sentences prescribed textbook.SC.A. Comprehension of an unseen text (easier than the prescribed textbook). 2. Creative Writing 100 marks 100 marks Paper-A Paper-B : : SYLLABUS Paper-A : INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH CIVILIZATION Max. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS FRENCH (Elective) B. CHOICE TO BE GIVEN IN ALL QUESTIONS Paper-B : APPLIED GRAMMAR.A. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time 1. 2011 Introduction to French Civilization Applied Grammar. Ten questions to be put in French and to be answered in French. Fifteen questions (General) pertaining to the prescribed textbook.

2000. All questions are to be asked and answered in French (except questions on translation).B. CHOICE TO BE GIVEN IN ALL QUESTIONS 20 marks Course of Reading Textbook-Campus-I. (GENERAL)/B. First Year.SC. Jacky Giradet. ---------------------- . 3. Write a composition or dialogue or a simple letter of 150 words.A. CLE International. Paris. et Jacques Pécheur. 2. Questions on composition and unseen passages to be based on the vocabulary and grammar of the textbook covered by the students in B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 31 3.A. Eight periods of one hour weekly –Six hours for Text and Two hours for composition. (a) Livre de I’ éléve (b) Cahier d exercises (c) 2 Cassettes Note : 1.

N. (GENERAL)/B. 4 out of 6 questions to be attempted. 4 out of 6 questions to be attempted.B. Marks Theory Internal Assessment (For regular students) Time Paraphrasing of a poem or stanzas out of the following poems from “German Verse” by B. 2. Chapekar : 1. : : : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours 30 marks 20 marks : 20 marks : 20 marks Paper-B : (I) WRITTEN Max.A.32 B.SC. : : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours 20 marks . Questions on “Culture & Civilization” from the prescribed Book “Blick auf Deutschland” (Page No. 1 to 29) (Fill in the blanks). 2011 Paper-A : WRITTEN Max. Sehnssucht (Joseph Freiherr von Eichen-dorff).A. Gefunden (Johann Wolf gang von Goethe). Questions from the prescribed book “Texte zum Lesen und Nacherzählen” (from page 1 to 29 excluding Mi Bverständnis) (short-answer type not to exceed 20 words). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. This question is compulsory. 4 out of 6 questions to be attempted. Da ich ein Knabe war (Friedrich/Höiderin). 3. Marks Theory Internal Assessment (For regular students) Time 10 multiple choice questions of 3 marks each to be asked. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS GERMAN (Elective) B. Questions in applied grammar (Fill in the blanks) conforming to the prescribed book "Deutsche Sprachlehre Für Ausländer" in einem Band. Kulkarni & R.

Deutsche Sprachlehre Für Ausländer in einem Band by Dora Schulz/Griesbach (Chapters 1 to 14) Texte zum Lesen und Nacherzählen (pages 1 to 29) by Hans-Joachim Arndt (Max Huber Verlag) (Pages 1 to 29 excluding “MiBervstandnis”) Blick auf Deutschland by Anne und Klaus (pages 1 to 29) German Verse by B. Note : 30 marks The mode of evaluation for Internal Assessment is to be followed as per University Guidelines. Die Lorelei (Heinrich Heine). Prescribed Text-books : 1. : : 20 marks 20 marks Translation of 4 simple unseen sentences out of 6 from German into English/ Hindi/Punjabi (Meanings of unknown words to be given). Translation of 4 simple unseen sentences out of 6 from English into German (Meanings of unknown words to be given). Kulkarni & R.B. (GENERAL)/B. Abendlied (Gottfried Keller). ------------------------ . 5. 3.B. 7. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 33 4. II ORAL : Reading of text and conversation in Simple German.A. 6. Chapekar.SC. Somm-erbild (Friedrich Hebbel). 2. Im Nebel (Hermann Hesse). N.

Translation from English/Hindi/Punjabi into Russian (about 100 words) NOTE : USE OF DICTIONARIES IS ALLOWED Paper-B : Max. University of Delhi. OR Essential Russian. New Delhi (Lessons : 1-31). Izdatelstovo ‘Russky Yazik’ Moscow. 3. Timberlake Khavronina. Cambridge. S. RUSSIAN – A Practical Grammar with Exercises.P. I. 2004 (Lessons : 1-14) Books Recommended for Additional Reading : 1. 3 4. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours 45 marks 45 marks WRITTEN I II Translation from simple Russian into English/Hindi/Punjabi (about 120 words). : : : : 100 60 marks 10 marks 3 Hours 20 marks 15 marks 25 marks (I) WRITTEN 1. V.34 B. Our City (Interesting places). Our Flat/House 4. Working Day 3.H.A. (II) ORAL Reading of text(s) and Conversation in simple Russian. Questions on Prescribed texts in Russian : 5 questions (out of 8) of 3 marks each. Pulkina. 2. Dictionaries ------------------------: : : Reference Grammer of Russian. Sport 6. Maurya. Birthday 5.K.N. 1980. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS RUSSIAN (Elective) B. Function 7.. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Simple Applied Grammar 4 questions (out of 8) of 5 marks each. Russian in Exercises. Book Prescribed : Wagner. (GENERAL)/B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.A. Composition (one out of three) on the following topics : 1. A. 2. .SC. 1978. 2011 Paper-A : Max. : : 30 marks RUSSIAN – P. My Family 2.

2. I Essays : Rabindra Nath : Bichitra Prabandha The following pieces are to be studied : 1. Satinath Bhadury : Jagari Rabindra Nath : Prachin Sahitya – Ramayana.SC. Kavye Upekshita Paper-B (i) (ii) Novels Essays Total Time : : 100 3 Hours 40 marks 40 marks 20 marks Total Time : : 100 3 Hours 60 marks 40 marks (iii) Composition Novels : Sarat Chandra : Sri Kanta Pt. 5.A. (GENERAL)/B. 2. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.B.A. 4. : Asit Kumar Bandopadhyay and Janjavi Chakarbarti (Calcutta Publications) Bidhuti Chaudhri : Rachana Bichitra --------------------- . Sakuntals. Meghdut. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 35 BENGALI (Elective) B. 6. 3. 3. to write the central idea of the same to suggest a title to annotate a few words to comment on the style Suggested Readings Sanchayita : Rabindranath Tagore Bichitra ed. Ruddha Griha Pagal Mandir Baje Katha Ponero Ana Sonar Kathi Composition : A prose passage will be given to the students and they are expected : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) 1. 2011 Paper-A Novels Essays Novels Essays : : Bankim Chandra : Kapalkundals.

Broadway. (GENERAL)/B. published by Par & Nilaiyam.A. 50 marks 100 Marks Paper-B Marks Time : : 100 3 hours 50 marks 1. Triplicane.A.SC. Madras-5 History of Tamil Literature : (from 10th century upto present time) Total : 2. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. degree examination 1994-95 of the Madras University.Sc. Poetry : Selections in Tamil Poetry for the 1st year B. Total : 2.A. Novel : Esuvin Thozhargal by Dr. 50 marks 100 Marks ------------------------- . Madras-108. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS TAMIL (Elective) B. 184. published by Tamil Puthagalayam./B.36 B. Prose Book : “Vazhvum Vazhiyum” by P. Indira Parthasarathy. 2011 Paper-A Marks Time : : 100 3 hours 50 marks 1. Madras-5. Sowrirajan.

B.A. 2. 50 marks ------------------------ . Published by Visalandhra Publishing House. Syllabi and Courses of reading Total Marks Time 1. Rabindra Bhavan. 2011 Outlines of Tests. 1. New Delhi-I. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Poetry Prose Poetry : Telugu Kavya Mela (first six pieces) published by Sahitya Academy. 2. Vijayawada-4. (GENERAL)/B. Novel : Agnigundam by Mahindhara Rammohan Rao.A. Prose : Sahitya Marmoralu (Essays) 1 to 6 and 8 only by Tapi Dharma published by Visalandhra Publishing House. Vijayawada-4. 50 marks : : 100 3 hours 50 marks 50 Marks 50 marks Paper-A Paper-B Total Marks Time : : 100 3 hours 50 marks 1. Rao.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 37 TELUGU (Elective) B. History of Telugu Literature : (Modern period only) 2.

History of Kannada Litrature : (Modern period only) ------------------------ . Bangalore. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. published by Kannada Sangha. published by Bangalore University. 2. 2. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS KANNADA (Elective) B. Syllabi and Courses of reading Paper-A Total Marks Time : : 100 3 hours 50 marks 1. published by N.T. Maharaja College. 2011 Outlines of Tests.B. 50 marks Paper-B Total Marks Time : : 100 3 hours 50 marks 50 marks 1. New Delhi. pages 3 to 49.A.A. (GENERAL)/B. Prose : Kavi Saila. Bhaga I. Poetry : Samakalina Kannada Kavite. Mysore (University Publication).SC..38 B. Short Stories : Kannada short stories.

21. 24. published by National Book Stall. Kerala. 19. E. 23. Kottayam. 2. 26. 50 marks Paper-B Total Marks Time : : 100 3 hours 50 marks 1.A. Poetry : Malayalam Kavya Samgraham (Poems Nos. 29. 2011 Outlines of Tests. 2. 25.SC. New Delhi. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 39 MALAYALAM (Elective) B. Kerala. Prose : Prasanna Pooja (Essays) by Prof. 50 marks ----------------------- . 22. published by National Book Trust. Syllabi and Courses of reading Paper-A Total Marks Time : : 100 3 hours 50 marks 1. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Narayanan Poti. History of Malayalam Literature (Modern Period).B. (GENERAL)/B. 31 and 33 only). published by Current Books. Kottayam. Short Stories : Delhi Kathakal. K.A.

40 B. Meaning and definition of Physical Education. All questions/units will carry equal marks. Private candidates and the students of the University School of Open Learning will not be allowed to take this subject. A. spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25-30 words each. UNIT-I 9 Marks (d) (e) Entire syllabus given in the Units II to V will be covered to set nine short answer type questions in first question/unit of the question paper which is compulsory. Its aims and objectives. Each unit shall have two questions and the students shall be given internal choice i. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : 50 45 marks 05 marks 3 Hrs.A. UNIT-II Education and Physical Education : Meaning and concept of Education. its aim and objectives. 2011 PAPER-A : Max. Modern concepts/trends of Physical Education and its scope.e. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. spread over Five Units. It will carry 9 marks. Rest of the paper shall contain four units for descriptive questions. First question/Unit is compulsory. the students shall attempt one question from each unit. 9 Marks . Physical Education is an art or science. importance of education in modern era. (GENERAL)/B. Need and importance of Physical Education in the Modern Society and its relationship with General Education.SC. It will contain nine short answer type questions. : : : INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND STUDENTS : (a) (b) (c) There shall be nine questions in all. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS PHYSICAL EDUCATION B.

Body types. Psychological Basis of Physical Education : Meaning of Psychology and Sports Psychology. Afro-Asian Games. Kothari Commission) and the New Education Policy. (GENERAL)/B. Asian Games. Common Wealth Games. Age and sex differences in relation to Physical Activities and Sports. Asian Games and Common Wealth Games : Ancient Olympic Games. UNIT-IV Olympic Games. Heredity and Environment and its effects on Growth and Development. Modern Olympic Games. its types. characteristics and implications in Physical Education and Sports.e. Learning curve. UNIT-III Biological Basis of Physical Education : Growth and Development . Chronological Age. Factors affecting growth and development. Laws of Learning. Differences between growth and development. South Asian Federation Games. Meaning of Learning. Anatomical Age and Physiological Age.SC. Place of Physical Education in the Present System of Education in India with special reference to the recommendations of Indian Education Commission (1964-66 i. 9 Marks 9 Marks . 1986. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 41 History of Physical Education : Pre and Post Independence Development of Physical Education in India.B.A. Psychological factors effecting physical performance.

Sahibabad. “Advanced Educational Psychology”. Moslon Puni. Indian Olympic Association. Khan. Chauhan. Philadelphia. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS UNIT-V Functions and Objectives of the followings : Raj Kumari Amrit Kaur Coaching Scheme. Ltd. Barrow. Print India. Olympic House.SC. 1983. Indian Olympic Association. St. 5. N. 9 Marks References : 1. 6. “Foundations of Physical Education.A.” 8th edition. Eraj Ahmed : “History of Physical Education.V. 3rd edition. Lea and Febiger. Bucher. 8. “Educational Dimensions of Physical Education”. Krishna Murti & Parameshwara Ram. (GENERAL)/B. Sports Authority of India. Louis C. An Abridged Translated by G.42 B. : 3. : 4. “Sports Psychology”.S. Patiala.” Scientific Book Company. 1990. Patiala. U. 1976. “The Olympian”. Mosby Company. NIS. Jan. A. Harold M. 1980. International Olympic Committee. : “Man and Movements : Principles of Physical Education”. 2.S.. Sandhu. 2nd Revised Edition. New Delhi. S. Charles A. Netaji Subash National Institute of Sports. Punjab and Chandigarh Sports Departments. 1985 edition : New Print-India Pvt.T. 1976. Canada.P. 1979. : 7. 1964. : : ..

P. 4th edition 1984. South India Press. Prentice Hall of India Pvt.B. Rest of the paper shall contain four units for descriptive questions. Kalyani Publishers. Singh. “An Analytical History of Physical Education”. 1998. UNIT-I 9 Marks (d) (e) Entire syllabus given in the Units II to V will be covered to set nine short answer type questions in first question/unit of the question paper which is compulsory. spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25-30 words each. Ludhiana. Private candidates and the students of the University School of Open Learning will not be allowed to take this subject. 1940. : 13.H. Friends Publications (India) Delhi. Sheldon. “Modern Text Book of Physical Education. and Hariharan S. New York. “The Varieties of Human Physique”. the students shall attempt one question from each unit. 1896-1996”. 1975. 2000. E. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 50 45 marks 05 marks 3 Hrs. : “Olympics : Athens to Atlanta. Ajmer et al : 12. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 43 9. Skinner Charles. “Educational Psychology”. April. Health and Sports”. Karaikudi. All questions/units will carry equal marks. : PAPER-B : Max. (GENERAL)/B. 10. Harper and Row Publishers. . Each unit shall have two questions and the students shall be given internal choice i.SC. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND STUDENTS : (a) (b) (c) There shall be nine questions in all. It will carry 9 marks. Sharma. : 11.A. First question/Unit is compulsory.D. Tiru Narayanan C. Ltd.e. W. spread over Five Units. It will contain nine short answer type questions.

definition. Meaning. General guidelines for warming up and cooling down. objectives. Effect of Exercise on the muscles system. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS UNIT-II Cell : Meaning and definition of Anatomy & Physiology. principles and importance of Health Education. its elements and sources. General tips for fitness and an exercise programme. structure and functions of skeletal muscles. 9 Marks 9 Marks . Nutrition : Balanced diet. sex. Nutritional intake for the athlete before and after training session competition. exercise and training influencing Physical Fitness. (GENERAL)/B.A.SC. UNIT-III Warming up and Cooling down : Warming up and cooling down in sports and its significance. Structure and Functions of a cell. Factors like age. body composition. Physical Fitness : Meaning. definition and components of Physical Fitness. Water loading. scope. climate. diet. 9 Marks Muscular System : Structural classification of skeletal muscle. Skeletal System : Types of Bones and names of various bones of the body. definition and dimensions of health. Various types of joints and major movements around them. UNIT-IV Health & Health Education : Meaning.44 B.

Composition of Atmosphere.. R. "Foundations of Anatomy and Physiology". Reprinted in 1998. New Delhi. 5th Edition. and E. Delhi. 1976. 6. India. Oxford University Press. "Health Education and Community Pharmacy". dislocation of a joint. & Uma Maheshwar. Dandiya. B. Chaurasia. D. 7.D. : : : : : : : : : : "Handbook of General Anatomy". J. References : 1. William P. "The Fit Athlete". 1985. (GENERAL)/B. Shaphard. Birla Publications. 10. 1996. First Edition. 1983. fracture of bone. "Health and Physical Fitness". 1981. 9 Marks . Second Edition. 1999-2000. Y. B.E. 3. 8. 2. Reprinted in 1985. CBS Publishers and Distributors.. 9. Parrot. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 45 Environment Pollution : Air. Surjeet Publications. Sprain and Strain. Philadelphia.B. First Aiad : Meaning and importance of First Aid in Physical Education and Sports with special reference to drowning.J. "Anatomy and Physiology for Physical Education Teachers". Pitampura.SC.. Jafer. "Essential of Exercise Physiology". "Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine”. J.C.B. W.K. Second Edition. & Park. Ozone Depletion & Acid Rain. Lend Edward Arnold Ltd. Doping in Sports. Jabalpur. Vallabh Prakashan. Fox Park.W. 4... K. Delhi. "The Physiological Basis of Physical Education & Athletics". Shaver. 10th Edition. and Jafer Afifa Marley. 5. Z. 1978. 1982. "Human Anatomy & Physiology". 1982.K. Banarasi Dass Bhanot. water and noise pollution. Larry G. UNIT-V Drugs and Tobacoo : Effects of Drugs and Tobacoo on an Individual and its effects on sports performance.A. Mathews. CBS College Publishing. their causes and remedial measures. K.L. Rose & Wilson Sampath. First Edition. P. First Indian Print. Saunders Co. 1981.

al. Allyn and Bacon. Bombay.. (GENERAL)/B. 1977. emphasizing on body position. . emphasis on proper body position and foot placement. Middle Distance.A. Ludhiana. 1997. antenna and ball). 470. Bringing in correct running style. Number and position of players and officials. Games (Volley-Ball or Kabaddi (NS) and any other one game of the choice of the student). need of starting blocks in a sprint race. 2000. Sensie Farokh Dinshaw Singh. poles. getting in and off the block. Kalyani Publishers. Atlantic Avenue.46 B. Correct running and walking style.SC. Long Distance and Walking Events : (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Marking of standard tracks. : PRACTICAL Athletics Sprints (Types of Start and Finish) : (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Crouch start-fixing of starting blocks. Wilmore. Rules and Regulations of Sprint races. Ajmer et. Rules of competition. side arm service and tennis service). Practice of Standing Start. Practice of Finishing the sprint with different techniques. Division. The Marine Sports Publishing "Modern Text Book of Physical Education. net. Health and Sports". Boston. Running tactics. : : "Fighting Fit for Ever”. Marks : 100 13. Messachusetts. "Athletic Training and Physical Fitness". Jack H. 12. width of lanes and starting points for various races. Inc. Types of service (under arm service. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 11. Practice of starts with starting blocks using proper commands. Volley-ball (a) (b) (c) Measurements (volleyball court.

which includes theory as well as practicals. Pass Course is 24 periods per week. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 47 (d) (e) Types of passes (under hand and over head pass). (GENERAL)/B. side kick. Defensive Skill (wrist catch. 4. Fundamental offensive skills. knee catch and chain formation). Hammer Throw Hurdles. 12 periods per week (6 periods each for theory and practicals) shall be allotted to a class. Physical Fitness : More emphasis shall be given on general physical fitness and principles of physical exercises. Polevault. 1. As per the Panjab University Calendar. Mule kick. participation and achievement in sports/games 15 marks. jump and dive counter. . Division of Practical Marks : Marks for each activity shall be divided as under : Athletics 20 marks.B. touching with hand. Note : 2.A. game 30 marks. front kick. The theory (Paper A and Paper B) and practical papers shall consist of 100 marks each.A. 3. Rules of the game. viva voce 10 marks and internal assessment 10 marks based on overall performance of a student during the current academic session which will be assessed by the teacher concerned. Chapter XIX (Page 324) Volume III. Tactics : (a) getting bonus point (b) counter to bonus line crossing (c) Delaying tactics for getting lona. 1990. ankle catch. the maximum teaching work load for a Lecturer in Physical Education for B. 5. Moreover in the absence of proper facilities required for the events mentioned above may prove to be injurious/fatal to the students. Relay Races and steeple chase men are not included in the practical syllabus/course due to the fact that these events are highly technical. leg thrust. Physical fitness 15 marks. Number of players and officials. normal grip.SC. The theory and practical class shall consist of 60-80 students and 30-40 students respectively. OR Kabaddi (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Measurements (Kabaddi court for men and women).

Ranking should be prepared and the top 60-80 students should be offered this subject. Panjab University. The choice of games by the students shall be confined to the games approved by the Association of Indian Universities. (ii) (iii) (iv) 2.SC. To measure Physical Fitness through Cardiovascular Fitness Test. 4. the strength of students in a theory class shall be between 60-80 while it shall be 30-40 students in practical class. Chandigarh. . shall make Periodical Physical inspections of the various colleges to ensure that the teacherstudent ratio is maintained by all the affiliated colleges for this subject as per the University Guidelines. Admission Criteria : (i) Any student opting to have Physical Education as an Elective Subject irrespective of the background of the students (sports or non-sports students) must appear in the physical fitness test. Strength of Students : For imparting effective teaching. Mandatory Instructions for the Colleges : 1. it should. Bare minimum two Malies-cum-Groundmen for maintenance of the grounds and other infrastructure facilities etc. 3. and for them to ensure that infrastructure (facilities).48 B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 6. preferable be raised to 400 mtrs. Infrastructure/facilities and Physical Education Personnel : For the introduction/to continue with this subject. The date of Physical Fitness Test must be mentioned in the prospectus of the College.. Cooper’s 9 Minutes or 12 Minutes Run-Walk Test should be conducted. track. This subject should be offered to the normal students (not to disabled one). equipment. A student is required to prepare a practical note book of athletic events and games given in the syllabus. books/professional journals and groundman. a college must fulfil the following mandatory requirements such as : (i) (ii) A track atleast of 200 mtrs. a game boy are provided as per the requirements of the subject and directions of the Panjab University. Periodical Physical Inspections : The University/Authorities with the collaboration of the Department of Physical Education. (GENERAL)/B. however. 7.

First Year. 6. A store-keeper for the proper maintenance/accountability of sports equipments in the stores. (ii) 7. Third Year.B. Pass course is 24 periods per week which includes theory as well as practicals. Second Year and B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 49 (iii) (iv) 5. Teaching Work Load : (i) As per the Panjab University Calendar Chapter XX (Page 298) Volume-III.SC.A. Practical period shall be projected in the college time table itself.A. Division of 50% weightage shall be given to each theory and practical papers. 1996. B. the maximum teaching work load for a lecturer in Physical Education for B.A. (GENERAL)/B. their work load shall be counted by including six periods per week in the teaching load of concerned lecturer in Physical Education. Marks ( Theory and Practical) : ------------------------ . B. Note : STRICT ACTION SHALL BE TAKEN BY THE UNIVERSITY AGAINST THE COLLEGE(S) WHICH VIOLATES THE ABOVE INSTRUCTIONS.e. A game boy to supply the sports equipments and water to the students/teachers on the ground/playfield/arena.A. Number of Periods : The number of periods for theory and practical shall be 12 periods per week (6 periods each for theory and practical) for classes i. Teachers who are preparing 6 teams for the Panjab University Inter College Competition.

Education for Democratic Understanding. III and IV. Each short question will carry 3 marks.SC. (GENERAL)/B. III. IV and V. IV and. III and IV will have two questions from the respective units of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. Transmission of Cultural Heritage and Education for Social Change. 2011 Paper-A : EDUCATION AND SOCIETY Max. Role of Education viz-a-viz present day needs. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.A. The Meaning.A. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE : The students will be required to attempt one question each from Units I. II. Units I. II. II. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS EDUCATION B. 75 words for each short answer type question in Unit V) for answer. Citizenship.50 B. Formal and Non-Formal Education. 3. Informal. Nature and Scope of Education along with its types. Preferably set the words limit (300-350 words for Units I. Social. Functions of Education in light of its aims. II. Objectives : To enable the students to understand : 1. Functions of Education – Individual Development. Aims of Education – Individual. Unit V will consist of eight short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 18 marks in all. Course Contents : UNIT-I UNIT-II : : Meaning and Nature of Education : Education as a Socio-Political Process and Developmental Process. . Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER : The question paper will consist of five Units : I. 2. their Development and Transactional Strategies. The question paper should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions of one main question. Vocational and Democratic. III. National Integration and International : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours UNIT-III UNIT-IV : : Value Education –Meaning of Values. The students are required to attempt 6 short questions out of 8 in Unit V which will be compulsory.

Each short question will carry 3 marks. K. New Delhi. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 51 Books Recommended : 1. Ministry of Education Gupta. Emerging Indian Society.K. 1986. New Delhi. Faridkot. Ministry of Human Resource Development. S. S. Dhanpat Rai & Sons. Tandon Publishers. II. : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours . 2. Ludhiana.N. Units I. Parkash Ludhiana. of India.R. 2002. Patiala. of India Govt. II. III. 9. Unit V will consist of eight short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 18 marks in all. Loyal Book Depot. 12. Bhatnagar.P.A. Safaya. Hans Book Depot. 5. R. Sikhya de Sidhant. Suresh Govt. 7.K. 1986. Yadav. Education in the Ludhiana. 3. Punjabi University. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER : The question paper will consist of five Units : I. Kothari Commission Recommendations and Evaluation with a Text on National Policy on Education. T. S. Tandon Publications. and Sharma. and Techniques of Education. Ludhiana. Punjab State University Text Book Board. Paper-B : EDUCATION AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT Max. Tandon Publishers. Report of Secondary Education Commission (1952-53). and Narang. Sikhya de Sidhant ate Takneekan. 4. 10. 1989. of India. Adhunik Bhartiya Smaj Mein Shiksha. Vinod Pustak Mandir. Sikhya de Sidhant. M. III and IV will have two questions from the respective units of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. et al Yadav & Yadav : : : : : : : : : : : : : Teacher and Education in Emerging Indian Society. S. Agra.SC. 1995. National Policy on Education. Shiksha Sidhant. C. Principles Jallandhar.B. Bhartiya Shiksha Ki Adhunik Samasyaein. 13.L. Kansal. et al Bros. S. Bhatia. Meerut.. 8. 6. Report of Education Commission (1964-66)—Education and National Development. Sharma. 1982. Bhatia. Chandigarh.R. H. Ministry of Education Govt. K. Mathur. IV and V. (GENERAL)/B. 1981. 11.

Course Contents : UNIT-I UNIT-II : : Educational Psychology : Meaning.A. . Educational Psychology and Guidance. 4. Theoryies of Learning . II. Their Needs. Types and Measurement of Intelligence. scope and uses of psychology in education. Nature and Scope. 5. 1978. Emotional and Social. Punjab Katab Ghar. H. 2. J. Asia Publishing House. and Lang. II. C. III. New York. Objectives : To make the students understand : 1. The concept of intelligence . 1977. Meaning. Inc. The meaning. Preferably set the words limit (300-350 words for Units I. J. S. New Delhi.52 B. Human growth and development upto the stage of childhood. and 75 words for each short answer type question in Unit V) for answer. (GENERAL)/B. Aggarwal. R. Intelligence : Meaning. 4. Meerut. Stages of Human Development : Infancy and Childhood. 2. Jallandhar. Individual Differences – Causes. The question paper should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions of one main question. Psychology and Education. Books Recommended : 1. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE : The students will be required to attempt one question each from Units I. Vikas Publishing Ltd. Kagan. Shiksha Manovigyan. International Publishing House. 1995. Causes and significance of individual differences. : : : : : Essentials of Educational Psychology. 5. Mental. Bhatia. House. purpose of learning and factors influencing learning. Significance and Educational Implications. Nature of Human Growth and Development – Physical.Trial and Error Thorndike and Classical Conditioning by Pavlov. Private UNIT-III : UNIT-IV : A Textbook of Educational Psychology. Learning : Meaning and Definition. New Delhi.. Dhingra. Significance and Problems.SC.R. 3.its meaning and measurements.. 3. 1977.C. III and IV. IV. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Bhatnagar. The students are required to attempt 6 short questions out of 8 in Unit V which will be compulsory.

2001. 1974. 8. 7. and Kaur. Advanced Educational Psychology. 1994.S. (GENERAL)/B. Patiala. Sterling Publishers (P. Mangal. I. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 53 6. Educational Psychology. 2002. Kuppuswamy. Paul Publishers. : : : : : : Modern Educational Psychology. J. Delhi. Foundations of Educational Psychology. 1976..) Ltd. Shikhya Manovigyan.. Vinod Pustak Mandir. Sandhu. 10. A. Mathur. New Advanced Educational Psychology. New Delhi.SC. D.. 11.K. Sterling Publishers (P.B. Prentice Hall of India Ltd.) Ltd. ---------------------- . Punjabi University. S.K. Kundu. Agra. New Delhi. 9. S. Walia. S.A. B. Jallandhar. 1998.

strategies and implementation of National Literacy Mission’s Programs. III and IV will have two questions from the respective units of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. Numeracy. To explain students the various forms of Adult Education. Meaning. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS ADULT EDUCATION B. Scope.SC. To acquaint students with structuring of teaching – learning environment for an adult learner. Strategies & Implementation. 2011 Max. II. Brief History during Post Independence Period. Units I. 3. UNIT-II .A. III and IV. (GENERAL)/B. Awareness and Functionality.54 B. 2. Literacy. THEORY : UNIT-I : Adult Education : Concept. The students are required to attempt 6 short questions out of 8 in Unit V which will be compulsory. 4. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Practical Time GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER : The question paper will consist of five Units : I. To provide an overview of history of adult education. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE : The students will be required to attempt one question each from Units I. Each short question will carry 3 marks. IV and V. To introduce students with meaning. Components of Adult Education i.e. : 200 90 marks 10 marks 100 3 Hours : : : : OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE : The main objectives of the paper are : 1. The question paper should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions of one main question. To equip students with objectives. scope and components of adult education. III. II. : National Literacy Mission : Objectives.A. Unit V will consist of 8 short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 18 marks in all. II. 5.

Directorate of Adult Education Directorate of Adult Education. Community Education. UNIT-IV PRACTICAL/FIELD WORK : Participation of the students in the following and preparation of Project Report : 1.A.C. . Social Education. (GENERAL)/B. 3. Books Recommended : 1. Indian Adult Education Association. 1980 2. 2. Survey of the Community. : Fifty Years of Adult Education in India. : Adult Education in India.e. of India Directorate of Adult Education 4. its Economic. Social and Cultural Activities : Needs and Problems.A. Ministry of Education. Datta. to the Principal of the concerned College/Institution. enrolment of the learners and day-to-day functioning of Adult Education Centre. The break up of 100 marks allotted to practical is as under : External (i) (ii) (iii) Viva-Voce Written questions based on the Project Project Report 30 marks 20 marks 40 marks Internal 3 2 5 The Project Report must be submitted 15 days in advance from the date/s of practical examination. Involvement of Community & Developmental Agencies. 3. 1986. : Training of Adult Education Functionaries 1-4.SC. Preparation of profile of the area. 1978. : The National Adult Education Programme.. D. New Delhi. : Various forms of Adult Education i. Govt. Survey of the Village/Area : General information regarding the village.E. Basic Education and Life Long Education. Organization of Adult Education Centres for Basic Literacy Development. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 55 UNIT-III : Structuring Teaching Learning Environment for Adult Learners : Identification of Areas. Identification of Learners. S.B. Campaign for enrolment.

P. Pangotra. : Adult Education Training & Productivity. Mali. 1985. : National Literacy Mission. Project through Universities and Colleges. C. 1991. New Delhi. 1984. Practices and Prospectus.SC. Sterling Publishers. B. Delhi. of Education. N. Dept.M. Panjab University. 1986. National Book Organization. 1957. Ambala Cantt. 12. Ministry of Human Resource Development. 8. I. The Indian Adult Education Association.56 B. Oxford University Press. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 5. : History of Adult Education. 9. 1988. 1987. Sohan Styler. : Adult Education in India. 7. 6.N. The Indian Publications. 1984. The Associated Publishers. Sharma.S.E. Adult Education & Social Change. Singh. Adult Education. R. : Adult Education : Principles. : Adult Education in India. ---------------------- . 13. New Delhi. Ambala Cantt. CACEE.A. of India Kundu. W. M. : Adult Education in India. Govt.G. Yadav. Deep and Deep Publication.L. (GENERAL)/B.. 11. 1989. Mathur. 10.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

57

MUSIC (Vocal)
B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS : 1. 2. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five units. Four units will contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least one question from each unit. The unit fifth based on notation will contain only one compulsory question. Harmonium will not be allowed as accompaniment in vocal music, but harmonium can be used while singing Alankars. The candidate can take vocal music along with instrumental music. The candidate can also take instrumental music with tabla. Practical paper shall be set from the syllabus. There would be upto 10 students in one section. 90 Marks 90 Marks : : : (10 + 10) Total Paper-A : THEORY Unit-I 1. 2. 3. Various developments (in brief) in the History of North Indian Music during the modern period from 18th to 20th century A.D. Knowledge of Bhatkhande Thaat Padhati. Different Jaties of Ragas of the Present Raga System of North Indian Music. 70 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks : : 20 Marks 200 Marks

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) (i) (ii) (iii) Choice & Viva Harmonium Tabla

Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical)

58

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-II 1. Elementary knowledge of the following Musical terms : Dhwani, Sangeet, Nada, Shruti, Matra, Avartan, Sam, Tali, Khali, Bol, Vibhag, Swara (Shudh & Vikrit), Saptak, Laya, Tala and Alankar. 2. Brief life sketches and contributions of Great Musicians : (i) Pt. Vishnu Digambar Paluskar. (ii) Pt. Vishnu Narayan Bhatkhande. (iii) Sardar Sohan Singh of Agra Gharana. Unit-III 1. 2. 3. Knowledge of Dhrupad. Brief description of Tanpura. Definitions and types of Khayal.

Unit-IV 1. 2. Description of Ragas and Talas prescribed in the course. (i) Ragas prescribed in the course : Yaman, Kafi, Bageshri, Bhopali

(ii) Talas prescribed in the course alongwith notations : Ektal, Chautal, Teental, Dadra and Kahrva 3. Knowledge of the following Non-detailed Ragas : Bhairav, Deshkar, Bilawal (only Arohas-Avrohas & Pakads)
[[

Unit-V To write the notation of the prescribed ragas : Yaman, Kafi, Bageshri, Bhopali.

Paper-B : PRACTICAL 1. 2. One Drut Khayal in each of the following Ragas with Alaps and Tanas : Yaman, Kafi, Bageshri and Bhopali. One Vilambit Khayal in any of the prescribed Ragas.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

59

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

One Dhrupad in any of the Ragas prescribed in the course (in Thah). Ability to play Teental and Dadra Talas on Tabla. Ability to recite bols of the talas prescribed in the course in Thah and Dugun by hand : Ektal, Chautal, Teental, Dadra and Kahrva. One Sargam Geet in any of the prescribed ragas. Ability to play on Harmonium at least five alankaras based on Shudh and Vikrit swars and sing alongwith it. Ability to recognize Ragas of the course sung by the examiner. Knowledge of the following Non-detailed Ragas : And ability to sing Aroh, Avroh and Pakad with Tanpura—Bhairav, Deshkar, Bilawal. Books Recommended :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Sangeet Bodh Sangeet Shastra Vigyan Sangeet Sar Part (I) Raga Vigyan, Part I to IV Hamare Sangeet Ratan Sangeetanjali Part I to IV Kramik Pustak Mallika Part I to III Sangeet Granth Te Bharti Sangeet Da Itihas Sangeet Kaumudi Part II Sangeet Shastra Darpan Part II

: : : : : : : : : :

Paranjpe, Shartchandra Shridhar. Panna Lal Madan. Mrs. Veena Mankaran. Pt. V.N. Patwardhan. Sangeet Karayalaya, Hathras. Pt. Onkar Nath Thakur. Pt. V.N. Bhatkhande. Chander Kanta Khosla. V.S. Nigam. Shanti Goverdhan.

------------------------

60

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

MUSIC (Instrumental)
B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five units. Four units will contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least one question from each unit. The unit fifth based on notation will contain only one compulsory question. Harmonium can be used while singing. In Instrumental Music, the candidates have the option to take any one of the following instruments : Sitar, Sarangi, Veena, Sarod, Dilruba, Violin, Guitar, Bansuri, Shahnai. The candidate can take vocal music along with instrumental music. The candidate can also take instrumental music with Tabla. Practical paper shall be set from the syllabus. There would be up to ten students in one section.

2.

3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8.

Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) (i) (ii) (iii) Viva Gayan Tabla : : : 70 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks

90 Marks 90 Marks

Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical)

(10 + 10) Total :

:

20 Marks 200 Marks

Shudh-Kalyan. Unit-II 1. Various developments (in brief) in the history of Music in India during the modern period from 18th to 20th century A. Bhopali. Definitions and explanations of the following : Maseetkhani Gat. Description of the prescribed ragas and talas : Ragas : Yaman. Knowledge of Laya and Tala. Knowledge of Bhatkhande’s Thaat Paddhati. 2. Saptak. Shruti. Teental. 3. Talas : Dadra. Introduction and history of your own instrument. Jhala. Swara. Unit-III 1. (GENERAL)/B. Elementary knowledge of the following terms : Dhwani-Sangeet. Alankar.B. 3. 2. Unit-IV 1. Nada. Description of the following non-detailed ragas : Deshkar. Razakhani Gat. Definition and explanation of Jaties of Ragas. Jhaptal. Elementary knowledge of Bhatkhande Notation System. Brief life sketches and their contributions to Indian Music of the following : (i) (ii) Ustad Allahuddin Khan Sahib. Roopak. Bhairav. Kafi. 2.SC. Ravi Shanker. . (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 61 Paper-A : THEORY Unit-I 1. (iii) Ustad Hafiz Ali Khan. Khamaj. Pt.D. 3. Tora.A. 2.

Demonstration of five different Alankars on the instrument.A. Kafi. Rag Parichaya Part II and III Sangeet Kaumudi Part-II (Punjabi) : : : : : : H. Kareer. One Maseetkhani Vilambit Gat in any prescribed ragas. Mrs. Patiala. Sitar Marg. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-V To write the notation of the prescribed ragas : Yaman. 2. Prof. Srivastava.C. Ability to play Teental on Tabla. 4. One Razakhani Drut Gat with Toras and Jhalas in each of the prescribed ragas : Yaman. Bhairav (only Aroh-Avroh and Pakad). Kafi. Ability to demonstrate the following talas by hand in Ekgun and Dugun layakaries : Talas : Dadra. Onkar Nath Thakur. Books Recommended : 1.S. Ability to sing Shudh-Swaras with the help of Harmonium. 7. 5. Pt. 6. Part-I Sangeetanjali. Dr. Jhaptal. Teental. S. S. 3. Bandopadhya. published by Punjabi University. Bhopali. Veena Mankaran.62 B.SC. Khamaj. Khamaj. 6. 3. Bhopali. 2. Part I & IV Sangeet Manjusha -------------------------- . 5. Shudh-Kalyan. Part-II Sangeet Sar. Knowledge of the following non-detailed ragas : Deshkar. 4. Indrani Chakravarti. (GENERAL)/B. Roopak. Paper-B : PRACTICAL 1.

Bayan. (c) Brief Introduction of Bhatkhande Tala Notation System and writing of Talas in Bhatkhande Notation System. 2011 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS : 1.B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 63 TABLA (Instrumental) B. Unit fifth based on notation will be compulsory. Gatta. Harmonium will be allowed to play Nagma/Lahra. Practical Paper shall be set from the syllabus for Paper-B (Practical). Vibhag. The question paper will be divided into five units. Sam Avartan. out of which the candidates are to attempt one question from each unit. Tali. Baddi.A. First four units will contain two questions each. Hatodi. Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Viva Harmonium Tabla (Tuning) Padhant on Hand Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (10 + 10) . 2. 4. Matra. Kinar. Juduri. Khali. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. nine questions will be set from the whole syllabus. 90 Marks 90 Marks : : : : 60 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks : Total : Paper-A : THEORY UNIT-I (a) (b) Dahina. Theka.A. Explain the following : Laya. Gudri. (GENERAL)/B. In all. there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased. Syahi. Lav (Maidan).SC. Thus. in all the candidates are required to attempt five questions. In case of the private candidates. Palli. 20 Marks 200 marks 3.

(GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS UNIT-II (a) (b) Decription of playing techniques of Varnas : Sayunkta & Asayunkta Varna. Kaharva.Ustad Nathoo Khan. UNIT-V Ability to write in notation the composition prescribed in Teental and Ektaal (Quaida. Paper-B : PRACTICAL (a) (b) Talas prescribed : Dadra. Mukhda. Trital. Chautal and Ektaal. A structural study of the following instruments : Dholak. . Definition of Avanaddha Vadyas and their importance in Music.Ustad Habibuddin Khan. UNIT-III (a) (b) (c) Importance of Tala in Music and Dance.Ustad Sidhar Khan.SC. Quaida. Tukdas and Parans). UNIT-IV (a) (b) (c) Definition of Gharana and brief history of Delhi and Ajrada Gharana of Tabla Vadan. Rela. Rela. Naal. (GENERAL)/B. . Laggis in Dadra and Kaharva.64 B.A. Peshkar and Paran. Pakhawaj and Khol. Tukda. Tigun and Chaugun. Definition with examples of the following : Tihai. . Detailed playing techniques of Delhi and Ajrada Gharana. Life sketches and contribution of the following artists : . Dugun. (c) Definition of Thah.

Practice of Dholak playing in Kaharva Taal. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 65 (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Trital (Peshkara. Chautal – Theka in Ekgun. Teen Taal and Ektaal. Taal Parichay Part-I --------------------------- . two Parans). Patiala. Sangit Karyalaya. Tunning of Tabla.C. Yogmaya Shukla Jagmohan Sharma. two Mukhdas. one Paran). Hathras.A. 2. two Tihai. Nigam. (GENERAL)/B. two Quaida. two Mohras. Sangit Karyalaya. 6. B. 3.B. published by Punjabi University. two Tukra. Ektaal – (one Quaida. Ability to play Nagma on Harmonium in Taal Dadra. 5. Dugun and Chaugun Layakaries.SC.S. 4. Girishchander Shrivastava. Taal Prabhakar Prashanptsi Tabla Tarang Taal Prakash Hamare Sangeet Ratan Tabla Ki Utpatti Evam Vikas Tabla Vadan Part-I : : : : : : : G. Hathras. Books Recommended : 1. Srivastava. four Paltas. Practice of playing the above Talas with vocal and instrumental performances. 7.

Origin of Lasya. there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS INDIAN CLASSICAL DANCE B.66 B. In the case of private candidates. (GENERAL)/B. Brief study of the following : (i) Four neck movements. Four units will contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least one question from each unit. The question paper will be divided into five units. The unit fifth based on notation will contain only one compulsory question. The Practical Paper shall be set from the syllabus prescribed for Paper-B (Practical). 90 marks 90 marks : : : : 70 marks 05 marks 05 marks 10 marks : Total : 20 marks 200 marks 3. 4. (ii) Eight eye galances. Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Viva Harmonium Tabla Padhant on Hand Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (10 +10) Paper-A : THEORY Unit-I (a) (b) (c) Origin of Tandav. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.SC. Harmonium will be allowed to play Nagma. 2011 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS : 1. nine questions will be set. In all.A. (iv) Nine head Movements.A. . 2. (iii) Six eye-brow movements.

Unit-III (a) (b) (c) Brief study of Abhinaya and its various parts. Two folk dances of Rajasthan. Unit-V (a) (b) (c) Notation of prescribed Talas alongwith dugun and chaugun layakaries. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 67 Unit-II (a) (b) (c) Fifteen Asamyukta. Mudras based on Abhinaya Darpan. Notation of all tukra. their costumes and background music. their origin and background music. Two folk dances of Jammu & Kashmir.A. Life sketches of Uday Shankar and Pandit Naryan Prasad. toras and parans etc. Dugun and Chaugun Layakaries. Brief study of Kathak dance. (GENERAL)/B. Notation of Nagma.B. Unit-IV (a) (b) (c) Two folk dances of Punjab. of the prescribed talas. Thaat Salami or Namaskar Amad Tora Kavit Tehai — — — — — — 2 1 1 5 1 1 . Six eye-brow movements. their origin and background music.SC. Advantages of dance. Paper-B : PRACTICAL (a) Teentaal Two types of Tatkar in Single.

Practical demonstration of the neck movements with their functions. 3.A.N. T.N.SC. Azad. 5. Dugun Tora Amad — — 5 1 (c) (d) (e) Practical knowledge of Asmyukta Hastas.R. ---------------------- . Kathak Naritya Kathak Naritya Shiksha Kathak Shingar Nritya Prashan Paujika Kathak Darpan : : : : : L. (f) Ability to play Nagma on Harmonium in Teental. Azad. Garg. J.68 B.R. Puru Dadhichi. (ii) Jhaptal. T. Ability to demonstrate following Talas on Tabla : (i) Teentala. 2. 4. (GENERAL)/B. Books Recommended : 1. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS (b) Jhaptal : (i) (ii) (iii) Tatkar in Single. Pathak.

Each question is to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. 4. Paper-A : THEORY (History of Art) Max.A. forms and subject matter of these works. Ajanta-Shaddanta Jataka. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. So in all. Each question would be of 10 marks. Decorative ceiling panels from Cave No. styles and phases of the developments in painting and sculpture in India and the West. six hours be earmarked for practical classes and three hours for theory classes (per week). The candidate is to attempt 5 questions as per the instructions given in the question paper. Eastern Indian Paintings with special reference to Ashtasahasrika Prajanaparamita.e. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. It shall carry 20 marks and shall be a compulsory question. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 10 questions spread over the whole syllabus. Marks : 60 Time : 3 Hours Objectives : The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools. 2011 Note : Minimum of nine hours teaching per week be assigned and out of nine hours. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 69 FINE ARTS B. Avilokitesvara. Each paper carries 60 marks. (GENERAL)/B. Unit-I : History of Indian Painting • • • • • Pre-historic paintings from Bhim–Betka. 2.A. Two questions will be set from each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i. a candidate shall attempt one question from each unit. 2. Padmapani. the candidate shall attempt 4 questions in all out of 8 questions. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES 1. concepts. Mahajanaka Jataka. 3. Western Indian manuscripts. Dying Princess.B. Sittanavasal .SC. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units. Paintings with special reference to Nativity of Mahavira from Palm-leaf .Lotus Pond.

Pvt. Didarganj Yakshi. The Lamentation by Giotto. Bombay. Ajanta. Yakshas and Yakshini figures.The Great Departure.C. Egyptian Art . R. 4. II and III (Sculpture and Painting Sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan.B. Perspective.Seals. Ellora and Aurangabad Caves. New Delhi.Mosaic. Roman Art . Lion Capital from Sarnath.70 B. 1959.A. slides and related films. Oriental Books Reprint Corporation. Kramrisch. Mural . 1996. Amaravati .Standing Youth. Gothic Art . 1990. (editor) Gupte and Mahajan Rowland. Bharhut . Sculpture in round and in relief.SC. Ltd. Priest. Unit-IV : Definition of Key Terms and General Concepts • Colour. Arch of Titus. Foreshortening. Maurayan Art with special reference to Rampurva Bull Capital. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Miniature.Dream of Queen Maya. I. Suggested Readings : 1. Byzantine Art .Augustus of Primaporta. 1988. Seated Scribe. D. Unit-III : History of Western Art • • • • • • Pre-historic Art . (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-II : History of Indian Sculpture • • • • Indus Valley Civilization . The History and Culture of Indian People. Stella Majumdar. Vitale. Pedagogy : The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books. Vols. Greek Art . 2. Laocoon group.. Line. Subjugation of Nalagiri. The Art and Architecture of India.Madonna Enthroned by Duccio. Discobolus. Metal Dancing Girl. Penguin Books.Wounded Bison (Altamira).Palette of King Narmer. 3. Emperor Justinian and his Attendants in S. 1983. (GENERAL)/B. Benjamin : : Survey of Painting in the Deccan. Bombay. Great Britain. 1962. Venus of Willendorf.Fresco and Tempera techniques. Chiaroscuro (light-shade). : : . Red Sandstone Torso.

. 1995. Saraswati. History of Art.W. Meaning of Art. New Delhi. . 1965. India and Modern Art. N. Still Life Study Drawing from Life Landscape Painting (on the spot) Total : Note : 30 30 30 90 Max. London. 1977. 1981. 3.S. New Delhi. Govt. Marks 1. 14. B. Heritage of Indian Art. S. The Story of Art.. Gardener. Panjab University. W. Ministry of Information & Broadcasting. Varanasi. The World Publishing Co. London. Publication Bureau.S. Archer. Percy Aggarwala. 1976. Ray. 8. 6. study and rendering of texture of different objects. 2. Helen Gombrich. Phaidon Press Limited. 15.A. 1972. Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. London. New York. volume and rhythmic relationship of masses. 2001. Indian Art (English). Publications Division. Indian Painting under the Mughals. 1963. D.S. Paper-B : PRACTICAL This paper consists of three sections : Max. Brown. New Delhi. E.SC. Art Through the Ages. Thames & Hudson.A. Prithvi Prakashan. H. 9. Harcourt Brace & Co.R. Read. Bhartiya Kala (Hindi). Chandigarh.. 12. Cosmo Publications. 1974. Painting of India. 11.V. 16.K. SECTION-I Still Life Study Drawing & Painting of a number of objects to study proportion. 1959. Ohio. An Approach to Indian Art. and Gray. of India. Aggarwala. George Allen & Unwin Limited. 13. Faber & Faber. : : : : : : : : : : : : A Survey of Indian Sculpture. Ltd.S. Herbert Janson. U. 10. 1975. Aggarwala. 7. 1991.V.G.. Time 5 hours 5 hours 5 hours Section 3 will be taken up last at the time of examination. Barrett. (GENERAL)/B.H.B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 71 5.V.

Water or Pastel colours.SC. --------------------- . Sessional marks will be given on the basis of the work done during the session in all the three sections. proportion. marking may be done separately by each examiner giving marks out of 50% of the aggregate of the sessional marks. In case of difference of opinion. Sessional marks shall be given by external and internal examiners jointly.72 B. use of linear and aerial perspective. Water or Pastel colours. middle and distance. 50 (based on work related equally to 3 sections). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Number of objects Medium Size : : : Three objects with display at the back. At least five works will be submitted in each section. Textural Values. their arrangements in the foreground. Emphasis should be on structure. SECTION-III Landscape Painting (on the spot) Landscape painting : Study relationship of objects. foreshortening.A. (GENERAL)/B. Oil. Medium Size SESSIONAL MARKS : : : Oil. ½ Imperial. ½ Imperial SECTION-II Drawing from Life Portrait Monochrome : From Live Model or Castin any medium -1/4 Imperial Sheet. texture. relative size of masses. tones and colours. Posture & Individuality of the model.

2.SC. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms. styles and phases of the developments in painting and sculpture in India.e. Paper-A : HISTORY OF INDIAN PAINTING AND SCULPTURE Max.A. Marks : 100 Time : 3 Hours Objectives : The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools. Sittanavasal. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. 3. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. It shall carry 28 marks and shall be a Compulsory question. Study of Indian Painting : Unit-I (a) (b) Pre-historic Painting. Each paper carries 100 marks. Two questions will be set from each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i. forms and subject matter of these works. concepts.A. a candidate shall attempt one question from each unit. Ajanta : Early Period. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 73 HISTORY OF ART B. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 14 questions spread over the whole syllabus. 4. Classical Period and Post-Classical Period. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units.B. (GENERAL)/B. Each question would be of 18 marks. the candidate shall attempt 4 questions in all out of 8 questions. Each question is to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is to attempt 5 questions as per the instructions given in the question paper. 2011 Note : 1. Unit-II (a) (b) (c) (d) Bagh. So in all. . Badami. Ellora.

Kramrisch. 1990. 1988. slides and related films. Vols.SC. Bombay. (GENERAL)/B. 1975. 1962. Ellora and Aurangabad Caves. Niharajan : : Survey of Painting in the Deccan.. S. : : : : . Bharhut. (editor) Gupte and Mahajan Rowland. Great Britain. 1983. 6. 1974. 4. 2. Pvt. Mathura under the Kushanas. A Survey of Indian Sculpture.. Ltd. I.C. Ltd. II and III (Sculpture and Painting Sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan Bombay. Ray. Gandharan Art. Stella Majumdar. Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. An Approach to Indian Art. Ajanta. Publication Bureau. Unit-IV (a) (b) (c) (d) Amaravati.A. D. The Art and Architecture of India. 5.B. Chandigarh. R. Penguin Books. Mauryan Period. Benjamin Saraswati. 3.74 B. Panjab University. The History and Culture of Indian People.K. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Study of Indian Sculpture : Unit-III (a) (b) (c) (d) Indus Valley Civilization. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Pedagogy : The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books. Oriental Books Reprint Corporation. New Delhi. 1996. Nagarjunikonda. New Delhi. 1959. Sanchi. Suggested Readings : 1.

) and Theory and Principles of Art Appreciation Objectives : Max. 1977. Ministry of Information & Broadcasting. 1976. Aggarwala. Unit-III (a) (b) (c) Art of Early Christian Period. Varanasi. Aggarwala. of India. and Gray. 1965. : : Painting of India. (GENERAL)/B.V. Aggarwala.S. 9. Roman Art. Prithvi Prakashan. Heritage of Indian Art.. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms.V. Indian Art (English). forms and subject matter of these works. Bhartiya Kala (Hindi). Unit-II (a) (b) Greek Art. concepts. Ohio. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 75 7.S. Egyptian Art. Gothic Period. Publications Division. 1400 A. 10. 8.D. New Delhi.B. D. 1963.V. Marks : 100 Time : 3 Hours The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools. styles and phases of the developments in painting and sculpture in the west.A.S. Byzantine Period. Barrett. History of Western Art : Unit-I (a) (b) Pre-historic Painting. Govt.SC. : : Paper-B : STUDY OF WESTERN PAINTING AND SCULPTURE (from the earliest times to ca. The World Publishing Co. . B.

1991. slides and related films. Fresco and Tempera techniques. 3.S. Gardener.H.A.. History of Art.A. Helen Gombrich. (GENERAL)/B.W. Faber & Faber. Line. 1995.SC. Form. Texture. ------------------------ . Perspective. : : : : Meaning of Art. Read. Harcourt Brace & Co. Composition. Balance. Pedagogy : The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art form as seen from the books. Light and Shade. H. London. Mural. Art Through the Ages. New York. 4. Herbert Janson. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-IV Explanation through illustrations of the concept of : (a) (b) Space. Phaidon Press Limited.76 B. London. The Story of Art. E. Design. 2. 2001. Thames & Hudson. Foreshortening. Harmony. Colour.. U. Suggested Readings : 1. 1972.

2011 Paper-A : HISTORY AND CULTURE OF INDIA FROM THE INDUS VALLEY CIVILIZATION TO 321 B. The map work shall consist of 12 marks for the map and 06 marks for the explanatory notes. UNIT-I UNIT-II UNIT-III UNIT-IV . Each short answer type question shall be of 2 marks to be answered in 25 to 30 words. The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper. CULTURE & ARCHAEOLOGY B. : : : : The Vedic Culture & Civilization.C. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.B. OR a question on map. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 77 ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. Extent of Harappan Civilization. (GENERAL)/B. The paper shall be of 3 hours duration.e. The rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. The entire syllabus has been divided into 4 Units. The sixteen Mahajanapadas with special reference to the rise of Magadha (from Bimbisara to the fall of the Nandas). the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. For Private candidates. The Iranian and Macedonian Invasions. The candidate is required to answer any 9 short answer type questions. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES : 1.SC.A. The paper setter shall set 2 questions from each unit and the candidate shall be given internal choice i. 3. Objectives : The paper is a survey of the proto-historic and historic background to Indian history from the Harappan Civilization to the time of the Iranian and Macedonian invasions. Each question shall carry 18 marks. The theory paper will be of 90 marks and 10 marks will be for internal assessment. 4. Alexander’s Indian campaign. the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit. The map question shall have the following topics : (a) (b) (c) 6. 5.A. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the entire syllabus. All questions shall carry equal marks. Location of 16 Mahajanapadas. 2. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. Harappan Civilization.

D. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Pedagogy of the Course Work : Students are expected to familiarize themselves with sources and with methods of reconstructing ancient political history. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES : 1. All questions shall carry equal marks. as far as their sources permit. Extent of Mauryan empire. The theory question paper will be of 90 marks and 10 marks will be for internal assessment.D. an attempt is made to view the political events in their situational context. For private candidates. duration. Extent of Kanishka’s empire. (GENERAL)/B. . (b) Location of Ashokan inscriptions. The candidate is required to answer any 9 short answer type questions.SC. 5. 2. 3. The rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. The paper setter shall set 2 questions from each unit and the candidate shall be given internal choice i. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. The entire syllabus has been divided into 4 Units. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. Further.78 B.A. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the entire syllabus. Objectives : This course deals with the political and cultural history of India from Mauryas to 319 A. Each question shall carry 18 marks. locating the interconnection of social. The paper shall be of 3 hrs.e. the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit. The map work shall consist of 12 marks for the map and 06 marks for the explanatory notes. It also acquaints the students about the foreign invasions which took place during the time span as mentioned above and their impact on the Indian Culture. 4. Paper-B : HISTORY AND CULTURE OF INDIA FROM THE MAURYAS TO 319 A. Each short answer type question shall be of 2 marks to be answered in 25 to 30 words. economic and political developments. OR a question on map. The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper. The map question shall have the following topics : (a) (c) 6.

B. UNIT-III UNIT-IV : : Brief History of the Bactrian Greeks. photographs. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 79 UNIT-I : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Chandragupta Maurya. lectures. Causes of the downfall of the Mauryan empire. Culture and Socio-economic conditions during the Mauryan period. Pedagogy of the Course Work : The students are to be taught with the help of slides.SC. Kushana Dynasty : Political and Cultural Survey. Ashoka. In addition to it. Sakas and the Parthians in India. topographical maps. workshops and seminars may be arranged to facilitate the students to understand the subject in a better way. Satavahana Dynasty : Political and Cultural History. political maps etc.A. UNIT-II : Sunga Dynasty : Political and Cultural Survey. (GENERAL)/B. ---------------------------- .

A. The serving armed forces and para-military personnel will be exempted from practical examination and marks secured by such candidates in theory papers will be proportionately raised out of 200. The candidate will be required to attempt one question from each of these sections carrying 12 ½ marks. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment and practical examination the marks secured by them in theory papers will proportionately be increased to the maximum marks of the each theory paper in lieu of internal assessment and practical marks. The practical test will be of 1 ½ hours duration. Private candidates shall have to attend practical classes for 10 hours spread over two to three days for which the certificate shall be issued by the Chairman. after paying the required fee as prescribed by the University from time to time. Panjab University. Battle of Hydaspes and Alexander’s Art of War. There will be two theory papers A and B carrying 70 marks each. 2.80 B. Practical examination will be compulsory for regular. 4. 40 marks are kept for the practical test. Department of Defence & National Security Studies. The candidates will be required to attempt any 10 short answer type questions. In addition to it. For reappearing candidates. Chandigarh. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS DEFENCE & STRATEGIC STUDIES B. . Kautilya’s Philosophy of War. Paper-A : EVOLUTION OF WARFARE IN INDIA Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hrs. in January every year.SC. Each theory paper will have one compulsory short answer type question containing 15 questions of 2 marks each covering the entire syllabus.A. Objective : This paper deals with the salient features of Indian Warfare with emphasis on Military organization. The persons appearing as private candidates (except serving armed forces and para-military personnel) shall have to complete the requirement of attending the practical at the department of Defence & National Security Studies. 3. University School of Open Learning and private candidates. Each theory paper will be of three hours duration. 2011 Note : 1. Panjab University only. battle technique & leadership. 2. SECTION-I 1. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. there will be four sections of the question paper. The internal assessment will be of 10 marks for each of the two papers . (GENERAL)/B.

8. Military Systems in Ancient India. 8. 5. and Chilianwala 1849 A. Bajwa S. Sarkar William.D.S. Military organization and Battle techniques of Marathas under Shivaji. 1192 A. Army of the Indian Mughals. Indian Armed Forces 1858 to 1947 – General Evolution and Development (A Broad Perspective). 11. Sen F. Military System of the Marathas. Military organizations and battle techniques of Rajputs and Turks with particular reference to Battle of Tarrain. Battles of Panipat.P. 7. 2. 4. 9. Military History of India. Military organization and battle techniques of Sikh Army under Maharaja Ranjit Singh. Decisive Battle of India. Battle techniques of Southern Muslim Sultans with particular reference to Battle of Talikota. The Great. 6. The Military Systems of Sikhs. Majumdar J. Warfare under East India Company with particular reference to Battle of Assaye 1803 A. 4. 10. Kangle B. 13.T. Books Recommended : 1. . 1565 A. 3.K.SC. 9. Dass Gautam Sharma Mallesan Erskin Gurcharan Singh Rajendra Nath : : : : : : : : : : : : : Generalship of Alexander. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 81 SECTION-II 3.D. 12. Memories of Babur.N. SECTION-III 5.D. (GENERAL)/B. JFC.B.D. Irvin S. 6. Military Leadership in India : Vedic Period to Indo-Pak Wars.A.N. An Introduction to the Art of War. 1526 A. Military organizations and battle techniques of Mughals and Afghans with particular reference to First Battle of Panipat. Indian Army Through the Ages.D. SECTION-IV 7. Kautilya’s Arthshastra. Fuller K.

SECTION-II 4.82 B. Military organizations and battle techniques of Barbarians with particular reference to Battle of Adrianople. 9. 3. communications and tactics.D.C. Military organizations and battle techniques of the English and French with reference to the Battle of Hastings. to 1865 A. SECTION-III 6. 216 B. Fuller. 331 B.SC. Military History of the Western World. 1066 A. The Mongol Art of War under Changez Khan and his successors. 2.M. Elements and Principles of Napoleonic Warfare. Montress. 3.C. I. Military organisations and battle techniques of Romans and Carthagenians with particular reference to the Battles of Cannae. 5.) and changes in military strategy & tactics and the impact of Science and Society on warfare. Military organizations and battle techniques of Macedonians.C. JFC Bullock. Montgomery. Books Recommended : 1.D. Conduct of War. 5. Persians with particular reference to the Battles of Arbella. SECTION-IV 8. JFC : : : : : A History of Warfare. War through the Ages.A. (GENERAL)/B. 7. 1805 A. 4. F. Armament and History. Objective : This paper deals with salient features of Warfare (from 331 B.D. . L.D. Naval Warfare with particular reference to the Battle of Trafalgar. Fuller.. Industrial revolution and its impact on weapons. SECTION-I 1. Vol. American Civil War (1861-65) – Causes and Events. 2. 378 A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Paper-B : EVOLUTION OF WARFARE IN OTHER COUNTRIES Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hrs. H.

5. Introduction to Topographical Maps : Definition. direction by equal altitude method. 2. Total Marks : 40 Paper-C : PRACTICAL Note : 1. Military History of the Western World. Examiners are required to set the question paper at least half an hour before the examination. I & II. (GENERAL)/B. Note : 1.SC. Vols. JFC Fuller. Practical exercise should be carried out on drawing sheets with explanatory notes OR on computer. finding out True North. the number of students in one group shall not ordinarily exceed fifteen. 1. Conventional Signs : Military and Geographical. There will be 3 hours of teaching per week for practicals. inter conversion of statement into representative fraction. 2. types. features. SECTION-A : Practical Test Marks : 25 Time : 1 ½ Hrs. 2. Watch method. Fuller. Distance and Scale : Definition.A. six figure and eight figure map references. The Art of Warfare. construction of simple scale line and comparative scale lines. 3. methods of representing scale. JFC Barrie and Rackett : : : Machine Warfare. classification. SECTION-B Marks : 15 Time : 1 ½ Hrs. There will be five questions in all and candidates will be required to attempt any three questions. Course Contents for Practicals : 1. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 83 6. Lecture by the candidate (on any of the topics in the syllabus of theory papers A or B) Practical Record Viva-Voce -----------------------= 5 marks = 5 marks = 5 marks . Map method and Compass method. Grid System : Four figure. Service Protector : Its type and uses. 8. 2. 6. 7.B. 4. Directions : Types of North. enlargement and reduction of maps. For practical classes. 3.

A. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18 marks i. The distribution of marks for the map question would be as under : Map Explanatory Note : : 10 marks 08 marks In case a paper setter chooses to set a question of map on important historical places.A. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. There shall be 9 questions in all. (GENERAL)/B. : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours . One question from Unit IV shall be set on the map. 3. Explanation : 1. The paper-setter would avoid repetition between different types of questions within one question paper. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Unit-I 1. 2.D. Each essay type question would cover about one-third to one-half of a topic detailed in the syllabus.84 B. 3. For private candidates. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS HISTORY B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Objectives : To introduce the students to the history of India in Ancient times. library work and discussions. Pedagogy : Lectures.e. 2011 INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES : (For Papers A & B) 1. Paper A : HISTORY OF INDIA UPTO 1200 A. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. 2 marks of each. Each unit shall have two essay type questions and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from each unit – 4 in all.SC. Geography and History : The physical features and their influence on the course of Indian History. The syllabus has been divided into four units. Max. The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper. 2. the paper setter will be required to ask the students to mark 10 places on map of 1 mark each and write explanatory note on any four of 2 marks each. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. Each question will carry 18 marks.

(b) Extent of the Mauryan Empire. Varanasi. life and teachings of Gautam Buddha. Map : (a) Important Historical Places : Taxila.S. 3. Thapar. Alexander’s invasion and its impact. 2005. Inscriptions. Penguin. Indraprastha. social.L. Harappan Civilization : Extent. 2002. 8. social conditions. Delhi : Manohar. Ed. Delhi : OUP.. 11. 3. Kalibangan. Travel Accounts. Patliputra. Hastinapur. 2005. The Age of Vardhanas : Campaigns of Harsha Vardhan. 4. Jha. The Gupta Empire : Achievements of Samudragupta and Chandragupta II. Ancient India : An Historical Outline. R. Sharma. 2007 (Hindi Medium). Social. 2nd Rev. 1992. 9. Vedic Period : Original home of the Aryans. (c) Gupta Empire under Samudragupta. . 5. society and culture under the Rajputs. Basham. economy and religion. Romila : : : : : The Wonder That Was India. Ujjain. R. Jainism and Buddhism : Causes responsible for the rise of new religions. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 85 2. Unit-II 4. Ashoka’s Dhamma.A. town planning. administration. (GENERAL)/B.B.S. Ajanta. Kanishka and his achievements.. Early India from the Origin to A. Major Sources of Ancient Indian History : Literary sources. cultural and scientific developments under Guptas. Economic and Religious life in the early Vedic Period. Post Mauryan Period : Decline of the Mauryan Empire. Bodhgaya. literary and religious activities of Harsha Vardhan. Unit-IV 10. Coins. Sopara. Administration under the Mauryas. Calcutta : Rupa & Co. 5. Reading List : 1. 1300. Delhi : Orient Black Swan. Sanchi. Kannauj. 12. A. Tanjore. Lothal. economic.D. Kanchi. 6. developments in the later Vedic Period. Sharma.SC. Kurukshetra. The Rajputs : Origin of the Rajputs. Parambhik Bharat Ka Parichay. Ellora. Nalanda. Archaeological findings. India’s Ancient Past. Greek Invasion : Political conditions on the eve of Alexander’s invasion. The Mauryan Empire : Conquests of Chandragupta Maurya. Political. 2. polity. D. Unit-III 7. Harappa and Kalinga. life and teachings of Mahavir Swami.N.

main features. 5. 11. The Decline of Mughal Empire : Causes responsible for the decline. The Mughal Empire under Akbar : His relations with the chiefs of Rajputana. Foundation of Mughal Empire : Political conditions of India on the eve of Babur’s invasion. The Reigns of Jahangir and Shahjahan : The influence of Nurjahan on Mughal politics. the consolidation of Turkish rule under Iltutmish and Balban. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Objectives : To introduce the students to the history of India in Medieval times. 2. the Deccan policies of Jahangir and Shahjahan. Unit-I 1. 3. conquests of Babur. 6. The Rise of the Marathas : Shivaji and his administration. Unit-III 7. his administrative.A. Establishment and Consolidation of the Delhi Sultanate : The conquests of Muizuddin of Ghor and their impact. The Vijaynagar Kingdom : Establishment and expansion. Max. prominent Bhakti saints. The Afghans : Establishment of second Afghan empire under Sher Shah Suri and his administrative reforms. The Khaljis : The Conquests of Alauddin Khalji. 9. Pedagogy : Lectures. Unit-II 4. Feroze Shah Tughluq’s administrative and economic reforms and their consequences. Unit-IV 10. library work and discussions.D. (GENERAL)/B. his civil administration. The Tughluqs : Muhammad bin Tughluq’s administrative experiments and their impact. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Paper B : HISTORY OF INDIA 1200-1750 A.86 B. Bhakti Movement : Causes responsible for the rise of Bhakti Movement. agrarian and market reforms. causes of his success. responsibility of Aurangzeb. : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 hours : : : . administration and economy. his religious policy. 8.SC.

Map : (a) (b) (c) Important Historical Places—Lahore. 1200-c. Reading List : 1. The Wonder That Was India. c. Delhi : Orient Black Swan. New Delhi : Oxford University Press.A.A. Medieval India from Sultanate to the Mughals (1206-1526).. 1997. I. Delhi. Golkunda. 8. Mathura. Lucknow. The Mughal Empire under Aurangzeb. S.) Chandra. 4. 2007 (Hindi Medium). History of Medieval India. 1987. Jaipur. New Delhi : National Book Trust. Medieval India from Sultanate to the Mughals. Ahmednagar. 1200-1700. India. Ltd. 7. The Cambridge Economic History of India. Panipat. Udaipur. Chittor. Daultabad. Muzaffar and Sanjay Subrahmanyam (eds. 1996. Bijapur. 2. 3. Fatehpur Sikri. Satish Chandra. : The Mughal State 1526-1750. 1998. (GENERAL)/B. 2008. : : : : : : : --------------------- . Agra. Satish Habib.. Satish Chandra. New Delhi : Rupa & Co.1750. 6. Medieval India : The Study of Civilization.SC. II. Alam. Satish Chandra.A. The Empire of Alauddin Khalji. Essays on Medieval Indian History. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 87 12. New Delhi : Orient Longman. 2007..B. Vol. New Delhi : Oxford University Press. New Delhi : Har-Anand Publications Pvt. Part Two Mughal Empire (1526-1748). 5. Poona. Surat. Vol. Irfan Ray Chaudhri Tapan and Irfan Habib Rizvi.

A. 2. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. 2. 2 marks of each. The State : Definition.A. Definition and Scope. concepts and themes in the discipline of Political Science. The paper-setter must put note (d) in the question paper. (GENERAL)/B. Elements and its Distinction from Government and Society. 3. Relationship of Political Science with Economics.e. Distinction between Political Theory and Political Science. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. Unit-II 1. The students shall have to attempt 9 short answer type questions i. Historical/Evolutionary. In Question No. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units.SC. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : (a) (b) There shall be 9 questions in all. Theories of the Origin of State : Social Contract. History and Sociology. The candidates shall attempt one question from each unit. . Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice. i. One. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 hours Objectives : The objective of this paper is to introduce first year undergraduate students to some of the basic aspects. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS POLITICAL SCIENCE B. 15 short answer type questions be asked spreading over whole syllabus to be answered in 25-30 words each. For private and reappear candidates. 4 in all of 18 marks each.88 B. (c) (d) Unit-I 1. Political Sciene : Meaning.e. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be a compulsory question. 2011 Paper–A : POLITICAL THEORY-I Max.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES (a) (b) There shall be 9 questions in all. Functions and its Distinction from State. Political System : Meaning. Marxian and Gandhian View.e. 2. Characteristics. 2. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. 15 short answer type questions be asked spreading over whole syllabus to be answered in 25-30 words each.SC.A. 4 in all of 18 marks each. The candidates shall attempt one question from each unit. Attributes and Types. Characteristics and Types. Power. It will provide students with the tools to engage with some key political issues of our times. Authority. One. For private and reappear candidates. Welfare State : Concept and Functions.e. Legitimacy : Meaning and Characteristics. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. The paper-setter must put note (d) in the question paper. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Unit-IV 1.B. The students shall have to attempt 9 short answer type questions i. Theories of Sovereignty : Monistic and Pluralistic. State : Liberal. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be a compulsory question. Unit-I (c) (d) 1. It introduces higher level concepts and themes in political theory. 2 marks of each. In Question No. Functions of State : Liberal and Socialist Perspective. 3. Paper–B : POLITICAL THEORY-II Max. . (GENERAL)/B. 3. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 89 Unit-III 1. 2. Sovereignty : Definition. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 hours Objectives : The aim of this paper is to deepen and expand the knowledge of the student in Political Science. i. Political Culture : Meaning. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice.

Unit-II 1. Ashirvatham M. Unit-III 1. Types and Relation between the two.90 B. Delhi (Punjabi & Hindi). The Political System.A.P. 3. J. Justice : Meaning and its various Dimensions. (GENERAL)/B. Chand & Company. Characteristics and Factors. Chand & Company. Rights and Duties : Meaning. Types of its Safeguards. 3. 4. 2. Characteristics and Agencies. New Delhi. Books Recommended : 1. Equality : Meaning. Environmental Protection : Issues and Efforts. Social Change : Meaning. 2. New Delhi. Sterling Publishers. Jain David Easton D.SC. . 3. Theories of Democracy : Liberal. Universal Declaration of Human Rights. 6. Johri S. Political Theory. Verma A. Political Theory. Scientific Book Agency. Characteristics and Types. Principles of Political Science. Unit-IV 1. Political Socialisation : Meaning. Democracy : Meaning. Marxian and Elite. New Delhi.C.P. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 3. S. Bhattacharya : : : : : : : Principles of Political Science.C. 2. Vijay Publishing House. Kapoor E. 7. 5. Calcutta. Calcutta. Political Theory. New Delhi. 3.C. Political Theory. Authors Guild Publication. 2. Types and Relationship between Liberty and Equality. Geetanjali Publishing House. Liberty : Meaning. S.

1999. Edinburgh. Richard Chapman and Michael Sheehan Andrew Heywood Andrew Heywood : : An Introduction to Political Theory.P. 11. 9. London. London. New Delhi. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 91 8.A.B. Political Theory : An Introduction. Gauba Frank Bealey. Macmillan India Ltd. 10. : : ---------------------- . O. Macmillan Press. Macmillan. (GENERAL)/B. 1997.. Politics. Edinburgh University Press.SC. 1999. Elements in Political Science.

The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions i. firms. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. The students are expected to develop rudimentary understanding of how and why consumers. Consumers Surplus and its measurements. .e. 2011 Paper–A : MICRO ECONOMICS Max. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory question. 2 marks of each. (ii) Unit-I Introduction : Meaning. The course also aims at introduction of the functioning of competitive and noncopmpetitive product markets and performance of the markets for resources. All questions carry equal marks. Law of Demand and its Exceptions. The course covers the basic concepts and tools needed to undertake the analysis of such problems that arise due to the law of scarcity. Law of Supply. For private candidates.A.92 B. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 hours Course Objective : Microeconomics is concerned with the analysis of economic phenomena from the perspective of the individual.e. The paper-setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.A. (GENERAL)/B. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. Marshall and Robbins). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS ECONOMICS B. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i. Definition of Economics (Adam Smith. and markets in the economy function the way they do. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : (i) There shall be 9 questions in all. Elasticity of demand and its measurement. Theory of Demand and Consumer Behaviour : Utility Analysis and Indifference Curve Analysis and introduction to Revealed Preference Theory. Nature and Scope of Economics. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment.SC.

W. Laws of Returns to Scale and Law of Variable Proportions. 2004. Discriminating Monopoly. (GENERAL)/B. Classical and Loanable Funds Theory. Patiala.A. A Text Book of Economic Theory (Fourth Edition).C. Oxford University Press. Ricardian Theory and Modern Theory of Rent. 2. Piar Singh) : : : Price Theory and Distribution (Latest edition). Market Forms and Revenue : Behaviour of Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue under Perfect and Imperfect Competition. Chrystal D. Relationship Between Average Revenue. Unit-III Price and Output Determination : Price and Output Determination of the Firm and Industry under Perfect Competition in the Short and Long run. 2. Concept of Interest. and Monopolistic Competition.B. 2003. Arth-Shastar Ek Prarmbhik University. Cost Concepts and Cost Curves in Short and Long periods (Traditional Theory of Costs). New York. Stonier & D. Firm’s Equilibrium under Monopoly in the Short and Long run. New Delhi.A. Recommended Readings : 1. Chopra & P. Punjabi Supplementary Readings : 1. 1972. Marginal Revenue and Elasticity of Demand.A. Vishleshan.N.G. Samuelson (trans. Concept of Rent and Quasi Rent. . Grewal (Punjabi Medium) A.SC. 3. Unit-IV Distribution : Marginal Productivity Theory and Modern Theory of Wage Determination. Oxford University Press. Hague P. P. Concept of Profit. 3. Patiala).) : : : Economics. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 93 Unit-II Theory of Production and Costs : Concept and Types of Production Function. R. Joginder Singh.S. Salvatore John Robinson (Trans. Lipsey & K. Risk and Uncertainty Theories of Profit. Gross and Net Profit. Micro Economics : Theory & Applications. 10th Edition. Apuran Prtiyogita Di Arthiki (Punjabi University.

Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i. Punjabi University. Chand & Co.N. 2 marks of each. The Macmillan Company of India Ltd. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : (i) There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. Patiala... The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions i. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment.94 B. Manmohan Singh (Trans. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. New Delhi. All questions carry equal marks. 1971. Theory. An Introduction to Microeconomics. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory question.L. 6. Chopra (1998) H. The course aims to develop analytical understanding of the students by exposing them to the basic issues of the Indian economy. H. and objectives. : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 hours (ii) . 7.C.e.SC. (GENERAL)/B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 4 5. Ray (1980) P. strategy and performance of Indian planning. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all. It also includes performance and problems of Industrial development. For private candidates. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Course Objective : The objective of the paper is to familiarize the students with the features and characteristics of the Indian economy. Note : Four to five lectures of 45 minutes each per week are required to complete the syllabi. Indian tax structure. The paper-setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.K. external trade and blance of payments. Om Parkash Vashisht) N. Micro Economic Theory and Welfare Economics. Advanced Economic New Delhi. Paper–B : INDIAN ECONOMY Max.e. New Delhi. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. S. Ahuja (1999) : : : : Mang Sidhant Ate Mishrat Arth-Vivstha Vich Arthik Ganana.A. Kalyani Publishers.

Bharti Arth Shastar (Punjabi University. 7.N. Petroleum & I. Direction and Composition of Exports and Imports and Changes therein since Independence. Patiala). Wiley Eastern Ltd.SC. Patiala). Green Revolution and Critical Evaluation with Special Reference to Environmental Degradation. Chand & Co. Role and Problems of Small and Large Scale Industries.S. Balance of Payment problem. (Latest Edition). Unit-II Industry : Problems of Industrial Development. Recommended Readings : 1. . Indian Economy. Unit-IV Planning : Objectives.T. Gill A. Cotton Texitle. Ludhiana. 6. Role of MNCs in India. Unit-III Principal Features of Indian Tax Structure. Major Indian Economic Problems : Inflation. Introduction to Consumer Education and Consumer Protection (elementary ideas). Public and Private Sector. (GENERAL)/B. Critical Evaluation of the latest Five Year Plan (plan wise details to be excluded). New Agricultural Strategy. Sohan Lal Nagin Chand & Sons. Indian Economy. Avtar Narinder Singh) Chander Gupt Singh : : : : : : : Indian Economy. 5.K. Ghosh (Trans. Strategy and Achievements of Indian Planning. Soni A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 95 Unit-I Features and Characteristics of Indian Economy : Agriculture : Importance of Agriculture. Division of Financial Resources between Centre and the States. Leading Issues in Agriculture Economics. New Delhi. 4.N.B. NCERT. Causes of Backwardness and Low Productivity. Kalyani Publishers. 1999. Dhar K. Bhartiy Arth Vivstha (Punjabi University. Aggarwal Rudder Datt & KPM Sundram R. 3. Poverty and Population Growth. 2. P. Unemployment. Implementation and Critical Evaluation. Major large scale industries: Iron & Steel. S. Evolution of Indian Economy. Land Reforms : Need.A. Industrial Policy since 1956 with special emphasis on Recent Trends of liberalization.

(GENERAL)/B. 2. 9. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 8.SC.A. Note : Four to five lectures of 45 minutes each per week are required to complete the syllabi.. Government of India Government of India : : Five Year Plan (latest).K. Puri (English & Hindi Medium) B. S. ----------------------- .96 B.K.K. New Delhi (1998). Economic Survey (latest). Himalya Publishing House. Misra & V. : Supplementary Readings : 1. Tandon & K. Co. Tata McGraw Hills Pub. Mumbai (Latest Edition). Tandon : Indian Economy. Indian Economy.B.

B. 2011 Paper-A (SOC-101) : FUNDAMENTALS OF SOCIOLOGY Max.e.A. 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit. (GENERAL)/B. Economics and Psychology. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Community – Meaning and Characteristics. Unit-II Basic Concepts : Social Groups . Study of various terms. Objective : This paper aims at introducing Fundamentals of Sociology to the beginners of the subject. Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions. Characteristics & Classification. Relationship between Individual and Society. Theories of Origin of Society – Organic and Social-Contract. Relationship with other Social Sciences – History. On an average. Nature. two questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks each i. The students are required to attempt nine short answer type questions out of 12.A.SC. the basic understanding about Sociology as a discipline. In addition to it. For private candidates.Meaning. : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours (ii) (iii) .e. the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. The paper-setter must put note (iii) in the question paper. 4 X 18 = 72 marks. 9 X 2 = 18 marks. Characteristics. I will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the entire syllabus. Association – Meaning and Characteristics. Human Society : Meaning. Unit-I Introduction to Sociology : Definition. Detailed discussion on Primary and Secondary Groups. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : (i) For written paper. Question No. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. concepts and processes will help students in formulating a Sociological Viewpoint and an easy comprehension of the discipline at later stages. i. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 97 SOCIOLOGY B.

(1975) Bottomore. T. Peter L. R. (1975) Davis. S. and P. Broom. 3. Sociology : A Guide to Problems and Literature (Hindi and English). Chand and Company Ltd. Sociology : Themes & Perspectives.SC. Invitation to Sociology : A Humanistic Perspective. Cultural Pluralism. S. NCERT. London : MacMillan Company. Conceptual Understanding of Acculturation.S. New Delhi : Tata-McGraw Hill. New York : Prentice Hall. New Delhi : Atlantic Publishers. (GENERAL)/B. Anthony (2001) Haralambos. (2005) Sharma. 6. Bombay : Blackie and Sons.A Text Book. Society : The Basics. 4. Human Society. Understanding Society . (1998) Schaefer. Unit-IV Socialization : Meaning. Assimilation. Stages. and Robert P.B. (1998) Giddens. and C.98 B. 2. John. London : MacMillan Company. Bombay : Blackie and Sons.N. T.H. 5. Samajshastra Ke Sidhant.C. M.A. Social Control : Meaning.N. Further Readings : 1. (2001) : : : : : : : : : Introduction to Sociology. 8. 2. C. T. U. London : Polity. Society.A. Sociology—Primary Principles. : Pelican Books. Sociology.C. Kingsley (1978) Dube.M. . J. Lamm (1999) : : : : : Sociology. Bottomore. New Delhi : Oxford University Press. Agencies and Theories of Mead and Cooley.B. 9. R. (2005) Madhurima (2009) Rao. Jalandhar : New Academic Publishing House (All Mediums). 5. L. Richard. Types and Agencies – Formal and Informal Essential Readings : 1. 4. Cultural Lag. Readings in Sociology – Part-I. (1990) Maciver. 3. Page (1983) Macionis. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-III Culture : Meaning and Features. Sociology : A Textbook for the Nineties. Selznick (1968) Berger. New York : Harper and Row. Culture and Civilization. 7. Shankar.

Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : (i) For written paper. Affinity. Development Cycle and Changing Trends.B. Features. : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours (ii) (iii) Objectives : In this paper. Family – Meaning. . social institution as a concept is introduced to the students. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment.A. The students are required to attempt nine short answer type questions out of 12 i. Types – Social. This paper prepares the students to understand social theories in next classes. Rules of Mate Selection. Study of various institutions which are foundations of human society. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. For private candidates. Kinship – Meaning. Function. Significance and a Brief Understanding of Incest. Political.e. Structure. On an average. 9 X 2 = 18 marks. Changing Trends.e. Question No. The paper-setter must put note (iii) in the question paper. Economic and Cultural.SC. Question Nos. Normative and Relational aspects of Institutions. Unit-I Institutions – Meaning. two questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks of each i. (GENERAL)/B. will help students to look at society in an objective and intrinsic way. Lineage. Consanguinity. Clan. 4 X 18 = 72 marks. 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit. the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. In addition to it. I will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the entire syllabus. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions. Types. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 99 Paper-B : (SOC-102) SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS Max. Unit-II Social Institutions : Marriage –Types : Monogamy and Polygamy.

Sociology : A Textbook for the Nineties. (1980) Macionis. Delhi : Allied Society : The Basics. Family in India : Structure and Practice. 6. (1998) Johnson. Christensen. (ed. E. Political Parties – Features and Functions. 2. Sociology : A Systematic Introduction. Publishers. Robin (1967) Giddens. (2005) : : : : : : Handbook of Marriage & Family. London : Polity.100 B. 4. The Division of Labour in Society.A. Tulsi (ed. Essential Readings : 1. Types. 3. H. 2.H.) (2005) : : : : Main Currents in Sociological Thought. John. Anthony (2001) Haralambos. Economic Institutions – Features and Functions. New York : Penguin. M. (GENERAL)/B. Raymond (1967) Durkheim. Division of Labour (Durkheim). New Delhi : Sage. The Government and Politics of India. 3. Hutchinson University Press. Aron. New York : Prentice Hall. Vols. (1971) Patel. (1960) Morris Jones W. Sociology : Themes and Perspectives.SC. Further Readings : 1. 5. Pages 15-48. J. Unit-IV Cultural Institutions – Religion : Meaning. Property. Functions (Durkheim & Max Weber). M. New Delhi : Allyn and Bacon. Baltimore : Penguin Books. --------------------- . Illinois : Free Press of Glenocoe. Kinship and Marriage : An Anthropological Perspective.) (1964) Fox. Government. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-III Political Institutions – State. New Delhi : Oxford University Press. 4. London. I & II. Harry.

Unit-I Meaning. Public Administration as a Science or an Art. covering the whole syllabus. Principles of Organization : Hierarchy. Unit-II Organization : Meaning. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. who have not been assessed earlier for the internal assessment. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 101 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Nature. Scope and Significance of Public Administration. Authority and Responsibility. Forms of Organization : Department. Unit-III Chief Executive : Line and Staff Agencies. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : 100 : 90 marks : 10 marks : 3 Hours Objectives : The objective of the syllabi is to acquaint the students with the basic concepts and principles of Public Administration. to be answered in 25-30 words each. Types : Formal and Informal Organization. (GENERAL)/B. Evolution of Public Administration since 1887. out of which the candidate would be required to attempt one. Unity of Command.A. Span of Control. .A. Public and Private Administration. Decision Making. Centralisation and Decentralisation. Each question will carry 18 marks. Government Company. Each question will carry 2 marks. the marks secured by them in the paper will proportionately be increased in lieu of the internal assessment. out of which the candidate would be required to attempt any 9.SC. In addition.B. Public Corporation. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : (i) For Private/University School of Open Learning (USOL) students. The first compulsory question shall comprise of 12 short-answer type questions. 2011 Paper-A : ADMINISTRATIVE THEORY Max. each unit having two questions. Relationship of Public Administration with other Social Sciences. (ii) The candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all (one compulsory and one each from four units). The paper-setter must put note (i) in the question paper. the syllabi would trace the evolution of Public Administration and its relationship with other social sciences.

Pfiffner and R. Gladden John.T. 1964). Public Administration (Agra : Lakshmi Aggarwal. Vance Presthus A. 8. Administration (London : Public Administration (New York : Ronald Press). 2008). 2008). Supervision : Concept and Methods. Public Administration : Structure. Methods and Hindrances. Puri and G.). Latest ed. Felix A. (GENERAL)/B. 3. Sivaji Rao H. R. Goel Sahib Singh and Swinder Singh K. 1990). Phillip and K.). 2. Essential Readings : 1. Avasthi and S. Educational Publishers.A. E. Behaviour (Calcutta : World Press).L. 3. 2. 5. Elements of Public Administration (Patiala : Publication Bureau (Panjabi) Punjabi University). Qualities of a good leader. Elements of Public Administration (Jalandhar : Bharat Parkashan. 1989).102 B. Barara : : : : : : : : Modern Public Administration (New York : Harper and Row. Further Readings : 1. Communication : Concept. Koontz and Cyril O’ Donnel Nicholas Henry : : : : : An Introduction to Public Staples Press. 1970). Latest ed.K. Maheshwari S. 4. Styles. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-IV Co-ordination : Concept. 4. 1972). 2003).SC. 5. Public Administration and Public Affairs (New Jersey : Prentice Hall. Nigro and Llyod G. 6. . Process and Introduction to Public Administration (New Delhi : Sterling Publishers. Process and Barriers. Indian Government and Politics (New Delhi : Sterling Publishers. Nigro Mohit Bhattacharya Rumki Basu Chander Mohan Mahajan A. 7. Narain Public Administration : Theory and Practice (New Delhi : Deep & Deep Publishers.N.H. M. Leadership : Concept. Principles of Management : An Analysis of Managerial Functions (New York : McGraw Hill.S. Public Administration : Theory and Practice (Jalandhar : New Academic.

Union Legislature : Lok Sabha – Composition and Functions. Rajya Sabha : Composition and Functions. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Objective : The syllabi of this paper will cover various aspects of Indian Administration particularly the functioning of Executive. Administrative Theories and Politics (London : George Allen and Unwin. Golembiewski John M. and Council of Ministers. : 100 : 90 marks : 10 marks : 3 Hours (ii) . The paper-setter must put note (i) in the question paper. out of which the candidate would be required to attempt one. who have not been assessed earlier for the internal assessment. Chief Minister and State Council of Ministers.B. the bureaucratic set up at the union. 1977). out of which the candidate would be required to attempt any 9. covering the whole syllabus. each unit having two questions.A. State-Legislature : Legislative Assembly and Legislative Council – Composition and Functions. Union Executive : President. to be answered in 25-30 words each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Centre-State Relations : Administrative and Legislative.SC. Each question will carry 2 marks. In addition. Prime Minister. Legislature and Judiciary at the Union and State levels. 7. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : (i) For Private/University School of Open Learning (USOL) students. 8. The candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all (one compulsory and one each from four units). the marks secured by them in the paper will proportionately be increased in lieu of the internal assessment. Robert T. Pfiffner and Sherwood Peter Self Frank P. The first compulsory question shall comprise of 12 short-answer type questions. state and distirct levels will also be covered. Unit-I Features of Indian Administration. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 103 6. Unit-II State Executive : Governor. Each question will carry 18 marks. (GENERAL)/B. Administrative Organization (New Delhi : Prentice Hall). 1972). Paper-B : INDIAN ADMINISTRATION Max. : : : Public Administration as a Developing Discipline (New York : Marcel Dekker.

High Court – Composition and Functions. 1965). Puri. 1979). Indian Administration (Jalandhar : Bharat Prakashan).SC. Delegated Legislation : Meaning. State Government in India (New Delhi : Mc. 6.A.104 B.K. Chief Secretary : Powers. : Constitutional Government in India (Bombay : Asia. (GENERAL)/B. M.K. 2008) Further Readings : Pylee. Control over Administration : Legislative and Judicial. 1980). Unit-IV Cabinet Secretary : Powers. Millan. Functions and Role. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-III Union and State Judiciary : Supreme Court – Composition and Functions. : : : : : : Central Administration (New Delhi : Tata McGraw Hill. e-governance. 2. Sapru. Maheshwari. 2001). and Practice.R. R. District Administration : Structure and Functions. A. Right to Information and Citizen Charters. Functions and Role. S. Public Administration : Theory (Jalandhar : New Academic). ---------------------- . Sahib Singh and Swinder Singh Maheshwari. Reasons and Safeguards.V. S. 3. Avasthi. 5. Essential Readings : 1. Contemporary Concepts : Good Governance. 4. K.R. Indian Administration (Ludhiana : Kalyani Publishers. Indian Administration (New Delhi : Longman.

(iii) (iv) Unit-I 1. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : (i) (ii) There shall be 9 questions in all. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units and each unit shall have two questions with internal choice. 2011 Outlines of Tests. 3. problems and methods. The contents of this paper provide the students with a wider canvas about tackling day-to-day problems from a larger perspective. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory question.SC. 2 marks of each.A. its branches. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. 2.B. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Lectures : : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours 75 AIMS & OBJECTIVES : The aim of this paper is to familiarize the students with the subject.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 105 PHILOSOPHY B. The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions i. Methods of Philosophy : Phenomenology. self knowledge and rationality.e. Nature of Philosophy (Introduction). For private and reappear candidates. Problems of Philosophy with special focus on social equality. The candidates shall attempt one question from each unit i. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. . (GENERAL)/B. Analytical. Syllabi and Courses of Readings Paper I : ELEMENTS OF PHILOSOPHY Max.e. – 4 in all. The paper-setter must put note (iv) in the question paper. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25-30 words.

Narvane. Punjabi University. Relation of Philosophy with Science and Religion. Further Readings : 1. Penguin Books. 7. Ethics and Social Philosophy : Good life and Good Society.B. Unit-IV 10. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-II 4. . 2. Essential Readings : 1. Modern Indian Thought. Introduction to main branches of Philosophy : Metaphysics. Ethics. Harmondsworth. Mandukya Upanisad Hitopadesa Avtar Singh Titus. : : : : : Advait Ashram Publication. Equality. Ethics of Sikhs. State and Civil Society. V. Haksar. Penguin Books. 1998. Bhargava Pustakalaya. 1972. Translated from Sanskrit by A.H. Fairness.106 B. 12. Gandhi. Unit-III 6. 13.D. Guru Prashad Shastri. 3rd ed. Yamuna Prasad Tripathi Narayana Hitopadesa Aesop’s Fables : : : Varanasi Bhartiya Vidya Prakashan. (GENERAL)/B.SC. Caste System in India : Jyoti Ba Phule. Gayaghat. Patiala. 4. 2. 3. Asia Publishing House.A. Tolerance : Respect for Cultural Pluralism and Social diversities. Epistemology. 8. H. Ambedkar. 9. 11. Individual and Society. Eurasia Publishing House. 3. Kaashi. Morality in Public life. Social Philosophy and Aesthetics (The interrelation between the branches will be focused). Morality in Personal life.S. 5. Mandukya Upanisad. Justice : Virtue. Bombay. Delhi. Living Issues in Philosophy. N. 1998. 1966. 5.

e. Contraries.SC. Obversion. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25-30 words. For private and reappear candidates. The candidate shall attempt one question from each unit i. Aristotle’s classification of proposition (Square of Opposition—Contradictories). Inversion. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions i. – 4 in all. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Lectures AIMS AND OBJECTIVES : This paper aims at a systematic study of the Science of Logic which is the most effective means of developing logical abstract thinking in us. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 107 Paper-II : LOGIC Max. Terms and Propositions : Kinds of Terms of Connotation and Denotation of Terms. Excluded Middle and Sufficient Reason. Contraposition. The paper-setter must put note (iv) in the question paper.A. Contradiction. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory question. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : (i) (ii) There shall be 9 questions in all. 4. 2 marks of each. Sub-Contraries and Sub-Alterns. Unit-II 3.e. Nature. Argument : Immediate Inference and Mediate Inference. : : : : : 100 90 marks 10 marks 3 Hours 75 (iii) (iv) Unit-I 1. Some kinds of immediate inference : Conversion. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units and each unit shall have two questions with internal choice. . (GENERAL)/B. 2. It tries to provide students with a mastery of Logic so that they can think in clearer terms and be less prone to error. Scope and Utility of Logic.B. Laws of Thought : Identity.

Hindi available). Unit-IV 7. Introduction to Truth-Tables. Figures and moods.108 B. M. : Introduction to Symbolic Logic (Prentice Hall of India). Causation : Nature of Cause. Conjunction. Categorical Syllogism : The Structure and Rules of validity of Pure Categorical Syllogism. New Delhi. Kinds of Induction.A. Nature of Induction : Distinction between Deduction and Induction. (GENERAL)/B. 8.Y. 9. Irvin M. Cohen and Nagel : Introduction to Logic and Scientific Method (Allied Publishers). I. Plurality of Causes. 2000. Disjunction. Translation 2. Copi. New Delhi. Implications and Equivalences. 1972. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-III 5. London : Routledge and Kegan Paul. Introduction to Logic (N.SC. Macmillan. : 3. Negation.. 6. Essential Readings : 1. 1998. -------------------------- . Copi. Fallacies of Syllogism.

Unit I Unit II : : : : Introduction to Psychology : Nature. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Scope. 2 marks of each.e. Methods of Psychology : Observational.SC. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.A. Survey techniques. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 14 marks. Motivation : Concept. theories with emphasis on Humanistic (Maslow) and Need Theories (McClelland and Murray). motivation. The course also apprises them of the overall development and also introduces them to the elementary statistics. discussion and seminars . intelligence. (GENERAL)/B. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. : 80 : 70 marks : 10 marks : 3 Hours Unit III Unit IV . Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. It shall carry 14 marks and shall be Compulsory question. Experimental (with emphasis on control of variables). 20% assignments. (II) Paper A : GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Max.e. Methods of Sampling. Pedagogy of the Course Work : 80% Lectures (including expert lectures). 2011 Objectives : (I) The course introduces to the students the general concepts and historical viewpoints in general psychology. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 109 PSYCHOLOGY B. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : There shall be 9 questions in all.B. The candidate is required to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i. Measurement of Emotions.A. Cannon–Bard). Emotions : Concept. types. theories (with emphasis on James–Lange. Historical Background of Psychology. etc. The students would also get an understanding of the principles and theories in different areas like personality.

(GENERAL)/B. Measurement of Personality (Self Report Measures.e. . Development : Concept. PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICALS Max. Marks : 40 Time : 3 Hrs. Psychoanalytic (Freud. The candidate is required to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i. Theories (with emphasis on Spearman. of Data. Verbal Test of Intelligence. Projective Methods and Behavioural Assessment). Thurstone. Intelligence : Concept. Unit I : Personality : Concept.SC. and Humanistic Theory (Rogers). theories with emphasis on Trait (Eysenck and Cattell). Heredity and Environmental Influences. Eight practicals have to be performed out of the following : 1. Rank Order and Product Moment. Non-Verbal Test of Intelligence.e. Measures of Central Tendency and : 80 : 70 marks : 10 marks : 3 Hours Unit II : Unit III Unit IV : : Correlation : Meaning of Correlation. Individual and Group Tests). the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. and Piaget’s theory of Cognitive Development. 2 marks of each. Note : The use of non-programmable calculators and statistical tables is allowed in the examination. Guilford and Cattell). 3. Erikson’s Theory of Development. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : There shall be 9 questions in all. Calculation and Interpretation. 2. Levels of Aspiration. Measurement of Intelligence (Verbal and Non–Verbal tests. Adler and Jung). Statistics : Graphical Representation Variability. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Paper B : GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Max.110 B. Each question will carry 14 marks. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. It shall carry 14 marks and shall be Compulsory question.A.

(1987) : : : Introduction to Psychology. (GENERAL)/B.P. J. J. and Fruchter. DAT—any one to perform.B. (1998) Feldman. and Schopler. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 111 4. R. Performance Test of Intelligence. Introduction to Psychology. Baron. Reference Books : 1.SC. H. New Delhi : Tata McGraw Hill. Public Opinion Survey. (1981) Garrett. Understanding Psychology. 2. Singapore : McGraw Hill.T. Fundamental Statistics in Psychology and Education. 5. J. (1966) : : : : : Psychology. --------------------------- . New Delhi : Kalyani. Rinehart and Winston. J. 10.. Facial Expressions in Emotions. Statistics in Psychology and Education. 4.S.A.E. The Working Mind : An Introduction to Psychology. New Delhi : Vakils. King. Measurement of Motivation. F.A. Shashi. R. B. 3. Foundations of Behavioural Research. 8. Zeigarnik Effect.. (1964) Morgan. 2. (2002) Das. J. 6. (2000) Kerlinger.R.. 3. Feffer and Simons. New York : Holt. Singapore : McGraw Hill.A. New Delhi : Pearson Education. New Delhi : Sage. C. R. Books Recommended : Essential Readings : 1. 7. (1996) Guilford. Structured Test of Personality.P.N. Weisz. 9. 5.

A. Jeans and Jeffreys. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS GEOGRAPHY B.SC. and Otto Schmidt. types and distribution). (16 lectures) UNIT-III Rocks : Their origin. (GENERAL)/B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. isostasy. plateaus and plains in the world. landforms resulting from forces of compression and tension. (6 lectures) : 75 : 65 marks : 10 marks : 3 Hours (6 lectures) (7 lectures) UNIT-II Movements of the Earth : Orogenic and epeirogenic movements (with special reference to Geosyncline theory). James. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Objective : The objective of the paper is to introduce the basic concepts in physical geography. Theories of the Origin of the Earth : Laplace. (3 lectures) (6 lectures) . 2011 Paper-A : PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-I : Geomorphology Max.A. earthquakes and volcanoes (causes. continental drift (with special reference to Wegener’s theory and Plate Tectonics). Major Land Forms : Mountains. essentially geomorphology to the students of geography concisely. place of physical geography within the discipline of geography. climatology and oceanography. classification and characteristics.112 B. Interior of the Earth : Constitution. Course Content : UNIT-I Nature & Scope of Geography. divisions of physical geography—geomorphology.

Blij. 4. Principles of Physical Geography. New Delhi. The answer of each part should not exceed 25 words. coastal.SC. 2. Eight questions will be set out of the whole syllabus. 5. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. 5. 4.J. attendance etc. (GENERAL)/B. 3. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at serial number 1. Orient Longman.H. F. Essential Readings : 1. 2009. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. A. Note : 1. Calcutta.Muller Khan. karst. landuse. For reappear and improvement candidates. Each part will carry 1. snap tests. New York. 2. An Introduction to Physical Geography. John Wiley. 1998. 2003. Internal assessment include written assignments.B. Physical Geography of India : A Study in Regional Earth Sciences. Physical Geography. Nizamuddin Monkhouse. New Delhi. Latest Edition. The students will be required to attempt one question from each unit. Use of unmarked stencils is allowed. glacial. & Strahler. (5 lectures) (3 lectures) A compulsory question containing 15 short answer type questions shall be set covering the whole syllabus. The paper-setter must put note (5) in the question paper. Saroj K. Gorakhpur. New York.5 marks (Total 15 marks) . . and environmental hazards management.A. The students shall attempt any 10 parts. Gyanodya Prakashan.J. Concept. term papers. 1996. participation in discussion in the class. Inc. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. Pal. A. Each question will carry 12. Orient Longman. aeolian. 2 from each unit. De & Petor O. : : : : : : Physical Geography of the Global Environment. 2001. Savinder Strahler. Brief Introduction to applications of geomorphology to transport. 3.N. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and diagrams. Singh. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 113 UNIT-IV Geomorphic Agents and Landscapes : Fluvial. John Wiley & Sons. Books Recommended : 2.5 marks. H. Modern Physical Geography.

Geomorphology. Gass. Geomorphology. I. Kalyani Publishers. Pedagogy : The teacher may familiarize the students with Indian examples of landforms with photographs and diagrams. C. Nature and Scope of Climatology. 1976.L. New Delhi. Kaur. W. Longman. 3 4.P.SC. Shukla Book Depot. 2004. Prayag Pustak Bhawan. and Niati. 8. Calcutta.W. 1973. Sussex. Dhian Kale. The Face of the Earth. Dayal. 1995. 1986. 1973. Principles of Geomorphology.D. (1 lecture) . A. Dury. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : 75 : 65 marks : 10 marks : 3 Hours Objective : The objective of the paper is to acquaint the students with the elements and attributes of climatology and oceanography as climate plays a very vital role in human life and oceans are storehouse of resources. : : : : : : : : : A Text Book of Geomorphology. Penguin.G. Paper-B : PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-II (Climatology & Oceanography) Max. 5. Course Content : UNIT-I Definition of Climatology : Concepts of Climate and Weather. Ludhiana.114 B. Second Edition.A. 2000. Understanding the Earth. Singh.. Thornbury. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Further Readings : 1. Bhautic Bhoogol Ke Tatwa (in Hindi). In case it is possible. 2. 2001. Mamoria. G. The Earth. Agra. 6. V. Patna. 7. Allahabad. Savinder Sparks. England. and Gupta. B.H. Oxford University Press. 9. 1993. P. short field trips may be organised. London. The Artemis Press. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Elements of Geomorphology. J. (GENERAL)/B.

World patterns of precipitation : Spatial and seasonal. dew. consequences and measures of control. Insolation and Temperature : Horizontal distribution of insolation. (2 lectures) (3 lectures) (2 lectures) (6 lectures) UNIT-II Atmospheric Pressure and Winds Distribution : Atmospheric disturbances : Tropical cyclones. Atmospheric Moisture : Forms of condensation—cloud. Precipitation forms and types. active gases.A. (GENERAL)/B. Factors controlling the world patterns of distribution of temperature and salinity in the ocean waters. temperate cyclones and anticyclones. Pacific and Indian Ocean). Tide : Their types. vertical and horizontal and annual. Corals. Oceans as storehouse of resources for the future. Role of Climate in Human Life : Atmospheric pollution and global warming – General causes.B. (4 lectures) (4 lectures) UNIT-IV Movements of Oceanic Waters : Waves and currents. (4 lectures) (4 lectures) (1 lecture) . origin and uses to man. (6 lectures) (5 lectures) (2 lectures) UNIT-III Nature and Scope of Oceanography Oceanography : Definition. (topographies of Atlantic. frost and snow. fog. Surface currents of the oceans. topography of the ocean basins.SC. seasonal and diurnal distributions of temperature. Physical and Chemical Composition of the Atmosphere : Dust particles. Marine Deposits. vapour particles. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 115 Climate : Elements and Controls. Tropopause and Stratosphere and attributes of these three divisions. inert gases. Physical Structure of the Atmosphere : Troposphere.

Grant M. 2000. 4. Each question will carry 12. Sharma. Allahabad. Kalyani Publishers. Smita Gross.SC. Chaitanya Publishing House. 2009. New Delhi.C. Trewartha. participation in discussion in the class. 4. Use of unmarked stencils is allowed. Delhi. Chandna. New Delhi. (GENERAL)/B. 2005. : Our Atmosphere. International Student Edition. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and diagrams. term papers. Climatology. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at serial number 1. Essential Readings : 1. 5. . Critchfield. The students will be required to attempt one question from each unit. The paper-setter must put note (5) in the question paper. Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd. Eight questions will be set out of the whole syllabus. 1975. Further Readings : 1. 3. Allahabad. M. 2. Bhutani. Climatology. 2001.. Savinder : : : : : : General Climatology. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. attendance etc. Chetnya. snap tests. An Introduction to Climate. 6. Lal. Concept.T. H. Books Recommended : 2. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. G. 5. Khan. A compulsory question containing 15 short answer type questions shall be set covering the whole syllabus. New Jersey. Prayag Pustak Bhavan. 2. The students shall attempt any 10 parts. Internal assessment include written assignments. 1975. New Delhi. and Vatal. For reappear and improvement candidates. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Note : 1. R. 1980.A. Prentice Hall. N.5 marks. : Oceanography : A View of the Earth..116 B. D. McGraw Hill Book Co. Edited by R. An Introduction to Physical Geography.C. 2 from each unit. The answer of each part should not exceed 25 words. 2004. Allahabad.S.5 marks (Total 15 marks). Ludhiana. Each part will carry 1. 3. Singh.J. Oceanography for Geographers.

pace and diagonal scale. Latest Edition. New York. 6 lab. comparative time. Scales : methods of representing scale. Surjeet Publications. magnetic north. true north.. Max. methods of construction of graphic scales : plain. 5. 1982.J. 4.T. 1959. : Climatology. Pattersen. : The Principles of Physical Geography. Course Content : UNIT-I Maps and Scales : History of cartography and types of maps. Monkhouse. 6. S. J. particularly to show directions and bearings and different methods of representing relief. London. a watch and a rod. sessions) : : 30 marks 20 marks : 3 Hours Paper-C : CARTOGRAPHY . Latest Edition. (6 lectures. McGraw Hill. : Introduction to Meteorology. photographs. 12 lab. E. Introduction to Elementary Concept of Global Positioning System (GPS). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 117 3. (3 lectures. Stringer. (GENERAL)/B. : Foundations of Climatology. and also an introduction to weather maps is required. Marks : 50 Time Written paper of 3 hours duration at college level (except USOL) Viva and Practical Record (10+10) Objective : Geography is an amalgam of physical as well as social sciences and as such it is necessary for the students to go through laboratory exercises.R. sessions) UNIT-II Directions and Bearings : Plotting of a course. bearing and its conversion.A. Enlargement and Reduction of maps : Graphic methods – Square and Similar triangle. Mathew. Slides. London. finding true north with the pole star. University of London Press. F. Pedagogy : • Throughout the course. The concept of scale is to be understood in the initial stage. Delhi.SC. conscious effort should be made to make the students aware of the significance of climate and oceans to human life. McGraw Hill Book Co. documentaries on climates and oceans may be used to illustrate the various aspects of climatology and oceanography.B.

7. However. Each part will carry 1 mark (Total 6 Marks). sessions) UNIT-IV Weather Maps : General introduction to the study of weather maps. A separate paper of 30 marks shall be prepared for colleges by the University from the prescribed syllabus. A compulsory question containing 10 short answer type questions shall be set covering the whole syllabus. The whole syllabus has been divided into 4 units. The students will be required to attempt one question from each unit. i. The written and practical examination including viva-voce shall be conducted at the respective college itself except correspondence courses (USOL). 12 lab. 2. and layer tints. 3. sessions) Note : 1. The external examiner shall be appointed by the Principal of the respective colleges in consultation with the senior most teacher of the Geography in the college. They will be required to submit their Practical Note Book (Practical files) with the University School of Open Learning (Department of Geography) at least 10 days before the commencement of their rexamination. weather in India : summer season (period of summer monsoon). the format of the question paper shall be uniform. the scheme of weather symbols including Beaufort’s scale employed in Indian daily weather maps. 4. 2 from each unit. winter season.118 B. 12 lab.e. (GENERAL)/B. The answer of each part should not exceed 25 words.A. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at serial number 1. A minimum of 20 sheets are to be prepared by the students. Their Note Books (Practical files) will be evaluated by two examiners (including at least one from the USOL). hachures. Evaluation of Practical Record will be done at the time of viva-voce examination. a written theory paper for 30 marks shall be conducted by the University alongwith the University examination. forecasting of weather through the study of weather maps and recent advances in weather forecasting. There will be no laboratory exercise at that time. Practical examination at the respective colleges shall be conducted by one internal and one external examiner. (6 lectures. For students of correspondence courses under USOL. 5. .SC. The students shall attempt any 6 parts. Eight questions will be set out of the whole syllabus. hill-shading. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS UNIT-III Methods of Representing Relief : Contours. 6. (6 lectures. There will be no viva-voce examination for the candidates appearing through the Correspondence Courses.

Pedagogy : • The course should be taught with the help of topographical sheets of Survey of India and weather maps. It is necessary to have a well equipped cartographic laboratory and motivate the students to familiarize themselves with the use of instruments and prepare necessary exercises. Methuen & Co. the number of students in one group shall not exceed fifteen.R. New Delhi. 2. Central Book Depot.H. 10. Books Recommended : Essential Readings : 1. 3.L.B. The paper-setter must put note (12) in the question paper. Mapwork. Mishra. 2007. 2. Concept Publishing Co. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 119 8. R. A. 4. Sale : : Maps and Diagrams. For reappear and improvement candidates. Monkhouse. D.. & Wilkinson. Allahabad. New Delhi. New York (Sixth Edition). Singh.J. 9. 1989. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. (GENERAL)/B. Mapwork and Practical Geography. There will be 3 hours of teaching per week for this paper. John Wiley & Sons. Atma Ram & Sons. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Further Readings : 1. 12. Elements of Cartography. Third Edition. 1995..P. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. & Singh. Raghunandan Phyllis Dink : : : : Fundamentals of Cartography. & Ramesh. A. For the students of University School of Open Learning. 1995.SC. 1976. - ------------------------- . there will be an internal assessment of 10 marks in lieu of the viva-voce examination. F. R. For practical classes. Robinson. A fresh practical note book shall be prepared by failed/improvement candidates.A. Gopal Singh. & Randall.. 11. Ltd. Mapwork and Practical Geography. London. H.

The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions i. attendance and class room participation. There shall be 9 questions in all. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. 2 marks of each. the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit – 4 in all.A. For the private candidates. . the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. Rest of the paper shall contain four (4) units and each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.SC. The syllabus has been divided into four units.A. 3. 2011 Paper–A : LIFE OF MAHATMA GANDHI Max. 5. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS GANDHIAN STUDIES B. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : 1.e. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. (GENERAL)/B. assignments. The first question shall be short answer type containing 15 short answer type questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. Pedagogy of the Course Work : 90% Lectures (including expert lectures) 10% Unit Tests. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : 100 : 90 marks : 10 marks : 3 Hours Course Objectives : The paper is designed to acquaint the students with the life of Mahatma Gandhi. Snap Tests. 4.e. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory question. Each question shall carry 18 marks.120 B. 2. The paper setter must put note (5) in the question paper.

B. Sabarmati Ashram. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 121 Unit-I 1. Unit-IV 5. Establishing Ashrams : (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 4. . Western & Indian Influences. (GENERAL)/B. Kheda Satyagraha. Tolstoy Ashram. Phoenix Ashram. Law Student in London. Struggle for Human Rights. Unit-II 2. Gandhi in South Africa : (a) (b) Experiences of Racial Discrimination. Early Political Activities : (a) (b) (c) Champaran Satyagraha.A. Experiences in Jail. Seva Gram Ashram. Experiences in India as an advocate. Childhood and Youth : (a) (b) (c) (d) Early Childhood. Unit-III 3. Ahmedabad Mill Strike.SC. Kochrub Ashram. 6. Approach to Communal Harmony.

Louis : Mahatma Gandhi – A Biography. Work and Transformation of M.SC. Malhotra. : An Autobiography or The Story of My Experiments with Truth. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type containing 15 short answer type questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. Deep & Deep Publications. The syllabus has been divided into four (4) units. 3. S. attendance and class room participation. Note : 1. 1987.e. 1976.L.2 marks of each. 3. 1995. 1971. 2001. Paper-B : GANDHI IN INDIAN FREEDOM STRUGGLE Max. Gandhi. : Lawyer to Mahatma : Life. London : George Allen and Unwin.122 B. Nanda. The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18 marks i. 1986. New Delhi : Publications Division. : Mahatma Gandhi. 4. : Satyagraha in South Africa.K.K. There shall be 9 questions in all. Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan. M.K. assignments. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Course Objectives : The paper is designed to acquaint the students with the role played by Mahatma Gandhi in the Freedom Struggle. Ahmedabad : Navajivan Publishing House. 2. Bombay.B. B. Pedagogy of the Course Work : 90% Lectures (including expert lectures). 2. : Life of Mahatma Gandhi. Gandhi.R. : 100 : 90 marks : 10 marks : 3 Hours . M. Snap Tests. Fischer. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Essential Readings : 1. His Life and Thought. 2. J. 1996. (GENERAL)/B. Kripalani. Ahmedabad : Navajivan Publishing House.A. Ministry of Information and Broadcasting. Gandhi. Further Readings : 1. 2004. 10% Unit Tests. New Delhi.

Quit India Movement. Gandhi on Indian Political Scene Rowlatt Act. Era of Moderate & Militant Nationalism. Muslim League. Unit-III 6. First War of Independence 1857. Each question shall carry 18 marks. the marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment. Rest of the paper shall contain four (4) units and each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from each unit – 4 in all. National Movements before Gandhi : (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 2. Partition. Cabinet Mission. The paper setter must put note (5) in the question paper. Unit-II 3.A. Non-Cooperation Movement and Simon Commission. 5. 5. Unit-IV 8. Hindu Mahasabha. Parleys for Transfer of Power : Cripps Mission. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 123 4.SC.B. Partition of Bengal : (a) (b) Swadeshi Movement. Birth of Congress. who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment. . Civil Disobedience Movement. Home Rule League. For private candidates. 7. (GENERAL)/B. Unit-I 1. 9. 4.

(GENERAL)/B.SC. 2. New Delhi : Harper Collins. 1981. 1979. : Making of a Nation : India’s Road to Independence. Bose. New Delhi : Vision Books. New Delhi : Macmillan. B. 1987. Sumit : India’s Major Non-Violent Movements.124 B. 1998. 1887-1947. : Struggle for India’s Independence.N.A. Calcutta : Neta Ji Publishing Society. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Essential Readings : 1. P. Subhash Chandra Chandra. : Modern India. Sarkar. : The Indian Struggle. 3. 2. Bipin Nanda.R. Chopra. 1948. 1919-1934. New Delhi : Penguin. ------------------------- . Further Readings : 1.

discussion and seminars. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Unit-I Unit-II Unit-III Unit-IV : : : : Definition.e. .SC. The candidate is required to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. 20 % assignments. (GENERAL)/B. Each question will carry 14 marks. History of Mass Media. Pedagogy of the Course Work : 80 % Lectures (including expert lectures).B. of 2 marks each. 2011 Objectives : (i) The course will introduce to the students the general concepts and historical viewpoints in communication and media. It shall carry 14 marks and is a compulsory question.A. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. Basic theories of mass communication.A. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 80 70 marks 10 marks 3 Hours INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : There shall be 9 questions in all. The students would also get an understanding of the principles and theories of mass communication and develop an understanding of various aspects of the media industry and application areas such as advertising and public relations. nature and types of communication.e. Overview of the current status of the media industry in India. (ii) Paper-A : INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATION Max. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 125 JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION B. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.

definitions and nature of Print.SC. 4. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 80 70 marks 10 marks 3 Hours INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : There shall be 9 questions in all. Folk Media : Types. : : A Dictionary of Communication and Media Studies. concepts. The candidate is required to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i. reach and relevance. Case study of any one media organization Project on any one aspect of communication Project on any one historical event or personality Project on either folk or new media : 10 Marks : 10 Marks : 10 Marks : 10 marks 3.e. 1998. Marks : 40 Marks 1. PRACTICALS Max. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all. Himalaya Publishing House.e. scope and concept of Advertising and Public Relations. Unit-I Unit-II Unit-III Unit-IV : : : : Basic terms. Each question will carry 14 marks. 2. of 2 marks each. Communication.A. Universal Publications. Books Recommended : Essential Readings : 1. It shall carry 14 marks and is a compulsory question. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.126 B.S. 1998. 2. Definition. (GENERAL)/B. C. . New Media : Cyberspace as a source of information. Watson James and Hill Ann Rayudu. TV and Radio Journalism. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Paper-B : INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATION-II Max. communication and entertainment.

New Delhi.R. Broadcast Journalism : Basic Principles. 1999. Publishers. Kanishka Basic News Writing. Swati and Chandra. University Book House. 1989. (GENERAL)/B. 15. Kenneth Ball-Rokheach. 1993. N.. Singapore. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 127 3. 10.D. 14. 4. 11. Alexander Patt Ravindran. Media Scene in India : Emerging Facets. K.N. 2000. Chatterji. 7. R. Har Anand Publications. S. M. 1987. Sharma. 12.. 6. Melvin Bhatt.K. 18. K. Asian Mass Comm. Satellite Invasion of India. Elements of Modern Journalism. 2000. S. 1975. 1994.SC.C. Lafrance Pierre Ravindran. Sandra and DeFleur. 8. Indian Publishers Distributors. Prentice Hall. Sudarshan. New Delhi. Broadcasting Glossary. R. Melvin : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Radio and TV Journalism. Gyan Publishing House.A. 1999. New Delhi.S. Jaipur. Handbook of Mass Communication. Anderson. 1998. Broadcasting in India..C. Fundamental Concepts in Communication. New Delhi. Gunaratne. Brown Publishers. New Delhi. S. Theories of Mass Communication. Sterling Publishers. California. (AIMC). Navin Mencher. 1972. 5. and Info. Anmol Publications. S. 1994.M. 1992. Shrivastava. New York. 17. 13. Introduction to Communication : Theory and Practice. 1999. Re. Prabhakar.D. Handbook of the Media in Asia. 1989. Journalism. S. Chauhan. Foundation of News and Publishers. Sage Publications. New Delhi. Longman. Electronic Media. Commings Publishing Co. New Delhi. and Bhanavat.K. Sage Publications. P.C. 9. 16. Anmol Publications. . TV and Broadcast Journalism. N. New Delhi. Shelton Bhatt.B. 1999. Iowa. Handbook of Radio.

and Lacy. 1990. J. Information Technology. Sarup and Sons. Precision Journalism. 7. 1997.V. S. Vikas Publishing House. 1998. Communication and Society – The Emerging Human Concerns. N. Sage Publications. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 19. Mudgal. New Delhi. Chauhan.D. [ Journalism Today : Principles. 1983. Jaipur. 9. Pearson Education. Reference Books : 1.SC. Journalists Handbook. Mumbai. ---------------------- . Indiana University Press. 6. Navin 4. Bloomington. Philip : : : : : Essentials of Human Communication. 2004. 2. Dynamics of Modern Communication. Communication Theories and Publishing House. Mass Media and Management Systems. Mackenzie. N.D. Practices and Challenges. Harper Collins. 8. M. New York. Patrice Sharma. 21. 1996. Classical Publishing Company. 1997. Andal. Pearson Education. Folkherts. Joseph Flichy. Devito. S. Comparing Media from around the World. Mahajan Kamlesh : : : : Contemporary Issues in Journalism.A. Kanishka Publishers.R. (GENERAL)/B. Models. N. 2007. 1995. Meyer. 1973. New Delhi. : : The Media in Your Life : An Introduction to Mass Communication. New Delhi. Book Enclave.128 B. Himalaya 5.. Swati and Chandra. 1998. R.. Rahul Kamath.

. line and staff agencies. scope and significance of Police and Police Administration along with its evolution. In particular. Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates : • • • • The maximum marks for the paper will be 100. The first question shal be compulsory and be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. Syllabi and Courses of Reading Paper-A : PRINCIPLES OF POLICE ADMINISTRATION (A) Course Objectives : The principal objective of the syllabi is to acquaint the students with the basics of Police Administration. victimology and correctional administration.e. Each question will carry 18 marks (4×18 = 72 marks). the course endeavours to discuss the concepts of chief executive.e. The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks (9×2 = 18 marks). communication. the candidates shall have two questions and the candidates shall attempt one question from each unit i. nature.e. coordination. (B) (c) • (D) Course Content : Unit-I Meaning. Nature. The question paper will be of 90 marks and internal assessment of 10 narks. 2011 Outlines of Tests.SC. Evolution of Police Administration in India. decision-making. The aim of the course is also to initiate the candidate to the select aspects of criminal justice system i.A. supervision and leadership in police administration. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. (GENERAL)/B. Further. There shall be 9 questions in all.A. crime. the syllabi is structured and organized to impart knowledge to the students relating to meaning. four questions in all. Police Administration as a Science or an Art. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Relationship of Police Administration with other Social Sciences. Pedagogy of the Course Work : 90 per cent of the Course Content would be delivered through Lecture Method and rest 10 per cent would comprise of two internal examinations and attendance. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 129 POLICE ADMINISTRATION B. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i. authority and responsibility. Scope and Significance of Police and Police Administration.B. Time allowed will be 3 hours.

New Delhi. Leadership in Police Administration : Concept.K. 1993. Concept and Forms. Publishing Corporation. (GENERAL)/B. Police Administraion and Investigation of Crime. 1999.F. 4.V. J. Police Evam Log : Donon Ke Adhikar Va Zimmedarian. Volume-1. Isha Books.H. New Jersey. New Delhi. Aparna Ghosh. Decision Making in Police Administration. Srivastava. 6. K. H. 2007. Bharti. Correctional Administration : Meaning.C. New Delhi. 5. Allahabad. Authority and Responsibility in Police Administration. 2008. Role of Police in a Changing Society. Ashish Publishing House. S. Line and Staff Agencies in Police Administration. Publishing Corporation. Victimology : Meaning. Objectives and Scope. 1994. Gupta. Dalbir : : : : : : : : The Police and Political Development in India. Brueau of Police Research & Development. Ashish Publishing House. Bailey.P. A. Styles. A. 2006. Indian Police Today. New Delhi. Concept and Forms. Central Law Publications. and Rustamji. New Delhi.130 B. 1969. Paranjpe.H. The Police in British India : 1861-1947. Methods and Hindrances. . Unit-III Chief Executive in Police Administration.P. Criminology and Penology.A. Methods and Hindrances. 3. Process and Hindrances. Communication in Police Administration : Concept. 8. Essential Readings : 1 2. Princeton University Press. David.SC. 7. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-II Crime : Meaning. Qualities of a good leader. Delhi. N. Supervision in Police Administration : Concept. Shankar Chaturvedi. Encyclopaedia of Police in India. 2007. Anandswarup Sen. Unit-IV Coordination in Police Administration : Concept.

Dilip K. chargesheet. 4. 3. (GENERAL)/B. The powers. Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates : • The maximum marks for the paper will be 100. Considerable attention has been paid to the concept and significance of reforms in Police Administration and the various Committees and Commissions constituted for the purpose.K.P. A. • Time allowed will be 3 hours. FIR. World Police Encyclopedia. 2006 Paper-B : INDIAN POLICE ADMINISTRATION (A) Course Objectives: The principal objective of the syllabi is to acquaint the students with the features of Indian Police Administration along with its history and growth. (B) (C) . 6. State and District levels will also be discussed. New Delhi. structure and growth of select Central Para Military Forces (CPMFs).K. Routledge. National Police Commission: Issues for Rethinking. APH Publishing Corporation. New York. New Delhi. 2006. New Delhi. detection and investigation have also been included in the syllabus. James Das. 5. Vadackumchery. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 131 Further Readings 1 2. Publishing Corporation. New Delhi. The question paper will be of 90 marks and internal assessment of 10 marks. functions and role of Police at Union. 1985. 1989.B. Ghosh. Sharma. Some basic concepts relating to the functioning of police personnel like DDR. Pedagogy of the Course Work : 90 per cent of the Course Content would be delivered through Lecture Method and rest 10 per cent would comprise of two internal examinations and attendance.. Taylor and Francis Group.SC. (ed. National Book Police and People: Role and Responsibilities. 1998. Law and Order Administration. 1997. Bharti Dalbir : : : : : : Keeping the Peace: For Whom the Bell Tolls (Police Then and Now). K. The endeavour of the course is to familiarize the students with the origin. Anil K. S. New Delhi.A. A.) Saxena.H. Organization. Professionalism in Indian Police. Ashish Publishing House.P.H.

132

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

• •

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be compulsory and be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks (9×2 = 18 marks). Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall have two questions and the candidates shall attempt one question from each unit i.e. four questions in all. Each question will carry 18 marks (4×18 = 72 marks).

(D)

Course Content : Unit-I

Features of Indian Police Administration. History and Growth of Police in India. Origin, Structure and Growth of Paramilitary Forces in India with special reference to BSF, CRPF, ITBP and CISF. Unit-II Union Ministry of Home Affairs : Home Secretary – Powers, Functions and Role. State Police Secretariat : Director General of Police - Powers, Functions and Role. Police Administration at District Level : Structure, Functions and Layers. Unit-III Indian Police Act, 1861. Reforms in Police Administration: Concept and Significance. Committees and Commission on Police Reforms: National Police Commission; Padamanabhaiah Committee; Soli Sorabjee - Police Act Drafting Committee. Unit-IV Concept and Principles of DDR, FIR and their essential requirements. Preparation of a Chargesheet – Essential Ingredients. Principle and Scope of Detection and Investigation. Essential Readings : 1. 2. 3. Bailey, David, H. Gupta, Anandswarup Sen, Shankar : : : The Police and Political Development in India, Princeton University Press, New Jersey, 1969. The Police in British India: 1861-1947, Bureau of Police Research & Development, New Delhi, 2007. Indian Police Today, Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi, 1994.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

133

4. 5. 6. 7.

Srivastava, Aparna Ghosh, S.K. and Rustamji, K.F Dogra, R.S.D. Bharti, Dalbir

: : : :

Role of Police in a Changing Society, A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 1999. Encyclopaedia of Police in India, Volume-I, Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi, 1993. Nation Keepers: Central Reserve Police Force (C.R.P.F.), A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 2004. Police Evam Log: Donon ke Adhikar Va Zimmedarian, A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 2007.

Further Readings 1. 2. 3. 4. Ghosh, S.K. Vadackumchery, James Das, Dilip K. (ed.) Saxena, Anil K. : : : : Keeping the Peace: For Whom the Bell Tolls (Police Then and Now), Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi, 1989. National Police Commission: Issues for Rethinking, APH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 1998. World Police Encyclopedia, Routledge, Taylor and Francis Group, New York, 2006. Professionalism in Indian Police, A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 1997. 5. 6. 7. Chaturvedi, J.C. Sharma, K.K. Bharti, Dalbir : : : Police Administration and Investigation Books, Delhi, 2006. Law and Order Administration, Organization, New Delhi, 1985. of Crime, Isha National Book

Police and People : Role and Responsibilities, APH, New Delhi, 2006.

---------------------

134

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

WOMEN’S STUDIES
B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011 Paper-A : FOUNDATIONAL CONCEPTS IN WOMEN’S STUDIES
Max. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 100 90 Marks 10 Marks 3 Hours

Objectives : The objective of this course is to conscientise the students about some of the key concepts in women’s studies apart from their significance from a feminist and gender perspective. Course Contents : Unit-I : Gender Definition: Sex and Gender Difference: Sex and Gender Gender Stereotypes: Genesis and Persistence through Family, School and Media Social Construction of Gender: From infancy to Adulthood to Old age

Unit-II : Patriarchy Definition and Origin of Patriarchy Manifestations of Patriarchy : (a) Preference for Son (b) Violence against Women (c) Discrimination against girl-child and women in the family (d) Gender discrimination at the Workplace

Unit-III : Empowerment Definition and Indicators Types of Empowerment : (a) Social (b) Political (c) Economic

Unit-IV : Women’s Studies in India : Women’s Studies as a Discipline : (a) Definition and Origin (b) Scope (c) State initiatives with reference to India.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

135

Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates : There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be compulsory containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate is required to attempt any 09 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each (18 marks). Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit - 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

Essential Readings : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Anderson, Margaret Bhasin, Kamla Bhasin, Kamla Connel, R.W. Jain, Devaki and Rajput, Pam (eds.) : : : : : Thinking About Women, Macmillan, New York, 1993. What is Patriarchy?, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1994. Understanding Gender, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 2000. Gender, Polity, Cambridge, 2002. Narratives for the Women’s Studies Family, Sage, New Delhi, 2003.

Further Readings : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Aravamudan, Gita Lerner, Gerda Lorber, Judith and Farell, Susan A. (ed) Mies, Maria Rajput, Pam Manvinder & Kaur, : : : : : Disappearing Daughters : The Tragedy of Female Foeticide, Penguin, New Delhi, 2007. The Creation of Patriarchy, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1986. The Social Construction of Gender, Sage, New Delhi, 1991. Indian Women and Patriarchy, Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1980. “Women’s Studies in Higher Education in India: Some Reflections”, Samyukta, Vol III, No.1, January, 2003. Readings in Hindi : 1. 2. 3. Gupta, Kamlesh Kumar Kumar, Raj (ed.) Verma, Soni Gupta : : : Mahila Sashaktikaran, Book Enclave, Jaipur, 2005. Bhartiya Mahila, Arjun Publishing, New Delhi, 2003. Mahila Jagriti Aur Sashaktikaran, Awashkar Publishers, Jaipur, 2005.

136

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Paper-B : STATUS OF WOMEN IN INDIA (Ancient, Medieval and Pre-Independence period)
Max. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : 100 : 90 Marks 10 Marks 3 Hours

Objectives : The status of women in India has changed over time in relation to historical and cultural realities, levels of consciousness, perceptions and actions of individual women, women’s groups and finally State initiatives. This course aims to acquaint the student with women in the Indian tradition from ancient times to the present, a tradition which has arisen out of the heterogeneity of experience. Course Contents : Unit-I : Women in Ancient India: (a) (b) Status of women in ancient India Prominent Women of Ancient India - Gargi, Maitreyi, Amrapali

Unit-II : Women in Medieval India: (a) (b) Status of women in Medieval India Prominent Women of Medieval India - Razia Sultan, Chand Bibi, Durgavati

Unit-III : Women in Pre-independence India: (a) (b) Social Reform Movement and Women’s Issues: Education, Sati, Widow Remarriage and Child Marriage Prominent Women of Pre-Independence India: Rani Lakshmi Bai, Savitri Bai Phule

Unit-IV : Feminist Consciousness in India (a) (b) (c) Women in Rigveda and Manusmriti Women in Medieval Indian Literature: Chandrabati’s Ramayana Sultana’s Dream, Stri Purush Tulana

Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates : In each of the papers the candidate will be assessed for 90 marks on the basis of a written examination and for 10 marks internal assessment. There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be compulsory containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate is required to attempt any 09 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each (18 marks). Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each Unit shall have two questions and the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit - 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

137

Essential Readings : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Altekar, A.S. Bader, Clarisse Chaudhri, Maitrayee (ed.) Das, R.M. Ghadially, Rehana (ed.) Jain, Jasbir Nath, Renuka Pruthi, Raj Kumar, Devi, Rameshwari and Pruthi, Romila, (ed) Sen, Nabaneeta Dev : : : : : : : : The Position of Women in Hindu Civilization, Motilal, Banarsidass, Delhi, 1959. Women in Ancient India: Moral and Literary Studies, Anmol Pub., Delhi, 1987. Feminism in India: Issues in Contemporary Indian Feminism, Kali for Women & Women Unlimited, 2004. Women in Manu’s Philosophy, ABS Pub., Jalandhar, 1993. Women in Indian Society: A Reader, Sage, New Delhi, 1988. Women in Patriarchy: Cross-Cultural Readings, Rawat, Jaipur, 2005. Notable Mughal and Hindu Women in the 16th and 17th Centuries A.D., Inter-India Pub., New Delhi, 1990. Status and Position of Women : In Ancient, Medieval and Modern India, Mangal Deep, Jaipur, 2001. When Women Retell the Ramayana”, Manushi, Issue No. 108, 1998, pp 18-27.

9.

:

Further Readings : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Agrawal, C.M. Ali, Aruna Asaf Ali, Azra Asghar Chaturvedi, Archna (ed.) Geeta, V. Jacobson, Doranne Wadley, Susan S. and : : : : : : Pratibimb: Images of Indian Womanhood, Indian Publishers, Delhi, 2005. Resurgence of Indian Women, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi, Radiant, 1991. The Emergence of Feminism Among Indian Muslim Women, 19201947, Oxford, Karachi, 2000. Muslim Women: From Tradition to Modernity, Commonwealth, New Delhi, 2004. Patriarchy (Theorising Feminism), Stree, Kolkatta, 2007. Women in India: Two Perspectives, Manohar, New Delhi, 1986.

138

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

7. 8.

Kumar, Hajira (ed.) Madhavananda, Swami and Majumdar, Ramesh Chandra (ed.) Mukherjee, Prabhati Rajawat, Mamta Ramaswamy, Vijaya (ed.) Thomas, P.

: :

Status of Muslim Women in India, Aakar Books, Delhi, 2002. Great Women of India, Advaita Ashrama, Kolkata, 2001.

9. 10. 11. 12.

: : : :

“Hindu Women: Normative Models”, Orient Longman, Calcutta, 1978. Dalit Women: Issues and Perspectives, Anmol Pub., New Delhi, 2005. Re-searching Indian Women, Manohar, Delhi, 2003. Indian Women Through the Ages, Asia Publishing House, Bombay, 1964.

----------------------

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

139

HUMAN RIGHTS AND DUTIES
B.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011 Paper A : HUMAN RIGHTS AND DUTIES : CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDING
Max. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 100 90 Marks 10 Marks 3 Hours

Objectives : The course is designed for those who want to pursue a general graduate degree programme. It may be offered to any student drawn from multiple disciplinary backgrounds after 10+2. It is designed to have two papers that would provide adequate theoretical understanding about human rights and duties. The proposed under graduate course shall constitute as one of the subjects in the graduate level curriculum. This paper purports to deal with developing a broad understanding about human rights and duties, awareness about theoretical origins of human rights and their correlation with governance issues. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : Note : (i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No. I will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine short answer type questions out of 12 i.e. 9×2 = 18 marks. In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions i.e. two questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks of each i.e. 4×18 = 72 marks. On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit. Unit-I The Concept of Human Rights : Meaning, nature and definition of Human Rights; Classification of rights, Relationship between the rights and duties. Unit-II Concept of Human Duties : Meaning, nature and definition of Human Duties; Moral, ethical, social, economic, political and cultural; universal; Traditional/Modern; Classification of Human Duties : Individual, family, community, NationState, Humankind and Mother Earth. Unit-III Theories of Rights : Natural Rights theory, Liberal theory of rights, Legal/positive theory of rights, Marxist theory of rights.

(ii)

Lancer International. 1948 and significant Covenants. J.O’. : : : : : : : : : Our Common Future (1986). Ltd. Kalpana Kammabiran Gandhi. New Delhi (1987). Millennium. Pearson Education Pvt. particularly the UN bodies. 2. People’s participation. Singapore. 8. (ed. 3. Hyderabad (2006). It aims to create awareness regarding the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Byrne Ian Brownlie. University.) Jayapalan.140 B. New Delhi (2000). Role of Civil Society Organizations.. fairness in criminal justice administration. 5. Human Rights in the New Publication. Human Rights (2000). Crafting Human Rights Cultures. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : 100 90 Marks 10 Marks 3 Hours : : : Objectives : This paper purports to deal with promotion and protection of human right in the international context. Atlantic Publishers. P. Basic Documents on Human Rights (2006). Blackstone’s International Human Rights Documents. 7. Rights (2004). (2001). A Dictionary of Human Publications. N. NALSAR University of Law. Delhi. N. (GENERAL)/B. Oxford. 9.SC. Suggested Books : 1. . Brundland Report David Robertson Darren. Oxford. Europa Human Rights : An Introduction (2005). Manas Paper B : HUMAN RIGHTS : INTERNATIONAL DIMENSIONS Max.) Sanajaoba. 4. New Delhi. Rule of Law : Non-arbitraries.) Upendra Baxi (ed. 6. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-IV Good Governance : • • • • Democracy : Guaranteed freedoms.A. (eds. London. et al.R. The Right to be Human. Open and transparent governance.

Question No. .B. • UN Commission on Human Rights. Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR). On an average. (ii) Unit-I UN bodies involved in promotion of Human Rights (I) : • Economic and Social Council. 1948. The United Nations Charter and the development of Human Rights. • UN Council on Human Rights. International Covenant on Economic.e. Question Nos. In addition to it. 1966.A. Unit-IV International Covenants : • • • International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR). The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. I will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the entire syllabus. 4×18 = 72 marks.e.SC. the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit. Unit-II UN bodies involved in promotion of Human Rights (II) : ILO • • UNESCO • WHO • FAO Unit-III International Norms and Mechanisms : • • • League of Nations. two questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks of each i. The students are required to attempt nine short answer type questions out of 12 i. • UN General Assembly. 1976. (GENERAL)/B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 141 INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES : Note : (i) For written paper. 9×2 = 18 marks. 1966. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions. Optional Protocols.

University of Pennsylvania Press. An International Bill of the Right of Man (1945). UN Centre for Human Rights : -------------------- . et al (ed. 2.) Saxena. Chapter 10.142 B. Steiner et al (eds. Columbia University Press. Hersch Morsink.SC. New Delhi. 3. International Human Rights Standards for Law Enforcement (1996). Clarendon Press. Clarendon Press. Philip Alston (ed. Oxford. International Bill of Rights : The Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (1981).N. New York. The Universal Declaration of Human Rights : Origins.) Louis Henkin : : : : The United Nations and Human Rights (1996). Drafting and Intent (1999). Lancers Books. (GENERAL)/B. Krasno Jean A. International Human Rights in Context (1996). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Suggested Books : 1. 6. New York. 7. Geneva. Lauterpacht. 4. New Delhi. Oxford.) Henry J. Viva. 5. World Campaign for Human Rights. J. Johannes : : : 8.A. Philadelphia. Columbia University Press. The United Nations (2005). United Nations for Better World (1986).

A. (GENERAL)/B./week Practical 1./week or 4 periods/ week 3 hrs. Subject Family Resource Management Hygiene & Physiology Theory 3 hrs. 3 3 Marks 65 65 Int.A. Paper A : FAMILY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Max. 1. 1. Section E will consist of 13 objective type/very short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly.B. B. Sections A.SC. 2. Assessment 10 10 Total Marks 75 75 Practical 3 hrs. B. C and D of the question paper and the entire section E. 2011 SCHEME OF STUDIES Sr. Family Resource Management Hygiene & Physiology 1 --3 --40 --10 --50 --200 Total of Theory & Practical : Note : Internal Assessment should be based on assessment/term test/seminar/attendance. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. No. . C. of Papers 1 1 Time in hrs. No. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES : Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the Sections A. C and D will have two questions from the respective section of the syllabus and will carry 13 marks each./week or 4 periods/week SCHEME OF EXAMINATION Theory Sr. Name of Paper Family Resource Management Hygiene & Physiology No. 2. 2. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 143 HOME SCIENCE B. D and E. Marks : 65 Time : 3 Hours/week INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER : The question paper will consist of five Sections : A. B.

form. roominess. SECTION-C 1. Essential equipment used in flower arrangement. Time and Energy Management. furniture. 3. shape. Home : Meaning and importance of Home Science. 2. privacy. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS SECTION-A 1. SECTION-D 1. 2. 2. Money Management : Types of income. . Element of Art : Line. Rhythm. Factors affecting the use of resources. Colour : (a) (b) (c) (d) 2. texture. Selection of site. flexibility. Furniture : Basic considerations while Selection of furniture. requirement and practical considerations. Renting v/s owning. sanitation. (a) (b) (c) (d) Functions of Home.A. Resources : Classification of Resources—Human & non-human. Principles of planning a house. application of elements and principles of Art in it. Use of colour in Interior Decoration for various rooms. Characteristics of colour. 3. orientation aspect. Principles of Art in relation to Interior Decoration. circulation. Balance. soil. budgeting. size. Colour wheel. Flower Arrangement : Types. Harmony. (a) (b) Planning of Budget.SC.144 B. grouping. its advantages and limitations. selection of material. Colour schemes. Proportion and Emphasis. SECTION-B 1. prospect. Means of supplementing family income. (GENERAL)/B. locality for a house.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES : Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the Section A. dysentery and diarrhea. Definition. C and D will have two questions from the respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 13 marks each. Food Hygiene: (a) (b) (c) 2. . sources. B. Section E will consist of 13 objective type/very short type questions and will cover the entire syllabus uniformly. causes and prevention. Importance of water and its purification. Sexually transmitted diseases—AIDS. Definition and types of immunity. B. SECTION-B 1. Causes and Spread of following Diseases : (a) (b) (c) (d) Caused by insects—Malaria. Definition of hygiene. B. Spread by droplet infection. chicken pox. Hygiene : (a) (b) (c) 2. C. C and D of the question paper and the entire Section E. Food poisoning.B. Conveyed by ingestion – Enteric fever.A. Marks : 65 Time : 3 Hours INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER : The question paper will consist of five sections : A. measles. D and E. carrier and control. cholera. mumps. Hygiene during preparation. Sections A. (GENERAL)/B. service and storage of food. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 145 Paper B : HYGIENE & PHYSIOLOGY Max. dengue. SECTION-A 1. Definition of infection. tuberculosis.SC.

6. copper. micro ovens. brass. 4. (1) Geyser. One decorative/utility article from waste material. (3) Vacuum Cleaner. Digestive System : Structure and functions of the alimentary canal. Ass. gold.146 B. Coagulation of blood. silver. 3. Lists of Major Equipments required for Family Resource Management Laboratories. steel. 2. (4) Food Processor. Tea sets. Marks : 40 Int. 9. Structure and Functions of Lungs. (9) Dinner sets. 2. Cutlery sets and other accessories for table settings./week 1. Cleaning & Polishing of household metals. Blood and its composition. aluminium. PRACTICAL Paper-A : FAMILY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Max. Cleaning of Leather. (7) Tea Kettles. . Marble.A. (GENERAL)/B. 8. (6) Oven. Cleaning of glass windowpanes. iron. (2) Refrigerator. Table setting. : 10 Time : 3 hrs. food processors. (8) Gas Stove. 5. Floor decoration—Making of Alpana and Rangoli for different occasions. (10) Cement. SECTION-D 1. Circulatory System : (a) (b) (c) 2. (5) Mixer. Care and cleaning of refrigerators. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS SECTION-C 1. Mosaic. Tiles and Wooden flooring for cleaning of different types of floors. nonstick pans. Structure and functions of heart. 7.SC. table manners and napkin foldings. Cleaning and polishing of wooden furniture. Making of Flower Arrangement for different rooms. Structure and Functions of kidney and skin.

Best.B. Inside Today’s Home. Home Management. M. Wiley Eastern Ltd. 9. Park. C. Oriental Watchman Publishing House. Deshpandae R. 1983.. (GENERAL)/B. Hygiene and Public Health. . 16. 10. 1973. 7. 1985. 12. Jean Muir Dorsey M. 6. 3. 101 Ideas for Flower Arrangement.S. and Tylor. Poona. Phadke Saxena.C. Varghese. 1969. C. Wiley Eastern Ltd. (1968) Anna Hong Rutt Hazel Thompson. Deshpandae Paulena Nickell & H. R. 2.N.A. Srinivasan : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Anatomy and Physiology for Nurses. (1990) Selman. Oriental Longman.P. Elementary Hygiene. Y. Charles. The Living Body – A Text in Human Physiology. Kanpur.R. 1983. India. Richard Demsbe.SC. 11. (1992) Bhatia. 15. A. 4. Health and Longevity. Management in Family Living.. 1983. Oxford University. Delhi. 1963. Holt. Pearce Evelyn. Delhi. New York. Poona..S.. 17. 8. William Bernard Ray Faulkner. Bedi. N. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 147 References : 1. Modern Ideal Home for India. Asia Publishing House. 1975.C. 1973. 14. Ogale. N. CBS Publishers and Distributors. and Sri P. Arthur Pearson Ltd. B. United Book Corporation. Poona. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Interior Decoration A to Z. Build Your Own Home.. Aids to Hygiene. Delhi. H. Rinehart & Winston. 13. 5. Criag Old Day Rush Betty Pepis Julia Elements Walter Ian Fischman. A Grosset Super Good Life Book Publishers. Home Furnishing.. London. Home with Character. Doubleday & Co. Social and Prevention Medicine. Inc.A. 1965. K. N.B. Basic Home Repairs. New York. Universal Books Stall. Sarah Faulkner R. United Book Corporation.

20. N. Dent & Sons Ltd.. A Text Book of House Hold Arts. American Home Avenue. Management for Modern Families. Margaret Kaye Amella Leaitt Hill Ball. 1962. Halse. H. 22. Gross & E. The Use of Colour in Interior. Bombay.M. Orient Longman Ltd. New York. and Goldstein..SC. Betty : : : : : : : : : Home Management. Washington. Delhi. The Educational Planning Group. Wadia Building. Introduction to Home Management.O. Greystone Press. 21. Art of Interior Design. Grandall A. Journal of Indian Housewife. 1986. Sri Avinashilingam Home Science College for Women. I. J. Stella Sounderaj I.. Art in Everyday Life. New York. H. Macmillan. 2. McGraw Hill Book Co. 26. Delhi. 1981. W.A. 1964. 1958. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 18. ---------------------- . New York.148 B. Complete Book of Table Setting and Flower Arrangement. Inside Outside. 1961. N. 24. (GENERAL)/B. Indian Journal of Home Science.. Coimbatore. Macmillan Co. Arya Publishing House. Journals : 1.W. 25.. Home Science Association of India. The Macmillan Co. Journal of Home Economics. London. 23. 3. Swanson. Edited and Published by Mallika Sarabhai. Wiley Eastern Ltd. A Students Hand Book of Housewifery. 4. New York. 19/21 Dalal Street. V. 1974. Vectrio Kloss Goldstein. A. 19..

.B. 2. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. 2011 Paper-A : (THEORY) Max. Each question will carry 1 (one) mark. Section A shall comprise of 10 short answer type questions covering the whole syllabus and will be compulsory. Unit-I Plant Morphology . Sections B. : 75 70 marks 5 marks 3 Hours : : : INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER AND THE STUDENTS : 1. Total five questions are to be attempted. Significance.Types and classification.Their types and modifications.A. 3. (GENERAL)/B. 4. 2.Three of 45 minutes duration each. The syllabus of this paper has divided into Four units. Practical .SC.One of three hours duration.A./B. Fruit .Sc. Life cycle of a typical angiosperm.Parts and their functions. D and E shall have two questions each from respective sections. Inflorescence . 5. Leaf . (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 149 AGRICULTURE B. Emasculation.Type. Each question will be of 15 (fifteen) marks.Types and classification.Root. Unit-II Pollination . Flower . C. Question paper shall have five sections. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Period per week : 1. out of which one question from each section is to be permitted. Stem. Theory .

Chundawat and S. Ltd. Water requirements. Social forestry. Rice.U. ICAR S. and methods of crop producton of related area. Unit-IV Importance of forests. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Raising of crops/visit to farms/fields to have knowledge of varions agricultural tools. Package and Practices. Soyabean. (GENERAL)/B. Ludhiana (2010). Modern Techniques of Raising Field Crops. Ludhiana (2010). PRACTICAL Max. Ludhiana (2009). Pvt.Wheat. 5. 3.. : : : : 25 20 marks 5 marks 3 Hours . Sinh. Trumen Publishers. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-III Cultivation practices including soil requirements. Gupta and A.S. Books Recommended : 1.Mango. P. New Delhi (2009). 4. Fruits . Jalandhar (2010).. Fibres . Performance of emasculation techniques. Ltd. Prem Singh and Rajbir Singh B. implements. New Delhi (1998).Sarson.Cotton. Maize.K.K. 8. Raising of Nurseries for forestry. Gupta Rabi Crops Kharif Crops Bhatia and Widge Alan Stephens Chidda Singh.A. Gautam : : : : : : : : Hand Book of Agriculture. New Delhi (2008). Hand Book of Agricultural Science.. Elementary Biology. 7.SC. 6.S. Visit to Fruit and Forest nurseries. Marks Practical Internal Assessment Time Study of root stem leaf modifications. Dictionary of Agriculture. Sapota. P. P.A. Important forest trees of India and Punjab. 2. Text Book of Agroforestry.U.150 B. Improved varieties for : Cereals . Grapes. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Citrus.. Package and Practices. New Delhi (2006). Universal Book Stall. Oil Crops . Kalyani Publishers.A. Pvt.

Each question will carry 1 (one) mark. Question paper shall have five sections. 5. : 75 70 marks 5 marks 3 Hours : : : INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER AND THE STUDENTS : 1. Quarntine law. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 151 Paper-B : (THEORY) Max. Total five questions are to be attempted. form filling for agricultural loans. 4. repayment mode. Unit-II Various legal aspects of import and export of raw crop and crop products.A. Agricultural Loans – Its various types. 3. Sections B. (GENERAL)/B. Theory . Each question will be of 15 (fifteen) marks. C. out of which one from each section is to be permitted.One of three hours duration. Grains at local and large Level. Vegetable and fruit preservation. Fruits.SC. Practical . Unit-III Storage of vegetables. The syllabus of this paper has been divided into four units. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Period per week : 1. .B. Psycological pressure on farmer and villagers of different classes. 2. 2. Agriculture credit cards. Unit-I Agricultural Banking. Fundamentals of agricultural economics.Three of 45 minutes duration each. Section A shall comprise of 10 short answer type questions covering the whole syllabus and will be compulsory. National policy for agricultural loans. D and E shall have two questions each from respective sections.

(GENERAL)/B. Biswas and S. Tandon Das and Gupta : : : : : : Every Day Indian Processed Foods. K. Identification of financial problems of a village. Marks Practical Internal Assessment Time Visit to Agricultural. 5.L. New Delhi. Preservation of fruits and vegetables in Pickle. 2. Identification and collection of fertilizers. Nitrogen fixation. : : : : 25 20 marks 5 marks 3 Hours Books Recommended : 1. Home Preservation of Fruit and Vegetables. Jellies. P.152 B.SC. --------------------- . G. Kalyani Publishers. Ludhiana (2008).A. Siddappa and G. Management. 4. Important fertilizers and their uses. Preservation of Fruit and Vegetables. Acharya Malkit Nagi and Satinder Bajaj ICAR T. Manures and Fertilizers. Fundamental of fertilizers and manures.S.A.D. Kalyani Publishers. Squash and Sauce forms. Jam. Text Book of Soil Sciences. ICAR Publication. Improvement and Amendments. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Unit-IV Soil types.T. National Book Trust. Ludhiana (1999).K. PRACTICAL Max.U.. Mukherjee Girdhari Lal. Ludhiana (2008). 6. New Delhi (2008). Rural Banks to have basic knowledge of loan processing and recovery. New Delhi (2008). Soil Testing. 3. Hand Book of Agriculture.

Conjugate diameters of ellipse and hyperbola. : : : : 67 60 marks 7 marks 3 Hours The syllabus has been split into two Sections—Section-A and Section-B. Conic : General equation of a conic. tangents. selecting atleast two questions from each Section. SECTION-A Pair of Straight Lines : Joint equation of pair of straight lines and angle between them. limiting points. pair of tangents from a point. Joint equation of the angle bisectors.SC. power of a point w.A. Tangents. SECTION-B Transformation of Axes in two Dimensions : Shifting of origin. 3.t. Four questions will be set from each Section. ellipse and hyperbola.r. reduction of general second degree equation into standard forms by transformation. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Note : 1. invariants. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes each) per paper per week including tutorial. radical axis. pair of tangents from a point. 2011 Paper-I : GEOMETRY : PLANE AND SOLID Max. tracing of conics. pole and polar. conjugate hyperbola. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 153 MATHEMATICS B. Joint equation of lines joining origin to the intersection of a line and a curve./B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. asymptotes of hyperbola. 2. Circle through intersection of two lines.A. rectangular hyperbola. .B. special properties of parabola.Sc. Each question will be of 12 marks. angle of intersection and orthogonality. rotation of axes. identification of curves and to find other parameters. chord of contact. Circle : General equation of circle. normals. co-axial family of circles. (GENERAL)/B. A student will attempt five questions in all. normals. diameter. pole and polar. Condition of parallelism and perpendicularity. equation of chord in terms of mid-point. equation of chord in terms of mid-point. chord of contact. circle.

enveloping cones. limiting points..C. 1999. radical center. tangent plane. (GENERAL)/B. intersection of a line and a sphere. John Wiley & Sons. a sphere. and Gupta. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Polar Co-ordinates : Polar equation of a line. Ltd. Cylinder : Cylinder as a surface generated by a line moving parallel to a fixed line and through a fixed curve. 1994. : Analytical Solid Geometry. Transformation of Axes in three Dimensions : Shifting of origin.S. Macmillan and Company.r. z. right circular and elliptic cones. London. S. Bill. 3. Wiley Eastern Ltd.. References : 1. : Advanced Engineering Mathematics. R. : The Elements of Coordinate Geometry. spheres through a given circle. radical planes.J. conics. Chand & Co. Pothishala Pvt. Shanti Narayan and Mittal. New Delhi.. H. 8. tangent planes and normals. 2006. y. parabolic and hyperbolic cylinders in standard forms. reciprocal cones. : Elementary Treatise on Coordinate Geometry of Three Dimensions. Macmillan India Ltd. angle of intersection of two spheres and condition of orthogonality. : Analytical Geometry of Three Dimensions. tangent line. 1994. circle. Cone : Cone with a vertex at the origin as the graph of a homogeneous equation of second degree in x. and Khalil Ahmad Jain.154 B. Seventeenth Revised Edition. 4. equations of chords.A.t. cone as a surface generated by a line passing through a fixed curve and a fixed point outside the plane of the curve. Ltd.K.SC. R. Gorakh Prasad and Gupta. different kinds of cylinders such as right circular.. Equations of ellipsoid. hyperboloid and paraboloid in standard form. P. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Jain. 1999. L.K. S. Pothishala Pvt. 2. : A Text Book of Analytical Geometry of Three Dimensions.T. P. 6. tangents and normals only. elliptic.. : Text Book on Coordinate Geometry. and Khalil Ahmad Saran.K. 7. Allahabad. Sphere : Section of a sphere and a plane. 5. enveloping cylinders. rotation of axes. Allahabad. power of a point w. : A Text Book of Analytical Geometry of Two Dimensions.. . right circular cone as a surface of revolution obtained by rotating the curve in a plane about an axis. N. Erwin Kreyszing Loney. co-axial family of spheres. P. radical axis.

parametric. Four questions will be set from each Section. and g.SC. Mean Value Theorems : Rolle’s Theorem. radius of curvature of Cartesian.u. successive differentiation. Curvature : Curvature of a curve at a point. Hyperbolic. : : : : 67 60 marks 7 marks 3 Hours Note : The syllabus has been split into two Sections—Section-A and Section-B. SECTION-A Properties of Real Numbers : Order property of real numbers. chord of curvature. l. Continuity : Continuous functions. Limits : ∈ . their geometric interpretation and applications. evolute and involute.δ definition of the limit of a function. sign of a function in a neighborhood of a point of continuity. polar curves and for implicit equations. continuity of composite functions. 2. 3.B. archimedian property of real numbers.l. types of discontinuities. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes each) per paper per week including tutorial.A. Cauchy’s mean value theorem. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time 1. Lagrange’s mean value theorem. inverse hyperbolic functions of a real variable and their derivatives. infinite limits. bounds. selecting atleast two questions from each Section. continuity of │f (x)│. (GENERAL)/B. A student will attempt five questions in all. basic properties of limits. maximum and minimum value theorem. order completeness property of real numbers. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 155 Paper-II : CALCULUS Max.b. intermediate value theorem. Taylor’s theorem. Leibnitz’s theorem.b. Each question will be of 12 marks. . Maclaurin’s theorem with various forms of remainders and their applications.

B.. Moscow. 1986. Shanti Narayan and Mittal. (GENERAL)/B. Quadrature. An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations.. Rectification. S. G. Publishers & Distributors. Elementary Treatise on Differential Equations and their Applications.C. 8. Schaum’s Outline Series. 1967. C. Differential Calculus. Marcel Dekkar.SC.S. Integral Calculus. Jain.. 7. 14. New Delhi..A. Erwin Kreyszig Thomas. P.E. New Delhi. Concavity. Boyce. Orient Longman (India). H. John Wiley and Sons.H. Differential and Integral Calculus. Chand & Co. Introductory Course in Differential Equations. Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus. 2.. 9.L. S. New York. P. Asymptotes. Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems. Gorakh Prasad Gorakh Prasad Murray. 3. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS SECTION-B Indeterminate forms. John Wiley. 1975.T. Simmons. Piaggio. Convexity and points of inflexion. 6.. D. Calculus and Analytic Geometry (Ninth Edition). Integral Calculus : Integration of hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. : : : : . Differential Equations. Prentice Hall of India. N. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. K. 13. Multiple points. S.A. Volumes and Surfaces of solids of revolution (Cartesian co-ordinates only). Inc. 1961.156 B. Gabriel Klambauer Murray R. 1985. W. Edition 2006. and Finney. and Diprima. Delhi. Tata McGraw Hill. References : 1. Chand & Co. Application of definite integral. P. 12. 5. G.B. Pothishala Private Ltd. and Kaushik. 10. Allahabad. 11. Spiegel Piskunov. Differential Calculus.F. Schaum Publishing Co. K. Peace Publishers. R. New York. An Introduction to Real Analysis. E. 1972. 2000. 1999. Pothishala Private Ltd. Tracing of curves (Cartesian and parametric co-ordinates only). New York.A. Allahabad. : : : : : : : : : : Mathematical Analysis.K. Reduction formulae. Codington. 4. Pearson Publication.

Relation between roots and co-efficients. synthetic division. excircles of a triangle and their radii. Transformation of equations. trigonometric solutions of a real cubic with real roots. roots and their multiplicity.III : ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY Max. direct and inverse circular and hyperbolic functions of a complex variable. in-circle. column rank and rank of a matrix and their equivalence. Four questions will be set from each Section. Cardan’s method of solving a cubic. cos n Ø. : 66 60 marks 6 marks 3 Hours : : : The syllabus has been split into two Sections–Section-A and Section–B. row rank. selecting atleast two questions from each Section. Descartes’ and Ferrari’s method for a bi-quadratic. application of De’Moiver’s theorem including primitive nth root of unity. linear dependence of row and column vectors. discriminant and nature of roots of real cubic. logarithmic. and centroid. Complex roots of real polynomials occur in conjugate pairs with same multiplicity. Euclid’s algorithm. De’Moiver’s theorem. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes) per paper per week including tutorial. Hermitian and Skew-Hermitian matrices.SC.A. Cayley-Hamilton theorem and its use in finding inverse of a matrix. Orthocentre. Circum-circle. . 3. sinn Ø. (GENERAL)/B. A student will attempt five questions in all. Descartes’ Rule of Signs. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Note : 1. SECTION-B Solution of cubic and bi-quadratic equations. Each question will be of 12 marks. Theorems on consistency of a system of linear equations (both homogeneous and non-homogeneous). SECTION-A Relation between sides and trigonometric ratios of the angles of a triangle. Eigen-values. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 157 Paper. Expansions of sin n Ø. The exponential. cosn Ø (n ε N). 2.B. eigen-vectors and characteristic equation of a matrix.

P. : : : : : : : : Matrix and Linear Algebra. and Bhatacharya. H. S. 1983. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS References : 1. 2. Pothishala Private Ltd. Jain. and Knight. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. K. Basic Linear Algebra with MATLAB. Revised Edition. S. Bhattacharya. Allahabad. H. 4. Publications.B. Higher Algebra. Chandrika Prasad Loney.S..S. and Nagpaul. Datta. First Course in Linear Algebra. S. 1994. 2007. -------------------- .K.L.K.B.158 B. Macmillan and Company. Chand & Co. Jain. 6. 2001. New Delhi. Ltd. S. Hall. K.S. 7. R..B. A.SC. P. Shanti Narayan and Mittal.. London. Wiley Eastern. and Shukla... Text Book on Trigonometry. (GENERAL)/B. New Delhi.M. 8. P.A. Pothishala Pvt. S. Plane Trigonometry Part II. S. Text Book on Algebra and Theory of Equations. Allahabad. Verma. A Text Book of Matrices. 2000. 5.K.R.R. Key College Publishing (Sprinder-Verlag). New Delhi. Gunawardena. 3. Ltd..

Information language and communication. 4. Networks and problem solving (Using C) SECTION-A 1. Hrs.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 159 COMPUTER SCIENCE B. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION Exam. Objective . Max. The infrastructure must be approved by the University as per practice. Paper-A : COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS AND C PROGRAMMING Note : 1. nine questions will be set.SC. Marks Theory Paper A Paper B Paper C : : : Theory Theory : : Computer Fundamentals & C Programming PC Software under Windows Practicals based on Paper-A and Paper-B 3 3 3 67 67 45 Internal Assessment 8 8 5 Practical : Note : Practical marks will include the appropriate weightage for proper maintenance of Lab.B. Data.. In all. 2011 Note : A student who has passed the + 2 examination under 10+2+3 system of education of a recognised University/Board/Council or any other examination recognised by the Panjab University as equivalent thereto shall be eligible to offer the subject of Computer Science/Commerce/Economics/Mathematics as his/her subjects. Record. All questions will carry equal marks. The question paper will be divided into five units.S.A. O. The unit fifth comprising of short answer type questions will be compulsory. Information Concepts and Processing : Evolution of information processing. programme Language. Only such colleges as have all necessary infrastructure or equipment and staff shall admit students to the subject of Computer Science. (GENERAL)/B./B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Four units will consist of two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least one question from each unit.Sc. The syllabus of this paper has been divided into four sections. 2. storage devices and media. : The course is designed to introduce basic concepts of computer system. Elements of a computer processing system : Hardware-CPU.

Fourth generation languages. Ensuring Integrity. preventive measures and treatment.A. 1985. planning multilingual applications. N. WAN. national level weather forecasting. educational. variables and expression. Network protocols. Academic Press. manipulating vector and matrix. C should be used as the teaching language. Classification. typical commands of DOS/UNIX/Netware. Assignment statements. Range of Applications : Scientific. SECTION-D 7. Algorithmic Programming Language : Representation of integers. spread sheets. Books Recommended : 1. Programming Languages : languages. Debugging. industrial. Operating Systems : Concept as resource manager and coordinator of processor. 4. Command interpretor. 2. characters. : Principles of Programming Design. 6. Sample I/O statements. 2. Dromey. GUI-Windows. Subroutines and linkage. arrays. control structures—sequencing. 1975. remote sensing. Information Integrity Definition. Computer networks.160 B. Computers and Communication : Single user. decision tables. concepts and components of security. Data management. 8.SC. Jackson. (GENERAL)/B. multi-user. constants and variables. workstation. protection and parallelism. e-commerce. Prentice Hall. Input-output devices. Software — System software. data communication equipment. SECTION-B 3. LAN. word processing. business. Application software. machine code. SECTION-C 5. arithmetic expressions and their evaluation using rules of hierarchy. Problem analysis. alteration. logical constants. flow charts. Computer Security : Perverse software. and client server systems. Concept of priorities. iteration. devices and memory. assembly language. pseudo codes and algorithms. Documentation. Services offered by Internet. Examples illustrating structured program development methodology. G. higher level . (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS VDU. : How to Solve It by Computer.A.

Robin and Stewart Cooper. Sanders. 11. 1988. House. 10. : Data Processing and Basic. McGraw Hill. Basic DOS commands for handling files and directories. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 161 3. : Computers (4th edition). PHI. configuring DOS. : The course is designed to provide Fundamentals of BOS & Windows. S. FDISK commands. making spread sheets and presentations. 14. autoexec bat file creation of batch files. 2. The question paper will be divided into five units. : Computers Today. Gries. : The C Programming Language. : Fundamentals of Computers (3rd edition). 4. replaceable parameters. T.W. and Khan Jones. A. role of config. OS and app S/w for word processing.K. Four units will consist of two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least one question from each unit. McGraw Hill.B. and Ritchie. 5.A. Narosa Publ. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Mullish Kenneth. 7. and MSDOS editing and function keys. : C Problem Solving and Programming. House. Kaiker. : “Let us C”. : The Spirit of C.H. Prentice Hall of India. New Delhi. Kerningham. nine questions will be set. BPB Publications. 1987. Sanders. D. : Programming in C.M.sys file. 8. A.SC. 1994. Objective . Paper-B : PC SOFTWARE UNDER WINDOWS Note : 1. Trainer. The syllabus of this paper has been divided into four sections. Jaico Publ. All questions will carry equal marks. D. 1978. (GENERAL)/B. 13. R. The unit fifth comprising of short answer type questions will be compulsory. 6. 1989. An Introduction to Modern Programming. 9. 12. In all. Line editor.V. et al Kanitkar : Programming Methodology. SECTION-A 1. Prentice Hall of India. : The Art of C Programming. McMillan India. D. batch files. use of wildcards. 4. B. Rajaraman. New Delhi. Concept of files and directories. Sharma. : Computer Data Processing. Springer-Verlag.

4. statistical functions. organising folders and files. ranges and range names. creating and displaying graphs. printing graphs. my computer. Mastering DOS.162 B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS SECTION-B 2. global search and replacement of text. commands. MS-Word should be used as teaching tool. Facilities under MS-Word. ------------------- . 6. The ABC’s of DOS-6. Different Operative Environments. Books Recommended : 1. formatting of documents. Using Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional. control panel. copying and moving cell contents. 9. editing. : : : : IBM PC and Pc XT User’s reference manual. Spread Sheet : Getting started with EXCEL. 5.2.B. recycle bin. PC Software Made Simple. (GENERAL)/B. R. Introduction to graphical user interface. editing. printing reports. Word Processing : Creation. MS-DOS commands and utilities. 10. windows explorer. SECTION-D 4. window operating system. SECTION-C 3. special print features. 3. mailmerge. 2. inserting and deleting rows and columns. 8. Milla Richard Allan King Manuals of MS-DOS Gilbert Held Cowart. multitasking. cell protection. EXCEL worksheet. MS-Power Point software for presentation. column—width control. Anatomy of windows. Operating System Concepts Word Processing Concepts Ludd Robbins Alan R. Word & Excel. Compact Guide to Windows. : : : : : Functions of an Operating System.SC. Paper C : PRACTICAL : PRACTICALS BASED ON PAPERS A & B.A. menus. MS-DOS H. 7. Robert Ravikant Taxali Mansfield. entering data into worksheet. cell addressing. 5. spelling checker.

1st Year./B. 4 lectures (45 minutes each) per paper per week amounting in all to 12 lectures for three papers shall be allocated for the teaching. illustrations of random variables and their properties. (GENERAL)/B.B. normal. 102 and 103 in the subject of Statistics in B. SECTION-I Important Concepts in Probability : Random experiment.Sc. These are to be taught simultaneously throughout the year. There are three papers code named 101. measures of location and dispersion. Uniform.SC. probability mass function. 2. Properties of probability based on axiomatic approach. Bayes’ theorem and its applications (concepts and simple applications).Sc. SECTION-II Standard Univariate Distributions and their Properties : Discrete uniform. trial. 2011 Note : 1. exhaustive. . abd bi-variate setup).A. their demerits and axiomatic approach to probability. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 163 STATISTICS B. marginal and conditional distributions. gamma.A. exponential. Definition of probability – classical and relative frequency approach to probability.101: PROBABILITY THEORY Max.A. independent and equally likely events. Binominal. four (4) questions will be set from each section. all of equal marks. conditional probability. The first question is compulsory and will be of short answer type covering the entire syllabus. Random Variables : Definition of discrete random variables. A candidate shall offer this subject in B. only if he/she takes up Mathematics as a subject in B. Hyper geometric. moment generating function. expectation of a random variable and its properties – moments. Paper. distribution function and its properties./B. 3. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Two dimensional random variables— joint. continuous random variable. beta and Chi-square distributions. Out of the remaining eight (8) questions. Geometric and negative binomial distributions./B. mutually exclusive.Sc.A. probability density function./B. Poisson. The candidate will be required to attempt five questions in all including the compulsory first question and two questions from each section.A. Distribution of random variables (univariate. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 75 65 Marks 10 Marks 3 Hours Note : There will be in all nine (9) questions.Sc. definition of an event. sample point and sample space.

164

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Bivariate normal distribution and associated marginal and conditional probability distributions (without derivation). Chebyshev’s inequality and its applications, statements and applications of weak law of large numbers and central limit theorems (De-Moivre’s–Laplace and Lindeberg–Levy). References : 1. 2. Meyer, P.L. (1971) Goon, A.M., Gupta, M.K., Das Gupta, B. (2005) : : Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications, Addison Wesley. Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. I, World Press, Calcutta.

Additional References : 1. 2. 3. Mood, A.M., Graybill, F.A. and Boes, D.C. (1977) Miller, I. and Miller, M. (2002) Sheldon, M.R. (2000) : : : Introduction to the Theory of Statistics, McGraw Hill. John E. Freund’s Mathematical Statistics (6th Edition, Low Price Edition), Prentice Hall of India. Introduction to Probability Models, Fourth Edition.

Paper-102 : DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS Max. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time : : : : 75 65 Marks 10 Marks 3 Hours

Note : There will be in all nine (9) questions, all of equal marks. The first question is compulsory and will be of short answer type covering the entire syllabus. Out of the remaining eight (8) questions, four (4) questions will be set from each section. The candidate will be required to attempt five questions in all including the compulsory first question and two questions from each section. SECTION-I Collection of Data : Primary data – designing a questionnaire and a schedule. Secondary data—Its major sources including some government publications. Concept of a Statistical Population and samples from a population; qualitative and quantitative data; discrete and continuous data.

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

165

Presentation of Data : Diagrammatic representations of data, frequency distribution, graphical representation, histogram, frequency polygon, frequency curves and ogives, stem-and-leaf-display, Box and whisker plot. Analysis of Quantitative Data : Univariate data concepts of central tendency, dispersion and relative dispersion, skewness and kurtosis and their measures including those based on quartiles and moments. Sheppard’s correction for moments (without derivation). SECTION-II Bivariate Data : Scatter diagram, product moment correlation coefficient, properties and coefficient of determination. Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient. Simple linear regression and its properties, principles of least square, fitting of linear regression and related results. Multivariate Data : Multiple and partial correlation in three variables (only results no derivations). Analysis of Categorical Data : Consistency of categorical data, independence and association of attributes. Various measures of association for two way classified data. References : 1. 2. Goon, A.M., Gupta, M.K., Das Gupta, B. (2005) Daniel, W.W. (1999) : : Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. I, World Press, Calcutta. Biostatistics (7th Edition), John Wiley.

Additional References : 1. 2. Croxton, F.E., Cowden, D. J. and Kelin, S. (1973) Spiegel, M.R. (1967) : : Applied General Statistics, Prentice Hall of India. Theory & Problems of Statistics, Schaum’s Publishing Series.

Paper-103 : PRACTICAL Max. Marks Time (Viva-Voce : 10 marks; Record of the year : 10 marks; Annual Paper : 30 marks) Note : The Practical Question Paper will contain five questions from the following topics. A student will be required to attempt three questions, each of 10 marks in three hours’ duration. : : 50 3 Hours

166

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

Viva-Voce and record of the year will carry 10 marks each. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Presentation of data by frequency tables, diagrams and graphs. Calculation of measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness and kurtosis. Product Moment Correlation. Linear Regression of two variables. Fitting of Curves (reducible to linear form) by the least square method. Spearman’s Rank correlation. Multiple and Partial correlations. Fitting of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions.

---------------------

B.A. (GENERAL)/B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS

167

APPLIED STATISTICS
B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, 2011 Note : 1. 2. 3. This course shall not be opted for along with courses in B.A./B.Sc. Mathematics and/or B.A./B.Sc. Statistics. The candidate opted for this course will not be eligible for admission to M.A./M.Sc. Statistics. There are two papers code named A and B in the subject of Applied Statistics in B.A./B.Sc., each of one credit and having a total of 100 marks each. These are to be taught simultaneously throughout the year. 4 to 5 lectures (40 minutes each) per paper per week amounting in all to 9 lectures for two papers shall be allocated for the teaching. SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING Paper-A : MATHEMATICAL METHODS-I Max. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Note : : : : : 100 90 Marks 10 Marks 3 Hours

4.

There will be in all nine (9) questions. The first question is compulsory and will be of short answer type covering the entire syllabus. This question will have 9 parts of 2 marks each. Of the remaining eight (8) questions, 4 questions will be set from each section. The candidate will be required to attempt five (5) questions in all including the compulsory first question and two questions from each section. SECTION-I (CALCULUS AND TRIGONOMETRY)

Limits and continuity of functions, derivatives and their geometrical interpretations. Applications of derivatives to maxima and minima, exponential and logarithmic functions, integrals of functions of one variable, geometrical interpretation of integral as area, integration of standard functions, integration by substitution and parts. Trigonometry : Definition of an angle, its various measures and relations between them, graphs circular functions. SECTION-II (ALGEBRA AND GEOMETRY) The solution of linear and quadratic equations in one variable, arithmetic, geometric and harmonic progressions, permutations and combinations, principle of induction, Binomial theorem for positive integral index.

2. events probability. Part-II. Plane Trigonometry. Poisson. Part-I. 4. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Note : : : : : 100 90 Marks 10 Marks 3 Hours There will be in all nine (9) questions.G. --------------------- .4).7). Chapters 1. parabola. geometric. P. random variables. Chapter-IV (Sections 4. 2. Chapter-VI (Sections 6. sample space. This question will have 9 parts of 2 marks each. Chapter IX (Sections 9. Allen. conditional probability. equally likely outcomes. : : : Paper-B : PROBABILITY Max. 3. Finite sample spaces. R.D. 4. Binomial. Chapter VIII (Section 8.8). 4.1. independent events. : Mathematical Analysis for Economists. Addison Wesley. uniform. 2. The candidate will be required to attempt five (5) questions in all including the compulsory first question and two questions from each section. Chapter-II (Sections 2.A. Gurhard Tintner Loney. 5. Books Recommended : 1. F.168 B. Chapter-VI. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Elementary Analytical Geometry : Equations of straight line. Of the remaining eight (8) questions. Bayes theorem.L. Jr. and hyperbola. S.6).SC. Chapter-I (Sections 1 to 22).8).1-6. hypergeometric. Book Prescribed : Meyer. (4) questions will be set from each section. Arye. Chapter-III (Sections 3. exponential and normal distribution. 3. First Year College Mathematics (Schaum's Series).2. SECTION-II Expectation and variance of random variable. 2. Chapter V (Sections 61. 65). Mathematics and Statistics for Economists. 8 and 9.L.1-9. (1971) : Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications.1. (GENERAL)/B.2). The first question is compulsory and will be of short answer type covering the whole syllabus. SECTION-I Random experiments. Chapter VII. 3.1. discrete and continuous probability density functions.

The use of Non-programmable calculators will be allowed (paper setter should explicitly mention this on the question paper) in the examination centre but these will not be provided by the University/College. October – December. students and the paper setters : 1. (GENERAL)/B. Student will attempt one question from each unit (I-IV) and any six parts of question nine. Waves and EM Theory Electricity and Magnetism Physics Practicals : : : : (45+5*) marks (45+5*) marks (45+5*) marks 50 marks Total Teaching hours** 60 Total Teaching hours** 60 Total Teaching hours** 60 Total Teaching hours 90 *marks allotted for Internal Assessment. 4. 2011 General Instructions for teachers. . Eight questions in each theory paper will be set from units I to IV with two questions from each unit. Ninth question in each paper will be compulsory and will comprise of seven small answer type questions covering the whole syllabus. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 169 PHYSICS B. 9. Papers. marks and teaching hours allocation : Paper A Paper B Paper C : : : Mechanics Vibrations. 5. The number of lectures per week will be three for each theory paper and six for practicals.A. 2. 8. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.Sc. Mobile phones and pagers are not allowed in the examination hall.B. teachers must give two assignments per paper per academic term (July –September.SC. The numerical problems/exercises in the question paper should be 25-30%. There will be three papers of theory and one laboratory (practical) course. 3. 7. **within the prescribed teaching load. January – March) with stress on problem solving to enhance the skill component of the students. 6. Each theory paper will consist of nine questions carrying equal marks and spread over five prescribed units. The examination time for each theory paper will be three hours and four hours for practical.

Rutherford scattering. Lorentz transformations. and energies. Relativistic Dopper effect. I. angles. Length. 2000). systems.P. Kepler Laws. equation of motion under central force.A. Hans & S. observer and viewer in relativity. Puri (Asia Publishing House. precession and elementary gyroscope. Rotational motion. UNIT-IV Postulates of special theory of relativity. UNIT-II Relationship of conservation laws and symmetries of space and time. Good (East-West Press. solid angle. UNIT-III Rigid Body motion. central forces. Velocities. Variation of mass with velocity. cross section of elastic scattering. velocities. . (GENERAL)/B. and acceleration in these systems. and C. Further Readings : 1. 2. R. 4. various forces in Nature (Brief introduction). four vector formulation. equation of orbit and turning points. 2. C. Vol. equivalent one body problem. Relativity of simultaneity. Introduction of Classical Mechanics. 3.H.SC. Bombay.S. Focault pendulum. Michelson-Morley experiment and its results. H. Takwale & P. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Paper A: MECHANICS UNIT-I (60 Hrs. Kittle. Time.M. volume. Mechanics. relativistic momentum & energy. Special Theory of Relativity. 1972). Galilean transformation and Invariance. principal moments and Axes. R. Euler’s equations. Berkeley. Puranik (TMH. New Delhi.) Cartesian and spherical polar co-ordinate systems. Basic Concepts of Relativity. Kolenkow (TMH). area.G. Non-Inertial frames. UNIT-V Spread over the entire syllabi of all the four units above. S. centre of mass. rest mass in an inelastic collision. Elastic collision in Lab. Mechanics. 1974). concept of stationery universal frame of reference and ether. Daniel Kleppner & Robert J. An Introduction to Machines. velocity. Books Suggested : Essential Readings : 1. coriolis force and its applications. their transformation. Inertial frame of reference.170 B.S. Puri. concepts of Minkowski space. mass-energy equivalence.P. Variation of acceleration due to gravity with latitude.

Power supplied to an oscillator and its variation with frequency. Puri (Macmillan India Ltd. Torsional Pendulum Electrical Oscillations. UNIT-IV Physical interpretation of Maxwell’s equations.B.G. Inductance coupling of electrical oscillators. Physics of Vibrations and Waves by H. Displacement and velocity variation with driving force frequency. WAVES & E. 2. Wave and group velocity. types of damping. EM Waves and Radiating Systems by Edward C. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 171 Paper B: VIBRATIONS. Prentice Hall. Balmain. EM waves in a conducting medium and skin depth. Electromagnetic damping (Electrical oscillator). wave equation (transverse) and its solution.). Reflection and Transmission of waves at boundary. Qvalue as an amplification factor. E. energy of a SHM. . ELBS & John Wiley.SC. Transverse Vibrations of a mass on a string. Impedance matching. characteristic impedance of a string. composition of two perpendicular SHM of same period and of period in ratio 1: 2. EM wave velocity in a conductor and anomalous dispersion. determination of damping co-efficient—Logarithmic decrement. differential equation of motion.P. Reflection of EM waves from the surface of a conductor at normal incidence. Impedance of a dielectric to EM waves. Normal co-ordinates and normal modes of vibration. THEORY UNIT-I (60 Hrs. Types of waves. Compound Pendulum. Decay of free vibrations due to damping. Transient and steady state behaviour. Response of a conducting medium to EM waves. UNIT-III Stiffness coupled oscillators. Books Suggested : Essential Readings : 1. Pain. Reflection and transmission of energy.J. Jordan and K. Text Book of Vibrations and Waves by S.M.M. variation of phase with frequency. Reflection and transmission of EM waves at a boundary of two dielectric media for normal and oblique incidence. (GENERAL)/B. UNIT-II Differential equation for forced mechanical and electrical oscillators. resonance. Q-value and band width.) Simple harmonic motion. relaxation time and QFactor.A. Energy of vibrating string. 3. Standing waves on a string of fixed length. London. waves and wave equation in a medium having finite permeability and permitivity but with conductivity σ = 0. UNIT-V Spread over the entire syllabi of all the four units above. Reflected and transmitted energy coefficients. Poynting vector.

curl E = 0.. Interaction between moving charges and force between parallel currents. 2. induced dipole moment and atomic polarizability. E in different frames of reference. Domain theory of Ferromagnetism. Calculation of E due to a point charge and dipole from potential. Magnetisation curve. Electric susceptibility and polarization vector.K. cylindrical and spherical coordinates. UNIT-IV Lorentz’s force. Relation K= 1 + χ. Behaviour of various substances in magnetic field.A. electric field due to dipole. Stoke’s theorem and its applications in Electrostatic field.P. equation of continuity. Ferrites. charged disc. Field of a point charge moving with constant velocity. Electric field as gradient of scalar potential. its use in calculation of change in magnetic field at a current sheet. Invariance of charge. New Delhi). Calculation of electric potential and field due to a point charge placed near an infinitely conducting sheet. Failure of Ohm’s Law. line charge and sheet of charge. Definition of M and H and their relation to free and bound currents. Poisson and Laplace’s equation and their solutions in Cartesian and spherical coordinates. French (Arnold Heinemann India. Subrahmanayam & B. Concept of electrical images. expression and co-efficient.172 B. Permeability and susceptibility and their interrelationship. UNIT-III Current and current density. Electron spin and paramagnetism. Potential difference as line integral of field. Div. Hall effect. The Mathematics of Waves and Vibrations by P. Definition of B. Displacement vector. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Further Readings : 1. Definition and derivation. UNIT-II Work and potential difference. Gauss’s law for dielectrics. Polarisation of matter. circular current loop and solenoid. Energy stored in dielectric medium. Coulomb’s Law for point charges and continuous distribution of charges.SC. Vibrations and Waves by A. Divergence and curl of B. Ghosh (Mcmillan India). Biot Savart’s Law and its application to long straight wire. atomic and molecular dipoles. Microscopic form of Ohm’s Law (J = σE) and conductivity. Hysteresis Loss. Divergence. Transformation equations . curl and their physical significance. Orbital motion of electrons and diamagnetism. current density— definition. D = 0. 3. Laplacian in rectangular. (GENERAL)/B. Gauss’s divergence theorem and differential form of Gauss’s Law. Waves and Oscillations by N. long uniformly charged wire. Gradient. Ferromagnetism. Electric potential due to dipole and quadrupole. Vector potential. Ampere’s Circuital law and its application. Lal (Vikas Pub.) Paper–C : ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM UNIT-I Basic ideas of Vector Calculus. (60 Hrs. Capacity of a capacitor filled with dielectric. Delhi).

SC. One exercise based on experiment or Computer Programming (To be allotted by the external examiner at the time of examination). G. EM Waves and Radiating Systems. Prentice Hall. Books Suggested : Essential Readings : 1. Prentice Hall. Displacement current. Brief theory. A. 6. Power consumed. Viva-Voce Record (Practical file) 20 marks (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) 05 marks 10 marks 10 marks 05 marks Note for Examiners : The marks scored under each head must be clearly so written on the answer sheet. Introduction to Classical Electrodynamics by David Griffith.J. . (GENERAL)/B. Mahajan & A. Power factor. Kipp. Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism by Arthur F. Balmain. 3. UNIT-V Spread over the entire syllabi of all the four units above. Electricity and Magnetism. General Guidelines for Physics Practical Examinations : 1. Duffin. Edward C. Maxwell’s equations. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 173 of E and B from one frame to another. Analysis of LCR series and parallel resonant circuits. L for solenoid. Coupling of Electrical circuits. Electricity & Magnetism. Mutual inductance and reciprocity theorem.B. 7. Further Readings : 5.A. Rangwala (Tata McGraw Hill). Faraday’s Law of EM induction. 2. Vol. W.S. II by E. Purcell. analyse it and draw conclusions. Self inductance. The distribution of marks is as follows : (i) One full experiment out of section–A requiring the student to take some data. 4th Edition.M. (Candidates are expected to state their results with limits of error). Berkeley Physics Course. Electricity & Magnetism. Q-factor.A. Jordan and K.

Determination of standard deviation and probable error and their use in expressing the experimental result. 5. In a single group. MECHANICS II Rotation : Knowledge of propagation of errors. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 2. I Analysis of Experimental Data: Objectives : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Activities : Exercises on fitting of given data to straight line and calculation of probable error. The examiner should take care that the experiment allotted to an examinee from section–A and exercise allotted from section–B are not directly related to each other. 4.SC.174 B. 6. no experiment be allotted to more than three examinees in the group. Straight line fitting. (GENERAL)/B. Establishing relationship between different quantities. Objectives : (i) (ii) Activities : (i) (ii) To study the dependence of moment of inertia on distribution of mass (by noting time periods of oscillations using objects of various geometrical shapes but of same mass). There will be one session of 4 hours duration. Section–A will consist of 8 experiments out of which an examinee will mark 6 experiments and one of these is to be allotted by the external examiner. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 3. Study of rotational motion. . Number of candidates in a group for practical examination should not exceed 12. To establish relationship between torque and angular acceleration using fly wheel.A. The paper will have two sections. The length of the exercises should be such that any of these could be completed in one hour. Section–B will consist of exercises which will be set by the external examiner on the spot. Familiarity with the method of least square fitting of experimental data to a curve.

SC. V One-Dimensional Collisions : Concepts of stream line flow and viscosity. Conservation of linear momentum and kinetic energy in elastic collisions. IV Fluid Flow : Objectives : (i) (ii) Activities : To study flow of water through capillary tubes of different length and area of cross section (at least two each) and calculate coefficient of viscosity. Objectives : (i) (ii) (iii) Activities : To determine energy transfer. Idea of coefficient of restitution. (GENERAL)/B. Knowledge of factors affecting the flow of fluid in a capillary. VI VIBRATIONS. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 175 III Elasticity : Objectives : Knowledge of elastic constants and related quantities. Objective : . coefficient of restitution and verify laws of conservation of linear momentum and kinetic energy in elastic collisions using one dimensional collisions of hanging spheres. THEORY Standing waves : Standing waves on a string and in air.B. AND E. WAVES.M. Determination of Poisson’s ratio for rubber/plastic.A. Activities : (i) (ii) Study of bending of beams and determination of Young’s Modulus. Dependence of fraction of kinetic energy transferred on the masses of colliding bodies.

O. determine radius of gyration and acceleration due to gravity. coefficient of damping. dependence of time period on M. Dependence of time period on moment of Inertia . Objectives : . Find the value of g by Katers' pendulum.I. and quality factor of a damped simple pendulum. Coefficient of damping. IX Damped Oscillator : (i) (ii) Activities : To measure/obtain logarithmic decrement. (GENERAL)/B.176 B. Measure time period of oscillation of a Maxwell needle and determine modulus of rigidity of the material of a given wire. Study damped oscillations.A. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Activities : (i) (ii) VII Melde’s experiment. relaxation time. Compound Pendulum : Objectives : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) Activities : (i) Measure time period as a function of distance of centre of suspension (oscillation) from centre of mass. (ii) VIII Objectives : Torsion Pendulum : (i) (ii) Activities : Idea of torsional vibration. Radius of gyration. and restoring torque. plot relevant graphs. Concepts of centre of suspension and oscillation. Idea of equivalent simple pendulum. Determination of g. quality factor etc. Modulus of rigidity. Kundt’s tube.SC.

Concepts of resonance and Q-value. (GENERAL)/B. XIV LCR Circuits : Familiarity with the magnetic field produced by a solenoid. Permeability of air.B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 177 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM X Low Resistance Measurements : (i) (ii) Activities : To determine low resistance with Carey Fosters Bridge. Activity : To study the induced e. Acquaintance with a method of measuring low resistances.SC.m. XII Electromagnetic Induction : Verification of laws of electromagnetic induction.A. Dependence of solenoidal field on number of turns and current. XI Magnetic Field : Inadequacy of Wheatstone bridge to measure low resistances. Objective : Objectives : (i) (ii) Study of phase relationship between currents and voltages in ac circuits. XIII Objectives and Activities : Force on a conductor carrying current in a magnetic field. as function of the velocity of the magnet. . Objectives : Objectives : (i) (ii) (iii) Activities : To study the magnetic field produced by a current carrying solenoid using a search coil and calculate permeability of air.f.

Knowledge of a-c Bridges. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Activities : (i) (ii) (iii) Study of phase relationships using impedance triangle for LCR circuit and calculate impedance. Resonance in a series and parallel LCR circuits for different R-value and calculate Q-value. determination of permitivity of a medium.O. Study of Lissajous figures using a C. To study working of an energy meter-calibration etc. dielectric constant. Concept of time constant and time base circuit.A.R.SC. (ii) Concept of self inductance. XVI Self Inductance : Objectives : (i) Knowledge of a-c bridges. EXERCISES : 1. 2. Any one exercise based on above given experiments.178 B. Measurement of capacitance. Activities : To determine L using Anderson Bridge. air and relative permitivity by De-Sauty’s bridge. Activities : (i) (ii) Capacitance by flashing and quenching of a neon lamp. To study the efficiency of an electric kettle/heater/element with varying input voltage. XV Capacitance : Objectives : (i) (ii) (iii) Measurement of capacitance. 3. (GENERAL)/B. .

4. “Numerical Analysis” by C. 8. Fortran 77 and Numerical Methods by C. 6. To evaluate sum of finite series and the area under a curve. To print out all natural even/odd numbers between given limits. Elementary FORTRAN programs. “Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Programming with Fortran” by S. 2. 5. 9. minimum range of a given set of numbers. standard deviation etc.SC. (GENERAL)/B. flowchart and their interpretation. Dixon. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 179 Computer based activities : 4. Texts and Reference Books : 1. --------------------- . Saraf et al.A. To find maximum. Khandelwal.B. 7. “Mechanical Systems” by B. “Elements of Statistics” by C. Lipsdutz and A. 5. Lambe.P. To compile a frequency distribution and evaluate moments such as mean. 6.G. Poe. Numerical solution of equation of motion. Xavier. “A Laboratory Manual of Physics for Undergraduate Classes” by D. 3.

shapes of s.Sc. .180 B.A. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a manner so that due importance may be given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills./Week) 3 Periods/week OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE : To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. radial and angular wave functions and probability distribution curves. d orbitals. p. The course contents have been revised from time to time as per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University. (GENERAL)/B. Atomic Structure : 6 Hrs. Marks Theory : Internal Assessment : Time : 60 hours (2Hrs. Schrodinger wave equation. Heisenberg uncertainty principle. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS CHEMISTRY B. Chandigarh and affiliated colleges. significance of Ψ and Ψ2. Aufbau and Pauli exclusion principles.SC. : 50 45 Marks 05 Marks 3 Hours Idea of de Broglie matter waves.Sc. The syllabus pertaining to B. atomic orbitals. 60 60 60 3 periods per week 3 periods per week 3 periods per week 6 periods per week 15 periods/week Max.I : INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-I Max. Electronic configurations of the elements and ions. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. UNIT-I 1. Hund’s multiplicity rule. quantum numbers. 2011 Scheme of Teaching and Examination Paper I II III IV Course Inorganic Chemistry Organic Chemistry Physical Chemistry Laboratory Practicals Total : Teaching Hrs. Marks 45 + 5 internal assessment 45 + 5 internal assessment 45 + 5 internal assessment 45 + 5 internal assessment 200 Paper. (GENERAL) (3 Year course) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC module and demand of the academic environment.

Covalent Bond – Valence bond theory and its limitations. SF6. Comparative study (including diagonal relationship) of groups 13-17 elements. lattice energy and Born-Haber cycle. H3O+. Metallic bond-free electron. Chemistry of Noble Gases : 3 Hrs. oxyacids and halides of groups 13-16.B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 181 2. Position of elements in the periodic table. Ionic structures. fluorocarbons. radius ratio rule and coordination number. s-Block Elements : 5 Hrs. carbides. UNIT-III 6. Van der Waals forces. Zinc blende. UNIT-II 4. (NaCl type. structure and bonding in xenon compounds. solvation energy and solubility of ionic solids. basic properties of halogens. and heteronuclear (BO. CN-). diagonal relationships. directional characteristics of covalent bond. limitation of radius ratio rule. Periodic Properties : 6 Hrs. [ . NO+. Chemical Bonding-I : 10 Hrs. borazine. p-Block Elements : 15 Hrs. Fajan’s rule. CaF2 and antifluorite). SnCl2. CO+. 3. valence bond and band theories. semiconductors. oxides. hydrides of boron-diborane and higher boranes. Valence shell electron pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory to NH3. methods of determination or evaluation. various types of hybridization and shapes of simple inorganic molecules and ions. salient features of hydrides. Chemical Bonding-II : 15 Hrs. Wurtzite. trends in periodic table and applications in predicting and explaining the chemical behaviour. homonuclear (elements and ions of 1st and 2nd row). solvation and complexation tendencies including their function in biosystems. CH4. diatomic molecules. multicenter bonding in electron deficient molecule (Boranes). interhalogens and polyhalides. compounds like hydrides. Weak Interactions –Hydrogen bonding. PF6-. BeF2. ICl2. lattice defects. BF3. IF7. polarizing power and polarisability of ions. SF4. Ionic Solids – Concept of close packing. an introduction to alkyls and aryls. Comparative study. 5.and H2O. tetrasulphur tetranitride. PF5. Atomic and ionic radii. Percentage ionic character from dipole moment and electronegativity difference. CO. MO theory. ClF3. XeF4. fullerenes. BF4-. UNIT-IV 7. chemistry of xenon. silicates (structural principle). effective nuclear charge and its calculations. CN. ionization energy. (GENERAL)/B. Chemical properties of the noble gases. SnCl62-.SC. borohydrides.A. electron affinity and electronegativity—definition.

Kotz. 3rd edition. One question from each unit and the Compulsory question.L. 2006-07.. Pubs: W. Pubs: John Wiley and Sons.. 3rd edition. Douglas. 4. Books Suggested : 1. Concepts and Models of Inorganic Chemistry.. 3. Paper-II : ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-I Max. 9. Lee. L...A. Tarr... (GENERAL)/B.. J. F. Medaniel. Pubs: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. Concise Inorganic Chemistry. 1991. J.. Atenander.A... B./Week) 3 Periods/week OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE : To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry. 5. 1991. Pubs: Pearson Education Inc. W. 6. 1994. Pubs: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited. Purcell. Pubs: Chapman & Hall Ltd.D.L. J. Puri.W. K. Inorganic Chemistry. A. Wilkinson. Kalia. 2nd edition... Pubs: Oxford University Press. Pubs: Milestones Publisher. 1995. Inorganic Chemistry. Sharma. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTERS AND CANDIDATES : (i) (ii) (iii) Examiner will set total of Nine questions comprising Two questions from each unit and One compulsory question of short answer type covering the whole syllabi. W.. Miessler. Marks Theory : Internal Assessment : Time : 60 hours (2 Hrs. 8. (GENERAL) (3 Year course) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the : 50 45 Marks 05 Marks 3 Hours . G.. 4th edition..B.. D...182 B. 2nd edition.W. 7. P. 30th edition. Modern Inorganic Chemistry. B. Inorganic Chemistry. All questions carry equal marks. G.F. Cotton. Inorganic Chemistry.C. Gaus.. 2004.K. 4th edition. 2006. 1977.Sc.. Atkins. Shriver. D. The students are required to attempt Five questions in all. Jolly. The syllabus pertaining to B.R.SC. Pubs: John Wiley and Sons Inc. K.. Basic Inorganic Chemistry.R. Saunders Company. 1984.A. D. Porterfeild.L. Wesky. 2.E. P.

The case of cyclopropane ring : banana bonds. inversion.SC. optical activity. Van der Waals interactions. kinetic and stereochemical studies). Alkanes and Cycloalkanes : 6 Hrs. The course contents have been revised from time to time as per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University. chiral and achiral molecules with two stereogenic centers. chemical reactions. threo and erythro diastereomers. (GENERAL)/B. . Baeyer’s strain theory and its limitations. bond energy. sources. aromaticity. Optical isomerism—Elements of symmetry.B. Cycloalkanes—nomenclature. stereogenic centre. 2.A. diastereomers. molecular chirality. intermediates. Mechanism of Organic Reactions : 5 Hrs. UNIT-I 1. UNIT-II 4. 3. Types of isomerism. Ring strain in small rings (cyclopropane and cyclobutane). carbanions. localized and delocalized chemical bond. Kolbe reaction. inductive and field effects. free radicals. physical properties and chemical reactions of alkanes. Mechanism of free radical halogenation of alkanes : Orientation. enantiomers. Assigning formal charges on intermediates and other ionic species. retention and racemization. 4 Hrs. Types of reagents—electrophiles and nucleophiles. arynes and nitrenes (with examples). Types of organic reactions. resolution of enantiomers. isotope effects. Isomerism in alkanes. Structure and Bonding : Hybridization. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 183 UGC module and demand of the academic environment. hydrogen bonding. half-headed and doubleheaded arrows. carbenes. methods of formation. Energy considerations. homolytic and heterolytic bond breaking. methods of formation (with special reference to Wurtz reaction. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a manner so that due importance may be given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills. drawing electron movements with arrows. theory of stainless rings. bond lengths and bond angles. Chandigarh and affiliated colleges. 15 Hrs. properties of enantiomers. Curved arrow notation. Methods of determination of reaction mechanism (product analysis. resonance. Corey-House reaction and decarboxylation of carboxylic acids). Reactive intermediates—Carbocations. reactivity and selectivity. hyperconjugation. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds : Concept of isomerism. meso compounds.

Fischer and flying wedge formulae. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Relative and absolute configuration. methods of formation. Stability and carbon-carbon bond lengths of benzene. axial and equatorial bonds. Structure of allenes and butadiene. physical properties and relative stabilities of alkenes. metal-ammonia reductions. oxidation and polymerization. Geometric isomerism—Determination of configuration of geometric isomers. hydroboration-oxidation. ozonolysis. (GENERAL)/B. hydroboration—oxidation. 8 Hrs. geometric isomerism in oximes and alicyclic compounds. resonance structure. Nomenclature of alkenes. oxymercuration-reduction. Nomenclature. . Chemical reactions – 1. UNIT-III 5. Diels-Alder reaction. The Saytzeff’s rule.184 B. E & Z system of nomenclature. regioselectivity in alcohol dehydration. Industrial applications of ethylene and propene. aromatic ions. Structure of benzene : Molecular formula and Kekule structure. acidity of alkynes. Substitution at the allylic and vinylic positions of alkenes. Chemical reactions of alkynes. Mechanism of electrophilic and nucleophilic addition reactions. Alkenes. sequence rules. hydroxylation and oxidation with KMnO4. UNIT-IV 6. mechanisms of dehydration of alcohols and dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides. Markownikoff’s rule. hydration. electrophilic and free radical additions. Polymerization of alkenes. Chemical reactions of alkenes – mechanisms involved in hydrogenation. methods of formation. conformation of mono substituted cyclohexane derivatives. 2 and 1. D & L and R & S systems of nomenclature. Conformational isomerism—Conformational analysis of ethane and n-butane. The aryl group. Aromaticity : The Huckel rule. Methods of formation. conjugated and cumulated dienes. Cycloalkenes. Difference between configuration and conformation. Nomenclature and classification of dienes : Isolated. Newman projection and Sawhorse formulae.SC. Aromatic nucleus and side chain. Dienes and Alkynes : 15 Hrs. 4 additions. polymerization. Epoxidation.A. MO picture. Hofmann elimination. conformation and chemical reactions of cycloalkenes. conformations of cyclohexane. Methods of formation. Arenes and Aromaticity : Nomenclature of benzene derivatives. structure and bonding in alkynes.

.N. 3. R. T. Sundberg.G. Side chain reactions of benzene derivatives.. Alkyl and Aryl Halides : 7 Hrs. Organic Chemistry. Wade Jr..J. SN2 and SN1 reactions with energy profile diagrams. vinyl and aryl halides. 9th Edition. 4. S. One question from each unit and the Compulsory question.P. Organic Chemistry.. Relative reactivities of alkyl halides vs allyl. chemical reactions.. Mechanism of nitration.A. alkynyl benzenes and biphenyl. 6th Edition. Mukherji. Kapoor. The students are required to attempt Five questions in all. INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTERS AND CANDIDATES : (i) (ii) (iii) Examiner will set total of Nine questions comprising Two questions from each unit and One compulsory question of short answer type covering the whole syllabi. 5th Edition.B. Pubs : Springer. Carey. 1992. Organic Chemistry. Solomons. nuclear and side chain reactions. Pubs : Pearson Education. (GENERAL)/B.S. The addition-elimination and the elimination-addition mechanisms of nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions. Boyd. Morrison.P. Pubs : New Age International.A. Pubs : Wiley India.. C. R. Nomenclature and classes of alkyl halides.. Organic Chemistry. Methods of formation of aryl halides. sulphonation. 5. 2008. orientation and ortho/para ratio.T. 2007. F.. Singh. Singh. 2007. Methods of formation and chemical reactions of alkyl benzenes.. All questions carry equal marks. 7. 6th Edition. Fryhle. L. Energy profile diagrams. Advanced Organic Chemistry Part B: Reactions and Synthesis. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 185 Aromatic electrophilic substitution—General pattern of the mechanism. role of σ and π – complexes. R. 2.M. M. methods of formation..W. halogenation.SC. 1985. R.. S. . Mechanisms of nucleophilic substitution reactions of alkyl halides. Activating and deactivating substituents.. mercuration and Friedel-Crafts reaction. Books Suggested : 1. Pubs : Prentice-Hall.B.

sin x.186 B. UNIT-I 1. protective action.Sc. 2. data treatment for series involving relatively few measurements. 7 Hrs. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Paper–III : PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY–I Max. types of errors. inhibition. optical and electrical. determining accuracy of methods. gold number. (GENERAL)/B. Mathematical Concepts and Evaluation of Analytical Data : Logarithmic relations. ex. linear graphs and calculation of slopes./Week) 3 Periods/week : 50 45 Marks 05 Marks 3 Hours OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE : To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. Marks Theory : Internal Assessment : Time : 60 hours (2 Hrs. The syllabus pertaining to B. curve sketching. preparation and properties. differentiation and integration of functions like kx. Colloidal State : Definition of colloids. Solids in Liquids (sols) : Properties – Kinetic. classification of colloids. log x. Liquids in Liquids (emulsions) : Types of emulsions. stability of colloids. Hardy-Schulze rules. maxima and minima. linear least squares curve fitting. Terms of mean and median. xn. (GENERAL) (3 Year course) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC module and demand of the academic environment.A.SC. The course contents have been revised from time to time as per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a manner so that due importance mat be given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills. . preparation. standard deviation. Chandigarh and affiliated colleges. 8 Hrs. Emulsifier. Liquids in Solids (gels) : Classification. partial differentiation and reciprocity relations. improving accuracy of analysis. precision and accuracy in chemical analysis. general applications of colloids.

Kirchoff’s equation. Definition of Thermodynamic Terms : System. temperature dependence of enthalpy. (GENERAL)/B. Homogeneous catalysis. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 187 UNIT-II 3. factors influencing the rate of a reaction – concentration. dependence of rates. dU & dH for the expansion of ideal gases under isothermal and adiabatic conditions for reversible process. transition state theory (equilibrium hypothesis). Expression for the rate constant based on equilibrium constant and thermodynamic aspects.SC. . Radioactive decay as a first order phenomenon. Concept of heat and work. Chemical kinetics and its scope. Enthalpy of neutralization. Chemical Kinetics and Catalysis : 15 Hrs. light. Michaelis Menten equation for enzyme catalysis and its mechanism. Theories of Chemical Kinetics : Effect of temperature on rate of reaction. Heat of reaction at constant pressure and at constant volume. State and path functions and their differentials.. pseudo order. Arrhenius equation. Catalysis and general characteristics of catalytic reactions. Determination of the order of reaction – differential method. Gaseous States : 8 Hrs. second order. Standard enthalpy of formation-Hess’s Law Constant Heat Summation and its applications. intensive and extensive properties. First Law of Thermodynamics : Statement. first order. mathematical characteristics of simple chemical reactions – zero order. method of integration. Thermodynamics-I : 15 Hrs. temperature. Thermodynamic process.A. deviation from ideal behavior. Calculations of w. UNIT-III 4.B. Joule’s Law–JouleThomson coefficient and inversion temperature. half life and mean life. surroundings etc. concept of activation energy. Bond dissociation energy and its calculation from thermo-chemical data. Simple collision theory based on hard sphere model. solvent. UNIT-IV 5. Concentration. pressure. acid-base catalysis and enzyme catalysis including their mechanisms. Vander Waal’s equation of state. Types of systems. definition of internal energy and enthalpy. Postulates of kinetic theory of gases. catalyst. method of half life period and isolation method. Thermochemistry : Standard state. q. Heat capacity. heat capacities at constant volume and pressure and their relationship. rate of a reaction.

J. Thermodynamic derivation of relation between molecular weight and elevation in boiling point and depression of freezing point. activity and activity coefficient.SC...A. J. the law of corresponding states.. Berry. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Critical Phenomena : PV isotherms of real gases. 6th edition. Abnormal molar masses. Sharma. (GENERAL)/B.R. Dilute solution. 2008. C. Pubs: Oxford University Press. Physical Chemistry. 43rd edition. average and most probable velocities. 1996.188 B.. Liquification of gases (based on Joule-Thomson effect). relationship between critical constants and Vander Waal’s constants.A. Principles of Physical Chemistry. Ross. 8th edition. the isotherms of Vander Waal’s equation. Books Suggested : 1. Elevation of boiling point and depression of freezing point.de. Atkins. One question from each unit and the Compulsory question. L. law of osmotic pressure and its measurement. 3. Osmosis. S. The students are required to attempt Five questions in all.R. Pathania. Molecular Velocities : Root mean square. 6. Atkins Physical Chemistry.N. Solutions.. mean free path and collision diameter. Experimental methods for determining various colligative properties..R.S. determination of molecular weight from osmotic pressure. methods of expressing concentrations of solutions. degree of dissociation and association of solutes. INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTERS AND CANDIDATES : (i) (ii) (iii) Examiner will set total of Nine questions comprising Two questions from each unit and One compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.M. B. 2008.. Rice. Pubs: McGraw Hill Companies Inc. M. Ideal and non-ideal solutions. Dilute Solutions and Colligative Properties : 7 Hrs. 2000. Pubs: Oxford University Press. 2. G. P. 4.. University General Chemistry. Barrow. 1985. Puri. 5. R.. Qualitative discussion of the Maxwell’s distribution of molecular velocities. Pubs: Macmillan of India. reduced equation of state. Rao.. All questions carry equal marks. colligative properties. Paula. Physical Chemistry.. 2nd edition. molecular weight determination. Raoult’s law. relative lowering of vapour pressure. continuity of states. Pubs: Vishal Publishing Co.S. . collision number.

cation analysis. I. 7. (b) Quantitative Analysis : Volumetric titration involving acid-base. J. 1. Determination of strength of Na2Co3 solution by titrating it against a standard solution of HCl. 1991. Schaum’s Outline Series. S. Pubs: McGraw-Hall Book Company. Marks Theory Internal Assessment 6 Periods/week : 50 45 05 : : INORGANIC CHEMISTRY : (a) Qualitative Analysis : Semimicro Analysis. V and VI. BO3-3 and similar anions like C1-. Paper-IV : LABORATORY PRACTICALS Max. R. 8. 1983. Br-. 2. Physical Chemistry. R. There are three experiments – one involving acid-base titrations. Metz. Basic Physical Chemistry. Albert. separation and identification of ions from groups I. Instruction to Examiners : Four ions with no interference (anions such as PO43-. Standardise the given K2Cr2O7 solution by titrating it against a standard solution of Mohr’s Salt.etc. Pubs: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.. Pubs: Prentice Hall of India Pvt.K. 1st edition. KMnO4 and K2Cr2O7.A. Silbey. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 189 6.. S. Levine. IV.B.. II. 1989. Moore. Anion analysis (4 ions). Physical Chemistry Through Problems. 2002. Theory and Problems of Physical Chemistry.) may not be given. Ltd.. Determination of molarity of KMnO4 solution by titrating it against a standard solution of Oxalic acid.SC. Dogra. Pubs:Wiley Eastern Limited. I.. Pubs: John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2nd edition. 3. Dogra. 1992.. 9. one involving KMnO4 and one involving K2Cr2O7.R. 10. .. W.N.. C..J.. III. (GENERAL)/B. 5th edition.A. Ltd. Physical Chemistry.

No.A. To study the effect of acid strength on the hydrolysis of an ester. (GENERAL)/B. V Viva-Voce. To determine the specific reaction rate of the hydrolysis of methyl acetate/ethyl acetate catalyzed by hydrogen ions at room temperature. 3. No. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS ORGANIC CHEMISTRY : Crystallization : Concept of indnction of crystallization 1. Acetanilide from boiling water. No. . Naphthalene from ethanol. Q. Phthalic acid from hot water (using fluted filter paper and stemless funnel). n-Butyl alcohol. III Qualitative Analysis Quantitative Analysis Physical Chemistry/Organic Chemistry : : : 16 marks 10 marks 10 marks Students shall be allowed the choice to opt for one experiment out of the three offered. Note Book : : 6 marks 3 marks Ask three questions (2 marks each) related to Chemistry practicals. Viscosity. IV Q. General Instructions to the Examiners : Note : Practical examination will be of four hours duration & shall consist of the following questions : Q. No. 4. 2. 2.SC. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY : Chemical Kinetics : 1. II Q.190 B. Benzoic acid from water. No. cyclohexane. Surface Tension : To determine the viscosity and surface tension of CCl4 dioxane. I Q.

. 1950. R. Audrieth. Jolly 1986. J. VI. Bansal.G. Gulati. 17. 8. Parry 1970.D. Bassett. Vol. London & New York. Pubs: Longman Group Ltd.. Vol. 1960 Vol. Jeffery. Vol. 4th edition. Garg..C. 1954.SC. 2. Pubs: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. A. 1996. -------------------- . Senior Practical Physical Chemistry.. 1967. 13. 1963. 7.C. Kleinberg. 1994. Inorganic Synthesis. Pubs: R. Vol. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis (revised). B. (GENERAL)/B. Findlays Practical Physical Chemistry.G.9. 11th edition.F. R. Vol. 12. Mendham. J. Ltd. Pubs: Cambridge. Vol.. W. A. 1st edition. 1967 . Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry. 9. V. II.. Experimental Inorganic Chemistry. Brauer.. Handbook of Preparative Inorganic Chemistry. Palmer. 7th edition Pubs: Orient Longman. B. J. Rochow.W.Vol. E. G. Vol 11. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 191 Books Suggested (Theory Courses) 1. Svehla. B..P.B. Levitt...G..H. & 1965. Pubs: Wiley Eastern Limited. I.C.L.. Chand & Co.A. 4. Khosla. 1977. Vol. Behra. 7. Tyree. Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis (revised). S. Das. Denney. 3rd edition.K. Experimental Physical Chemistry. R.A. New Delhi. 3.. 1978.. 1998.. 5. 3rd..Y.L. 1978. E. F. 1963. Mac Diarmid.10. 2002. Muetterties. 2nd edition Pubs: Academic Press. L. Vol. R. 6. 8th edition. W. Pubs: McGraw Hill. Cotton 1972.

Candidates shall be required to attempt one question from each Unit. transparencies. Objective : The basic objective of this paper is to make students aware about the diversity in various life forms of plant kingdom. There will be a total of nine questions in each theory papers A & B. extension lectures from experts. practical demonstrations. 2. 3 hrs. quiz competitions etc. Assessment Time : : : : 75 68 07 3 Hrs.192 B. Marks 75 75 50 200 One practical pertaining to entire syllabus included in both theory papers Total marks : Note : 1. The number of teaching hours for theory and practical per session shall be 120 hrs. Marks Theory Int. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS BOTANY B. 2011 Time Theory Paper-A : Theory Paper-B : Diversity of Microbes & Cryptogams Cell Biology & Genetics 3 hrs. A sequential study ranging from aquatic forms of algae. In practicals.Sc. It gives an idea about how different life forms have evolved from simper to complex ones. Teaching Methodology : Teaching methodology includes series of lectures. slides. field visits. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. 1 will carry 20 marks and the rest of 8 questions will be of 12 marks each. Models. Question No. students would be provided with fresh/preserved materials for their morphological and anatomical studies making use of microscopes and binoculars and hands-on tools/equipment etc.the first vascular land plants. The remaining 8 questions in papers A & B shall include two questions from each unit. Question No. 1 will be compulsory and will consist of 20 parts (one mark each) comprising 10 MCQ and the rest 10 parts will be of fill-in the blanks covering the entire syllabus in both the theory papers A & B. Paper A : DIVERSITY OF MICROBES & CRYPTOGAMS Max. discussions. making use of charts. LCD. (GENERAL)/B.A.SC. 4 hrs. This paper in fact – forms the basis of any advance study in Botany.. . respectively. Theory 68 68 45 Internal Assessment 7 7 05 Max. fungi and bryophytes (the amphibians of plant kingdom) and then to Pteridophytes . would enable students to have a broad prospective of evolutionary trends in plant kingdom. and 200 hrs.

Saccharomyces. 4. Diversity of Microbes and Cryptogams. UNIT-II Fungi : General characters.. (GENERAL)/B. Rastogi & Co.A.SC.. Smith. Rastogi Publications. Pteridophytes. Text Book of Pteridophyta. D. structure.C.. P. Smith. Dube. 3. Diversity of Microbes and Cryptogams. O. P. G. Suggested Readings : 1. Sharma. Vol.. 5.. Vol.. Pandey. Botany for Degree Students.. Meerut. general account of Lichens. H. Sharma. Vaucheria (Xanthophyceae). An Introduction to Fungi. Batrachospermum (Rhodophyceae). 8. G.. 1990. structure. classification and economic importance.Jalandhar. 2. Agaricus. New Delhi. 1992. Puri.M. Peziza. I. Cryptogamic Botany. Text Book of Thallophytes. Tata McGraw Hill Srivastava.. 2008.. Chand & Co.N.. Pandey. 1971. structure and life history of Cystopus (Albugo) (white rust of crucifers) Rhizopus.. Selaginella (Lycopsida). 2009. O. S.. Puccinia (black rust of wheat).P. 6. Ectocarpus (Phaeophyceae). New Delhi. Meerut & New Delhi.B.M. Pradeep Publications. classification. Funaria (Bryopsida) (excluding developmental stages). Pteris (Pteropsida) (excluding developmental stages). New Delhi. UNIT-III Bryophyta : General characters. Cryptogamic Botany. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.. Equisetum (Sphenopsida). Oedogonium (Chlorophyceae). 10. V. UNIT-IV Pteridophyta : General characters.P. reproduction and life cycle of Rhynia (Psilophytopsida)..D. P. McGraw Hill Publishing Co. The Fungi. Singh. 1980. New Delhi. Ustilago (loose smut of wheat). . Vol. Colletotrichum (Red rot of sugarcane). Delhi. Delhi. 1971. I. 1991. Ltd. II. structure and life history of Volvox..K. Bryophytes and Publishing Co.. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 193 UNIT-I Algae : General characters. Atma Ram & Sons.P. 2005. H. reproduction and life cycle of Marchantia (Hepaticopsida). New Delhi. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Bryophyta. Anthoceros (Anthocerotopsida).. 7. classification. Algae & Fungi. & Jain.C. Sharma. classification and economic importance. Ltd. Text Book of Botany. 1990. B. McMillan India Ltd. 9..

. The number of teaching hours for theory and practical per session shall be 120 hrs. Presence and function of mitochondrial and plastid DNA. quiz competitions etc. and 200 hrs. Coupled with the study of variations in life forms included in Paper A. transparencies. The remaining 8 questions in papers A & B shall include two questions from each unit. : : : : 75 68 07 3 Hrs. Question No. discussions. In practicals. quantitative or polygenic inheritance. making use of charts. Plasmids. extension lectures from experts. nucleosome model. cellular and genetic basis of evolutionary trends. inversions). polyploidy) a brief account. duplications. UNIT-II Cell divisions (Mitosis and Meiosis) in plants and their significance. field visits. 1 will carry 20 marks and the rest of 8 questions will be of 12 marks each. Structure of chromosome. It provides an insight into molecular. duplicate genes. pleiotropic genes. slides.SC.194 B.e. Gene interactions (Dominant and recessive epistasis. students would be provided with fresh/preserved materials for their morphological and anatomical studies making use of microscopes and binoculars and hands-on tools/equipment etc. Structure and Replication of DNA.A. multiple alleles. along with hereditary trends within successive generations. (GENERAL)/B. Teaching Methodology : Teaching methodology includes series of lectures. 2. haemophilia and colour blindness). Tthere will be a total of nine questions in each theory papers A & B. Objective : This paper deals with the basic structural unit of life i. translocations. variations in chromosome number (aneuploidy. Assessment Time Note : 1. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Paper-B : CELL BIOLOGY & GENETICS Max. practical demonstrations. UNIT-I Ultra structure and functions of a typical plant cell and its organelles. supplementary genes. UNIT-III Chromosome theory of heredity. respectively. Marks Theory Int. Chromosome mapping. Mendelism (Laws of segregation dominance and independent assortment). Question No. Incomplete dominance and likage (complete and incomplete). cellular and genetic basis of evolutionary trends within successive generations. LCD. 1 will be compulsory and will consist of 20 parts (one mark each) comprising 10 MCQ and the rest 10 parts will be of fill-in the blanks covering the entire syllabus in both the theory papers A & B. complementary genes. It provides an insight into molecular. cell & its organelles. the course material of paper B provides an idea about the important role that genetics plays in structural and functional differentiation of plants. cytological interpretation of Mendelism. sex-linked inheritance (Morgan’s experiments on Drosophila. Candidates shall be required to attempt one question from each Unit. chromosomal alterations (deletions. Models.

F. 1995. S. USA. 6. N.. The Science of Genetics. M. 2006. Cell Biology and Genetics. Zipursky. 2009. Publishing Co.1999.J. Wolfe.. Genetics. Gupta. India. P..P. and Darnell. A. J.. 8. New York.SC... Garland Publishing Co. Inc.. 13.J. Inc. Meerut.D. Molecular Biology of Cell. Raff. USA. J. CBS Publications. Rastogi Publications. Stent. G. Lewis. California. P. Girton. Roberts. D.J. Wadsworth Publishing Co. P. and Dhand. 1998. Botany for Degree Stduents. John Wiley & Sons. 9. importance.. I. Cell Biology and Genetics.N.P.M. 2. 10. D. II. Study of Crustose. mechanism of gene mutations. Atherly. W. 2000. Regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes (Lac and tryptophan operon model). 2000. and McDonald. DNA damage and repair. . Freeman & Co. 12. Suggested Laboratory Exercises : 1. Protein synthesis (transcription. S.N. Molecular and Cell Biology. Alberts.. The Benjamin/Cummings. S. USA. H. New York.. Principles of Cell and Molecular Biology (2nd edition). Berk. USA... 11. Lodish. Baltimor.. Pandey.1999.K. Kleinsmith. Bhatia. Saunders College Publishing. Rastogi Publications. and Watson. Foliose and Fructicose types of Lichen thalli. and Kish. D. 3. J. characteristics.. one gene one enzyme hypothesis. J. 1993. P. Principles of Genetics. a brief account of mutagens. Study of morphology of various genera included in algae and fungi.. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 195 UNIT-IV Structure and concept of gene. 2. and Simmons. USA. H. 5. B..B. L. 1999. Inc. Meerut.G. 1986. Fort Worth. Russel. Jalandhar. Vol.L.. Snustad. Gupta. Extra nuclear inheritance with reference to Mirabilis jalapa and Zea mays. India. Chand & Co.. M. Suggested Readings : 1. 4. A. Gray. Genetic code..L. V. 2009..A.H. Molecular Cell Biology. Jalandhar.S.R.. translation). 7. Molecular Genetics. New York. B.. Srivastava. K..K. New Delhi. Genetics.. K. Cell Molecular Biology.. Mutations : Types... Matsudaira. 2003. Pradeep Publications. (GENERAL)/B. Harper Collins College Publishers... Truman Book Co. USA. USA. Ltd.

Strobilus. Male receptacle. Stem) Equisetum (T.S. 4. Thallus) Funaria II (T.S.S.S. (iii) L. Mature Sporogonium.A. Thallus) Anthoceros (V.S. Capsule. (GENERAL)/B.S.S.SC. black rust of wheat and red rot of sugarcane.S. Equisetum : (i) (ii) L. Histopathological study of white rust of crucifers.S.S. Funaria : (i) (ii) L. L.S.S. (iv) Primary protonema Selaginella : L. Strobilus. Thallus passing through archegonia. Sporangiferous spike.196 B.S. T. (iii) L. Stem) Selaginella (T.S. L. Thallus passing through antheridia.S. I Preparation of permanent stained slides of : Marchantia (V. Aerial stem passing through internode) Pteris (T. Petiole and leaflet) Study through permanent slides : Marchantia : (i) (ii) L.S. Pteris : Mature prothallus. 5. T. Study of morphology of various genera mentioned in Bryophyta and Pteridophyta. Anthoceros : (i) (ii) T. Antheridiophore. . Female receptacle. (iii) L.S.S. Mature sporogonium. loose smut of wheat. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 3. Archegoniophore.

4.SC. 7. Make a temporary mount of …. Identify. 12 7 5. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 197 6. Marks Practical Internal Assessment Time 1. demonstration of staining and mounting method. Draw the stage of cell division and show it to the examiner. Guidelines for Botany Practical Examination : Max. Prepare a squash mount of specimen F to show the stage of cell division visible in the slide and show it to the examiner. 8. giving at least two reasons for each. and A. Viva-Voce & Practical Note-book. Identify. Bryophyta or Pteridophyta).S. stain and make a permanent mount of specimen A. D and E. classify and write an illustrated note on it (specimen to be given from Algae.. Preparation of temporary slides to show different stages of mitosis from root tips of Allium cepa. : : : : 50 45 05 4 Hrs. classify and write illustrated morphological note on specimens C. H and I. Identify the slides G. Draw its labelled diagram and show the slide to the examiner. Fungi. 3. (GENERAL)/B. 6. 7 4 Cut T. 2. Identify it giving at least one reason. 6 (5+4)=9 ---------------------- . Identify it giving at least two reasons. (to be announced by the examiner) from specimen B and show it to the examiner. Preparation of temporary slides to show different stages of meiosis from floral buds of Allium/Brassica. To study cell structure from onion leaf peels.A. sativum.B.

3 hrs. Museum. in the subject of Zoology has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC module and demand of the academic environment.A. The course contents have been revised from time to time as per suggestions of the teachers of the Zoology working in the Panjab University.U. Fossil Park and Apiary/godowns for better academic outlook.Sc.SC.198 B. PAPER–A : CELL BIOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY–I (ZOO. Chandigarh usually organizes workshop/seminars from time to time for updating the teachers. (General) Part-I. The contents are included in such manner so that due importance may be given to skill oriented components. (GENERAL)/B. The Department of Zoology. One question is to be attempted from each Unit.Sc. Chandigarh and affiliated colleges.. . Question No. respectively. Two questions are to be set from each Unit. In all. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. The syllabus contents are duly arranged section wise as well as unit wise. 101) Max. 2011 Time Cell Biology & Biodiversity-I Biodiversity-II & Ecology One paper covering entire syllabus of both the papers. 3 hrs. 50% of the questions are to be split up into 2-4 sub-parts. OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE : The syllabus pertaining to B. P. Theory 67 67 45 Internal Assessment 8 8 05 Total marks : Marks 75 75 50 200 Paper-A : Paper-B : Practical : Note : The number of hours for Theory and Practical per week shall be 5 and 4 hours. Sea-shores. 4 hrs. Nine questions are to be set. The course contents are also given due stress for excursion/field trips to Zoological Parks.1 is compulsory consisting of short answer type questions covering the whole syllabus. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS ZOOLOGY B. Five questions are to be attempted including compulsory one. Hill Stations. It will have 10 parts of 1½ marks each. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Note : : : : : 75 67 8 3 Hrs.

A. their structure and functions. Structure and functions of nuclear membrane. An elementary idea of cellular basis of immunity. Structure and functions. endocytosis and exocytosis. Grantia. Structure. types and associated enzymes. Trypanosoma.SC. Structure. An elementary idea of cell transformation in Cancer. UNIT-II Centrosome Nucleus : : Structure and functions. Sycon Obelia Classification upto orders with brief ecological note and economic importance (if any) of the following: Protozoa Parazoa (Porifera) : : Entamoeba. UNIT-III Detailed study of the following animal types : Protozoa Parazoa (Porifera) Cnidaria (Coelenterata) : : : Amoeba. mitochondrial enzymes and the role of mitochondria in respiration and mitochondrial DNA. Giardia. Polymorphism and their function. Euplectella. Noctiluca.B. Balantidium and Nyctotherus. Eimeria. active and passive transport. Paramecium and Plasmodium. Osmosis. Opalina Vorticella. Extra nuclear and nuclear. . Hyalonema and Spongilla. nucleolus and chromosomes. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 199 UNIT-I Methods in Cell Biology Organisation of Cell Plasma membrane Endoplasmic reticulum Mitochondria Golgi complex Ribosomes Lysosomes : : : : : : : : Principles of light and electron microscopes. fixation & fixatives. Structure. staining techniques. Types of ribosomes. (GENERAL)/B.

: : : Nine questions are to be set. Plumularia. Tubifex and Pontobdella. UNIT-IV Detailed study of the following animal types : Platyhelminthes Aschelminthes Annelida : : : Fasciola. Marks Theory Internal Assessment Time Note : : 75 67 8 3 Hrs. It will have 10 parts of 1½ marks each. Parasitic adaptations in Helminths. Favia. Porpita. Velella. Wuchereria. Alcyonium. Ascaris. Obelia. Metridium. Eunice. One question is to be attempted from each Unit. Polynoe. life cycle of Anopheles and Culex. Zoanthus. Madrepora. Fungia and Astrangia. Sertularia. Chaetopterus. Pheretima Classification upto orders with brief ecological note and economic importance (if any) of the following: Platyhelminthes Aschelminthes Annelida : : : Dugesia. Physalia. Oxyuris. Tubularia. 50% of the questions are to be split up into 2-4 sub-parts UNIT-I Detailed study of the following animal types : Arthropoda : Periplanata. Arenicola. Nereis. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Cnidaria (Coelenterata) : Hydra. Aurelia. PAPER-B : BIODIVERSITY-II & ECOLOGY (ZOO 102) Max. Rhizostoma Millipora. Tubipora. Prawn. . Taenia Ascaris. Aphrodite. Amphitrite. (GENERAL)/B. Schistosoma and Echinococcus. Two questions are to be set from each Unit.200 B. In all. Five questions are to be attempted including compulsory one. Bougainvillea.SC. Social organizations in insects (honey bee and termite).A. Question No.1 is compulsory consisting of short answer type questions covering the whole syllabus.

Julus (Millipede). Eupagurus (Hermit crab). Ophiothrix and Antedon. Balanus. Classification up to orders with ecological notes and economic importance (if any) Mollusca : Chiton. ecological energetics. Components. Haliotis. Mantis (Preying Mantis) Cicada.Poecilocerus. Mytilus. Echinoderm larvae. introduction to major ecosystems of the world. Balanoglossus. Bombyx (Silk moth). Characteristics and regulation of population. Loligo. Patella. Sepia. Prawn. physiological and behavioural adaptations in animals in different habitats. Scolopendra (Centipede) Palamnaeus (Scorpion) Aranea (Spider) and Limulus (King crab). Nautilus shell and Dentalium. Polistes (Wasp). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 201 Classification up to orders with ecological notes and economic importance (if any) Arthropoda : Peripatus.Odontotermes. UNIT-II Mollusca Echinodermata Hemichordata : : : Pila Asterias.A.SC.B. Cancer. Lepisma (Silver Fish). Lobster. (AkGrasshopper). Forficula (Earwig) Scarabaeus (Dung beetle). External characters and affinities.Gryllus (Cricket). light and soil as ecological factors. Limax. (Termite queen). food web. Ostrea. Octopus.(Crab) Sacculina. Solen (Razor Fish). Echinodermata Hemichordata : : . Morphological. Doris. Lepas.Agrian (Dragon fly). Balanoglossus. Cardium. Cucumaria. Aplysia. Schistocerca (Locust) . Cimex (Bed bug). Cicindela (Tiger beetle). Pecten. (GENERAL)/B. Biogeochemical cycles & concept of limiting factors. Temperature. UNIT-III ECOLOGY : Ecology Ecosystem Ecological factors Nutrients Ecological Population Scope of ecology and subdivisions. Echinus. Anodonta. Apis. Pholas.

impact and control of environmental pollution.) Hydra with buds. Trichinella. parasitism. Alcyonium. Mantis (Preying Mantis) Cicada. Schistocerca (Locust). PRACTICALS : Practical based on Theory Papers ZOO 101 & 102 (ZOO 151) 1. Slides : Hydra (W. Hyalonema. Monocystis. Cercaria of Fasciola. Balantidium. ecological succession. Poecilocerus. Classification upto orders with ecological notes and economic importance. commensalisms & mutualism Characteristics. Cimex. Specimens : Sycon. Specimens : Dugesia. Balanus. Odontotermes. Scarabaeus (Dung beetle). Euglena. Competition. Opalina. Redia. Paramoecium (Binary fission and conjugation). Fasciola. Euplectella.202 B. Grantia. Tubularia. Sertularia. Plumularia. Sporocyst. Lobster. ecological niche. Spongilla. Causes. Gryllus (Cricket). Specimens : Porpita. Bougainvillea and Aurelia. Peripatus. Rhizostoma Metridium. Renewable and nonrenewable natural resources and their conservations. (Ak Grasshopper). Nereis.SC. Arenicola. Fungia and Astrangia. Slides : Amoeba. Aphrodite. (Termite Parazoa (Porifera) Cnidaria (Coelenterata) : (a) (b) Platyhelminthes (a) (b) Aschelminthes Annelida Arthropoda : : : . Cancer (Crab).A. Aurelia. if any. of the following animals : Protozoa (a) (b) Examination of cultures of Euglena and Paramecium. predation. Lepisma (Silver Fish). Lepas. Trypanosoma. Ascaris (male and female). Favia. Slides : Miracidium. Tubipora. Zoanthus. Pheretima. Chaetopterus. Scolex and Proglottids of Taenia (mature and gravid). (GENERAL)/B. Eunice. Ancylostoma. Apis. Euspongia. Nyctotherus & Polystomella. Polynoe. Eimeria.Vorticella. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS UNIT-IV Inter and intra specific relationships Biotic community Natural resources Environmental Degradation. Agrian (Dragon fly). Velella. Madrepora. Forficula (Earwig) Odontotermes. Sacculina. Tubifex and Pontobdella. Millipora. Noctiluca. Echinococcus. Heteronereis. Physalia. Eupagurus (Hermit crab). Taenia. Obelia (colony and medusa).M. Prawn.

Star fish (Arm).SC. Obelia. charts and models. T.S. Preparation of permanent whole mount stained in borax carmine of Hydra. Mytilus. and T. Bombyx (Silk moth).). 3.S. Balanoglossus. Patella.B. T. 5. Nautilus shell (Complete and T. Loligo. Ostrea. Cimex (Bed bug). . digestive and nervous systems. 4. Hydra (Testis and ovary region). Cardium. Sepia. ECOLOGY Study of animal adaptations with the help of specimens.A. Echinus.S. mouth parts of Periplaneta (cockroach). T. Pila : Pallial complex. Echinodermata Hemichordata 2. Pholas.S.S. Dissections of the following animals : Pheretima : Digestive. Limax. Study of the following permanent stained preparations : L. Octopus. septal nephridia.S. : : Asterias.S. mouth parts and trachea. Fasciola (Different regions). setae. Sycon. Ascaris (Male & female). Chiton and Dentalium. (GENERAL)/B. T. mouth parts of Periplanata Radula and osphradium of Pila.S. spermathecae and ovary of Pheretima Trachea. Cicindela (Tiger beetle). Ophiothrix and Antedon. Sertularia. Solen (Razorfish) Pecten. Scolopendra (Centipede) Palamnaeus (Scorpion) Aranea (Spider) and Limulus (King crab). spicules and spongin fibres of a sponge. Julus (Millipede). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 203 queen). Aplysia. Mollusca Anodonta. T. Polistes (Wasp). Haliotis. radula of Pila & appendages of Prawn. Doris. Pheretima (Pharyngeal and typhlosolar regions). reproductive and nervous systems. Plumularia and`Bougainvillea. gemmules. Periplanata : Digestive and nervous systems. Preparation of the following slides : Temporary preparation of Paramecium.

Identify and make its labelled diagram and show it to the examiner. CELL BIOLOGY Paper chromatography. 2. and hill stations to study habitat and ecology of the animals. Write a short note on the habitat. 6. 4.204 B. Identify the slides (C-F) and give two important reasons for each identification. Guidelines for the conduct of Practical Examination Max. Note : 1. Identify and draw its labelled sketch and show it to the examiner. Familarity with TEM & SEM. Draw its labelled sketch and demonstrate it to the Examiner. Students must be taken out for excursion to the Zoological gardens. Marks Practical Exam. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Study of Zoogeographical regions and their fauna. Candidates will be required to submit their original note books containing record of their laboratory work (Drawing etc. Study of different ultrastructures of cell organelles through photographs. feeding habit and economic importance. Make permanent stained preparation of the material “B”. Make a temporary mount of the material “A”. 5.A. Identify the type of adaptation/type of nest with a short note : : : : 50 45 5 4 Hrs. sea shores. Internal Assessment Time 1. Gel electrophoresis through photographs or through research laboratories. 7 marks 4 marks 4 marks 6 marks 12 marks 2 marks .SC. Dissect the animal provided so as to expose its system. Identify and classify the specimens (G-J) up to orders.) initialed and dated by their teachers at the time of practical examination. Study of biotic components of an ecosystem. 3. 2. (GENERAL)/B. 6. Study of different types of nests in birds. Study & preparation of zoogeographical charts. special features.

J. Chand & Co. 4.D. Englewood Cliffs. M.S. 8. Inc. Eighth Edition. Dhami. 1995. --------------------- .. Barnes.M. De Robertis. J.1975. P. 8. W.A. 2 marks 4 marks ( 3+1) = 4 marks Suggested Readings : 1.. Harper & Row. Concepts of Ecology. 2. Saunders Co.. J. Bombay. 1982. Watson. N. C. 9.B. Philadelphia. D. 2001. 1998. Odum. Mark Zoogeographical region on the given map along with endemic fauna and climate. Molecular Biology of the Cell Gerland Publ. W.J. Powar.B. 1999. Saunders Co. E.P. 3. K.. 1999. C. Philadelphia. New York. Roberts. New Delhi.. (GENERAL)/B. R. Alberts. Bray. 5.. Kormondy.. W. Cell Biology. J. Kreb.. Saunders Co.. R..K.. & Dhami. 1995. Invertebrates. Raff. Fundamentals of Ecology. New York. E. E. Lewis. 6.. B.D. 7.SC.. Philadelphia.. EDP. Himalaya Publishing House.B.B. Invertebrates Zoology.. Viva voce Practical records and chart.. Ecology.. De Robertis.F. Cell Biology and Molecular Biology. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 205 7.B.J Prentice Hall Inc.

Besides question No. 4. 1 will be of 15 marks while other questions will be of 13 marks each. All other questions may contain 2-3 parts. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS BIOCHEMISTRY B. Q. 5. Theory Paper. 3 hrs. Scheme of Examination Duration Marks+internal assessment 75 (67 +8) 75 (67 +8) 50 (45 +5) 200 2. of questions will be nine. 6. Students will be required to attempt 5 questions in all including Q. A student who has passed the +2 examination under 10+2+3 system of education of a recognized University/Board/Council or any other examination recognized by the Panjab University as equivalent thereto shall be eligible to offer the subject of Biochemistry at the B.1 and at least one question from each of the 4 sections. 3.Sc. No. No. 2011 Note : 1. Total No. It will consist of 10 short questions covering the entire syllabus.SC. level. Only such colleges as have all necessary infrastructure of equipment and staff shall admit students to the subject of Biochemistry. 3 hrs. 1 will be compulsory. if he/she has passed the +2 examination with Physics. 2.206 B.A : BIOMOLECULES Max. . (GENERAL)/B. Mathematics/ Biology as his/her subjects. 1. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. there will be 4 sections of 2 questions each.A. The infrastructure must be approved by the University as per usual practice. One Practical examination pertaining to the entire syllabus included in Theory Papers A & B. Marks : 75 (Three periods per week) INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTER AND STUDENTS : 1. Chemistry. No. Total marks : OUTLINES OF TESTS AND SYLLABI Paper. Q.Sc.A Theory Paper-B : : Biomolecules Enzymology & Bioenergetics 3 hrs. Questions should be uniformly spread over entire syllabus.

Amino acids present in proteins and non-protein amino acids. Determination of primary structure of proteins. Water as a biological solvent. dextrins. inulin. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 207 Objectives : To learn major classes of Biomolecules & their structures and functional significance. reduction and oxidation of sugars. and mutarotation. Titration of amino acids. Chemical synthesis of polypeptides. chitin).B. globular proteins (hemoglobin. Henderson Hasselbalch equation. trehalose. pectins. Native proteins and their conformations. Physical and Chemical properties of amino acids. Forces stabilising structure and shape of proteins. III IV V III IV . fibrous proteins (keratins. myoglobin) and conjugated proteins. cellobiose. (GAGs) as components of connective tissue. acylation and methylation of sugars. Classification based on the nature of “R” groups. action of alkali upon sugars. Derivatives of monosaccharides (glycosides. Anomeric forms of monosaccharides. raffinose). SECTION-II (Lectures : 13) Carbohydrates : I II Definition and classification of carbohydrates. deoxysugars. Stereoisomerism. Amino Acids : Common structural features. hydrogen cyanide. Polysaccharides of bacterial cell well. starch. lactose.A. Biologically active peptides. Oligosaccharides (structure of maltose. Stereoisomerism and RS system of designating optical isomers. Homo-and hetero-polysaccharides (structures of amylose. Behaviour of proteins in solutions. amylopectin. amino sugars and other derivatives of biological importance).SC. Proteins : Levels of protein structure. Fischer and Haworth structures of carbohydrates. cellulose. β pleated sheets). Structural and functional diversity of proteins. glycogen. Buffer solution. β turn in polypeptides. Dissociation of water. Denaturation of proteins. (GENERAL)/B. periodic acid oxidation. Characteristic reactions of monosaccharides : Reactions with hydrazine. SECTION-I (Lectures : 13) Amino Acids & Proteins : I II Introduction to Bio-chemistry. Folding of peptide chains into regular repeating structures (α helix. hydroxylamine. Salting in & salting out of proteins. Peptide Bonds : Rigid and planar nature of a peptide bond. collagen & elastin). Specialized role of amino acids. sucrose.

lysolecithins. Refractive index. and their relation to molecular size. characteristics and functions of lipids : Triacylglycerols. phospholipids : lecithins (Phosphotidyl Cholines). purification and characterization of nucleic acids.SC. Waxes. Important reactions of functional groups present in fatty acids.. Structure and properties of Eicosanoids . Colour reactions of sterols. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS SECTION-III (Lectures : 12) Lipids : I Definition and classification of fatty acids (saturated and unsaturated). Phytosterols. Characteristics of fatty acids and fats (saponification. classification and biological functions. II . acetyl and peroxide values). Double helical model of DNA and forces responsible for it. Sequencing of polynucleotides. Liposomes. Thromboxanes.208 B. gangliosides. sulfatides. p. (GENERAL)/B. Structure. carotenes. Nucleosides and nucleotides. Phosphatidyl serines. II III IV V VI SECTION-IV (Lectures : 12) Nucleic Acid and Porphyrins : I Nucleic Acids : Structure and properties of purine and pyrimidine bases. Leukotrienes. Physical and chemical properties of nucleic acids. Biologically important nucleotides. Bile acids. b. iodine. cephalins (Phosphotidyl ethanolamines). Detection of Porphyrins spectrophotometrically and by fluorescence. p.A.g. Terpenes and Steroids—Terpenes of biological significance e. Porphyrins : Porphyrin nucleus and classification of porphyrins.Prostaglandins. cerebrosides. plasmalogens). Steroidal hormones. Prostacyclins. sphingomyelins. sources and biochemical functions of fat soluble vitamins. Methods for isolation. Structures. Lipoproteins—Composition. acid. Denaturation of DNA. Fats as source of energy. Chemical and enzymatic hydrolysis of nucleic acids. Essential fatty acids. phytol. Sterols of yeast and fungi (Mycosterols). m. Properties of glycerol. Heme and other metalloporphyrins occurring in nature. Cholesterol and other animal sterols. Shorthand representation of polynucleotides. Chemical nature and their physiological significance of bile pigments. phosphatidyl inositol.

New York (4th Edition. M. D. Bioenergetics. John Wiley & Sons. : Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry.A. Questions should be uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Students will be required to attempt 5 questions in all including Q. No. : Outlines of Bio-Chemistry. (GENERAL)/B. Prentice Hall Int.B. Maxwell Macmillan Pub. Worth Publishers Inc. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 209 Suggested Books : 1. Stumpf G. P.K.A. 1998). Robert. 2005). D.M. It will consist of 10 short questions covering the entire syllabus. 4. Murrary. : Bio-Chemistry. 1 will be compulsory. Marks : 75 (Three periods per week) INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTER AND STUDENTS : 1...S. Nelson.. 3. Zubay K. 2. Paper. Besides Question No. there will be 4 sections of 2 questions each. 4. Q. of questions will be nine. Com. 1 will be of 15 marks while other questions will be of 13 marks each. New York (4th Edition. Objectives : To understand the nature of enzymes. Rodwell : Biochemistry.SC. Q. . 1. their mode of action. 2006). No.L. No.1 and at least one question from each of the 4 sections.K. purification. Total No. London (27th Edition.E .B : ENZYMOLOGY AND BIOENERGETICS Max. 3.W. Conn & P. Cox E.A. 6. Granner and V. 5. 2. Introduction to the factors affecting rate of reaction. U. All other questions may contain 2-3 parts.

units of enzyme activity. General characteristics of enzymes. apoenzyme and cofactors. adsorption–. Types of support materials. Enzyme inhibition. Michaelis –Menten equation. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS SECTION-I (Lectures : 12) General Characteristics : Introduction to enzymes. Role of metals in enzyme catalysis. assay of enzyme activity. acid base catalysis. Prosthetic group. Chromatography methods : Gel filteration—. Criteria of enzyme purity. Determination of Km and its significance. Introduction to multisubstrate enzymes. ion exchange–and affinity chromatography. pH and temperature. SECTION-II (Lectures : 12) Enzyme Purification : Need for purification. Theories of enzymes catalysis : Proximity and orientation effects. .A. IUB system of nomenclature and classification of enzymes. Mitochondrial electron transport chain and oxidative phosphorylation. SECTION-III (Lectures : 14) Enzyme Kinetics : Factors affecting velocity of enzyme catalysed reactions : Enzyme concentration. Biological oxidations. Preliminary fractionation procedures and precipitation techniques. Endergonic processes and role of ATP & other high energy compounds. Various types of enzyme inhibitions. Determination of Ki value. Redox potential. (GENERAL)/B. Selection of appropriate conditions and elution procedures. Enzyme inhibitors and their importance. covalent catalysis. Coenzymes and their biochemical functions. Allosteric enzymes and enzyme regulation. Enzymes as catalysts. Mechanism of oxidative phosphorylation. SECTION-IV (Lectures : 12) Bioenergetics : Biological systems and concept of free energy. Enzymes and co-enzymes involved in oxidations and reductions. Isoenzymes and their clinical significance.210 B. Holoenzymes.SC. Active sites(s) of enzymes.

A.. New York. 4th Edition. 5. . Whitaker J. Conn & P. John Wiley & Sons. New York. J. 2005. Nelson & M. 4. Enzymes. Cholesterol and lipids. Bell and E.. W.M. (GENERAL)/B.L. Marks : 50 One practical of 3 hours per week I Qualitative tests for : (a) (b) (c) II III IV V VI VII Carbohydrates.B. Determination of Iodine value of fats. Berg. Bell J. Principles of Bio-chemistry. Titration curve for amino acids and determination of pKa value. 2002. 5th Edition.E. Protein and Enzymes.. 3. Bruening & Doi. PRACTICALS : Max. Stumpf T.M. Bio-chemistry. 2004. Estimation of : (a) (b) (c) Amino acids by ninhydrin method. Marcel Dekker. New Jersey. Prentice Hall Inc.SC. Cox E. Protein by biuret method. Outlines of Bio-chemistry. Inc.F. Estimation of ascorbic acid by dye method. Worth Publishers Inc.T.E. 6. 2. Verification of Beer-Lambert Law for nitrophenol or cobalt chloride. Amino acids and proteins. Palmer : : : : : : Principles of Enzymology for the Food Sciences. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 211 Books Recommended : 1. Determination of saponification value of fats. Lubert Stryer D. New York. Freeman and Co.K.R. Carbohydrate by anthrone method.

(GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS VIII (a) (b) (c) (d) Assay of serum alkaline phosphatase activity. Effect of substrate concentration on enzyme activity and determination of Km.A. --------------------------- .212 B.SC. IX Inhibition of alkaline phosphatase by EDTA. Effect of temperature on enzyme activity and determination of Energy of Activation. Effect of pH on enzyme activity. (GENERAL)/B.

Windows and Unix operating systems and their comparison. loaders and linkers. Basics of Computers and Number Systems : Block diagram of a computer. assemblers. booting process. compilers.B. Marks Theory Practical Course Duration : 60 hours (for both Theory and Practical) Pre-requisite : None Objectives of the Module : The objective of the module is to familiarize the students with developments in Information Technology and use of computer systems at operating system level and application level. All questions carry equal marks unless specified. Windows and Unix : Features of DOS. introduction to the concepts—bit. Operating Systems—DOS. byte.SC.A. SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING Module I : FUNDAMENTALS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Max. : : : 100 75 25 . The students are required to attempt one question from each Section and the Compulsory question. operating system. word. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 213 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE (Additional/Optional Subject) B. assembly and high level languages. Binary. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. error detection techniques. system and application software. machine. Integer and floating point representation. (15 hours) SECTION-B 2. Note : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) The question paper will consist of four Sections.A. (GENERAL)/B. 2011 Note : The students with no background of Computer knowledge will opt for Module I while those familiar with the use of Computer system at the operating system level and application level. ASCII and EBCDIC codes. hardware. Decimal and Hexadecimal number systems and their conversion. Examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each Section and one compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi. may opt either Module II or Module III. Octal. SECTION-A 1.Sc./B.

COPY. cp. Basandra Sanders P. rm. access time. joystick. 4. various internet services and their use. kill. AUTOEXEC. Sinha V. echo. EGA. FORMAT. Primary and Secondary memory : RAM. opening. Computers Todays. Cache. sectors. Fundamentals of Computers. Network topologies for LAN & WAN. pwd. (GENERAL)/B. TYPE. VGA. cal. XCOPY. Overview of UNIX structure. CDROM. Virus detection. K. multi-user and client-server systems. SCANDISK. DEL. DELTREE. Hardware & Software components of computer networks.SYS. files.214 B. Input. ECHO. DVD. Galgotia Publications. CHKDSK. Rajaraman. output devices such as monitor (CGA. using windows explorer to manage files and directories. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Internal and External Commands of DOS. wall.SC. ROM. GOTO. icon. prevention and anti-virus packages. 3. distributed and parallel processing systems. BAT and CONFIG. S. menu. bc. file and directory commands such as Is. different types of printers and plotters. . UNDELETE. cylinders. PROM. mkdir. Organisation of data on disks : Tracks. Computers and Communication : Single–user. Output and Memory : Various input devices such as keyboard. 2. comparison of these devices based on technology and speed.K. (15 hours) SECTION-C 3. Concepts of window. seek time and latency time. passwd. mv. (15 hours) Typical configuration of a Pentium Computer. communication commands such as news. IF. recycle bin and online help. creating folder. mesg. working with editor introduction to shell programming. disks. MS-Power-Point. general purpose UNIX commands such as date. nohup. SECTION-D 4. EPROM. and SVGA). creating batch files using REM. MS-Excel. Computer Fundamentals. extended and expanded memory. process management commands such as ps.A. using start. control panel. 5. File and directory management commands such as DIR. mouse. PAUSE. Installation and using Application Software and Data Management Tools : Installing and understanding the features and applications of the following software : MS-Word. closing and resizing windows. : : : : Computers Todays. Removable and non-removable secondary memory : Tapes. heads. (15 hours) References : 1.

K. Information Technology. Examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each Section and one compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi. Texali Peter Dysen Peter Dysen Ron Mansfield Curtin E.SC. Pseudo code and algorithms. Marks Theory Practical Course Duration : 60 hours ( for both Theory and Practical) : : : 100 75 25 Pre-requisite : Computer Fundamentals Objectives of the Module : The objective of the module is to familiarize the students with steps in problem solving on computers and create skill in programming using C & C++. Flow charts. Sushil Ron Mansfield : : : : : : : PC Software Made Simple. R.A. Understanding Norton Utilities. 7. Decision Tables. Note : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) The question paper will consist of four Sections. Problem Solving : Problem Identification. BPB Publications. The students should be able to independently develop computer based projects. Program Testing and Execution. (GENERAL)/B.B. MS Office. Word and Excel. 9. Computer Science Theory and Applications. Program Coding. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 215 5. 8. Balaguruswamy and B. BPB Publishers. 10. (15 hours) . All questions carry equal marks unless specified. The students are required to attempt one question from each Section and the Compulsory question. 11. Tata McGraw Hill. Analysis. Understanding PC Tools. Module II : COMPUTER PROGRAMMING THROUGH C & C++ Max. SECTION-A 1. 6. Compact Guide to Windows.

Control Structures : Sequencing. Computer Fundamentals and Problem Solving. (15 hours) Module III : RELATIONAL DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Max. : : : 100 75 25 Objectives of the Module : The objective of the module is to create skills in development of information system using RDBMS. Dynamic binding. Ravichandran : : : : : : Let us C. Macros. User defined functions. exception handling and templates Program Debugging. Hierarchical. BPB Publications. Arrays. Tokens. expressions. The students should be able to independently develop computer based projects. Hybrid) Polymorphism. Balaguruswamy Robert Laffor V. PreProcessors. (15 hours) SECTION-C 3. Object Oriented Programming in C++. variables. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS SECTION-B 2.K. functions & methods.A. Inheritance (Single. Data abstraction.216 B. Yashavant Kanetkar Gottfried. various operators. Tata McGraw. (GENERAL)/B. 2. objects. (15 hours) SECTION-D 4. Computer Fundamentals. expression and their evaluation using rules of hierarchy. Theory and Problem of Programming in C. Classes. Development of a project using C/C++ and their discussion. Classes. Object Oriented Programming with C++. structure of a C program. 4. References : 1. operators. . Message Passing. Input/Output files. Data encapsulation. Schaum Series. Multilevel. Multiple. Manipulating vectors and matrices pointers. control statements. Assignment Statements. BPB Publications. 6. Marks Theory Practical Course Duration : Pre-requisite : 60 hours (for both Theory and Practical). File handling. Sinha E. Programming with C++. Tata McGraw Hill. B. structures. P. Object Oriented Programming Language (C++ Language) : Introduction to Object Oriented Programming—Objects. data types. 5. 3.SC. String function. constructors & destructors. Galgotia Pub. alteration and iteration arrays. Computer Programming Language ( C Language) : Introduction to Structured Programming : Concept of variable and constants.

Sorting and Indexing. Locate and Continue. Invoking and Quitting Fox-Pro. return.B. ??. Str. Functions—eof. Fox-Pro : Introduction to Fox-Pro. @. Data Independence. ?. Hierarchical and Relational Model. generating custom columnar report. Harnessing Fox-Pro. view files. Basic DBMS terminology. storage organization for relations. Adding pictures. use data range. Close Index). changing output of query. saving query. Find and Seek vs. selecting fields for query result. Query with commands–locate. Indexing Commands (Set Index. string. creating command files. dtos. report using ROBE window. year. Types of Index. Comparison of Network. sum.SC. date and time. Positioning databases. page no. Commands–set talk. normalisation. Conceptual Design of a relational data base model. Set filter commands. skip. creating selective reports. (GENERAL)/B. Introduction to report generation—report dialog box. average. seek. Data Types. The examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each Section and one compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi. find. Creating query with ROBE—use of AND. locate. Data Base Concept : Data Base Vs file oriented approach. Adding sort order to query result. Indexing. Query with Menu-goto. advanced reports. (15 hours) SECTION-B 2. relational. Using functions—if. 3. continue. accept and input. General Architecture of a Data Base Management Software. Re-Index. Saving Databases. Set Order. date. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 217 Note : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) The question paper will consist of four Sections. memory variables. ctod and dtoc. Text. Fox-Pro Programming. financial management and personal management. Fox-Pro under Windows.A. OR condition. logical. Components of DBMS. space. Data Base Design : Introduction to Data Models. time. Starting Fox-Pro. Creating Databases. modifying database structure. Sorting Vs. trim. seek. operators—mathematical. Entity Relationship Model. Entities. Viewing database. modifying existing query. creating and printing & mailing labels. Advantages and Disadvantages of DBMS. files. Designing data base for commercial application like inventory control. E-R Diagrams. lower. Itrim. Querying. day. Attributes. The students are required to attempt one question from each Section and the Compulsory question. month. Deleting-records. . report generation commands. bof. Editing–Edit. count. Opening and closing database files. upper. modifying labels. Adding records. All questions carry equal marks unless specified. executing saved query. Browse. queries and reports. SECTION-A 1.

Dropping Triggers. Oracle : Introduction to SQL : Oracle Data types. zap. Inserting Values into a Table. Minus. program code for data entry. while. (GENERAL)/B. Dropping a Function. Advantages of Subprograms. Scan and Endscan. Outer Joins.SC. User Defined Exceptions. Materialized Views. Using Stored Function in SQL Statements. Data Manipulation and Control : Data Definition Language (DDL). Fundamentals of PL/SQL. Operator Precedence. COMMIT and ROLLBACK (15 hours) SECTION-D 5. Storage for Triggers. Scope and Visibility of a Variable. Conditional retrieval of rows. Intersect. Composite Data types. Actual versus Formal Parameters. Subprograms in PL/SQL. Functions. Advantages of Packages. Procedure. Updating Column(s) of a table. (15 hours) SECTION-C 4. PL/SQL : Introduction to PL/SQL. Maintaining Database Objects. nested if. Ordering the Result of a Query. exit. SET Operators : Union.A. Functions : Functions.218 B. SQL within PL/SQL. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS More on Fox-Pro Programming (Loop construct). Character Functions. Implicit Cursor Attributes. Rules of DML Statements on Join Views. ROLLUP Operation : Getting Sub Totals. Creating a Table with data from another table. Argument Modes. Referencing Non-PL/SQL Variables. Application Privileges Management. GRANT Command. Endif. Stored Packages. Sequences. Cursor Management in PL/SQL. (15 hours) . The advantage of PL/SQL. sending report to printer. Do. case. Manipulating the Base table (s). cancel. Else. Group Functions. Deleting Row(s) From a Table. Writing PL/SQL Code. Self Joins. Built-in-Functions. window light bar menu. Cursor Manipulation. CUBE Operation : Getting Cross Tabs. Variables and Constants. memo field handling. Predefined Exceptions. Conditional and Iterative Control. wait. Command Summary of SQL *Plus Editor. Dropping a Column. Aggregate Functions. Dropping a VIEW. Querying Multiple Tables : Collating Information : Equi Joins. Column Functions : Arithmetic Functions. Date Functions. Nested Queries. deleting records. use macro. PL/SQL Block Structure. Working with Null Values. Dropping a Procedure. Starting SQL *Plus. Database Security and Privileges. Enhancing Performance. Introduction to VIEWs. Types of Triggers. Inline Views. Querying database tables. generating reports. Cartesian Joins. through VIEWs. Matching a pattern from a table. Database Trigger. PL/SQL Architecture. REVOKE Command. Grouping the Result of a Query. Assignments and Expressions. Exception Handling in PL/SQL. General Functions. If. Creating Tables. Dropping a Package. PL/SQL Data Types.

Desai. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 219 References : 1. 1992. FoxPro 2. 1996. C. Introduction to Database Management. BPB Publication..0.J. 1992.6 Code Book. TMH. 7. 1993. Galgotia.B. ---------------------- .5 Made Simple for DOS & Windows. K. Joseph G. McGraw Hill Inc. 6. Taxali Griver Antanowich Siegal Dan Gookin Jamen T. FoxPro 2. Vols. 10. 8.. BPB Publications. Konth Abraham Vijay Mukhi R.SC. Narosa Pub.A.C.5. Mastering FoxPro 2. BPB Publication. BPB Publications. FoxPro 2. Pustak Mahal. (GENERAL)/B.5/2. Understanding ORACLE. Lateer Vijay Mukhi : : : : : : : : : : : : An Introduction to Database Systems.6. Database Systems. 12. 1993. BPB Publications. 5. 3. Date. 4. Mastering Oracle 6. Galgotia Pub. FoxPro 2.0. Mastering Oracle 6. Perry. I & II. Database System Concepts. 1997. 11. 1994. Naveen Parkash Henry F. 1996. 2. B. 9. 1994. BPB Publication.6 for Munnies.

SECTION-A 1. Each question should be sub-divided into 2-4 sub parts. if he/she has passed the +2 examination with Physics. There will be nine questions. Question I will span the complete syllabus and will be compulsory. Microscopic examination of micro-organism. theory and practice of sterilization. level. out of which five questions have to be attempted. (GENERAL)/B. The infrastructure must be approved by the University as per usual practice. 4. OUTLINES OF TESTS AND SYLLABI MIC 101 : FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROBIOLOGY Note : The question paper will consist of four sections (A-D). 3. 3 hrs. phase contrast microscopy.Sc.220 B. 6 hrs. 2011 Note : 1. Chemistry. Nature of Microbial World : Prokaryotes and eucaryotes. scope and applications of Microbiology. dark field microscopy. development. History. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS MICROBIOLOGY B. There will be two questions from each of the four sections and one is to be attempted from each section.Sc. electron microscopy.A.SC. Marks 75 (67 +8*) 75 (67 +8*) 50 (45 +5*) 200 2. Biology as his/her subjects. A student who has passed the + 2 examination under 10+2+3 system of education of a recognized University/Board/Council or any other examination recognized by the Panjab University as equivalent thereto shall be eligible to offer the subject of Microbiology at the B. One Practical pertaining Papers A & B. . 5. theory of Gram staining. Only such colleges which have all necessary infrastructure or equipment and staff shall admit students to the subject of Microbiology. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. Scheme of Examination Theory : MIC 101 Theory : MIC 102 : : Fundamentals of Microbiology Microbial Physiology—Metabolism to the entire syllabus included in Theory Duration 3 hrs. Total marks : Note : * Denotes marks for the Internal Assessment. growth pattern in microbes. Methods of Microbiology isolation of pure cultures. 2. Mathematics. bright field microscopy. Rest of the eight questions will be from different sections of the syllabus. Staining of microbes.

10. flagella and capsules in bacteria. waste water treatment processes. Nitrogen cycle. reasons for increased microbial activity in rhizosphere. Sewage (waste-water) treatment. Morphogenesis in bacteria. SECTION-D 4. Recombinant DNA technology. microbiological characteristics. Biogeochemical Cycling—Carbon cycle. Use of Genetically Engineered Micro-organisms (GEMs) for control of pollution. Insect pest control. cultivation and viral disease cycle. plasmids. detection and enumeration. (a) (b) (c) Production of pharmaceuticals. vectors. Animal Viruses : Morphology. SECTION-C 1. 7. Bacteriophages : Morphology. fungi. 9. 11. Organization of cell wall. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 221 SECTION-B 6.B. 6.SC. (c) Steroids. formation of spores and cysts. 3. Morphology & fine structure of bacteria. Restriction enzymes. . (GENERAL)/B. 8. Biotransformation of (a) D-Sorbitol to L-Sorbose. cell membrane. multiplication. genetic engineering and gene cloning in micro-organisms. 5. Phosphorus & Sulphur cycle. Genetic engineering for human welfare. (b) Antibiotics. chemical characteristics. Rhizosphere & Rhizoplane micro-organisms. 7.A. Symbiotic & non-symbiotic Nitrogen fixation biofertilisers & biopesticides. Strategies of genetic engineering. actinomycete and algae. 2.

Soil Microbiology.C. General Microbiology. Fundamental of Microbiology. selective & differential media. Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication. measurement of growth in bacteria. Each question should be sub-divided into 2-4 sub parts. and enrichment culture.W. (GENERAL)/B. 4. Culture Media : Chemically defined media. John Wiley. There will be nine questions. 3. Waksman. 6. Soil Microbiology. 2. Physical requirement (temperature. Stanier. (1996).222 B. Pelczar. John Wiley and Sons. M.. 3. Robert. E. (1994). 7. M. S. bacterial growth curve. P. Sun Chan E. (2003). Krieg. Factors affecting growth in microorganisms.SC. N. pH. Fox. N. M. Davis.. L.A. Introduction to Soil Microbiology. Alexander. osmotic pressure).J. Reard. Wiley. Question I will span the complete syllabus and will be compulsory.R. New Delhi.A. Doudoroff. 2003. S. Rest of the eight questions will be from different sections of the syllabus. 2. (2003). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Recommended Books : 1. London. Microbiology. Adelberg. 5. R.. Microbial Growth : Growth in population. 8. mathematical nature and expression.Y. University of Chicago Press.A. Introduction of Microbiology. complex media. anaerobic growth media. (1995). . chemical requirements (C. SECTION-B Enzymes and their Regulation : 4. Chemical and physical properties of enzymes. out of which five questions have to be attempted. SECTION-A 1. (1999). O). Microbial Nutrition : Requirements for Growth. There will be two questions from each of the four sections and one is to be attempted from each section. Dose. Molecular Evolution and the Origin of Life. Cultivation of Aerobes and Anaerobes. (1995). Mc Millan Press.. continuous cultures and synchronous cultures. 2003. S. (1986). MIC 102 : MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY—METABOLISM Note : The question paper will consist of four sections (A-D). K..

(GENERAL)/B. The Regulation of Gene Expression : Lac operon. M.. London.. Inhibition of enzyme action. 2. 8. (1986).B. lysine. (1999). serine. 3. Replication of DNA molecules. N. Structures of biosynthesis of cell wall peptidoglycan. 8. Transcription & Translation (process of protein synthesis).R. Pelczar. glutamine. Biosynthesis of Carbohydrates (gluconeogenesis) & Phospholipids. 5. Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication. proteins. Sun Chan. 6. E. Mechanism of enzymes action.A.J. Transport of nutrient by bacteria.. Fermentation. 4. specialized transduction). Nomenclature of Enzymes. 9. 13. Adelberg. Beta oxidation. Tricarborylic acid cycle. Transduction (generalized transduction. Respiration and fermentation. Pentose Phosphate pathway. Glyoxylate cycle. arginine family. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 223 5. Conjugation.A. The Enter Doudoroff pathway. trypoperon. Microbiology. 14. E. 7.SC.Y. Doudoroff M. SECTION-C Microbial Metabolism : 1. 10. Regulation of enzymes. New Delhi. Glycolysis. Bacterial Genetics : 11. Stanier R.. Biochemical mechanisms of generation of ATP. 2.C. Krieg. General Microbiology. 6. Transformation. Catabolism of lipid. . SECTION-D Microbial Utilization of Energy & Biosynthesis : 7. Recommended Books : 1. Synthesis of Amino Acids : Glutamate. 12. McMillan Press.

------------------ 2. cell preparations including simple staining. differential media. Use of microscope in examination of unstained bacteria. Gram’s staining. Relation of free oxygen to microbial growth. Effect of temperature. G. Effects of antimetabolites on Microbial culture (Inhibition by Sulfanilamide). 14.K. Presumptive. etc. Turbidimetric/spectrophotometric monitoring of growth using liquid cultures. 15. PRACTICALS Marks : 50 (45 +5) (One practical of 3 hrs. 7. Case. Cambridge University Press.C. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 3. Funke. 5. (2009). . 11. Chand and Company. Study of Rhizosphere interactions.SC.R. monitoring of dissolved oxygen in various effluents. fungi. spread plates. 16.A.. J. 6. energy source. Tortora. 3. Efficiency of photosynthesis in photoautotrophs. Determination of Water Activity of various substrates and assay of surface active agents. Osmotic pressure. Maheshwari. Soil Actinomycets. 4. capsule staining. algae. 8. 5. R. Azotobacter.L. 13. 9. Separation of pure cultures and study the effect of selective nutrients on prokaryotes. Preparation of culture media.. on growth of prokaryotes.224 B. C. Selective media for Soil microflora and use of growth factors. Isolation of Soil Bacteria. Measurement of Soil Enzymes. 4. Dubey. D.J. The replica plating technique. (2005). per week) 1. selective media. Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company inc. 10. Microbes and Man. acid fast staining. (2000). (GENERAL)/B. B. Postgate. Use of ultraviolet light for its germicidal effect. 12.. confirmed and completed tests for safety of water supplies. hanging drop preparation.R. Soil Fungi. pour plates. Microbiology : An Introduction. spore staining using prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. parasites and stained. Determination of COD in Industrial effluents. S.. A Text Book of Microbiology. Quantitative measurements of Soil nutrients and Rhizosphere microflora and preparation of starter cultures of Rhizobia.

There will be eight questions of small answer type covering the syllabi of all the four Units (I –IV ).SC. Sc. 3. There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will have two parts. Each question will have two parts. (GENERAL)/B. The use of Non-programmable calculators will be allowed in the examination centre but these will not be provided by the University/College. Distribution of Marks & Total Teaching Hours will be as under : Analog Electronics Digital and Non-linear Electronics : : : 75 marks 75 marks 50 marks Total teaching hours : 75 Total teaching hours : 75 Total teaching hours : 125 7. Each question will carry three marks. 2. Each question will carry fifteen marks. The time duration for practical examinations will be four hours. Each question will carry fifteen marks. . Each question will have two parts. Paper A : Paper B : Practicals : Each paper will consist of five Units Unit I Unit II Unit III Unit IV Unit V There will be two questions from this unit.B. Only one question is to be attempted. Each question will carry fifteen marks. There will be two papers of theory and one Laboratory (practical) courses. Each question will have two parts. 6. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 225 ELECTRONICS B. Each question will carry fifteen marks. Only one question is to be attempted. There will be two questions from this unit. The time duration for each theory paper will be three hours.A. Only one question is to be attempted. The number of lectures per week will be three for each theory paper. 4 5. There will be two questions from this unit. Mobile phones and pagers are not allowed in the examination Hall. Five questions are to be attempted. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION. The number of lectures per week will be six for practicals. 2011 Note : 1. Only one question is to be attempted.

photo diode. forward and reverse bias characteristics. Hartley oscillator. qualitative treatment of rectifying diodes. Barkhausen criteria. UNIT-II Bipolar Junction Transistor : Basic working principle (qualitative).SC. power gain and Decibel. B. Distortion in amplifiers (non-linear. LED. switching diodes. characteristics. . C and AB operation. class A. current gain. JFET AND MOSFET : Basic working principles (qualitative).c. idea of thermal run away and heat sink. basic configurations and biasing. Rectifiers (half and full wave). Loadine (a.c. operating point. input and output impedance. Oscillators : Positive feedback. concept of amplifier efficiency. capacitor and inductor filters. effect of negative feedback in amplifier performance (Qualitative). Zener diodes. push –pull amplifiers. complementary symmetry and transformer types. optical isolators. characteristics. Power Amplifiers : Input and output considerations. frequency and phase).) biasing and stabilization of operating point (Qualitative). (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS Paper A : ANALOG ELECTRONICS UNIT-I Junction Diodes : Review of p and n type semiconductors. (GENERAL)/B.226 B. UNIT-III Feedback in Amplifiers : Concept of feedback. Wein Bridge oscillator (no derivation of formulae).A. and d. Amplifiers : Different terms used in amplifiers such as signal source voltage gain. types of feedback. Pinch off voltage and biasing (qualitative).

D. qualitative description of OP –AMP as inverting and non-inverting amplifiers summing and difference amplifiers. Chattopadhayay. . binary and hexadecimal number systems. Binary Arithmetic and Boolean Algebra : Boolean Axioms. half and full adder. D. output impedance. Books Recommended : 1. concept of 1’s and 2’s compliment. integrator and instrumentation amplifiers. half and full subtract. Paper B : DIGITAL AND NON-LINEAR ELECTRONICS UNIT-I Number Systems : Introduction to decimal. V. Foundations of Electronics. simplification of logic expressions using theorems and Karnaugh Map (upto four variables). virtual ground. parameters such as input impedance. Milman Halkias B. Morgan’s theorem – verification and applications. interconversion of decimal. 4.V. concept of parity. Basic Electronics Solid State. addition and subtraction of integer values. inverting and non-inverting inputs. (GENERAL)/B. Theraja : : : : Principles of Electronics. comparator. open loop gain and band width. three terminals IC based voltage regulation. 3. and U. Mehta.K. binary and hex numbers. Electronics. switched mode power supply (SMPS) –working principle and applications.S. concept of signed and unsigned numbers. BCD code.L.A. Study of power supply regulation with respect to variation in load current and line voltage. brief idea of C. error detection and correction.SC. regulated power supply. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 227 UNIT-IV Operational Amplifiers : Operational amplifiers with black box concept.T. 2. differentiator. Fundamentals and Applications. specifications of an OP –AMP.P. fixed and floating point representation.B. Power Supplies : Concept of regulation.

OR. positive and negative logic. Malvino and Leach Tokheim : : Digital Principles and Applications. parameters requirements logic level. ADC (counter ramp type).SC. differentiation using RC circuits. Books Recommended : 1. different logic gates as AND. . AND. PROM. 2. Boolean expressions for truth tables and vice versa. (GENERAL)/B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS UNIT-II Logic Gates : Logic values and variables. Combinational Circuits : Encoders. supply UNIT-IV Wave Shaping Circuits : Concept of multivibrators (bistable. NOT. inverting and noninverting buffers. UNIT-III Logic Families (Qualitative Treatment Only) : TTL.228 B. and operational amplifiers. ripple counters. concept of PLA and PAL. noise immunity. generation of pulse. organization of memory. CMOS familiar characteristics. symbols and truth tables of multiplexer demultiplexer. operation and application of 555 timer and VCO 565. square and saw tooth wave. JK. process of data storage and retrieval. T). Semiconductor Memories : Idea of different types of SC memories (RAM. EPROM. integration. EEPROM). NOR. clamping. Sequential Circuits : Flip flops (RS. need for DAC (weighed resistance type). symbols and truth tables. XOR. Digital Electronics. mono and astable) and Schmidt Trigger. tristate buffers. like power dissipation. shift registers. clipping. NAND. decoders. Modulo –N counters.A. in Fan out. D. definition of universal gates. ROM. speed.

: : : Electronics Fundamentals and Applications.SC. ELECTRONICS (Practicals) Guidelines for Electronics Practical Examination : I The distribution of marks is as following : (i) One full experiment requiring the student to take data. L. To measure capacitance of a capacitor using capacitance meter. The paper will consist of 8 experiments.B. To familiarize with various functional controls of CRO. To test diode. (GENERAL)/B. 4. B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 229 3. (i) To familiarize the multimeter (a) (c) (d) (ii) 2. analyse it and draw conclusions. (ii) To use the CRO for the measurement of frequency.FET) (b) To measure resistance. In a single group. . : : : : : 20 marks 5 marks 10 marks 10 marks 5 marks (ii) Brief Theory. out of which an examinee will mark 6 and one of them will be allotted by the examiner. (i) To measure AC/DC voltage. same experiment will not be allotted to more than three examinees in any group. 5. (iii) One exercise based on experiment (to be allotted by the examiner) (iv) Viva-Voce (v) II III IV Record (Practical file) There will be one session of 4 hours duration. To measure AC/DC current. transistor (BJT.A. Basic Electronics Solid State. Number of candidates in a group for practical examination should not exceed 12. Morris Mano Theraja. List of Experiments : 1. voltage and phase shift. Milman and Halkias M. Digital Design.

r. Chandigarh . To draw C –B characteristics of BJT. 5. To observe the forms of half wave and full wave rectification using diode. To draw C – E characteristics of BJT. 7. (i) Half Adder (ii) Half Subtactor (iii) Full Adder (iv) Full Subtactor 13.S. To study the output of regulated power supply (using 3 pin voltage regulator).A. 14. 10. To draw forward and reverse bias characteristics for a PN junction and draw load line. (GENERAL)/B.T. D. To plot output and mutual characteristics of FET. 11. To set up a Hartley Oscillation and calculate the capacitance using CRO. To implement the following arithmetic operations by using gates ICs. Use of 7 – segment LED’s and use of 7447 BCD to 7 – segment decoder.230 B. (GENERAL) FIRST YEAR SYLLABUS 3. NAND. To find the voltage gain at different frequencies and to find the band width and gain band width product of CE transistor amplifiers. S. Registrar. 4. XOR gates. 8. 15. 9.t. input voltage and load resistance. To draw V –I characteristics of Zener diode and to study Zener diode as a voltage regulator w. w. input voltage and load. --------------------- Published by : Prof. Bari.SC. 12.t. NOT. 6.r. To verify truth tables of JK. NOR. AND. Master –Slave Flip Flop. Verification of truth table of OR. Panjab University.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful